City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha...

648
000101-1 No. __________ PROJECT MANUAL for City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction Document Set, Issued 2020.03.17 PREPARED BY Solum Lang Architects, LLC 1101 Old Marion Road NE Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52402 (319) 862-0384

Transcript of City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha...

Page 1: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

000101-1

No. __________

PROJECT MANUAL

for

City of HiawathaPublic Safety Training and

Support Building

Architect Project No.: 19042

90% Construction Document Set, Issued 2020.03.17

PREPARED BY

Solum Lang Architects, LLC1101 Old Marion Road NECedar Rapids, Iowa 52402

(319) 862-0384

Page 2: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

000101-2

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 3: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TABLE OF CONTENTS 000002 - 1

PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING AND SUPPORT BUILDING

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVISION 00 - BIDDING INFORMATION000107 - SEALS PAGE 2000115 - LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS 2001113 - ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 2001116 NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING 2002113 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 2002213 - SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 6002513 PREBID MEETINGS 2002600 - PROCUREMENT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 2003143 - PERMIT APPLICATION 2004113 - BID FORM – STIPULATED SUM (SINGLE-PRIME CONTRACT) 4004313 - BID SECURITY FORMS 2004321 ALLOWANCE FORM 2004322 - UNIT PRICES FORM 2004393 - BID SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST 2005100 - NOTICE OF AWARD 2006000 - PROJECT FORMS 2

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS011000 - SUMMARY 4012100 ALLOWANCES 4012200 - UNIT PRICES 2012500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 4012600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 4012900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES 4013100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 8013200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 6013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 10014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 8014200 - REFERENCES 4015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 8015639 TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 6016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 6017300 - EXECUTION 8017419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 6017700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 6017823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 8017839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 4017900 - DEMONSTATION AND TRAINING 4

DIVISION 05 METALS054000 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 6

DIVISION 06 WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES061600 SHEATHING 4

DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION072100 THERMAL INSULATION 4072600 VAPOR RETARDERS 2

Page 4: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TABLE OF CONTENTS 000002 - 2

072726 FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS 6074213.23 METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL WALL PANEL 6

076200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 6079200 - JOINT SELANTS 6

DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 6083613 - SECTIONAL DOORS 8084213 - ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES 6084423 STRUCTURAL-SEALANT-GLAZED CURTAIN WALLS 8087100 - DOOR HARDWARE 18088000 GLAZING 8

DIVISION 9 - FINISHES092216 - NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 6092900 GYPSUM BOARD 4093013 CERAMIC TILING 6095113 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 4096513 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 2096566 RESILIENT ATHLETIC FLOORING 4096813 TILE CARPETING 4099123 - INTERIOR PAINTING 4

DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES101419 DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE 4102800 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 4104413 FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS 2104416 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 2

DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS122413 - ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 4

DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION133419 - METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 14

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING TABLE OF CONTENTS

PLUMBING220010 PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 12220500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 4220516 EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 2220519 METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 2220523 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 4220529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 4220548 VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 6220553 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 6220700 PLUMBING INSULATION 4

PLUMBING PIPING AND PUMPS221116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 10221316 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 6221319 GREASE INTERCEPTORS 2221516 FACILITY NATURAL GAS AND COMPRESSED AIR PIPING 6

Page 5: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TABLE OF CONTENTS 000002 - 3

PLUMBING EQUIPMENT223400 FUEL-FIRED DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 4

PLUMBING FIXTURES224000 PLUMBING FIXTURES 6224700 DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND WATER COOLERS 2

DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC)

HVAC230010 HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 12230500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 4230513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 4230523 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 2230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 4230548 VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIP 6230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT 6230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 6230700 HVAC INSULATION 8230900 BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 32

HVAC PIPING AND PUMPS232300 REFRIGERANT PIPING 4

HVAC AIR DISTRIBUTION233113 METAL DUCTS 10233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 8233416 HVAC FANS 4233713 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES 2

CENTRAL HEATING EQUIPMENT235400 FURNACES 4235533 FUEL-FIRED UNIT HEATERS 4

CENTRAL COOLING EQUIPMENT236200 PACKAGED COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER UNITS 4

CENTRAL HVAC EQUIPMENT237200 AIR-TO-AIR ENERGY RECOVERY EQUIPMENT 4

DECENTRALIZED HVAC EQUIPMENT238239 UNIT HEATERS 2

DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL260010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 10260519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 4260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 5260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 3260533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 9260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 4260923 LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEMS 6262416 PANELBOARDS 3

Page 6: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TABLE OF CONTENTS 000002 - 4

262726 WIRING DEVICES 3262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 4265000 LIGHTING 4

DIVISION 27 - TELECOMMUNICATIONS270010 TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 11271000 TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING AND BONDING 4271100 TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND EQUIPMENT 9271200 TELECOMMUNICATIONS TESTING AND DOCUMENTATION 6274000 AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEM 4

DIVISION 28 – ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY280010 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS 6285000 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 3286000 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE 2

Page 7: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SEALS PAGE 000107 - 1

000107

Public Safety Training and Support Building

CERTIFICATIONS

Certification of the Architect of Record

I hereby certify these documents were prepared by me, or under my direct personal supervision, and I am a duly licensed Architect under the laws of the State of Iowa.

Albert C. Buck DateIowa License No. 06302My License Renewal Date is June 30, 2020

END OF DOCUMENT 000107

Page 8: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SEALS PAGE 000107 - 2

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 9: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS 000115 - 1

DOCUMENT 000115 - LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS

1.1 LIST OF DRAWINGS

A. Drawings: Drawings consist of the Contract Drawings and other drawings listed on the Table of Contents page of the separately bound drawing set titled Public Safety Training and Support Building, dated 03.25.2020, as modified by subsequent Addenda and Contract modifications.

END OF DOCUMENT 000115

Page 10: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS 000115 - 2

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 11: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 001113 - 1

DOCUMENT 001113 - ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS

1.1 PROJECT INFORMATION

A. Notice to Bidders: Qualified bidders may submit bids for project as described in this Document. Submit bids according to the Instructions to Bidders.

B. Project Identification: Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building.

1. Project Location: 101 4th Ave., Hiawatha, IA 52233.

C. Owner: City of Hiawatha, 101 Emmons St., Hiawatha, IA 52233.

1. Owner's Representative: Kim Downs, Public Works Director, (319) 443-2171; [email protected].

D. Architect: Solum Lang Architects, LLC; Al Buck, Partner; 1101 Old Marion Rd NE, Cedar Rapids, IA 52402; (319) 862-0384; [email protected].

E. Project Description: Project consists new Public Safety building, a single-story, 7,200 SF pre-engineered metal building.

1. Project cost range is anticipated to be around $996,822.00

F. Construction Contract: Bids will be received for the following Work:

1. General Contract (all trades).

1.2 BID SUBMITTAL AND OPENING

A. Owner will receive sealed lump sum bids until the bid time and date at the location given below. Owner will consider bids prepared in compliance with the Instructions to Bidders issued by Owner, and delivered as follows:

1. Bid Date: Wednesday, April 15, 2020.2. Bid Time: 2:00 p.m., local time.3. Location: City Council Chambers, 101 Emmons St., Hiawatha, IA 52233.

B. Bids will be thereafter publicly opened and read aloud.

1.3 BID SECURITY

A. Bid security shall be submitted with each bid in the amount of 5 percent of the bid amount. No bids may be withdrawn for a period of 60 days after opening of bids. Owner reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive informalities and irregularities.

Page 12: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 001113 - 2

1.4 DOCUMENTS

A. Online Procurement and Contracting Documents: Obtain access after March 25, 2020, by contacting Rapids Reproductions, 6015 Huntington Ct NE, Cedar Rapids, IA 52402; (319) 364-2473; www.rapidsrepro.com. Online access will be provided to all registered bidders and suppliers.

B. Viewing Procurement and Contracting Documents: Examine after March 25, 2020, at the locations below:

1. Hiawatha City Hall, 101 Emmons St., Hiawatha, IA 52233.

1.5 TIME OF COMPLETION

A. Successful bidder shall begin the Work on receipt of the Notice to Proceed and shall complete the Work within the Contract Time.

1.6 BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS

A. Bidders must be properly licensed under the laws governing their respective trades and be able to obtain insurance and bonds required for the Work. A Performance Bond, separate Labor and Material Payment Bond, and Insurance in a form acceptable to Owner will be required of the successful Bidder.

1.7 NOTIFICATION

A. This Advertisement for Bids document is issued by Rapids Reproductions, 6015 Huntington Ct NE, Cedar Rapids, IA 52402.

END OF DOCUMENT 001113

Page 13: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING 001116 - 1

DOCUMENT 001116 – NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING

RESOLUTION NO. 20-

City Council

RESOLUTION PLACING PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, FORM OF CONTRACT AND

ESTIMATE OF COST ON FILE AND DIRECTING THE PUBLICATION OF THE NOTICE TO

BIDDERS AND SETTING PUBLIC HEARING FOR THE

2020 PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING AND SUPPORT BUILDING PROJECT

BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF HIAWATHA,

IOWA, that the 2020 Public Safety Training and Support Building Project, is hereby ordered to

be advertised for bids, and

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the detailed scope of services and notice to bidders are hereby

approved, subject to hearing thereon, and are hereby placed on file in the office of the Clerk for public

inspection, and

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the City Clerk is hereby directed to publish notice to bidders no

later than March 25, 2020 and set date of April 15, 2020 @ 2:00 p.m. as the date and time to file bids for

said project. Bids shall be received and opened at a public meeting as provided in the public notice and

the results of said bids shall be considered at the meeting of this Council on April 15, 2020 at 5:30 P.M.,

A pre-bid meeting is set for April 1, 2020 @ 10:00 AM at the Hiawatha City Hall in the lower level

multi-purpose room, and

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the City Clerk is hereby directed to publish notice to set the date

and time of public hearing on the plans, specifications, form of contract and estimate of cost for the 2020

Public Safety Training & Support Building Project on April 15, 2020 at 5:30 P.M. Notice to be published

no earlier than March 27, 2020

AYES:

NAYS:

ABSENT:

PASSED AND APPROVED this 18th day of March, 2020.

______________________________

Bill Bennett, Mayor

ATTEST:

________________________________

Kari Graber, City Clerk

Page 14: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING 001116 - 2

END OF DOCUMENT 001116

Page 15: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 002113 - 1

DOCUMENT 002113 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

1.1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

A. AIA Document A701, "Instructions to Bidders," is hereby incorporated into the Procurement and Contracting Requirements by reference.

END OF DOCUMENT 002113

Page 16: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 002113 - 2

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 17: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 002213 - 1

DOCUMENT 002213 - SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

1.1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

A. Instructions to Bidders for Project consist of the following:

1. AIA Document A701-1997, "Instructions to Bidders.”2. The following Supplementary Instructions to Bidders that modify and add to the

requirements of the Instructions to Bidders.

1.2 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, GENERAL

A. The following supplements modify AIA Document A701, "Instructions to Bidders." Where a portion of the Instructions to Bidders is modified or deleted by these Supplementary Instructions to Bidders, unaltered portions of the Instructions to Bidders shall remain in effect.

1.3 ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS

A. No modifications.

1.4 ARTICLE 2 - BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS

A. Add Section 2.1.3.1:

1. 2.1.3.1 - The Bidder has investigated all required fees, permits, and regulatory requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and has properly included in the submitted bid the cost of such fees, permits, and requirements not otherwise indicated as provided by Owner.

B. Add Section 2.1.5:

1. 2.1.5 - The Bidder is a properly licensed Contractor according to the laws and regulations of Iowa and meets qualifications indicated in the Procurement and Contracting Documents.

C. Add Section 2.1.6:

1. 2.1.6 - The Bidder has incorporated into the Bid adequate sums for work performed by installers whose qualifications meet those indicated in the Procurement and Contracting Documents.

1.5 ARTICLE 3 - BIDDING DOCUMENTS

A. 3.2 - Interpretation or Correction of Procurement and Contracting Documents:

Page 18: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 002213 - 2

1. Add Section 3.2.2.1:

a. 3.2.2.1 - Submit Bidder's Requests for Interpretation using form bound in the Project Manual.

B. 3.4 - Addenda:

1. Delete Section 3.4.3 and replace with the following:

a. 3.4.3 - Addenda may be issued at any time prior to the receipt of bids.

2. Add Section 3.4.4.1:

a. 3.4.4.1 - Owner may elect to waive the requirement for acknowledging receipt of 3.4.4 Addenda as follows:

1) 3.4.4.1.1 - Information received as part of the Bid indicates that the Bid, as submitted, reflects modifications to the Procurement and Contracting Documents included in an unacknowledged Addendum.

2) 3.4.4.1.2 - Modifications to the Procurement and Contracting Documents in an unacknowledged Addendum do not, in the opinion of Owner, affect the Contract Sum or Contract Time.

1.6 ARTICLE 4 - BIDDING PROCEDURES

A. 4.1 - Preparation of Bids:

1. Add Section 4.1.1.1:

a. 4.1.1.1 - Printable electronic Bid Forms and related documents are available from Architect.

2. Add Section 4.1.8:

a. 4.1.8 - The Bid shall include unit prices when called for by the Procurement and Contracting Documents. Owner may elect to consider unit prices in the determination of award. Unit prices will be incorporated into the Contract.

3. Add Section 4.1.9:

a. 4.1.9 - Owner may elect to disqualify a bid due to failure to submit a bid in the form requested, failure to bid requested alternates or unit prices, failure to complete entries in all blanks in the Bid Form, or inclusion by the Bidder of any alternates, conditions, limitations or provisions not called for.

4. Add Section 4.1.10:

a. 4.1.10 - Bids shall not include sales and use taxes. Contractors shall submit information on contractors and subcontractors to Owner for use in registering contracts. Owner shall provide each contractor/subcontractor with an exemption certificate/authorization letter.

Page 19: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 002213 - 3

Contractors/subcontractors shall give a copy of the certificate to each of their material suppliers. Suppliers shall retain these certificates in their records for at least three years.

B. 4.3 - Submission of Bids:

1. Add Section 4.3.1.2:

a. 4.3.1.2 - Include Bidder's Contractor License Number applicable in Project jurisdiction on the face of the sealed bid envelope.

C. 4.4 - Modification or Withdrawal of Bids:

1. Add the following sections to 4.4.2:

a. 4.4.2.1 - Such modifications to or withdrawal of a bid may only be made by persons authorized to act on behalf of the Bidder. Authorized persons are those so identified in the Bidder's corporate bylaws, specifically empowered by the Bidder's charter or similar legally binding document acceptable to Owner, or by a power of attorney, signed and dated, describing the scope and limitations of the power of attorney. Make such documentation available to Owner at the time of seeking modifications or withdrawal of the Bid.

b. 4.4.2.2 - Owner will consider modifications to a bid written on the sealed bid envelope by authorized persons when such modifications comply with the following: the modification is indicated by a percent or stated amount to be added to or deducted from the Bid; the amount of the Bid itself is not made known by the modification; a signature of the authorized person, along with the time and date of the modification, accompanies the modification. Completion of an unsealed bid form, awaiting final figures from the Bidder, does not require power of attorney due to the evidenced authorization of the Bidder implied by the circumstance of the completion and delivery of the Bid.

D. 4.5 - Break-Out Pricing Bid Supplement:

1. Add Section 4.5:

a. 4.5 - Provide detailed cost breakdowns on forms provided no later than two business days following Architect's request.

E. 4.6 - Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Manufacturers List Bid Supplement:

1. Add Section 4.6:

a. 4.6 - Provide list of major subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers furnishing or installing products no later than two business days following Architect's request. Include those subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers providing work totaling three percent or more of the Bid amount. Do not change subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers from those submitted without approval of Architect.

Page 20: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 002213 - 4

1.7 ARTICLE 5 - CONSIDERATION OF BIDS

A. 5.2 - Rejection of Bids:

1. Add Section 5.2.1:

a. 5.2.1 - Owner reserves the right to reject a bid based on Owner's and Architect's evaluation of qualification information submitted following opening of bids. Owner's evaluation of the Bidder's qualifications will include: status of licensure and record of compliance with licensing requirements, record of quality of completed work, record of Project completion and ability to complete, record of financial management including financial resources available to complete Project and record of timely payment of obligations, record of Project site management including compliance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, record of and number of current claims and disputes and the status of their resolution, and qualifications of the Bidder's proposed Project staff and proposed subcontractors.

1.8 ARTICLE 6 - POSTBID INFORMATION

A. 6.1 - Contractor's Qualification Statement:

1. Add Section 6.1.1:

a. 6.1.1 - Submit Contractor's Qualification Statement no later than two business days following Architect's request.

B. 6.3 - Submittals:

1. Add Section 6.3.1.4:

a. 6.3.1.4 - Submit information requested in Sections 6.3.1.1, 6.3.1.2, and 6.3.1.3 no later than two business days following Architect's request.

1.9 ARTICLE 7 - PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND

A. 7.1 - Bond Requirements:

1. Add Section 7.1.1.1:

a. 7.1.1.1 - Both a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond will be required, each in an amount equal to 100 percent of the Contract Sum.

B. 7.2 - Time of Delivery and Form of Bonds:

1. Delete the first sentence of Section 7.2.1 and insert the following:

a. The Bidder shall deliver the required bonds to Owner no later than 10 days after the date of Notice of Intent to Award and no later than the date of

Page 21: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 002213 - 5

execution of the Contract, whichever occurs first. Owner may deem the failure of the Bidder to deliver required bonds within the period of time allowed a default.

2. Delete Section 7.2.3 and insert the following:

a. 7.2.3 - Bonds shall be executed and be in force on the date of the execution of the Contract.

1.10 ARTICLE 8 - FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR

A. No modifications.

1.11 ARTICLE 9 - EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT

A. Add Article 9:

1. 9.1.1 - Subsequent to the Notice of Intent to Award, and within 10 days after the prescribed Form of Agreement is presented to the Awardee for signature, the Awardee shall execute and deliver the Agreement to Owner through Architect, in such number of counterparts as Owner may require.

2. 9.1.2 - Owner may deem as a default the failure of the Awardee to execute the Contract and to supply the required bonds when the Agreement is presented for signature within the period of time allowed.

3. 9.1.3 - Unless otherwise indicated in the Procurement and Contracting Documents or the executed Agreement, the date of commencement of the Work shall be the date of the executed Agreement.

4. 9.1.4 - In the event of a default, Owner may declare the amount of the Bid security forfeited and elect to either award the Contract to the next responsible bidder or re-advertise for bids.

END OF DOCUMENT 002213

Page 22: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 002213 - 6

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 23: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PREBID MEETINGS 002513 - 1

DOCUMENT 002513 - PREBID MEETINGS

1.1 PREBID MEETING

A. Architect will conduct a Prebid meeting as indicated below:

1. Meeting Date: Wednesday, April 1, 2020.2. Meeting Time: 10:00 a.m., local time.3. Location: Hiawatha City Hall, lower level multi-purpose room, 101 Emmons St.,

Hiawatha, IA 52233.

B. Attendance:

1. Prime Bidders: Attendance at Prebid meeting is recommended.2. Subcontractors: Attendance at Prebid meeting is recommended.

C. Agenda: Prebid meeting agenda will include review of topics that may affect proper preparation and submittal of bids, including the following:

1. Procurement and Contracting Requirements:

a. Advertisement for Bids.b. Instructions to Bidders.c. Bidder Qualifications.d. Bonding.e. Insurance.f. Bid Security.g. Bid Form and Attachments.h. Bid Submittal Requirements.i. Bid Submittal Checklist.j. Notice of Award.

2. Communication during Bidding Period:

a. Obtaining documents.b. Bidder's Requests for Information.c. Bidder's Substitution Request/Prior Approval Request.d. Addenda.

3. Contracting Requirements:

a. Agreement.b. The General Conditions.c. The Supplementary Conditions.d. Other Owner requirements.

4. Construction Documents:

a. Scopes of Work.b. Temporary Facilities.

Page 24: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PREBID MEETINGS 002513 - 2

c. Use of Site.d. Work Restrictions.e. Alternates, Allowances, and Unit Prices.f. Substitutions following award.

5. Separate Contracts:

a. Work by Owner.b. Work of Other Contracts.

6. Schedule:

a. Project Schedule.b. Contract Time.c. Liquidated Damages.d. Other Bidder Questions.

7. Site/facility visit or walkthrough.8. Post-Meeting Addendum.

D. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes to attendees and others known by the issuing office to have received a complete set of Procurement and Contracting Documents. Minutes of meeting are issued as Available Information and do not constitute a modification to the Procurement and Contracting Documents. Modifications to the Procurement and Contracting Documents are issued by written Addendum only.

1. Sign-in Sheet: Minutes will include list of meeting attendees.2. List of Planholders: Minutes will include list of planholders.

END OF DOCUMENT 002513

Page 25: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PROCUREMENT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 002600 - 1

DOCUMENT 002600 - PROCUREMENT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

1.1 DEFINITIONS

A. Procurement Substitution Requests: Requests for changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those indicated in the Procurement and Contracting Documents, submitted prior to receipt of bids.

B. Substitution Requests: Requests for changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those indicated in the Contract Documents, submitted following Contract award. See Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for conditions under which Substitution requests will be considered following Contract award.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers.

1.3 PROCUREMENT SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Procurement Substitutions, General: By submitting a bid, the Bidder represents that its bid is based on materials and equipment described in the Procurement and Contracting Documents, including Addenda. Bidders are encouraged to request approval of qualifying substitute materials and equipment when the Specifications Sections list materials and equipment by product or manufacturer name.

B. Procurement Substitution Requests will be received and considered by Owner when the following conditions are satisfied, as determined by Architect; otherwise requests will be returned without action:

1. Extensive revisions to the Contract Documents are not required.2. Proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent of the Contract

Documents, including the level of quality of the Work represented by the requirements therein.

3. The request is fully documented and properly submitted.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Procurement Substitution Request: Submit to Architect. Procurement Substitution Request must be made in writing in compliance with the following requirements:

1. Requests for substitution of materials and equipment will be considered if received no later than 10 days prior to date of bid opening.

2. Submittal Format: Submit one copy of each written Procurement Substitution Request, using CSI Substitution Request Form 1.5C.

Page 26: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PROCUREMENT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 002600 - 2

a. Identify the product or the fabrication or installation method to be replaced in each request. Include related Specifications Sections and drawing numbers.

b. Provide complete documentation on both the product specified and the proposed substitute, including the following information as appropriate:

1) Point-by-point comparison of specified and proposed substitute product data, fabrication drawings, and installation procedures.

2) Copies of current, independent third-party test data of salient product or system characteristics.

3) Samples where applicable or when requested by Architect.4) Detailed comparison of significant qualities of the proposed substitute

with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified.

5) Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated.

6) Research reports, where applicable, evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from ICC-ES.

7) Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors, which will become necessary to accommodate the proposed substitute.

c. Provide certification by manufacturer that the substitute proposed is equal to or superior to that required by the Procurement and Contracting Documents, and that its in-place performance will be equal to or superior to the product or equipment specified in the application indicated.

d. Bidder, in submitting the Procurement Substitution Request, waives the right to additional payment or an extension of Contract Time because of the failure of the substitute to perform as represented in the Procurement Substitution Request.

B. Architect's Action:

1. Architect may request additional information or documentation necessary for evaluation of the Procurement Substitution Request. Architect will notify all bidders of acceptance of the proposed substitute by means of an Addendum to the Procurement and Contracting Documents.

C. Architect's approval of a substitute during bidding does not relieve Contractor of the responsibility to submit required shop drawings and to comply with all other requirements of the Contract Documents.

END OF DOCUMENT 002600

Page 27: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PERMIT APPLICATION 003143 - 1

DOCUMENT 003143 - PERMIT APPLICATION

1.1 PERMIT APPLICATION INFORMATION

A. This Document with its referenced attachments is part of the Procurement and Contracting Requirements for Project. They provide Owner's information for Bidders' convenience and are intended to supplement rather than serve in lieu of the Bidders' own investigations. This Document and its attachments are not part of the Contract Documents.

B. Permit Application: Complete building permit application and file with authorities having jurisdiction within five days of the Notice of Award.

END OF DOCUMENT 003143

Page 28: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PERMIT APPLICATION 003143 - 2

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 29: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BID FORM - STIPULATED SUM (SINGLE-PRIME CONTRACT) 004113 - 1

DOCUMENT 004113 - BID FORM - STIPULATED SUM (SINGLE-PRIME CONTRACT)

1.1 BID INFORMATION

A. Bidder: ____________________________________________________.

B. Project Name: Public Safety Training and Support Building.

C. Project Location: 101 4th Ave., Hiawatha, IA 52233.

D. Owner: City of Hiawatha.

E. Architect: Solum Lang Architects, LLC.

F. Architect Project Number: 19042.

1.2 CERTIFICATIONS AND BASE BID

A. Base Bid, Single-Prime (All Trades) Contract: The undersigned Bidder, having carefully examined the Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Conditions of the Contract, Drawings, Specifications, and all subsequent Addenda, as prepared by Solum Lang Architects, LLC and Architect's consultants, having visited the site, and being familiar with all conditions and requirements of the Work, hereby agrees to furnish all material, labor, equipment and services, including all scheduled allowances, necessary to complete the construction of the above-named project, according to the requirements of the Procurement and Contracting Documents, for the stipulated sum of:

1. ________________________________________________ Dollars ($______________).

2. The above amount may be modified by amounts indicated by the Bidder on the attached Document 004323 "Alternates Form."

1.3 BID GUARANTEE

A. The undersigned Bidder agrees to execute a contract for this Work in the above amount and to furnish surety as specified within 10 days after a written Notice of Award, if offered within 60 days after receipt of bids, and on failure to do so agrees to forfeit to Owner the attached cash, cashier's check, certified check, U.S. money order, or bid bond, as liquidated damages for such failure, in the following amount constituting five percent (5%) of the Base Bid amount above.

B. In the event Owner does not offer Notice of Award within the time limits stated above, Owner will return to the undersigned the cash, cashier's check, certified check, U.S. money order, or bid bond.

Page 30: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BID FORM - STIPULATED SUM (SINGLE-PRIME CONTRACT) 004113 - 2

1.4 SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS

A. The following companies shall execute subcontracts for the portions of the Work indicated:

1. Concrete Work: ___________________________________________________.2. Plumbing Work: __________________________________________________.3. HVAC Work: _____________________________________________________.4. Electrical Work: ___________________________________________________.

1.5 TIME OF COMPLETION

A. The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees hereby to commence the Work of the Contract Documents on May 4, 2020, and shall fully complete the Work within 210 calendar days.

1.6 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDA

A. The undersigned Bidder acknowledges receipt of and use of the following Addenda in the preparation of this Bid:

1. Addendum No. 1, dated ____________________.2. Addendum No. 2, dated ____________________.3. Addendum No. 3, dated ____________________.4. Addendum No. 4, dated ____________________.

1.7 BID SUPPLEMENTS

A. The following supplements are a part of this Bid Form and are attached hereto.

1. Bid Form Supplement - Alternates.2. Bid Form Supplement - Unit Prices.3. Bid Form Supplement - Allowances.4. Bid Form Supplement - Bid Bond Form (AIA Document A310).

1.8 CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE

A. The undersigned further states that it is a duly licensed contractor, for the type of work proposed, in Hiawatha, and that all fees, permits, etc., pursuant to submitting this proposal have been paid in full.

Page 31: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BID FORM - STIPULATED SUM (SINGLE-PRIME CONTRACT) 004113 - 3

1.9 SUBMISSION OF BID

A. Respectfully submitted this ____ day of ____________, 2020.

B. Submitted By____________________________(Name of bidding firm or corporation).

C. Authorized Signature:________________________________(Handwritten signature).

D. Signed By:___________________________________________(Type or print name).

E. Title:_______________________________(Owner/Partner/President/Vice President).

F. Witness By:________________________________________(Handwritten signature).

G. Attest:_____________________________________________(Handwritten signature).

H. By:__________________________________________________(Type or print name).

I. Title:_____________________________(Corporate Secretary or Assistant Secretary).

J. Street Address:________________________________________________________.

K. City, State, Zip_________________________________________________________.

L. Phone:_______________________________________________________________.

M. License No.:__________________________________________________________.

N. Federal ID No.:___________________________________(Affix Corporate Seal Here).

END OF DOCUMENT 004113

Page 32: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BID FORM - STIPULATED SUM (SINGLE-PRIME CONTRACT) 004113 - 4

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 33: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BID SECURITY FORMS 004313 - 1

DOCUMENT 004313 - BID SECURITY FORMS

1.1 BID FORM SUPPLEMENT

A. A completed bid bond form is required to be attached to the Bid Form.

1.2 BID BOND FORM

A. AIA Document A310, "Bid Bond," is the recommended form for a bid bond. A bid bond acceptable to Owner, or other bid security as described in the Instructions to Bidders, is required to be attached to the Bid Form as a supplement.

B. Copies of AIA standard forms may be obtained from The American Institute of Architects; www.aia.org/contractdocs/purchase/index.htm; email: [email protected]; (800) 942-7732.

END OF DOCUMENT 004313

Page 34: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BID SECURITY FORMS 004313 - 2

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 35: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ALLOWANCE FORM 004321 - 1

DOCUMENT 004321 - ALLOWANCE FORM

1.1 BID INFORMATION

A. Bidder: ____________________________________________________.

B. Project Name: Public Safety Training and Support Building.

C. Project Location: 101 4th Ave., Hiawatha, IA 52233.

D. Owner: City of Hiawatha.

E. Architect: Solum Lang Architects, LLC.

F. Architect Project Number: 19042.

1.2 BID FORM SUPPLEMENT

A. This form is required to be attached to the Bid Form.

B. The undersigned Bidder certifies that Base Bid submission to which this Bid Supplement is attached includes those allowances described in the Contract Documents and scheduled in Section 012100 "Allowances."

1.3 SUBMISSION OF BID SUPPLEMENT

A. Respectfully submitted this ____ day of ____________, 2020.

B. Submitted By:_______________________(Insert name of bidding firm or corporation).

C. Authorized Signature:________________________________(Handwritten signature).

D. Signed By:___________________________________________(Type or print name).

E. Title: _______________________________(Owner/Partner/President/Vice President).

END OF DOCUMENT 004321

Page 36: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ALLOWANCE FORM 004321 - 2

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 37: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

UNIT PRICES FORM 004322 - 1

DOCUMENT 004322 - UNIT PRICES FORM

1.1 BID INFORMATION

A. Bidder: ____________________________________________________.

B. Project Name: Public Safety Training and Support Building.

C. Project Location: 101 4th Ave., Hiawatha, IA 52233.

D. Owner: City of Hiawatha.

E. Architect: Solum Lang Architects, LLC.

F. Architect Project Number: 19042.

1.2 BID FORM SUPPLEMENT

A. This form is required to be attached to the Bid Form.

B. The undersigned Bidder proposes the amounts below be added to or deducted from the Contract Sum on performance and measurement of the individual items of Work.

C. If the unit price does not affect the Work of this Contract, the Bidder shall indicate "NOT APPLICABLE."

1.3 UNIT PRICES

A. Unit-Price No. 1: Removal of unsatisfactory soil and replacement with satisfactory soil material.

1. ___________________________________ Dollars ($_____________) per unit.

B. Unit-Price No. 2: Rock excavation and replacement with satisfactory soil material.

1. ___________________________________ Dollars ($_____________) per unit.

C. Unit-Price No. 3: Basement excavation and replacement with satisfactory soil material.

1. ___________________________________ Dollars ($_____________) per unit.

1.4 SUBMISSION OF BID SUPPLEMENT

A. Respectfully submitted this ____ day of ____________, 2020.

B. Submitted By:_______________________(Insert name of bidding firm or corporation).

Page 38: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

UNIT PRICES FORM 004322 - 2

C. Authorized Signature:________________________________(Handwritten signature).

D. Signed By:___________________________________________(Type or print name).

E. Title:_______________________________(Owner/Partner/President/Vice President).

END OF DOCUMENT 004322

Page 39: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BID SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST 004393 - 1

DOCUMENT 004393 - BID SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST

1.1 BID INFORMATION

A. Bidder: ___________________________________________________________.

B. Project Name: Public Safety Training and Support Building.

C. Project Location: 101 4th Ave., Hiawatha, IA 52233.

D. Owner: City of Hiawatha.

E. Architect: Solum Lang Architects, LLC.

F. Architect Project Number: 19042.

1.2 BIDDER'S CHECKLIST

A. In an effort to assist the Bidder in properly completing all documentation required, the following checklist is provided for the Bidder's convenience. The Bidder is solely responsible for verifying compliance with bid submittal requirements.

B. Attach this completed checklist to the outside of the Submittal envelope.

1. Used the Bid Form provided in the Project Manual.2. Prepared the Bid Form as required by the Instructions to Bidders.3. Indicated on the Bid Form the Addenda received.4. Attached to the Bid Form: Bid Supplement Form - Alternates.5. Attached to the Bid Form: Bid Supplement Form - Allowances.6. Attached to the Bid Form: Bid Supplement Form – Unit Prices.7. Attached to the Bid Form: Bid Bond OR a certified check for the amount required.8. Bid envelope shows name and address of the Bidder.9. Bid envelope shows the Bidder's Contractor's License Number.10. Bid envelope shows name of Project being bid.11. Bid envelope shows time and day of Bid Opening.12. Verified that the Bidder can provide executed Performance Bond and Labor and

Material Bond.13. Verified that the Bidder can provide Certificates of Insurance in the amounts

indicated.

END OF DOCUMENT 004393

Page 40: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BID SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST 004393 - 2

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 41: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

NOTICE OF AWARD 005100 - 1

DOCUMENT 005100 - NOTICE OF AWARD

1.1 BID INFORMATION

A. Bidder:

B. Bidder's Address:

C. Project Name: Public Safety Training and Support Building.

D. Project Location: 101 4th Ave., Hiawatha, IA 52233.

E. Owner: City of Hiawatha.

F. Architect: Solum Lang Architects, LLC.

G. Architect Project Number: 19042.

1.2 NOTICE OF INTENT TO AWARD CONTRACT

A. Notice: The above Bidder is hereby notified that their bid, dated April 15, 2020, for the above Contract has been considered and the Bidder is hereby awarded a contract for Public Safety Training and Support Building.

B. Alternates Accepted: The following alternates have been accepted by Owner and have been incorporated in the Contract Sum:

1. Alternate No. 1: Exterior Paving.2. Alternate No. 2: Overhangs – 2 Foot.3. Alternate No. 3: Clerestory Windows.

C. Contract Sum: The Contract Sum is ________________ dollars ($_______________).

1.3 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT

A. Contract Documents: Copies of the Contract Documents will be made available to the Bidder immediately. The Bidder must comply with the following conditions precedent within 10 days of the above date of issuance of the Notice:

1. Deliver to Owner three sets of fully executed copies of the Contract Documents.2. Deliver with the executed Contract Documents Bonds and Certificates of

Insurance required by the Contract Documents.

B. Compliance: Failure to comply with conditions of this Notice within the time specified will entitle Owner to consider the Bidder in default, annul this Notice, and declare the Bidder's Bid security forfeited.

Page 42: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

NOTICE OF AWARD 005100 - 2

1. Within 10 days after the Bidder complies with the conditions of this Notice, Owner will return to the Bidder one fully executed copy of the Contract Documents.

1.4 NOTIFICATION

A. This Notice is issued by:

1. Owner:__________________________________________________________.

2. Authorized Signature:____________________________(Handwritten signature).

3. Signed By:_______________________________________(Type or print name).

4. Title:___________________________(Owner/Partner/President/Vice President).

END OF DOCUMENT 005100

Page 43: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FORMS 006000 - 1

DOCUMENT 006000 - FORMS

1.1 FORM OF AGREEMENT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS

A. The following form of Owner/Contractor Agreement and form of the General Conditions shall be used for Project:

1. AIA Document A101, "Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor, Stipulated Sum."

a. The General Conditions for Project are AIA Document A201, "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction."

2. The General Conditions are incorporated by reference.

1.2 ADMINISTRATIVE FORMS

A. Administrative Forms: Additional administrative forms are specified in Division 01 General Requirements.

B. Copies of AIA standard forms may be obtained from the American Institute of Architects; http://www.aia.org/contractdocs/purchase/index.htm; [email protected]; (800) 942-7732.

C. Preconstruction Forms:

1. Form of Performance Bond and Labor and Material Bond: AIA Document A312, "Performance Bond and Payment Bond."

2. Form of Certificate of Insurance: AIA Document G715, "Supplemental Attachment for ACORD Certificate of Insurance 25-S."

D. Information and Modification Forms:

1. Form for Requests for Information (RFIs): AIA Document G716, "Request for Information (RFI)."

2. Change Order Form: AIA Document G701, "Change Order."3. Form of Change Directive: AIA Document G714, "Construction Change

Directive."

E. Payment Forms:

1. Schedule of Values Form: AIA Document G703, "Continuation Sheet."2. Payment Application: AIA Document G702/703, "Application and Certificate for

Payment and Continuation Sheet."3. Form of Contractor's Affidavit: AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of

Payment of Debts and Claims."4. Form of Affidavit of Release of Liens: AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's

Affidavit of Payment of Release of Liens."

Page 44: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FORMS 006000 - 2

5. Form of Consent of Surety: AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment."

END OF DOCUMENT 006000

Page 45: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SUMMARY 011000 - 1

SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Project information.2. Work covered by Contract Documents.3. Access to site.4. Coordination with occupants.5. Work restrictions.6. Specification and drawing conventions.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities.

1.2 PROJECT INFORMATION

A. Project Identification: Public Safety Training and Support Building.

1. Project Location: 101 4th Ave., Hiawatha, IA 52233.

B. Owner: City of Hiawatha, 101 Emmons St., Hiawatha, IA 52233.

1. Owner's Representative: Trent Kramer, Public Works Director, (319) 443-2171; [email protected].

C. Architect: Solum Lang Architects, LLC; Al Buck, Partner; 1101 Old Marion Rd NE, Cedar Rapids, IA 52402; (319) 862-0384; [email protected].

1.3 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the following:

1. New Public Safety building, a single-story, 7,200 SF pre-engineered metal building.

B. Type of Contract.

1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract.

Page 46: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SUMMARY 011000 - 2

1.4 ACCESS TO SITE

A. General: Contractor shall have full use of Project site for construction operations during construction period. Contractor's use of Project site is limited only by Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project.

1.5 COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS

A. Owner Limited Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction: Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in completed portions of the Work, prior to Substantial Completion of the Work, provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placement of equipment and limited occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work.

1. Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific portion of the Work to be occupied prior to Owner acceptance of the completed Work.

2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before limited Owner occupancy.

3. Before limited Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully operational, and required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed. On occupancy, Owner will operate and maintain mechanical and electrical systems serving occupied portions of Work.

4. On occupancy, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service for occupied portions of Work.

1.6 WORK RESTRICTIONS

A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations.

1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after providing temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:

1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with utility interruptions.

C. Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and vibration, odors, or other disruption to Owner occupancy with Owner.

1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed disruptive operations.

2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with disruptive operations.

D. Controlled Substances: Use of tobacco products and other controlled substances on Project site is not permitted.

Page 47: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SUMMARY 011000 - 3

1.7 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS

A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows:

1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.

2. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise.

B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications.

C. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on Drawings are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on Drawings to identify materials and products:

1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in the individual Specifications Sections.

2. Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations published as part of the U.S. National CAD Standard and scheduled on Drawings.

3. Keynoting: Materials and products are identified by reference keynotes referencing Specification Section numbers found in this Project Manual.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 011000

Page 48: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SUMMARY 011000 - 4

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 49: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ALLOWANCES 012100 - 1

SECTION 012100 - ALLOWANCES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing allowances.

B. Types of allowances include the following:

1. Lump-sum allowances.2. Unit-cost allowances.3. Quantity allowances.4. Contingency allowances.5. Testing and inspecting allowances.

C. Related Requirements:

1. Section 012200 "Unit Prices" for procedures for using unit prices.

1.2 SELECTION AND PURCHASE

A. At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract, advise Architect of the date when final selection and purchase of each product or system described by an allowance must be completed to avoid delaying the Work.

B. At Architect's request, obtain proposals for each allowance for use in making final selections. Include recommendations that are relevant to performing the Work.

C. Purchase products and systems selected by Architect from the designated supplier.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in the form specified for Change Orders.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for use in fulfillment of each allowance.

B. Submit time sheets and other documentation to show labor time and cost for installation of allowance items that include installation as part of the allowance.

C. Coordinate and process submittals for allowance items in same manner as for other portions of the Work.

Page 50: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ALLOWANCES 012100 - 2

1.5 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate allowance items with other portions of the Work. Furnish templates as required to coordinate installation.

1.6 [LUMP-SUM] [UNIT-COST] [AND] [QUANTITY] ALLOWANCES

A. Allowance shall include cost to Contractor of specific products and materials ordered by Owner or selected by Architect under allowance and shall include freight and delivery to Project site.

B. Unless otherwise indicated, Contractor's costs for receiving and handling at Project site, labor, installation, overhead and profit, and similar costs related to products and materials selected by Architect under allowance shall be included as part of the Contract Sum and not part of the allowance.

C. Unused Materials: Return unused materials purchased under an allowance to manufacturer or supplier for credit to Owner, after installation has been completed and accepted.

1. If requested by Architect, retain and prepare unused material for storage by Owner. Deliver unused material to Owner's storage space as directed.

1.7 ADJUSTMENT OF ALLOWANCES

A. Allowance Adjustment: To adjust allowance amounts, prepare a Change Order proposal based on the difference between purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by final measurement of work-in-place where applicable. If applicable, include reasonable allowances for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections, and similar margins.

1. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the allowance.

2. If requested, prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate distribution of overhead costs and other margins claimed.

3. Submit substantiation of a change in scope of work, if any, claimed in Change Orders related to unit-cost allowances.

4. Owner reserves the right to establish the quantity of work-in-place by independent quantity survey, measure, or count.

B. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of the allowance described in the Contract Documents, whether for the purchase order amount or Contractor's handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit.

1. Do not include Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect expense in the Change Order cost amount unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of work has changed from what could have been foreseen from information in the Contract Documents.

Page 51: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ALLOWANCES 012100 - 3

2. No change to Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher- or lower-priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects. Return damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with related work.

3.3 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES

A. Allowance No. <Insert number>: [Lump-Sum] [Unit-Cost] [Quantity] [Contingency] [Testing and Inspecting] Allowance: Include the sum of <Insert dollar or quantity amount of allowance>: Include <Insert allowance description> as specified in Section <Insert Section number> "<Insert Section title>"[ and as shown on Drawings].

1. This allowance includes [material cost] [receiving, handling, and installation] [and] [Contractor overhead and profit].

END OF SECTION 012100

Page 52: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

UNIT PRICES 012200 - 1

SECTION 012200 - UNIT PRICES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 012600 "Contract Modification Procedures" for procedures for submitting and handling Change Orders.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Unit price is an amount incorporated in the Agreement, applicable during the duration of the Work as a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment, or services, or a portion of the Work, added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if the scope of Work or estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased.

1.3 PROCEDURES

A. Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance, overhead, and profit.

B. Measurement and Payment: See individual Specification Sections for work that requires establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are specified in those Sections.

C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work-in-place that involves use of established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's expense, by an independent surveyor acceptable to Contractor.

D. List of Unit Prices: A schedule of unit prices is included in Part 3. Specification Sections referenced in the schedule contain requirements for materials described under each unit price.

Page 53: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

UNIT PRICES 012200 - 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES

A. Unit Price No. 1 – Removal of unsatisfactory soil and replacement with satisfactory soil material:

1. Description: Removal of unsatisfactory soil and replacement with satisfactory soil material according to Civil Drawings.

2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard.

B. Unit Price No. 2 – Rock excavation and replacement with satisfactory soil material:

1. Description: Rock excavation and replacement with satisfactory soil material according to Civil Drawings.

2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard.

C. Unit Price No. 3 – Basement excavation and replacement with satisfactory soil material:

1. Description: Basement excavation and replacement with satisfactory soil material according to Civil Drawings.

2. Unit of Measurement: Cubic Yard.

END OF SECTION 012200

Page 54: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 1

SECTION 012500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 016000 "Product Requirements" for requirements for submitting comparable product submittals for products by listed manufacturers.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.

1. Substitution Request Form: Use CSI Form 13.1A.2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the

following, as applicable:

a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation cannot be provided, if applicable.

b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution.

c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified.

d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures.

e. Samples, where applicable or requested.f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested.g. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and

addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners.

Page 55: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 2

h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated.

i. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from ICC-ES.

j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery.

k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum.

l. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials, and is appropriate for applications indicated.

m. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results.

3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later.

a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work.

b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals.

1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied:

Page 56: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 3

a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results.

b. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule.

c. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction.

d. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.e. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the

Work.f. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.g. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested

substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.

B. Substitutions for Convenience: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 60 days after commencement of the Work.

1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied:

a. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations.

b. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents.

c. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results.

d. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule.

e. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction.

f. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.g. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the

Work.h. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.i. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested

substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 012500

Page 57: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 4

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 58: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 1

SECTION 012600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications.

1.2 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK

A. Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on Architect’s Instruction to Contractor form.

1.3 PROPOSAL REQUESTS

A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.

1. Work Change Proposal Requests issued by Architect are not instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change.

2. Within time specified in Proposal Request or 20 days, when not otherwise specified, after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change.

a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.

b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.

c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the

effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.

e. Quotation Form: Use CSI Form 13.6D, "Proposal Worksheet Summary," and Form 13.6C, "Proposal Worksheet Detail."

B. Contractor-Initiated Work Change Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to Architect.

Page 59: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 2

1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.

2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.

3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.

4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of

the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.

6. Comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified.

7. Work Change Proposal Request Form: Use CSI Form 13.6A, "Change Order Request (Proposal)," with attachments CSI Form 13.6D, "Proposal Worksheet Summary," and Form 13.6C, "Proposal Worksheet Detail."

1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGE ORDERS

A. Allowance Adjustment: See Section 012100 "Allowances" for administrative procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect actual costs of allowances.

B. Unit-Price Adjustment: See Section 012200 "Unit Prices" for administrative procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect measured scope of unit-price work.

1.5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES

A. On Owner's approval of a Work Changes Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701.

1.6 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE

A. Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Document G714. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.

1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time.

B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive.

Page 60: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 3

1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 012600

Page 61: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 4

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 62: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 - 1

SECTION 012900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment.

B. Related Requirements:1. Section 012600 "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative procedures

for handling changes to the Contract.2. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative

requirements governing the preparation and submittal of the Contractor's construction schedule.

1.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the schedule of values with preparation of Contractor's construction schedule.

1. Coordinate line items in the schedule of values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including the following:

a. Application for Payment forms with continuation sheets.b. Submittal schedule.c. Items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's

construction schedule.

2. Submit the schedule of values to Architect at earliest possible date but no later than seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment.

B. Format and Content: Use Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the schedule of values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section.

1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the schedule of values:

a. Project name and location.b. Name of Architect.c. Architect's project number.d. Contractor's name and address.e. Date of submittal.

2. Arrange schedule of values consistent with format of AIA Document G703.

Page 63: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 - 2

3. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum.4. Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each part of the Work

where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed.

5. Provide separate line items in the schedule of values for initial cost of materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work.

6. Each item in the schedule of values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item.

a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items in the schedule of values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option.

7. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the schedule of values before the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum.

1.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT

A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner.

1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements.

B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement.

C. Application for Payment Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 as form for Applications for Payment.

D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete applications without action.

1. Entries shall match data on the schedule of values and Contractor's construction schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.

2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application.

E. Transmittal: Submit one signed and notarized original copy of each Application for Payment to Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required.

Page 64: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 - 3

F. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's lien from entities lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of the Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment.

1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after deduction for retainage, on each item.

2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit conditional final or full waivers.

3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers.

4. Waiver Forms: Submit executed waivers of lien on forms acceptable to Owner.

G. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following:

1. List of subcontractors.2. Schedule of values.3. Sustainable design submittal for project materials cost data.4. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final).5. Submittal schedule (preliminary if not final).6. List of Contractor's staff assignments.7. List of Contractor's principal consultants.8. Copies of building permits.9. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for

performance of the Work.10. Initial progress report.11. Report of preconstruction conference.12. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.

H. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After Architect issues the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete.

1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.

2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.

I. Final Payment Application: After completing Project closeout requirements, submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following:

1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements.2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and

proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum.4. AIA Document G706-1994, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and

Claims."5. AIA Document G706A-1994, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens."6. AIA Document G707-1994, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment."7. Evidence that claims have been settled.

Page 65: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 - 4

8. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work.

9. Final liquidated damages settlement statement.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 012900

Page 66: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 1

SECTION 013100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Coordination drawings.2. Requests for Information (RFIs).3. Project meetings.

B. Related Requirements:1. Section 017300 "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation

and field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. RFI: Request from Owner, Architect, or Contractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Use CSI Form 1.5A. Include the following information in tabular form:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products.

2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract.3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.

1.4 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES

A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.

1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation.

Page 67: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 2

2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.

3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.

B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings.

1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required.

C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule.2. Preparation of the schedule of values.3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.4. Delivery and processing of submittals.5. Progress meetings.6. Preinstallation conferences.7. Project closeout activities.8. Startup and adjustment of systems.

1.5 COORDINATION DRAWINGS

A. Coordination Drawings, General: Prepare coordination drawings according to requirements in individual Sections, where installation is not completely shown on Shop Drawings, where limited space availability necessitates coordination, or if coordination is required to facilitate integration of products and materials fabricated or installed by more than one entity.

1. Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to indicate and resolve conflicts. Do not base coordination drawings on standard printed data. Include the following information, as applicable:

a. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical systems.

b. Indicate dimensions shown on the Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide alternate sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract.

B. Coordination Drawing Organization: Organize coordination drawings as follows:

1. Floor Plans and Reflected Ceiling Plans: Show architectural and structural elements, and mechanical, plumbing, fire-protection, fire-alarm, and electrical

Page 68: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 3

Work. Show locations of visible ceiling-mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid.

2. Plenum Space: Indicate subframing for support of ceiling and wall systems, mechanical and electrical equipment, and related Work. Locate components within ceiling plenum to accommodate layout of light fixtures indicated on Drawings.

3. Mechanical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical rooms showing plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire-protection, fire-alarm, and electrical equipment.

4. Structural Penetrations: Indicate penetrations and openings required for all disciplines.

5. Slab Edge and Embedded Items: Indicate slab edge locations and sizes and locations of embedded items for metal fabrications, sleeves, anchor bolts, bearing plates, angles, door floor closers, slab depressions for floor finishes, curbs and housekeeping pads, and similar items.

6. Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that the Work is being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's responsibility.

1.6 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs)

A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified.

1. Architect will return RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor with no response.

2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors.

B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following:

1. Project name.2. Project number.3. Date.4. Name of Contractor.5. Name of Architect.6. RFI number, numbered sequentially.7. RFI subject.8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate.9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate.11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's solution(s) impacts the Contract

Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI.12. Contractor's signature.13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product

Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation.

Page 69: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 4

C. RFI Forms: AIA Document G716.

D. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day.

1. The following RFIs will be returned without action:

a. Requests for approval of submittals.b. Requests for approval of substitutions.c. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract

Documents.d. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum.e. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals.f. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs.

2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt of additional information.

3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Section 012600 "Contract Modification Procedures."

a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response.

E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log weekly. Use CSI Log Form 13.2B. Include the following:

1. Project name.2. Name and address of Contractor.3. Name and address of Architect.4. RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted.5. RFI description.6. Date the RFI was submitted.7. Date Architect's response was received.

F. On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response.

1. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate.

2. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate.

Page 70: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 5

1.7 PROJECT MEETINGS

A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated.

1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times.

2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees.

3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within three days of the meeting.

B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement.

1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following:

a. Tentative construction schedule.b. Phasing.c. Critical work sequencing and long-lead items.d. Designation of key personnel and their duties.e. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.f. Procedures for RFIs.g. Procedures for testing and inspecting.h. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.i. Distribution of the Contract Documents.j. Submittal procedures.k. Sustainable design requirements.l. Preparation of record documents.m. Use of the premises and existing building.n. Work restrictions.o. Working hours.p. Owner's occupancy requirements.q. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls.r. Procedures for moisture and mold control.s. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns.t. Construction waste management and recycling.u. Parking availability.v. Office, work, and storage areas.w. Equipment deliveries and priorities.x. First aid.

Page 71: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 6

y. Security.z. Progress cleaning.

3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes.

C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction.

1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect of scheduled meeting dates.

2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following:

a. Contract Documents.b. Options.c. Related RFIs.d. Related Change Orders.e. Purchases.f. Deliveries.g. Submittals.h. Sustainable design requirements.i. Review of mockups.j. Possible conflicts.k. Compatibility problems.l. Time schedules.m. Weather limitations.n. Manufacturer's written instructions.o. Warranty requirements.p. Compatibility of materials.q. Acceptability of substrates.r. Temporary facilities and controls.s. Space and access limitations.t. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.u. Testing and inspecting requirements.v. Installation procedures.w. Coordination with other work.x. Required performance results.y. Protection of adjacent work.z. Protection of construction and personnel.

3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions.

4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information.

5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.

Page 72: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 7

D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals.

1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project.

a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.

1) Review schedule for next period.

b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:

1) Interface requirements.2) Sequence of operations.3) Status of submittals.4) Status of sustainable design documentation.5) Deliveries.6) Off-site fabrication.7) Access.8) Site utilization.9) Temporary facilities and controls.10) Progress cleaning.11) Quality and work standards.12) Status of correction of deficient items.13) Field observations.14) Status of RFIs.15) Status of proposal requests.16) Pending changes.17) Status of Change Orders.18) Pending claims and disputes.19) Documentation of information for payment requests.

3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information.

a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.

Page 73: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 8

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 013100

Page 74: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 1

SECTION 013200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following:

1. Contractor's construction schedule.2. Construction schedule updating reports.3. Site condition reports.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources.

1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times.

2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network.3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network.

B. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float.

C. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity.

1. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Contractor, but is a jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet schedule milestones and Contract completion date.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format:1. PDF electronic file.

B. Startup Network Diagram: Of size required to display entire network for entire construction period. Show logic ties for activities.

C. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period.

Page 75: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 2

1. Submit a working electronic copy of schedule, using software indicated, and labeled to comply with requirements for submittals. Include type of schedule (initial or updated) and date on label.

D. Construction Schedule Updating Reports: Submit with Applications for Payment.

E. Site Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions.

1.4 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate Contractor's construction schedule with the schedule of values, submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports.

1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from entities involved.

2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL

A. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for commencement of the Work to date of final completion.

1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.

B. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each main element of the Work. Comply with the following:

1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless specifically allowed by Architect.

2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery.

3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's construction schedule with submittal schedule.

4. Startup and Testing Time: Include no fewer than 15 days for startup and testing.5. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for

Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.

6. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 30 days for completion of punch list items and final completion.

Page 76: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 3

C. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected.1. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule:

a. Coordination with existing construction.b. Limitations of continued occupancies.c. Uninterruptible services.d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion.e. Use of premises restrictions.f. Provisions for future construction.g. Seasonal variations.h. Environmental control.

2. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work.

D. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and final completion.

E. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues:

1. Unresolved issues.2. Unanswered Requests for Information.3. Rejected or unreturned submittals.4. Notations on returned submittals.5. Pending modifications affecting the Work and Contract Time.

F. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is 14 or more calendar days behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule.

G. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of a program that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules.

2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GANTT CHART)

A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal, Gantt-chart-type, Contractor's construction schedule within 30 days of date established for commencement of the Work.

B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line.

1. For construction activities that require three months or longer to complete, indicate an estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments within time bar.

Page 77: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 4

2.3 REPORTS

A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site:

1. List of subcontractors at Project site.2. List of separate contractors at Project site.3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site.4. Equipment at Project site.5. Material deliveries.6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence

of rain or snow.7. Accidents.8. Meetings and significant decisions.9. Unusual events.10. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses.11. Meter readings and similar recordings.12. Emergency procedures.13. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction.14. Change Orders received and implemented.15. Construction Change Directives received and implemented.16. Services connected and disconnected.17. Equipment or system tests and startups.18. Partial completions and occupancies.19. Substantial Completions authorized.

B. Site Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between site conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting.

1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting.

2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations.

3. As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity.

Page 78: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 5

B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility.

1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices.2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and

post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities.

END OF SECTION 013200

Page 79: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200 - 6

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 80: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 1

SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes requirements for the submittal schedule and administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and reports, including Contractor's construction schedule.

2. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and maintenance manuals.

3. Section 017839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Architect's responsive action.

B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Submittal Schedule: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Architect and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections.

1.4 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

A. Architect's Digital Data Files: Electronic copies of digital data files of the Contract Drawings will be provided by Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals.

1. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data drawing files of the Contract Drawings for use in preparing Shop Drawings.

a. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data drawing files as they relate to the Contract Drawings.

Page 81: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 2

b. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of Agreement form acceptable to Owner and Architect.

B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities.

1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.

2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.

a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.

C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals.

1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.

2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal.

3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal.

D. Electronic Submittals: Identify and incorporate information in each electronic submittal file as follows:

1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file incorporating submittal requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with links enabling navigation to each item.

2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier.

a. File name shall use project identifier and Specification Section number followed by a decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., LNHS-061000.01). Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g., LNHS-061000.01.A).

3. Provide means for insertion to permanently record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect.

4. Transmittal Form for Electronic Submittals: Use electronic form acceptable to Owner, containing the following information:

a. Project name.b. Date.c. Name and address of Architect.d. Name of Construction Manager.e. Name of Contractor.

Page 82: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 3

f. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal.g. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier.h. Category and type of submittal.i. Submittal purpose and description.j. Specification Section number and title.k. Specification paragraph number or drawing designation and generic name

for each of multiple items.l. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.m. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate.n. Related physical samples submitted directly.o. Indication of full or partial submittal.p. Transmittal number, numbered consecutively.q. Submittal and transmittal distribution record.r. Other necessary identification.s. Remarks.

5. Metadata: Include the following information as keywords in the electronic submittal file metadata:

a. Project name.b. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.c. Manufacturer name.d. Product name.

E. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Architect.

F. Deviations: Identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals.

G. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal.

1. Note date and content of previous submittal.2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent

of revision.3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Architect's

action stamp.

H. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.

I. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp.

Page 83: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 4

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. General Submittal Procedure Requirements:

1. Submit electronic submittals via email as PDF electronic files.

a. Architect will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as an electronic Project record document file.

2. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Provide a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity.

a. Provide a digital signature with digital certificate on electronically-submitted certificates and certifications where indicated.

b. Provide a notarized statement on original paper copy certificates and certifications where indicated.

B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment.

1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.

2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.

3. Include the following information, as applicable:

a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.b. Manufacturer's product specifications.c. Standard color charts.d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards.e. Testing by recognized testing agency.f. Application of testing agency labels and seals.g. Notation of coordination requirements.h. Availability and delivery time information.

4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable:

a. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.b. Printed performance curves.c. Operational range diagrams.d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on

accompanying Shop Drawings.

5. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples.6. Submit Product Data in the following format:

Page 84: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 5

a. PDF electronic file.

C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data, unless submittal based on Architect's digital data drawing files is otherwise permitted.

1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable:

a. Identification of products.b. Schedules.c. Compliance with specified standards.d. Notation of coordination requirements.e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated.g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.

2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches (215 by 280 mm), but no larger than 30 by 42 inches (750 by 1067 mm).

3. Submit Shop Drawings in the following format:

a. PDF electronic file.

D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.

1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package.

2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following:

a. Generic description of Sample.b. Product name and name of manufacturer.c. Sample source.d. Number and title of applicable Specification Section.

3. For projects where electronic submittals are required, provide corresponding electronic submittal of Sample transmittal, digital image file illustrating Sample characteristics, and identification information for record.

4. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set.

a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use.

Page 85: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 6

b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor.

5. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available.

a. Number of Samples: Submit one full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected.

6. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection.

a. Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned.

1) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations.

E. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form:

1. Submit product schedule in the following format:

a. PDF electronic file.

F. Coordination Drawings Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination."

G. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation."

H. Application for Payment and Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements specified in Section 012900 "Payment Procedures.

I. Test and Inspection Reports and Schedule of Tests and Inspections Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements."

J. Closeout Submittals and Maintenance Material Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures."

Page 86: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 7

K. Maintenance Data: Comply with requirements specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data."

L. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information specified.

M. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified.

N. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.

O. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required.

P. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

Q. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.

R. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.

S. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.

T. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project.

U. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Comply with requirements specified in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements."

V. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents.

W. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests

Page 87: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 8

performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion.

X. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.

Y. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers.

2.2 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES

A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.

1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect.

B. Delegated-Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit digitally signed PDF electronic file and three paper copies of certificate, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional.

1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW

A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect.

B. Project Closeout and Maintenance Material Submittals: See requirements in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures."

C. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of

Page 88: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 9

reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.

3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION

A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action.

B. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or revisions required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action.

C. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party.

D. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned for resubmittal without review.

E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded.

END OF SECTION 013300

Page 89: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 10

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 90: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 1

SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control.

B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.

1. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality-assurance and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements.

2. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and -control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section.

3. Specific test and inspection requirements are not specified in this Section.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements.

B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect.

C. Mockups: Full-size physical assemblies that are constructed on-site. Mockups are constructed to verify selections made under Sample submittals; to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution; to review coordination, testing, or operation; to show interface between dissimilar materials; and to demonstrate compliance with specified installation tolerances. Mockups are not Samples. Unless otherwise indicated, approved mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged.

1. Laboratory Mockups: Full-size physical assemblies constructed at testing facility to verify performance characteristics.

D. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria.

Page 91: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 2

E. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements.

F. Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, e.g., plant, mill, factory, or shop.

G. Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work.

H. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.

I. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.

1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s).

J. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1.3 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS

A. Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding.

B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Contractor's Statement of Responsibility: When required by authorities having jurisdiction, submit copy of written statement of responsibility sent to authorities having jurisdiction before starting work on the following systems:

Page 92: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 3

1. Seismic-force-resisting system, designated seismic system, or component listed in the designated seismic system quality-assurance plan prepared by Architect.

2. Main wind-force-resisting system or a wind-resisting component listed in the wind-force-resisting system quality-assurance plan prepared by Architect.

B. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority.

1.5 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS

A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following:

1. Date of issue.2. Project title and number.3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections.6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method.7. Identification of product and Specification Section.8. Complete test or inspection data.9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results.10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and

testing and inspecting.11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies

with the Contract Document requirements.12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting.

B. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of representative making report.2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of

product.3. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with

requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken.4. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed

performance complies with requirements.5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

C. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.

Page 93: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 4

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.

B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated.

1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists.

G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities.

1. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7.2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary

Laboratory Accreditation Program.

H. Manufacturer's Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

I. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following:

Page 94: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 5

1. Contractor responsibilities include the following:

a. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction.

b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work.

c. Build laboratory mockups at testing facility using personnel, products, and methods of construction indicated for the completed Work.

d. When testing is complete, remove test specimens, assemblies, and mockups; do not reuse products on Project.

2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Architect, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.

J. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work:

1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect.

2. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed.

3. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.4. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or

construction.

a. Allow seven days for initial review and each re-review of each mockup.

5. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work.

6. Demolish and remove mockups when directed unless otherwise indicated.

K. Laboratory Mockups: Comply with requirements of preconstruction testing and those specified in individual Specification Sections.

1.7 QUALITY CONTROL

A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services.

1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform.

2. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor.

Page 95: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 6

B. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities required to verify that the Work complies with requirements, whether specified or not.

1. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality-control services.

a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner.

2. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed.

3. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service.

4. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility.

5. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct.

C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's representative's services include examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports.

D. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents.

E. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.

1. Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.

2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted.

3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements.

4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service through Contractor.

5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work.

6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor.

F. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following:

1. Access to the Work.

Page 96: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 7

2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing

and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples.4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples.5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies.6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by

testing agency.7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at

Project site.

G. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.

1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.

1.8 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

A. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner, and as follows:

1. Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality-control procedures and reviews the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work.

2. Notifying Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.

3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service to Architect with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction.

4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies.

5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.

6. Retesting and reinspecting corrected work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG

A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following:

1. Date test or inspection was conducted.2. Description of the Work tested or inspected.

Page 97: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 8

3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect.4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection.

B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's reference during normal working hours.

3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION

A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.

1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Section 017300 "Execution."

B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.

C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services.

END OF SECTION 014000

Page 98: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

REFERENCES 014200 - 1

SECTION 014200 - REFERENCES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 DEFINITIONS

A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.

B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract.

C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed."

D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated."

E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work.

F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations.

G. "Install": Unload, temporarily store, unpack, assemble, erect, place, anchor, apply, work to dimension, finish, cure, protect, clean, and similar operations at Project site.

H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.

I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built.

1.2 INDUSTRY STANDARDS

A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.

B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated.

Page 99: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

REFERENCES 014200 - 2

C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.

1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source.

1.3 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations: National Organizations of the U.S." or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the United States."

B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list.

1. DIN - Deutsches Institut fur Normung e.V.; www.din.de.2. IAPMO - International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials;

www.iapmo.org.3. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org.4. ICC-ES - ICC Evaluation Service, LLC; www.icc-es.org.

C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list.

1. COE - Army Corps of Engineers; www.usace.army.mil.2. CPSC - Consumer Product Safety Commission; www.cpsc.gov.3. DOC - Department of Commerce; National Institute of Standards and

Technology; www.nist.gov.4. DOD - Department of Defense; www.quicksearch.dla.mil.5. DOE - Department of Energy; www.energy.gov.6. EPA - Environmental Protection Agency; www.epa.gov.7. FAA - Federal Aviation Administration; www.faa.gov.8. FG - Federal Government Publications; www.gpo.gov.9. GSA - General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov.10. HUD - Department of Housing and Urban Development; www.hud.gov.11. LBL - Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory; Environmental Energy

Technologies Division; www.eetd.lbl.gov.12. OSHA - Occupational Safety & Health Administration; www.osha.gov.13. SD - Department of State; www.state.gov.14. TRB - Transportation Research Board; National Cooperative Highway Research

Program; The National Academies; www.trb.org.15. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Agriculture Research Service; U.S. Salinity

Laboratory; www.ars.usda.gov.16. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Rural Utilities Service; www.usda.gov.

Page 100: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

REFERENCES 014200 - 3

17. USDJ - Department of Justice; Office of Justice Programs; National Institute of Justice; www.ojp.usdoj.gov.

18. USP - U.S. Pharmacopeial Convention; www.usp.org.19. USPS - United States Postal Service; www.usps.com.

D. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list.

1. CFR - Code of Federal Regulations; Available from Government Printing Office; www.gpo.gov/fdsys.

2. DOD - Department of Defense; Military Specifications and Standards; Available from DLA Document Services; www.quicksearch.dla.mil.

3. DSCC - Defense Supply Center Columbus; (See FS).4. FED-STD - Federal Standard; (See FS).5. FS - Federal Specification; Available from DLA Document Services;

www.quicksearch.dla.mil.

a. Available from Defense Standardization Program; www.dsp.dla.mil.b. Available from General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov.c. Available from National Institute of Building Sciences/Whole Building

Design Guide; www.wbdg.org/ccb.

6. MILSPEC - Military Specification and Standards; (See DOD).7. USAB - United States Access Board; www.access-board.gov.8. USATBCB - U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board;

(See USAB).

E. State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list.

1. CBHF; State of California; Department of Consumer Affairs; Bureau of Electronic and Appliance Repair, Home Furnishings and Thermal Insulation; www.bearhfti.ca.gov.

2. CCR; California Code of Regulations; Office of Administrative Law; California Title 24 Energy Code; www.calregs.com.

3. CDHS; California Department of Health Services; (See CDPH).4. CDPH; California Department of Public Health; Indoor Air Quality Program;

www.cal-iaq.org.5. CPUC; California Public Utilities Commission; www.cpuc.ca.gov.6. SCAQMD; South Coast Air Quality Management District; www.aqmd.gov.7. TFS; Texas A&M Forest Service; Sustainable Forestry and Economic

Development; www.txforestservice.tamu.edu.

Page 101: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

REFERENCES 014200 - 4

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 014200

Page 102: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 1

SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 011000 "Summary" for work restrictions and limitations on utility interruptions.

1.2 USE CHARGES

A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Owner's construction forces, Architect, occupants of Project, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Water and Sewer Service from Existing System: Water from Owner's existing water system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations.

C. Electric Power Service from Existing System: Electric power from Owner's existing system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas for construction personnel.

B. Erosion- and Sedimentation-Control Plan: Show compliance with requirements of EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent.

C. Fire-Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities having jurisdiction. Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire prevention program.

Page 103: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 2

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.

B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.

C. Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines and ICC/ANSI A117.1.

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage Installer of each permanent service to assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 EQUIPMENT

A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures.

B. HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control.

1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating units is prohibited.

2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application.

3. Permanent HVAC System: If Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system for temporary use during construction, provide filter with MERV of 8 at each return-air grille in system and remove at end of construction and clean HVAC system as required in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures".

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work.

Page 104: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 3

1. Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Section 011000 "Summary."

B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.

3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION

A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service.

1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.

B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully.

1. Connect temporary sewers to municipal system as directed by authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for construction.

D. Water Service: Connect to Owner's existing water service facilities. Clean and maintain water service facilities in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use.

E. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities.

1. Toilets: Use of Owner's existing toilet facilities will be permitted, as long as facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use.

F. Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed.

G. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption.

H. Electric Power Service: Connect to Owner's existing electric power service. Maintain equipment in a condition acceptable to Owner.

Page 105: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 4

1. Connect temporary service to Owner's existing power source, as directed by Owner.

I. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions.

1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system.

3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. General: Comply with the following:

1. Provide construction for temporary offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet (9 m) of building lines that is noncombustible according to ASTM E 136. Comply with NFPA 241.

2. Maintain support facilities until Architect schedules Substantial Completion inspection. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner.

B. Temporary Use of Permanent Roads and Paved Areas: Locate temporary roads and paved areas in same location as permanent roads and paved areas. Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Extend temporary roads and paved areas, within construction limits indicated, as necessary for construction operations.

1. Coordinate elevations of temporary roads and paved areas with permanent roads and paved areas.

2. Prepare subgrade and install subbase and base for temporary roads and paved areas according to Section 312000 "Earth Moving."

3. Recondition base after temporary use, including removing contaminated material, regrading, proofrolling, compacting, and testing.

4. Delay installation of final course of permanent hot-mix asphalt pavement until immediately before Substantial Completion. Repair hot-mix asphalt base-course pavement before installation of final course according to Section 321216 "Asphalt Paving."

C. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities.

2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants.

D. Parking: Use designated areas of Owner's existing parking areas for construction personnel.

E. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water.

Page 106: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 5

1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining properties or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities.

2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations.

F. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted.

1. Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on Drawings.2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform

public and individuals seeking entrance to Project.

a. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors.

3. Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times.

G. Waste Disposal Facilities: Comply with requirements specified in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."

H. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel.

1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities.

I. Temporary Stairs: Until permanent stairs are available, provide temporary stairs where ladders are not adequate.

J. Temporary Use of Permanent Stairs: Use of new stairs for construction traffic will be permitted, provided stairs are protected and finishes restored to new condition at time of Substantial Completion.

3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities.

B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects.

C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Comply with requirements of 2003 EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent and requirements specified in Section 311000 "Site Clearing."

D. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains.

Page 107: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 6

E. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations. Protect tree root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion.

F. Pest Control: Engage pest-control service to recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform extermination and control procedures at regular intervals so Project will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial Completion. Perform control operations lawfully, using environmentally safe materials.

G. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting.

H. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241; manage fire prevention program.

1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas.2. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and

similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

3. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information.

4. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles.

3.5 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL

A. Contractor's Moisture Protection Plan: Avoid trapping water in finished work. Document visible signs of mold that may appear during construction.

B. Exposed Construction Phase: Before installation of weather barriers, when materials are subject to wetting and exposure and to airborne mold spores, protect materials from water damage and keep porous and organic materials from coming into prolonged contact with concrete.

C. Partially Enclosed Construction Phase: After installation of weather barriers but before full enclosure and conditioning of building, when installed materials are still subject to infiltration of moisture and ambient mold spores, protect as follows:

1. Do not load or install drywall or other porous materials or components, or items with high organic content, into partially enclosed building.

2. Keep interior spaces reasonably clean and protected from water damage.3. Discard or replace water-damaged and wet material.4. Discard, replace, or clean stored or installed material that begins to grow mold.

Page 108: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 7

5. Perform work in a sequence that allows any wet materials adequate time to dry before enclosing the material in drywall or other interior finishes.

D. Controlled Construction Phase of Construction: After completing and sealing of the building enclosure but prior to the full operation of permanent HVAC systems, maintain as follows:

1. Control moisture and humidity inside building by maintaining effective dry-in conditions.

2. Remove materials that cannot be completely restored to their manufactured moisture level within 48 hours.

3.6 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL

A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.

B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.

1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage.

C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.

D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.

1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs.

2. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures."

END OF SECTION 015000

Page 109: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000 - 8

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 110: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639 - 1

SECTION 015639 - TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes general protection and pruning of existing trees and plants that are affected by execution of the Work, whether temporary or permanent construction.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Plant-Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees, groups of trees, shrubs, or other vegetation to be protected during construction and indicated on Drawings.

B. Tree-Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to be protected during construction and defined by a circle concentric with each tree with a radius 1.5 times the diameter of the drip line unless otherwise indicated.

1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Shop Drawings:

1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and locations of protection-zone fencing and signage, showing relation of equipment-movement routes and material storage locations with protection zones.

C. Tree Pruning Schedule: Written schedule detailing scope and extent of pruning of trees to remain that interfere with or are affected by construction.

1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Existing Conditions: Documentation of existing trees and plantings indicated to remain, which establishes preconstruction conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by construction activities.

1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. The following practices are prohibited within protection zones:

Page 111: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639 - 2

1. Storage of construction materials, debris, or excavated material.2. Moving or parking vehicles or equipment.3. Foot traffic.4. Erection of sheds or structures.5. Impoundment of water.6. Excavation or other digging unless otherwise indicated.7. Attachment of signs to or wrapping materials around trees or plants unless

otherwise indicated.

B. Do not direct vehicle or equipment exhaust toward protection zones.

C. Prohibit heat sources, flames, ignition sources, and smoking within or near protection zones and organic mulch.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Organic Mulch: Free from deleterious materials and suitable as a top dressing for trees and shrubs, consisting of one of the following:

1. Type: Shredded hardwood.

B. Protection-Zone Fencing: Fencing fixed in position and meeting one of the following requirements:

1. Chain-Link Protection-Zone Fencing: Galvanized-steel fencing fabricated from minimum 2-inch (50-mm) opening, 0.148-inch- (3.76-mm-) diameter wire chain-link fabric; with pipe posts, minimum 2-3/8-inch- (60-mm-) OD line posts, and 2-7/8-inch- (73-mm-) OD corner and pull posts; with 1-5/8-inch- (42-mm-) OD top rails and 0.177-inch- (4.5-mm-) diameter bottom tension wire; with tie wires, hog ring ties, and other accessories for a complete fence system.

a. Height: 72 inches (1800 mm).

2. Gates: Swing access gates matching material and appearance of fencing, to allow for maintenance activities within protection zones.

C. Protection-Zone Signage: Shop-fabricated, rigid plastic or metal sheet with attachment holes prepunched and reinforced; legibly printed with nonfading lettering.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Examine the site to verify that temporary erosion- and sedimentation-control measures are in place. Verify that flows of water redirected

Page 112: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639 - 3

from construction areas or generated by construction activity do not enter or cross protection zones.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Protect tree root systems from damage caused by runoff or spillage of noxious materials while mixing, placing, or storing construction materials. Protect root systems from ponding, eroding, or excessive wetting caused by dewatering operations.

B. Tree-Protection Zones: Mulch areas inside tree-protection zones and other areas indicated. Do not exceed indicated thickness of mulch.

1. Apply 4-inch (100-mm) uniform thickness of organic mulch unless otherwise indicated. Do not place mulch within 6 inches (150 mm) of tree trunks.

3.3 PROTECTION ZONES

A. Protection-Zone Fencing: Install protection-zone fencing along edges of protection zones in a manner that will prevent people from easily entering protected areas except by entrance gates.

1. Chain-Link Fencing: Install to comply with ASTM F 567 and with manufacturer's written instructions.

2. Posts: Set or drive posts into ground one-third the total height of the fence without concrete footings. Where a post is located on existing paving or concrete to remain, provide appropriate means of post support acceptable to Architect.

3. Access Gates: Install where needed.

B. Protection-Zone Signage: Install protection-zone signage in visibly prominent locations in a manner approved by Architect.

C. Maintain protection zones free of weeds and trash.

D. Maintain protection-zone fencing and signage in good condition as acceptable to Architect and remove when construction operations are complete and equipment has been removed from the site.

3.4 EXCAVATION

A. General: Excavate at edge of protection zones and for trenches indicated within protection zones according to requirements in Section 312000 "Earth Moving" unless otherwise indicated.

B. Trenching within Protection Zones: Where utility trenches are required within protection zones, excavate under or around tree roots by hand or with air spade, or tunnel under the roots by drilling, auger boring, or pipe jacking. Do not cut main lateral tree roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots that interfere with installation of utilities. Cut roots as required for root pruning.

Page 113: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639 - 4

C. Do not allow exposed roots to dry out before placing permanent backfill.

3.5 ROOT PRUNING

A. Prune tree roots that are affected by temporary and permanent construction. Prune roots as follows:

1. Cut roots manually by digging a trench and cutting exposed roots with sharp pruning instruments; do not break, tear, chop, or slant the cuts. Do not use a backhoe or other equipment that rips, tears, or pulls roots.

2. Temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are permanently redirected and covered with soil.

3. Cover exposed roots with burlap and water regularly.4. Backfill as soon as possible according to requirements in Section 312000 "Earth

Moving."

B. Root Pruning at Edge of Protection Zone: Prune tree roots by cleanly cutting all roots to the depth of the required excavation.

C. Root Pruning within Protection Zone: Clear and excavate by hand or with air spade to the depth of the required excavation to minimize damage to tree root systems. If excavating by hand, use narrow-tine spading forks to comb soil to expose roots. Cleanly cut roots as close to excavation as possible.

3.6 CROWN PRUNING

A. Prune branches that are affected by temporary and permanent construction. Prune branches as directed by arborist.

1. Prune to remove only injured, broken, dying, or dead branches unless otherwise indicated. Do not prune for shape unless otherwise indicated.

2. Do not remove or reduce living branches to compensate for root loss caused by damaging or cutting root system.

3. Pruning Standards: Prune trees according to ANSI A300 (Part 1).

B. Cut branches with sharp pruning instruments; do not break or chop.

C. Do not paint or apply sealants to wounds.

D. Chip removed branches and dispose of off-site.

3.7 REGRADING

A. Lowering Grade: Where new finish grade is indicated below existing grade around trees, slope grade beyond the protection zone. Maintain existing grades within the protection zone.

Page 114: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639 - 5

B. Raising Grade: Where new finish grade is indicated above existing grade around trees, slope grade beyond the protection zone. Maintain existing grades within the protection zone.

C. Minor Fill within Protection Zone: Where existing grade is 2 inches (50 mm) or less below elevation of finish grade, fill with backfill soil. Place backfill soil in a single uncompacted layer and hand grade to required finish elevations.

3.8 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT

A. General: Repair or replace trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or to be relocated that are damaged by construction operations, in a manner approved by Architect.

1. Perform repairs of damaged trunks, branches, and roots within 24 hours according to arborist's written instructions.

2. Replace trees and other plants that cannot be repaired and restored to full-growth status, as determined by Architect.

B. Excess Mulch: Rake mulched area within protection zones, being careful not to injure roots. Rake to loosen and remove mulch that exceeds a 4-inch (100-mm) uniform thickness to remain.

3.9 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS

A. Disposal: Remove excess excavated material, displaced trees, trash, and debris and legally dispose of them off Owner's property.

END OF SECTION 015639

Page 115: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639 - 6

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 116: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 1

SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for requests for substitutions.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.

1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.

2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products.

3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product.

B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Comparable Product Requests: Submit request for consideration of each comparable product. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.

1. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed

Page 117: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 2

comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later.

a. Form of Approval: As specified in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures."b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a

comparable product request within time allocated.

B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options.

1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Delivery and Handling:

1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces.

2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses.

3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.

4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected.

C. Storage:

1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units.

2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a

weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.

4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment.

5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage.

6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing.

Page 118: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 3

1.6 PRODUCT WARRANTIES

A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents.

1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner.

2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner.

B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution.

1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed.

2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed.

3. Refer to other Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties.

C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES

A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation.

1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.

2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects.

3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents.

4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection.

5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products.

B. Product Selection Procedures:

1. Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered.

Page 119: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 4

2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered.

3. Products:

a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated.

b. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product.

4. Manufacturers:

a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will be considered unless otherwise indicated.

b. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product.

5. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers.

C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample", provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches.

1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product.

D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items.

Page 120: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 5

2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS

A. Conditions for Consideration: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:

1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work.

2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated.

3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and

addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested.5. Samples, if requested.

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 016000

Page 121: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 6

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 122: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

EXECUTION 017300 - 1

SECTION 017300 - EXECUTION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Construction layout.2. Field engineering and surveying.3. Installation of the Work.4. Cutting and patching.5. Coordination of Owner-installed products.6. Progress cleaning.7. Starting and adjusting.8. Protection of installed construction.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 011000 "Summary" for limits on use of Project site.2. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with

Project Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, and final cleaning.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements.

1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, notify Architect of locations and details of cutting and await directions from Architect before proceeding. Shore, brace, and support structural element during cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or increase deflection

2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.

3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.

4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed

Page 123: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

EXECUTION 017300 - 2

construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.

1. For projects requiring compliance with sustainable design and construction practices and procedures, use products for patching that comply with sustainable design requirements.

B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.

1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, mechanical and electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work.

1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; underground electrical services, and other utilities.

2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site.

B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.

1. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation.

2. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed.

3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers.

Page 124: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

EXECUTION 017300 - 3

C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to Owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.

C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings.

D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination."

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated.

1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for

maintenance and ease of removal for replacement.3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated.

C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.

D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.

E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations.

F. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels.

Page 125: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

EXECUTION 017300 - 4

G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements.

H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions.

1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect.

2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and

directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.

I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.

J. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous.

3.4 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.

1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition.

B. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties.

C. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut.

D. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.

E. Adjacent Occupied Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas.

Page 126: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

EXECUTION 017300 - 5

F. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to minimize interruption to occupied areas.

G. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations.

1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.

2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces.

3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill.

4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Sections where required by cutting and patching operations.

5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting.

6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.

H. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable.

1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation.

2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing.

3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance.

4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance.

5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition and ensures thermal and moisture integrity of building enclosure.

I. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces.

Page 127: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

EXECUTION 017300 - 6

3.5 PROGRESS CLEANING

A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.

1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris.

2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C).

3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.

B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.

C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work.

1. Remove liquid spills promptly.2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum

the entire work area, as appropriate.

D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.

E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.

F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways.

H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.

I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects.

J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.

Page 128: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

EXECUTION 017300 - 7

3.6 STARTING AND ADJUSTING

A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.

B. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding.

C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

D. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements"

3.7 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION

A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.

END OF SECTION 017300

Page 129: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

EXECUTION 017300 - 8

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 130: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 1

SECTION 017419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:1. Recycling nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.2. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging.

B. Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or selective demolition operations.

C. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse.

E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility.

F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work.

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Achieve end-of-Project rates for salvage/recycling of 50 percent by weight of total non-hazardous solid waste generated by the Work. Facilitate recycling and salvage of materials.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Waste Management Plan: Submit plan within 7 days of date established for commencement of the Work.

Page 131: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 2

1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Waste Reduction Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for Payment, submit report. Include the following information:

1. Material category.2. Generation point of waste.3. Total quantity of waste in tons (tonnes).4. Quantity of waste salvaged, both estimated and actual in tons (tonnes).5. Quantity of waste recycled, both estimated and actual in tons (tonnes).6. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) in tons (tonnes).7. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) as a percentage of

total waste.

B. Waste Reduction Calculations: Before request for Substantial Completion, submit calculated end-of-Project rates for salvage, recycling, and disposal as a percentage of total waste generated by the Work.

C. Records of Donations: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste donated to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt.

D. Records of Sales: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste sold to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt.

E. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices.

F. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices.

G. Qualification Data: For waste management coordinator.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Waste Management Coordinator Qualifications: Experienced firm, with a record of successful waste management coordination of projects with similar requirements.

B. Waste Management Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination."

1.7 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN

A. General: Develop a waste management plan according to ASTM E 1609 and requirements in this Section. Plan shall consist of waste identification, waste reduction work plan, and cost/revenue analysis. Distinguish between demolition and construction waste. Indicate quantities by weight or volume, but use same units of measure throughout waste management plan.

Page 132: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 3

B. Waste Identification: Indicate anticipated types and quantities of demolition, site-clearing and construction waste generated by the Work. Include estimated quantities and assumptions for estimates.

C. Waste Reduction Work Plan: List each type of waste and whether it will be salvaged, recycled, or disposed of in landfill or incinerator. Include points of waste generation, total quantity of each type of waste, quantity for each means of recovery, and handling and transportation procedures.

1. Salvaged Materials for Reuse: For materials that will be salvaged and reused in this Project, describe methods for preparing salvaged materials before incorporation into the Work.

2. Salvaged Materials for Sale: For materials that will be sold to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers.

3. Salvaged Materials for Donation: For materials that will be donated to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses, and telephone numbers.

4. Recycled Materials: Include list of local receivers and processors and type of recycled materials each will accept. Include names, addresses, and telephone numbers.

5. Disposed Materials: Indicate how and where materials will be disposed of. Include name, address, and telephone number of each landfill and incinerator facility.

6. Handling and Transportation Procedures: Include method that will be used for separating recyclable waste including sizes of containers, container labeling, and designated location where materials separation will be performed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION

A. General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract.

B. Waste Management Coordinator: Engage a waste management coordinator to be responsible for implementing, monitoring, and reporting status of waste management work plan.

C. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the Work occurring at Project site.

1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within three days of submittal return.

Page 133: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 4

2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on-site. Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and disposal.

D. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.

1. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials that are to be salvaged, recycled, reused, donated, and sold.

2. Comply with Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for controlling dust and dirt, environmental protection, and noise control.

3.2 RECYCLING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL

A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers.

B. Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives received for recycling waste materials shall be shared equally by Owner and Contractor.

C. Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris. Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical according to approved construction waste management plan.

1. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until they are removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each container and bin.

a. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if found.

2. Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with other materials. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust.

3. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees.

4. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather.5. Remove recyclable waste from Owner's property and transport to recycling

receiver or processor.

3.3 RECYCLING DEMOLITION WASTE

A. Asphalt Paving: Break up and transport paving to asphalt-recycling facility.

B. Concrete: Remove reinforcement and other metals from concrete and sort with other metals.

1. Pulverize concrete to maximum 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) size.

Page 134: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 5

C. Masonry: Remove metal reinforcement, anchors, and ties from masonry and sort with other metals.1. Clean and stack undamaged, whole masonry units on wood pallets.

D. Wood Materials: Sort and stack members according to size, type, and length. Separate lumber, engineered wood products, panel products, and treated wood materials.

E. Metals: Separate metals by type.

1. Structural Steel: Stack members according to size, type of member, and length.2. Remove and dispose of bolts, nuts, washers, and other rough hardware.

F. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets or in container and store in a dry location. Remove edge trim and sort with other metals. Remove and dispose of fasteners.

G. Acoustical Ceiling Panels and Tile: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets and store in a dry location.

H. Metal Suspension System: Separate metal members including trim, and other metals from acoustical panels and tile and sort with other metals.

I. Piping: Reduce piping to straight lengths and store by type and size. Separate supports, hangers, valves, sprinklers, and other components by type and size.

J. Conduit: Reduce conduit to straight lengths and store by type and size.

3.4 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE

A. Packaging:

1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a dry location.

2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials.3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets

from Project site. For pallets that remain on-site, break down pallets into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood.

4. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood.

B. Wood Materials:

1. Clean Cut-Offs of Lumber: Grind or chip into small pieces.2. Clean Sawdust: Bag sawdust that does not contain painted or treated wood.

C. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets or in container and store in a dry location.

Page 135: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 017419 - 6

3.5 DISPOSAL OF WASTE

A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site.

2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas.

B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials.

C. Disposal: Remove waste materials from Owner's property and legally dispose of them.

END OF SECTION 017419

Page 136: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 1

SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Substantial Completion procedures.2. Final completion procedures.3. Warranties.4. Final cleaning.5. Repair of the Work.

B. Related Requirements:1. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and

maintenance manual requirements.2. Section 017839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings,

record Specifications, and record Product Data.3. Section 017900 "Demonstration and Training" for requirements for instructing

Owner's personnel.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For cleaning agents.

B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion.

C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at Final Completion.

1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage.

C. Field Report: For pest control inspection.

1.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items specified in other Sections.

Page 137: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 2

1.5 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES

A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete.

B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request.

1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases.

2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, final completion construction photographic documentation, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information.

3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents.

4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Architect. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable.

a. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item and name and number of related Specification Section. Obtain Architect's signature for receipt of submittals.

5. Submit test/adjust/balance records.6. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation,

and maintenance.

C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request.

1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise

Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions.3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment.4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial

Completion.5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of

products, equipment, and systems. 6. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities.7. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local

emergency responders.

Page 138: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 3

8. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements.

9. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting.10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate

visual defects.

D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.

1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.

2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion.

1.6 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES

A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following:

1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Section 012900 "Payment Procedures."

2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance.

3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.

4. Submit pest-control final inspection report and warranty.5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of

products, equipment, and systems.

B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.

1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.

Page 139: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 4

1.7 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)

A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction.

1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first.2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories

for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.3. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format:

a. MS Excel electronic file. Architect will return annotated copy.b. PDF electronic file. Architect will return annotated copy.

1.8 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES

A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty.

B. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual.

1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch (215-by-280-mm) paper.

2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer.

3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor.

4. Warranty Electronic File: Scan warranties and bonds and assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single indexed electronic PDF file with links enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document.

C. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.

Page 140: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 5

1. Use cleaning products that comply with Green Seal's GS-37, or if GS-37 is not applicable, use products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FINAL CLEANING

A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.

B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project:

a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances.

b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits.

c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured surface.

d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site.

e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building.f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free

condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition.

g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces.

h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces.i. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap;

clean according to manufacturer's recommendations if visible soil or stains remain.

j. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces.

k. Remove labels that are not permanent.

Page 141: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 6

l. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances.

m. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure.

n. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills.

o. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency.

p. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.

C. Pest Control: Comply with pest control requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." Prepare written report.

3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK

A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion.

B. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition.

1. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other damaged transparent materials.

2. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration.

a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification.

3. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity.

4. Replace burned-out bulbs, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures.

END OF SECTION 017700

Page 142: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 1

SECTION 017823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following:

1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory.2. Emergency manuals.3. Operation manuals for systems, subsystems, and equipment.4. Product maintenance manuals.5. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals.

1.2 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Manual Content: Operations and maintenance manual content is specified in individual Specification Sections to be reviewed at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section.

1. Architect will comment on whether content of operations and maintenance submittals are acceptable.

2. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions.

B. Format: Submit operations and maintenance manuals in the following format:

1. PDF electronic file. Assemble each manual into a composite electronically indexed file. Submit on digital media acceptable to Architect.

a. Name each indexed document file in composite electronic index with applicable item name. Include a complete electronically linked operation and maintenance directory.

b. Enable inserted reviewer comments on draft submittals.

2. Three paper copies. Include a complete operation and maintenance directory. Enclose title pages and directories in clear plastic sleeves. Architect will return two copies.

C. Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion and at least 15 days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect will return copy with comments.

1. Correct or revise each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect's comments and prior to commencing demonstration and training.

Page 143: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. Directory: Prepare a single, comprehensive directory of emergency, operation, and maintenance data and materials, listing items and their location to facilitate ready access to desired information.

B. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed:

1. Title page.2. Table of contents.3. Manual contents.

C. Title Page: Include the following information:

1. Subject matter included in manual.2. Name and address of Project.3. Name and address of Owner.4. Date of submittal.5. Name and contact information for Contractor.6. Name and contact information for Construction Manager.7. Name and contact information for Architect.8. Name and contact information for Commissioning Authority.9. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Architect that

designed the systems contained in the manuals.10. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals.

D. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual.

E. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder.

F. Manuals, Electronic Files: Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite electronic PDF file for each manual type required.

1. Electronic Files: Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available. Where scanning of paper documents is required, configure scanned file for minimum readable file size.

2. File Names and Bookmarks: Enable bookmarking of individual documents based on file names. Name document files to correspond to system, subsystem, and equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents. Group documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite

Page 144: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 3

bookmarked files, then create composite manual, so that resulting bookmarks reflect the system, subsystem, and equipment names in a readily navigated file tree. Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel on opening file.

G. Manuals, Paper Copy: Submit manuals in the form of hard copy, bound and labeled volumes.

1. Binders: Heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch (215-by-280-mm) paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets.

a. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents, and indicate Specification Section number on bottom of spine. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets.

2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section of the manual. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual.

3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software storage media for computerized electronic equipment.

4. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text.

a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts.

b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and drawing locations.

2.2 EMERGENCY MANUALS

A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following:

1. Type of emergency.2. Emergency instructions.3. Emergency procedures.

B. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below, include instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component:

1. Fire.2. Flood.3. Gas leak.4. Water leak.5. Power failure.6. Water outage.

Page 145: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 4

7. System, subsystem, or equipment failure.8. Chemical release or spill.

C. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties.

D. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:

1. Instructions on stopping.2. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency.3. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits.4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.5. Special operating instructions and procedures.

2.3 OPERATION MANUALS

A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information:

1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems and equipment indicated on Contract Documents.

2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility.3. Operating standards.4. Operating procedures.5. Operating logs.6. Wiring diagrams.7. Control diagrams.8. Piped system diagrams.9. Precautions against improper use.10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates.

B. Descriptions: Include the following:

1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on Contract Documents.

2. Manufacturer's name.3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component.4. Equipment function.5. Operating characteristics.6. Limiting conditions.7. Performance curves.8. Engineering data and tests.9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.

C. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:

1. Startup procedures.2. Equipment or system break-in procedures.3. Routine and normal operating instructions.

Page 146: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 5

4. Regulation and control procedures.5. Instructions on stopping.6. Normal shutdown instructions.7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.9. Special operating instructions and procedures.

D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed.

E. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color-coding where required for identification.

2.4 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below.

B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual.

C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable:

1. Product name and model number.2. Manufacturer's name.3. Color, pattern, and texture.4. Material and chemical composition.5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products.

D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following:

1. Inspection procedures.2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance.5. Repair instructions.

E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services.

F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.

Page 147: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 6

2.5 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranty and bond information, as described below.

B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual.

C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation including the following information for each component part or piece of equipment:

1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins.2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including

disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly.3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components.4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.

D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures:

1. Test and inspection instructions.2. Troubleshooting guide.3. Precautions against improper maintenance.4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly

instructions.5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions.

E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment.

F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services.

G. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent.

H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.

Page 148: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 7

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION

A. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated.

B. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work.

C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.

D. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable.

E. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation.

1. Do not use original project record documents as part of operation and maintenance manuals.

F. Comply with Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation.

END OF SECTION 017823

Page 149: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 8

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 150: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 1

SECTION 017839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the following:

1. Record Drawings.2. Record Specifications.3. Record Product Data.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements.

1.2 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following:

1. Number of Copies: Submit one set(s) of marked-up record prints.2. Number of Copies: Submit copies of record Drawings as follows:

a. Initial Submittal:

1) Submit one paper-copy set(s) of marked-up record prints.2) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and one set(s)

of file prints.3) Submit record digital data files and one set(s) of plots.4) Architect will indicate whether general scope of changes, additional

information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable.

b. Final Submittal:

1) Submit one paper-copy set(s) of marked-up record prints.2) Submit record digital data files and three set(s) of record digital data

file plots.3) Plot each drawing file, whether or not changes and additional

information were recorded.

B. Record Specifications: Submit annotated PDF electronic files of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications.

C. Record Product Data: Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal.

Page 151: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS

A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised Drawings as modifications are issued.

1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints.

a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later.

b. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it.c. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations.

2. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints.

3. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location.

4. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.

B. Record Digital Data Files: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked-up record prints with Architect and General Contractor. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of the Contract Drawings, as follows:

1. Format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as the original Contract Drawings.

2. Format: DWG, Current Version, Microsoft Windows operating system.3. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file.4. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on record

prints. Delete, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable.5. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect for resolution.6. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of the Contract

Drawings for use in recording information.

C. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location.

1. Record Prints: Organize record prints and newly prepared record Drawings into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets.

2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file.

Page 152: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 3

3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each digital data file.

4. Identification: As follows:

a. Project name.b. Date.c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS."d. Name of Architect.e. Name of Contractor.

2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS

A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications.

1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.

2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected.

3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made.

4. Note related Change Orders, record Product Data, and record Drawings where applicable.

B. Format: Submit record Specifications as annotated PDF electronic file or scanned PDF electronic file(s) of marked-up paper copy of Specifications.

2.3 RECORD PRODUCT DATA

A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal.

1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.

2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation.

3. Note related Change Orders, record Specifications, and record Drawings where applicable.

B. Format: Submit record Product Data as annotated PDF electronic file or scanned PDF electronic file(s) of marked-up paper copy of Product Data.

Page 153: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 4

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS

A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference.

B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as PDF electronic file or scanned PDF electronic file(s) of marked-up miscellaneous record submittals.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE

A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project.

B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store record documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours.

END OF SECTION 017839

Page 154: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - 1

SECTION 017900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel, including the following:

1. Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment.2. Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment.

1.2 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. At completion of training, submit complete training manual(s) for Owner's use prepared and bound in format matching operation and maintenance manuals or in PDF electronic file format on compact disc.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating maintenance personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that indicated for this Project, and whose work has resulted in training or education with a record of successful learning performance.

B. Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with requirements in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation and maintenance procedures and training.

C. Preinstruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to demonstration and training.

1.4 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations and to ensure availability of Owner's personnel.

B. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data has been reviewed and approved by Architect.

Page 155: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each system and for equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections.

B. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each module, include instruction for the following as applicable to the system, equipment, or component:

1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the following:

a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions.b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design

responsibility.c. Operating standards.d. Regulatory requirements.e. Equipment function.f. Operating characteristics.g. Limiting conditions.h. Performance curves.

2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail:

a. Emergency manuals.b. Operations manuals.c. Maintenance manuals.d. Project record documents.e. Identification systems.f. Warranties and bonds.g. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments.

3. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable:

a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages.

b. Instructions on stopping.c. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency.d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits.e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems.f. Special operating instructions and procedures.

4. Operations: Include the following, as applicable:

a. Startup procedures.b. Equipment or system break-in procedures.

Page 156: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - 3

c. Routine and normal operating instructions.d. Regulation and control procedures.e. Control sequences.f. Safety procedures.g. Instructions on stopping.h. Normal shutdown instructions.i. Operating procedures for emergencies.j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure.k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.l. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.m. Special operating instructions and procedures.

5. Adjustments: Include the following:

a. Alignments.b. Checking adjustments.c. Noise and vibration adjustments.d. Economy and efficiency adjustments.

6. Troubleshooting: Include the following:

a. Diagnostic instructions.b. Test and inspection procedures.

7. Maintenance: Include the following:

a. Inspection procedures.b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.d. Procedures for routine cleaninge. Procedures for preventive maintenance.f. Procedures for routine maintenance.g. Instruction on use of special tools.

8. Repairs: Include the following:

a. Diagnosis instructions.b. Repair instructions.c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and

reassembly instructions.d. Instructions for identifying parts and components.e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance.

Page 157: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - 4

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training module. Assemble training modules into a training manual organized in coordination with requirements in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data."

3.2 INSTRUCTION

A. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system.1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants.

B. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season.

1. Schedule training with Owner with at least seven days' advance notice.

C. Training Location and Reference Material: Conduct training on-site in the completed and fully operational facility using the actual equipment in-place. Conduct training using final operation and maintenance data submittals.

END OF SECTION 017900

Page 158: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000 - 1

SECTION 054000 - COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:1. Exterior non-load-bearing wall framing.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of cold-formed steel framing product and accessory.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: For testing agency.

B. Welding certificates.

C. Product test reports.

D. Research reports.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Product Tests: Mill certificates or data from a qualified independent testing agency.

B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.3/D1.3M, "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel."

C. Comply with AISI S230 "Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing - Prescriptive Method for One and Two Family Dwellings."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. AISI Specifications and Standards: Unless more stringent requirements are indicated, comply with AISI S100 and AISI S200.

2.2 COLD-FORMED STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL

Page 159: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000 - 2

A. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1003/A 1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of grade and coating weight as follows:

1. Grade: As required by structural performance.2. Coating: G90 (Z275) or equivalent.

B. Steel Sheet for Drift Clips: ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural steel, zinc coated, of grade and coating as follows:

1. Grade:As required by structural performance.2. Coating: G90 (Z275).

2.3 EXTERIOR NON-LOAD-BEARING WALL FRAMING

A. Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated, punched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows:

1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: Refer to Drawings.2. Flange Width: Refer to Drawings.

B. Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel track, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, and matching minimum base-metal thickness of steel studs.

C. Vertical Deflection Clips: Manufacturer's standard bypass clips, capable of accommodating upward and downward vertical displacement of primary structure through positive mechanical attachment to stud web.

D. Drift Clips: Manufacturer's standard bypass or head clips, capable of isolating wall stud from upward and downward vertical displacement and lateral drift of primary structure through positive mechanical attachment to stud web and structure.

2.4 FRAMING ACCESSORIES

A. Fabricate steel-framing accessories from steel sheet, ASTM A 1003/A 1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of same grade and coating weight used for framing members.

B. Provide accessories of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration.

2.5 ANCHORS, CLIPS, AND FASTENERS

A. Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 36/A 36M, zinc coated by hot-dip process according to ASTM A 123/A 123M.

B. Anchor Bolts: Refer to Drawings.

C. Expansion Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with allowable load or strength design capacities calculated according to ICC-ES AC193 and ACI 318

Page 160: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000 - 3

greater than or equal to the design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified testing agency.

D. Power-Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with allowable load capacities calculated according to ICC-ES AC70, greater than or equal to the design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190 conducted by a qualified testing agency.

E. Mechanical Fasteners: ASTM C 1513, corrosion-resistant-coated, self-drilling, self-tapping, steel drill screws.

1. Head Type: Low-profile head beneath sheathing, manufacturer's standard elsewhere.

2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20 or MIL-P-21035B.

B. Cement Grout: Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I; and clean, natural sand, ASTM C 404. Mix at ratio of 1 part cement to 2-1/2 parts sand, by volume, with minimum water required for placement and hydration.

C. Nonmetallic, Nonshrink Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining grout containing selected silica sands, portland cement, shrinkage-compensating agents, and plasticizing and water-reducing agents, complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, with fluid consistency and 30-minute working time.

D. Shims: Load bearing, high-density multimonomer plastic, and nonleaching; or of cold-formed steel of same grade and coating as framing members supported by shims.

E. Sealer Gaskets: Closed-cell neoprene foam, 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) thick, selected from manufacturer's standard widths to match width of bottom track or rim track members.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Install load bearing shims or grout between the underside of load-bearing wall bottom track and the top of foundation wall or slab at locations with a gap larger than 1/4 inch (6 mm) to ensure a uniform bearing surface on supporting concrete or masonry construction.

B. Install sealer gaskets at the underside of wall bottom track or rim track and at the top of foundation wall or slab at stud or joist locations.

Page 161: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000 - 4

3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Cold-formed steel framing may be shop or field fabricated for installation, or it may be field assembled.

B. Install cold-formed steel framing according to AISI S200 and to manufacturer's written instructions unless more stringent requirements are indicated.

C. Install cold-formed steel framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened.

D. Install framing members in one-piece lengths.

E. Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads comparable in intensity to those for which structure was designed. Maintain braces and supports in place, undisturbed, until entire integrated supporting structure has been completed and permanent connections to framing are secured.

F. Do not bridge building expansion joints with cold-formed steel framing. Independently frame both sides of joints.

G. Install insulation, specified in Section 072100 "Thermal Insulation," in built-up exterior framing members, such as headers, sills, boxed joists, and multiple studs at openings, that are inaccessible on completion of framing work.

H. Fasten hole reinforcing plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's approved or standard punched openings.

I. Erection Tolerances: Install cold-formed steel framing level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet (1:960) and as follows:

1. Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm) from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials.

3.3 EXTERIOR NON-LOAD-BEARING WALL INSTALLATION

A. Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor to supporting structure as indicated.

B. Fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom track unless otherwise indicated. Space studs as follows:

1. Stud Spacing: Refer to Drawings.

C. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls or warped surfaces and similar requirements.

D. Isolate non-load-bearing steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of vertical loads while providing lateral support.

Page 162: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000 - 5

1. Install single deep-leg deflection tracks and anchor to building structure.2. Install double deep-leg deflection tracks and anchor outer track to building

structure.3. Connect vertical deflection clips to bypassing studs and anchor to building

structure.4. Connect drift clips to cold-formed metal framing and anchor to building structure.

E. Install horizontal bridging in wall studs, spaced vertically in rows indicated on Shop Drawings but not more than 48 inches (1220 mm) apart. Fasten at each stud intersection.

1. Bridging: Cold-rolled steel channel, welded or mechanically fastened to webs of punched studs.

F. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including stud kickers, web stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a complete and stable wall-framing system.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports.

B. Field and shop welds will be subject to testing and inspecting.

C. Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect.

D. Remove and replace work where test results indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements.

E. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.

3.5 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION

A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and installed cold-formed steel framing with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, that ensure that cold-formed steel framing is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION 054000

Page 163: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000 - 6

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 164: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SHEATHING 061600 - 1

SECTION 061600 - SHEATHING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Wall sheathing.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Evaluation Reports: For the following, from ICC-ES:1. Fire-retardant-treated plywood.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Fire-Resistance Ratings: As tested according to ASTM E 119; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

1. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Indicated by design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or from the listings of another qualified testing agency.

2.2 WOOD PANEL PRODUCTS

A. Emissions: Products shall meet the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers."

2.3 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED PLYWOOD

A. General: Where fire-retardant-treated materials are indicated, use materials complying with requirements in this article that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and with fire-test-response characteristics specified as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated by a qualified testing agency.

Page 165: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SHEATHING 061600 - 2

B. Fire-Retardant-Treated Plywood by Pressure Process: Products with a flame-spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84, and with no evidence of significant progressive combustion when the test is extended an additional 20 minutes, and with the flame front not extending more than 10.5 feet (3.2 m) beyond the centerline of the burners at any time during the test.

1. Exterior Type: Treated materials shall comply with requirements specified above for fire-retardant-treated plywood by pressure process after being subjected to accelerated weathering according to ASTM D 2898. Use for exterior locations and where indicated.

2. Design Value Adjustment Factors: Treated lumber plywood shall be tested according to ASTM D 5516 and design value adjustment factors shall be calculated according to ASTM D 6305. Span ratings after treatment shall be not less than span ratings specified.

C. Kiln-dry material after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 15 percent.

D. Identify fire-retardant-treated plywood with appropriate classification marking of qualified testing agency.

E. Application: Treat all plywood unless otherwise indicated.

2.4 WALL SHEATHING

A. Plywood Sheathing: DOC PS 1, Exterior, Structural I sheathing.

2.5 FASTENERS

A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture.

1. For wall sheathing, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Do not use materials with defects that impair quality of sheathing or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. Arrange joints so that pieces do not span between fewer than three support members.

B. Cut panels at penetrations, edges, and other obstructions of work; fit tightly against abutting construction unless otherwise indicated.

C. Securely attach to substrate by fastening as indicated, complying with the following:

1. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in the ICC's International Building Code.

Page 166: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SHEATHING 061600 - 3

2. Table R602.3(1), "Fastener Schedule for Structural Members," and Table R602.3(2), "Alternate Attachments," in the ICC's International Residential Code for One- and Two-Family Dwellings.

3. ICC-ES evaluation report for fastener.

D. Coordinate wall sheathing installation with flashing and joint-sealant installation so these materials are installed in sequence and manner that prevent exterior moisture from passing through completed assembly.

E. Do not bridge building expansion joints; cut and space edges of panels to match spacing of structural support elements.

3.2 WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL INSTALLATION

A. General: Comply with applicable recommendations in APA Form No. E30, "Engineered Wood Construction Guide," for types of structural-use panels and applications indicated.

B. Fastening Methods: Fasten panels as indicated below:

1. Wall and Roof Sheathing:a. Screw to cold-formed metal framing.b. Space panels 1/8 inch (3 mm) apart at edges and ends.

END OF SECTION 061600

Page 167: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SHEATHING 061600 - 4

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 168: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

THERMAL INSULATION 072100 - 1

SECTION 072100 - THERMAL INSULATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Extruded polystyrene foam-plastic board.2. Glass-fiber blanket.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Product test reports.

B. Research reports.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE FOAM-PLASTIC BOARD

A. Extruded polystyrene boards in this article are also called "XPS boards."

B. Extruded Polystyrene Board, Type X: ASTM C 578, Type X, 15-psi (104-kPa) minimum compressive strength; unfaced; maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 450, respectively, per ASTM E 84.

2.2 GLASS-FIBER BLANKET

A. Glass-Fiber Blanket, Unfaced: ASTM C 665, Type I; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively, per ASTM E 84; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics.

2.3 ACCESSORIES

A. Insulation for Miscellaneous Voids:

1. Glass-Fiber Insulation: ASTM C 764, Type II, loose fill; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 5, per ASTM E 84.

Page 169: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

THERMAL INSULATION 072100 - 2

2. Spray Polyurethane Foam Insulation: ASTM C 1029, Type II, closed cell, with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively, per ASTM E 84.

B. Insulation Anchors, Spindles, and Standoffs: As recommended by manufacturer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and applications.

B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed to ice, rain, or snow at any time.

C. Extend insulation to envelop entire area to be insulated. Fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement.

D. Provide sizes to fit applications and selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation units unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness or to achieve R-value.

3.2 INSTALLATION OF FOUNDATION WALL INSULATION

A. Butt panels together for tight fit.

B. Anchor Installation: Install board insulation on concrete substrates by adhesively attached, spindle-type insulation anchors.

C. Adhesive Installation: Install with adhesive or press into tacky waterproofing or dampproofing according to manufacturer's written instructions.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION IN FRAMED CONSTRUCTION

A. Blanket Insulation: Install in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements:

1. Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill the cavities, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends.

2. Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members.

3. Maintain 3-inch (76-mm) clearance of insulation around recessed lighting fixtures not rated for or protected from contact with insulation.

Page 170: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

THERMAL INSULATION 072100 - 3

4. For metal-framed wall cavities where cavity heights exceed 96 inches (2438 mm), support unfaced blankets mechanically and support faced blankets by taping flanges of insulation to flanges of metal studs.

B. Miscellaneous Voids: Install insulation in miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where required to prevent gaps in insulation using the following materials:

1. Glass-Fiber Insulation: Compact to approximately 40 percent of normal maximum volume equaling a density of approximately 2.5 lb/cu. ft. (40 kg/cu. m).

2. Spray Polyurethane Insulation: Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions.

END OF SECTION 072100

Page 171: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

THERMAL INSULATION 072100 - 4

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 172: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

VAPOR RETARDERS 072600 - 1

SECTION 072600 - VAPOR RETARDERS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Polyethylene vapor retarders.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Product test reports.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 POLYETHYLENE VAPOR RETARDERS

A. Polyethylene Vapor Retarders: ASTM D 4397, 6-mil- (0.15-mm-) thick sheet, with maximum permeance rating of 0.1 perm (5.7 ng/Pa x s x sq. m).

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION OF VAPOR RETARDERS ON FRAMING

A. Extend vapor retarders to extremities of areas to protect from vapor transmission. Secure vapor retarders in place with adhesives, vapor retarder fasteners, or other anchorage system as recommended by manufacturer. Extend vapor retarders to cover miscellaneous voids in insulated substrates, including those filled with loose-fiber insulation.

B. Seal vertical joints in vapor retarders over framing by lapping no fewer than two studs and sealing with vapor-retarder tape according to vapor-retarder manufacturer's written instructions. Locate all joints over framing members or other solid substrates.

C. Seal joints caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar items penetrating vapor retarders with vapor-retarder tape to create an airtight seal between penetrating objects and vapor retarders.

Page 173: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

VAPOR RETARDERS 072600 - 2

D. Repair tears or punctures in vapor retarders immediately before concealment by other work. Cover with vapor-retarder tape or another layer of vapor retarders.

END OF SECTION 072600

Page 174: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS 072726 - 1

SECTION 072726 - FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes fluid-applied, vapor-permeable membrane air barriers.

1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Shop Drawings: For air-barrier assemblies.

1. Include details for substrate joints and cracks, counterflashing strips, penetrations, inside and outside corners, terminations, and tie-ins with adjoining construction.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Product certificates.

B. Product test reports.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer.

B. Mockups: Build mockups to set quality standards for materials and execution.

1. Build integrated mockups of exterior wall assembly, 150 sq. ft. (14 sq. m), incorporating backup wall construction, external cladding, window, storefront, door frame and sill, insulation, ties and other penetrations, and flashing to demonstrate surface preparation, crack and joint treatment, application of air barriers, and sealing of gaps, terminations, and penetrations of air-barrier assembly.

a. Coordinate construction of mockups to permit inspection by Owner's testing agency of air barrier before external insulation and cladding are installed.

Page 175: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS 072726 - 2

b. Include junction with roofing membrane, building corner condition, and foundation wall intersection.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Air barrier shall be capable of performing as a continuous vapor-permeable air barrier and as a liquid-water drainage plane flashed to discharge to the exterior incidental condensation or water penetration. Air-barrier assemblies shall be capable of accommodating substrate movement and of sealing substrate expansion and control joints, construction material changes, penetrations, and transitions at perimeter conditions without deterioration and air leakage exceeding specified limits.

2.2 VAPOR-PERMEABLE MEMBRANE AIR-BARRIER

A. Fluid-Applied, Vapor-Permeable Membrane Air Barrier: Elastomeric, modified bituminous or synthetic polymer membrane.

1. Physical and Performance Properties:

a. Air Permeance: Maximum 0.004 cfm/sq. ft. of surface area at 1.57-lbf/sq. ft. (0.02 L/s x sq. m of surface area at 75-Pa) pressure difference; ASTM E 2178.

b. Vapor Permeance: Minimum 10 perms (580 ng/Pa x s x sq. m); ASTM E 96/E 96M.

c. Ultimate Elongation: Minimum 200 percent; ASTM D 412, Die C.

2.3 ACCESSORY MATERIALS

A. General: Accessory materials recommended by air-barrier manufacturer to produce a complete air-barrier assembly and compatible with primary air-barrier material.

B. Sprayed Polyurethane Foam Sealant: One- or two-component, foamed-in-place, polyurethane foam sealant, 1.5- to 2.0-lb/cu. ft (24- to 32-kg/cu. m) density; flame-spread index of 25 or less according to ASTM E 162; with primer and noncorrosive substrate cleaner recommended by foam sealant manufacturer.

C. Termination Mastic: Air-barrier manufacturer's standard cold fluid-applied elastomeric liquid; trowel grade.

Page 176: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS 072726 - 3

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION

A. Mask off adjoining surfaces not covered by air barrier to prevent spillage and overspray affecting other construction.

B. Remove fins, ridges, mortar, and other projections and fill honeycomb, aggregate pockets, holes, and other voids in concrete with substrate-patching membrane.

C. Remove excess mortar from masonry ties, shelf angles, and other obstructions.

D. At changes in substrate plane, apply sealant or termination mastic beads at sharp corners and edges to form a smooth transition from one plane to another.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. General: Install fluid-applied membrane air-barrier and accessory materials according to air-barrier manufacturer's written instructions to form a seal with adjacent construction and maintain a continuous air barrier.

1. Coordinate the installation of air barrier with installation of roofing membrane and base flashing to ensure continuity of air barrier with roofing membrane.

2. Install air-barrier assembly on roofing membrane or base flashing so that a minimum of 3 inches (75 mm) of coverage is achieved over each substrate.

B. Apply primer to substrates at required rate and allow it to dry. Limit priming to areas that will be covered by fluid air-barrier material on same day. Reprime areas exposed for more than 24 hours.

1. Prime glass-fiber-surfaced gypsum sheathing with number of prime coats needed to achieve required bond, with adequate drying time between coats.

C. Connect and seal exterior wall air-barrier material continuously to roofing-membrane air barrier, concrete below-grade structures, floor-to-floor construction, exterior glazing and window systems, glazed curtain-wall systems, storefront systems, exterior louvers, exterior door framing, and other construction used in exterior wall openings, using accessory materials.

D. At end of each working day, seal top edge of air barrier to substrate with termination mastic.

E. Wall Openings: Prime concealed, perimeter frame surfaces of windows, curtain walls, storefronts, and doors. Apply transitions and flashing so that a minimum of 3 inches (75 mm) of coverage is achieved over each substrate. Maintain 3 inches (75 mm) of full contact over firm bearing to perimeter frames with not less than 1 inch (25 mm) of full contact.

F. Fill gaps in perimeter frame surfaces of windows, curtain walls, storefronts, and doors, and miscellaneous penetrations of air-barrier material with foam sealant.

Page 177: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS 072726 - 4

G. Seal air-barrier assembly around masonry reinforcing or ties and penetrations with termination mastic.

H. Seal top of through-wall flashings to air barrier.

I. Seal exposed edges of strips at seams, cuts, penetrations, and terminations not concealed by metal counterflashings or ending in reglets with termination mastic.

J. Repair punctures, voids, and deficient lapped seams. Slit and flatten fishmouths and blisters. Extend patches 6 inches (150 mm) beyond repaired areas.

K. Fluid-Applied Membrane Material: Apply a continuous unbroken air-barrier membrane to substrates according to the following thickness. Apply air-barrier membrane in full contact around protrusions such as masonry ties.1. Vapor-Permeable Membrane Air Barrier: Total dry film thickness as

recommended in writing by manufacturer to meet performance requirements, but not less than 40-mil (1.0-mm) dry film thickness, applied in one or more equal coats.

L. Do not cover air barrier until it has been tested and inspected by Owner's testing agency.

M. Correct deficiencies in or remove air barrier that does not comply with requirements; repair substrates and reapply air-barrier components.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.

B. Inspections: Air-barrier materials, accessories, and installation are subject to inspection for compliance with requirements.

C. Tests: As determined by Owner's testing agency from among the following tests:

1. Qualitative Air-Leakage Testing: Air-barrier assemblies will be tested for evidence of air leakage according to ASTM E 1186, smoke pencil with pressurization or depressurization, ASTM E 1186, chamber pressurization or depressurization with smoke tracers, or ASTM E 1186, chamber depressurization using detection liquids.

2. Quantitative Air-Leakage Testing: Air-barrier assemblies will be tested for air leakage according to ASTM E 783.

3. Adhesion Testing: Air-barrier assemblies will be tested for minimum air-barrier adhesion of 30 lbf/sq. in. (207 kPa) according to ASTM D 4541 for each 600 sq. ft. (56 sq. m) of installed air barrier or part thereof.

D. Air barriers will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.

1. Apply additional air-barrier material, according to manufacturer's written instructions, where inspection results indicate insufficient thickness.

Page 178: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS 072726 - 5

2. Remove and replace deficient air-barrier components for retesting as specified above.

E. Repair damage to air barriers caused by testing; follow manufacturer's written instructions.

F. Protect air-barrier system from damage during application and remainder of construction period, according to manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Protect air barrier from exposure to UV light and harmful weather exposure as required by manufacturer. If exposed to these conditions for more than 30 days, remove and replace air barrier or install additional, full-thickness, air-barrier application after repairing and preparing the overexposed membrane according to air-barrier manufacturer's written instructions.

2. Protect air barrier from contact with incompatible materials and sealants not approved by air-barrier manufacturer.

G. Remove masking materials after installation.

END OF SECTION 072726

Page 179: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS 072726 - 6

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 180: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL WALL PANELS 074213.23 - 1

SECTION 074213.23 - METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL WALL PANELS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes metal composite material wall panels.

1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Shop Drawings: Include fabrication and installation layouts of metal composite material panels; details of edge conditions, joints, panel profiles, corners, anchorages, attachment assembly, trim, flashings, closures, and accessories; and special details.

C. Samples: For each type of metal composite material panel indicated.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Product test reports.

B. Warranties: Samples of special warranties.

1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Maintenance data.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of metal composite material panel systems that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

Page 181: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL WALL PANELS 074213.23 - 2

1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Special Warranty on Panel Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace metal composite material panels that show evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period.

1. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Structural Performance: Provide metal composite material panel systems capable of withstanding the effects of the following loads, based on testing according to ASTM E 330:

1. Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings.2. Other Design Loads: As indicated on Drawings.3. Deflection Limits: For wind loads, no greater than 1/240 of the span.

B. Air Infiltration: Air leakage of not more than 0.06 cfm/sq. ft. (0.3 L/s per sq. m) when tested according to ASTM E 283 at the following test-pressure difference:

1. Test-Pressure Difference: 6.24 lbf/sq. ft. (300 Pa).

C. Water Penetration under Static Pressure: No water penetration when tested according to ASTM E 331 at the following test-pressure difference:

1. Test-Pressure Difference: 6.24 lbf/sq. ft. (300 Pa).

D. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.

1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces.

2.2 METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL WALL PANELS

A. Metal Composite Material Wall Panel Systems: Provide factory-formed and -assembled, metal composite material wall panels fabricated from two metal facings that are bonded to a solid, extruded thermoplastic core; formed into profile for installation method indicated. Include attachment assemblies components, panel stiffeners, and accessories required for weathertight system.

1. Sobotec SL-2000, Metal Design Systems Series 20, or architect-approved equal.

Page 182: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL WALL PANELS 074213.23 - 3

B. Aluminum-Faced Composite Wall Panels: Formed with 0.020-inch- (0.50-mm-) thick, coil-coated aluminum sheet facings.

1. Panel Thickness: 0.157 inch (4 mm).2. Core: Standard.3. Exterior Finish: Three-coat fluoropolymer.

a. Color: Match Architect's samples.

C. Attachment Assembly Components: Formed from extruded aluminum.

D. Attachment Assembly: Manufacturer's standard.

2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Miscellaneous Metal Subframing and Furring: ASTM C 645, cold-formed, metallic-coated steel sheet ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275 hot-dip galvanized) coating designation or ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 (Class AZM150) aluminum-zinc-alloy coating designation unless otherwise indicated. Provide manufacturer's standard sections as required for support and alignment of metal composite material panel system.

B. Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete, weathertight panel system including trim, copings, fasciae, mullions, sills, corner units, clips, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of metal composite material panels unless otherwise indicated.

C. Flashing and Trim: Provide flashing and trim formed from same material as metal composite material panels as required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Locations include, but are not limited to, bases, drips, sills, jambs, corners, endwalls, framed openings, rakes, fasciae, parapet caps, soffits, reveals, and fillers. Finish flashing and trim with same finish system as adjacent metal composite material panels.

D. Panel Fasteners: Self-tapping screws designed to withstand design loads. Provide exposed fasteners with heads matching color of metal composite material panels by means of plastic caps or factory-applied coating. Provide EPDM or PVC sealing washers for exposed fasteners.

E. Panel Sealants: ASTM C 920; as recommended in writing by metal composite material panel manufacturer. Provide sealant types recommended by manufacturer that are compatible with panel materials, are nonstaining, and do not damage panel finish.

2.4 FABRICATION

A. General: Fabricate and finish metal composite material panels and accessories at the factory, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements demonstrated by laboratory testing. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements.

Page 183: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL WALL PANELS 074213.23 - 4

B. Fabricate metal composite material panel joints with factory-installed captive gaskets or separator strips that provide a weathertight seal and prevent metal-to-metal contact, and that minimize noise from movements.

C. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with manufacturer's recommendations and recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated.

2.5 FINISHES

A. Panels and Accessories:1. Three-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 2605. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less

than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in both color coat and clear topcoat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Miscellaneous Supports: Install subframing, furring, and other miscellaneous panel support members and anchorages according to ASTM C 754 and metal composite material panel manufacturer's written recommendations.

3.2 METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL PANEL INSTALLATION

A. Attachment Assembly, General: Install attachment assembly required to support metal composite material wall panels and to provide a complete weathertight wall system, including subgirts, perimeter extrusions, tracks, drainage channels, panel clips, and anchor channels.

1. Include attachment to supports, panel-to-panel joinery, panel-to-dissimilar-material joinery, and panel-system joint seals.

B. Installation: Attach metal composite material wall panels to supports at locations, spacings, and with fasteners recommended by manufacturer to achieve performance requirements specified.1. Rainscreen Systems: Do not apply sealants to joints unless otherwise indicated.

C. Accessory Installation: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting, and provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components.

D. Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that are permanently watertight.

Page 184: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL WALL PANELS 074213.23 - 5

3.3 CLEANING

A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as metal composite material panels are installed, unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of metal composite material panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by metal composite material panel manufacturer. Maintain in a clean condition during construction.

END OF SECTION 074213.23

Page 185: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL COMPOSITE MATERIAL WALL PANELS 074213.23 - 6

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 186: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 1

SECTION 076200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:1. Formed wall sheet metal fabrications.

1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Shop Drawings: For sheet metal flashing and trim.

1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details.2. Distinguish between shop- and field-assembled work.3. Include identification of finish for each item.4. Include pattern of seams and details of termination points, expansion joints and

expansion-joint covers, direction of expansion, roof-penetration flashing, and connections to adjoining work.

C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Product certificates.

B. Product test reports.

C. Sample warranty.

1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Maintenance data.

Page 187: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 2

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Fabricator Qualifications: Employs skilled workers who custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim similar to that required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in-service performance.

1. For copings and roof edge flashings that are SPRI ES-1 tested, shop shall be listed as able to fabricate required details as tested and approved.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty on Finishes: Manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace sheet metal flashing and trim that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period.

1. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Sheet metal flashing and trim assemblies shall withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Completed sheet metal flashing and trim shall not rattle, leak, or loosen, and shall remain watertight.

B. Sheet Metal Standard for Flashing and Trim: Comply with NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing Manual" and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" requirements for dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated.

C. SPRI Wind Design Standard: Manufacture and install roof edge flashings tested according to SPRI ES-1 and capable of resisting the following design pressure:

1. Design Pressure: As indicated on Drawings.

D. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes.

1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces.

2.2 SHEET METALS

A. General: Protect mechanical and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable, temporary protective film before shipping.

Page 188: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 3

B. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), alloy as standard with manufacturer for finish required, with temper as required to suit forming operations and performance required.

1. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish:

a. Two-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 2605. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions.

2. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

C. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Provide zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet according to ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275) coating designation or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet according to ASTM A 792/A 792M, Class AZ50 (Class AZM150) coating designation, Grade 40 (Grade 275); prepainted by coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M.1. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish:

a. Two-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions.

2. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, protective coatings, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation and as recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal[ or manufactured item] unless otherwise indicated.

B. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal[ or manufactured item].

1. General: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws, gasketed, with hex-washer head.

a. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal using plastic caps or factory-applied coating. Provide metal-backed EPDM or PVC sealing washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal.

b. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets suitable for metal being fastened.

c. Spikes and Ferrules: Same material as gutter; with spike with ferrule matching internal gutter width.

2. Fasteners for Aluminum Sheet: Aluminum or Series 300 stainless steel.

Page 189: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 4

3. Fasteners for Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel Sheet: Series 300 stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel according to ASTM A 153/A 153M or ASTM F 2329.

C. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide and 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick.

D. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric polyurethane polymer sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight.

E. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single-component, solvent-release butyl rubber sealant; polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for hooked-type expansion joints with limited movement.

F. Epoxy Seam Sealer: Two-part, noncorrosive, aluminum seam-cementing compound, recommended by aluminum manufacturer for exterior nonmoving joints, including riveted joints.

G. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion according to ASTM D 1187.

2.4 FABRICATION, GENERAL

A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with details shown and recommendations in cited sheet metal standard that apply to design, dimensions, geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of item required. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in shop to greatest extent possible.

1. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication.2. Form sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates without excessive oil canning,

buckling, and tool marks; true to line, levels, and slopes; and with exposed edges folded back to form hems.

3. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Do not use exposed fasteners on faces exposed to view.

B. Expansion Provisions: Form metal for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim.

1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) deep, filled with butyl sealant concealed within joints.

2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings.

C. Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion-type joints are required, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant according to cited sheet metal standard.

D. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal.

Page 190: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 5

E. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices of sizes as recommended by cited sheet metal standard for application, but not less than thickness of metal being secured.

F. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with elastomeric sealant unless otherwise recommended by sealant manufacturer for intended use. Rivet joints where necessary for strength.

G. Seams for Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with epoxy seam sealer. Rivet joints where necessary for strength.

2.5 WALL SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS

A. Opening Flashings in Frame Construction: Fabricate head, sill, jamb, and similar flashings to extend 4 inches (100 mm) beyond wall openings. Form head and sill flashing with 2-inch- (50-mm-) high, end dams. Fabricate from the following materials:1. Aluminum: 0.032 inch (0.81 mm) thick.2. Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated Steel: 0.022 inch (0.56 mm) thick.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, solder, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system.

1. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line, levels, and slopes. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and sealant.

2. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal.

3. Space cleats not more than 12 inches (300 mm) apart. Attach each cleat with at least two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners.

4. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim with limited oil canning, and free of buckling and tool marks.

5. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted.

B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other, or where metal contacts pressure-treated wood or other corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action or corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer or cited sheet metal standard.

1. Coat concealed side of uncoated-aluminum sheet metal flashing and trim with bituminous coating where flashing and trim contact wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction.

Page 191: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 6

2. Underlayment: Where installing sheet metal flashing and trim directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install underlayment and cover with slip sheet.

C. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet (3 m) with no joints within 24 inches (600 mm) of corner or intersection.

1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) deep, filled with sealant concealed within joints.

2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings.

D. Fasteners: Use fastener sizes that penetrate wood blocking or sheathing not less than 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) for nails and not less than 3/4 inch (19 mm) for wood screws.

E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible in exposed work and locate to minimize possibility of leakage. Cover and seal fasteners and anchors as required for a tight installation.

F. Seal joints as required for watertight construction. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants."

G. Rivets: Rivet joints in uncoated aluminum where necessary for strength.

3.2 WALL FLASHING INSTALLATION

A. General: Install sheet metal wall flashing to intercept and exclude penetrating moisture according to cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Coordinate installation of wall flashing with installation of wall-opening components such as windows, doors, and louvers.

B. Opening Flashings in Frame Construction: Install continuous head, sill, jamb, and similar flashings to extend 4 inches (100 mm) beyond wall openings.

3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering.

B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder.

C. Clean off excess sealants.

D. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions.

END OF SECTION 076200

Page 192: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 1

SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:1. Nonstaining silicone joint sealants.2. Urethane joint sealants.3. Mildew-resistant joint sealants.4. Latex joint sealants.

1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product.

B. Samples: For each kind and color of joint sealant required.

C. Joint-Sealant Schedule: Include the following information:

1. Joint-sealant application, joint location, and designation.2. Joint-sealant manufacturer and product name.3. Joint-sealant formulation.4. Joint-sealant color.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Product test reports.

B. Preconstruction laboratory test reports.

C. Sample warranties.

1.5 WARRANTY

A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.

Page 193: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 2

B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 JOINT SEALANTS, GENERAL

A. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

2.2 NONSTAINING SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS

A. Nonstaining Joint Sealants: No staining of substrates when tested according to ASTM C 1248.

B. Silicone, Nonstaining, S, NS, 50, NT: Nonstaining, single-component, nonsag, plus 50 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, Use NT.

2.3 URETHANE JOINT SEALANTS

A. Urethane, S, NS, 25, NT: Single-component, nonsag, nontraffic-use, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT.

B. Urethane, S, P, 25, T, NT: Single-component, pourable, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade P, Class 25, Uses T and NT.

C. Urethane, M, P, 50, T, NT: Multicomponent, pourable, plus 50 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade P, Class 50, Uses T and NT.

2.4 MILDEW-RESISTANT JOINT SEALANTS

A. Mildew-Resistant Joint Sealants: Formulated for prolonged exposure to humidity with fungicide to prevent mold and mildew growth.

B. Silicone, Mildew Resistant, Acid Curing, S, NS, 25, NT: Mildew-resistant, single-component, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, acid-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT.

Page 194: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 3

C. Acrylic Latex: Acrylic latex or siliconized acrylic latex, ASTM C 834, Type OP, Grade NF.

2.5 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING

A. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed-cell material with a surface skin), and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance.

B. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer.

2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests.

B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials.

C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements:

1. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.2. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means

that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion.

B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience.

C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces.

Page 195: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 4

3.2 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS

A. General: Comply with ASTM C 1193 and joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply.

B. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.

C. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints.

D. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed:

1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates.2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration.3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that

allow optimum sealant movement capability.

E. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces.

1. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193 unless otherwise indicated.

3.3 JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE

A. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces.

1. Joint Locations:a. Isolation and contraction joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs.

2. Joint Sealant: Urethane, M, P, 50, T, NT.3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of

colors.

B. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces.

1. Joint Locations:

a. Construction joints in cast-in-place concrete.b. Other joints as indicated on Drawings.

2. Joint Sealant: Silicone, nonstaining, S, NS, 50, NT.3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of

colors.

Page 196: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 5

C. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces.

1. Joint Locations:

a. Isolation joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs.

2. Joint Sealant: Urethane, S, P, 25, T, NT.3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of

colors.

D. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces.

1. Joint Locations:

a. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls.

2. Joint Sealant: Urethane, S, NS, 25, NT.3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of

colors.

E. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces not subject to significant movement.

1. Joint Locations:

a. Control joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls.b. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors

and windows.

2. Joint Sealant: Acrylic latex.3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of

colors.

F. Joint-Sealant Application: Mildew-resistant interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces.

1. Joint Locations:

a. Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters.b. Tile control and expansion joints where indicated.

2. Joint Sealant: Silicone, mildew resistant, acid curing, S, NS, 25, NT.3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of

colors.

G. Joint-Sealant Application: Concealed mastics.

1. Joint Locations:

a. Aluminum thresholds.b. Sill plates.

Page 197: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 6

2. Joint Sealant: Butyl-rubber based.3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of

colors.

END OF SECTION 079200

Page 198: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 1

SECTION 081113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes hollow-metal work.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Minimum Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without coatings according to NAAMM-HMMA 803 or SDI A250.8.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Shop Drawings: Include elevations, door edge details, frame profiles, metal thicknesses, preparations for hardware, and other details.

C. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied color finishes.

D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required.

E. Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Product test reports.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 INTERIOR DOORS AND FRAMES

A. Heavy-Duty Doors and Frames: SDI A250.8, Level 2. At locations indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule.

1. Physical Performance: Level B according to SDI A250.4.2. Doors:

a. Type: As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule.b. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches (44.5 mm).

Page 199: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 2

c. Face: Uncoated, cold-rolled steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.042 inch (1.0 mm).

d. Edge Construction: Model 2, Seamless.e. Core: Manufacturer's standard.

3. Frames:

a. Materials: Uncoated, steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch (1.3 mm).

b. Construction: Full profile welded.

4. Exposed Finish: Prime.

2.2 FRAME ANCHORS

A. Jamb Anchors:1. Stud-Wall Type: Designed to engage stud, welded to back of frames; not less

than 0.042 inch (1.0 mm) thick.

B. Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames, minimum thickness of 0.042 inch (1.0 mm), and as follows:

1. Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip-type anchors, with two holes to receive fasteners.

2.3 MATERIALS

A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable for exposed applications.

B. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled.

C. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B.

D. Frame Anchors: ASTM A 879/A 879M, Commercial Steel (CS), 04Z (12G) coating designation; mill phosphatized.

1. For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M or ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B.

E. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M.

F. Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: From corrosion-resistant materials.

G. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing).

Page 200: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 3

2.4 FABRICATION

A. Fabricate hollow-metal work to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for metal thickness. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. To ensure proper assembly at Project site, clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment.

B. Hollow-Metal Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of same thickness metal as frames.1. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed

fasteners unless otherwise indicated.2. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottoms of jambs with at least four spot welds

per anchor; however, for slip-on drywall frames, provide anchor clips or countersunk holes at bottoms of jambs.

3. Jamb Anchors: Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows:

a. Stud-Wall Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches (457 mm) from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches (813 mm) o.c. and as follows:

1) Three anchors per jamb up to 60 inches (1524 mm) high.2) Four anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches (1524 to 2286 mm) high.3) Five anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches (2286 to 2438 mm) high.4) Five anchors per jamb plus one additional anchor per jamb for each

24 inches (610 mm) or fraction thereof above 96 inches (2438 mm) high.

4. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, drill stops to receive door silencers.

a. Single-Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door silencers.

C. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow-metal work to receive templated mortised hardware; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to SDI A250.6, the Door Hardware Schedule, and templates.

1. Reinforce doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-mounted door hardware.

2. Comply with applicable requirements in SDI A250.6 and BHMA A156.115 for preparation of hollow-metal work for hardware.

2.5 STEEL FINISHES

A. Prime Finish: Clean, pretreat, and apply manufacturer's standard primer.

1. Shop Primer: SDI A250.10.

Page 201: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 4

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Hollow-Metal Frames: Install hollow-metal frames for doors, transoms, sidelites, borrowed lites, and other openings, of size and profile indicated. Comply with SDI A250.11 or NAAMM-HMMA 840 as required by standards specified.

1. Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged.a. Where frames are fabricated in sections because of shipping or handling

limitations, field splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make splice smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces.

b. Install frames with removable stops located on secure side of opening.c. Install door silencers in frames before grouting.d. Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have

been properly set and secured.e. Check plumb, square, and twist of frames as walls are constructed. Shim

as necessary to comply with installation tolerances.

2. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor, and secure with postinstalled expansion anchors.

a. Floor anchors may be set with power-actuated fasteners instead of postinstalled expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings.

3. Metal-Stud Partitions: Solidly pack mineral-fiber insulation inside frames.4. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow-metal door frames for squareness,

alignment, twist, and plumb to the following tolerances:

a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head.

b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall.

c. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall.

d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at jambs at floor.

B. Hollow-Metal Doors: Fit hollow-metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified below. Shim as necessary.

1. Non-Fire-Rated Steel Doors:

a. Between Door and Frame Jambs and Head: 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) plus or minus 1/32 inch (0.8 mm).

b. Between Edges of Pairs of Doors: 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) to 1/4 inch (6.3 mm) plus or minus 1/32 inch (0.8 mm).

Page 202: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 5

c. At Bottom of Door: 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) plus or minus 1/32 inch (0.8 mm).d. Between Door Face and Stop: 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) to 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) plus

or minus 1/32 inch (0.8 mm).

3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace defective work, including hollow-metal work that is warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable.

B. Remove grout and other bonding material from hollow-metal work immediately after installation.

C. Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying, rust-inhibitive primer.

D. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of abraded areas of paint are specified in painting Sections.

END OF SECTION 081113

Page 203: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 081113 - 6

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 204: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SECTIONAL DOORS 083613 - 1

SECTION 083613 - SECTIONAL DOORS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes electrically operated sectional doors.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type and size of sectional door and accessory.

B. Shop Drawings: For each installation and for special components not dimensioned or detailed in manufacturer's product data.

C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Sample warranty.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Maintenance data.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer for both installation and maintenance of units required for this Project.

1.6 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of sectional doors that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Special Finish Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components that show evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.

Page 205: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SECTIONAL DOORS 083613 - 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General Performance: Sectional doors shall comply with performance requirements specified without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction and without requiring temporary installation of reinforcing components.

B. Structural Performance, Exterior Doors: Capable of withstanding the design wind loads.

1. Design Wind Load: As indicated on Drawings.2. Testing: According to ASTM E 330.

2.2 DOOR ASSEMBLY

A. Steel Sectional Door: Sectional door formed with hinged sections and fabricated according to DASMA 102 unless otherwise indicated.

B. Operation Cycles: Door components and operators capable of operating for not less than 100,000.

C. Air Infiltration: Maximum rate of 0.4 cfm/sq. ft. (2.03 L/s per sq. m) at 15 and 25 mph (24.1 and 40.2 km/h) when tested according to ASTM E 283.

D. R-Value: 15.0 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu (2.642 K x sq. m/W).

E. Steel Sections: Zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet with G60 (Z180) zinc coating.

1. Section Thickness: 1-3/4 inches (44 mm).2. Exterior-Face Surface: Flat.3. Interior Facing Material: Zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet.

F. Track Configuration: Standard-lift or Low-headroom where required track.

G. Weatherseals: Fitted to bottom and top and around entire perimeter of door. Provide combination bottom weatherseal and sensor edge.

H. Electric Door Operator:

1. Usage Classification: Heavy duty, 25 or more cycles per hour and more than 90 cycles per day.

2. Operator Type: Manufacturer’s standard for door requirements.3. Safety: Listed according to UL 325 by a qualified testing agency for commercial

or industrial use; moving parts of operator enclosed or guarded if exposed and mounted at 8 feet (2.4 m) or lower.

4. Motor Exposure: Exterior, dusty, wet, or humid.5. Emergency Manual Operation: Chain type.

Page 206: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SECTIONAL DOORS 083613 - 3

6. Obstruction-Detection Device: Automatic photoelectric sensor and electric sensor edge on bottom section; self-monitoring type.

7. Control Station: Interior-side mounted.8. Other Equipment: Portable, radio-control system.

I. Door Finish:1. Baked-Enamel or Powder-Coat Finish: Color and gloss as selected by Architect

from manufacturer's full range of at least four colors.2. Finish of Interior Facing Material: Match finish of exterior section face.

2.3 STEEL DOOR SECTIONS

A. Exterior Section Faces and Frames: Zinc-coated (galvanized), cold-rolled, commercial steel (CS) sheet.

1. Roll horizontal meeting edges to a continuous, interlocking, keyed, rabbeted, shiplap, or tongue-in-groove weather-resistant seal, with a reinforcing flange return.

2. For insulated doors, provide sections with continuous thermal-break construction, separating the exterior and interior faces of door.

B. Section Ends and Intermediate Stiles: Enclose open ends of sections with channel end stiles formed from galvanized-steel sheet welded to door section. Provide intermediate stiles formed from galvanized-steel sheet, cut to door section profile, and welded in place. Space stiles not more than 48 inches (1219 mm) apart.

C. Reinforce bottom section with a continuous channel or angle conforming to bottom-section profile and allowing installation of astragal.

D. Reinforce sections with continuous horizontal and diagonal reinforcement, as required to stiffen door and for wind loading. Provide galvanized-steel bars, struts, trusses, or strip steel, formed to depth and bolted or welded in place. Ensure that reinforcement does not obstruct vision lites.

E. Provide reinforcement for hardware attachment.

F. Thermal Insulation: Insulate interior of steel sections with door manufacturer's standard CFC-free insulation, with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively, according to ASTM E 84. Enclose insulation completely within steel sections and the interior facing material, with no exposed insulation.

2.4 TRACKS, SUPPORTS, AND ACCESSORIES

A. Tracks: Manufacturer's standard, galvanized-steel track system of configuration indicated, sized for door size and weight, designed for lift type indicated and clearances indicated on Drawings, Provide complete system including brackets, bracing, and reinforcement to ensure rigid support of ball-bearing roller guides for required door type, size, weight, and loading.

Page 207: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SECTIONAL DOORS 083613 - 4

1. Track Reinforcement and Supports: Galvanized-steel members to support track without sag, sway, and vibration during opening and closing of doors. Slot vertical sections of track spaced 2 inches (51 mm) apart for door-drop safety device.

B. Weatherseals: Replaceable, adjustable, continuous, compressible weather-stripping gaskets of flexible vinyl, rubber, or neoprene fitted to bottom and top of sectional door unless otherwise indicated.

2.5 HARDWARE

A. General: Heavy-duty, corrosion-resistant hardware, with hot-dip galvanized, stainless-steel, or other corrosion-resistant fasteners, to suit door type.

B. Hinges: Heavy-duty, galvanized-steel hinges at each end stile and at each intermediate stile, according to manufacturer's written recommendations for door size. Attach hinges to door sections through stiles and rails.

C. Rollers: Heavy-duty rollers with steel ball-bearings in case-hardened steel races, mounted with varying projections to suit slope of track. Provide 3-inch- (76-mm-) diameter roller tires for 3-inch- (76-mm-) wide track.

2.6 COUNTERBALANCE MECHANISM

A. Torsion Spring: Counterbalance mechanism consisting of adjustable-tension torsion springs fabricated from steel-spring wire complying with ASTM A 229/A 229M, mounted on torsion shaft made of steel tube or solid steel. Provide springs designed for number of operation cycles indicated.

B. Cable Drums and Shaft for Doors: Cast-aluminum or gray-iron casting cable drums mounted on torsion shaft and grooved to receive door-lifting cables as door is raised. Mount counterbalance mechanism with manufacturer's standard ball-bearing brackets at each end of torsion shaft.

C. Cables: Galvanized-steel, multistrand, lifting cables.

D. Cable Safety Device: Include a spring-loaded steel or spring-loaded bronze cam mounted to bottom door roller assembly on each side and designed to automatically stop door if either lifting cable breaks.

E. Bracket: Provide anchor support bracket as required to connect stationary end of spring to the wall and to level the shaft and prevent sag.

F. Bumper: Provide spring bumper at each horizontal track to cushion door at end of opening operation.

Page 208: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SECTIONAL DOORS 083613 - 5

2.7 ELECTRIC DOOR OPERATORS

A. General: Electric door operator assembly of size and capacity recommended and provided by door manufacturer for door and "operation cycles" requirement specified, with electric motor and factory-prewired motor controls, starter, gear-reduction unit, solenoid-operated brake, clutch, control stations, control devices, integral gearing for locking door, and accessories required for proper operation.

1. Comply with NFPA 70.

2. Control equipment complying with NEMA ICS 1, NEMA ICS 2, and NEMA ICS 6; with NFPA 70, Class 2 control circuit, maximum 24-V ac or dc.

B. Usage Classification: Electric operator and components capable of operating for not less than number of cycles per hour indicated for each door.

C. Door-Operator Type: Unit consisting of electric motor, gears, pulleys, belts, sprockets, chains, and controls needed to operate door and meet required usage classification.

D. Motors: Reversible-type motor with controller (disconnect switch) for motor exposure indicated.

1. Electrical Characteristics:a. Refer to Electrical Drawings.

2. Motor Size: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough to start, accelerate, and operate door in either direction from any position, at a speed not less than 8 in./sec. (203 mm/s) and not more than 12 in./sec. (305 mm/s), without exceeding nameplate ratings or service factor.

E. Obstruction Detection Device: External entrapment protection consisting of indicated automatic safety sensor capable of protecting full width of door opening. Activation of device immediately stops and reverses downward door travel.

1. Photoelectric Sensor: Manufacturer's standard system designed to detect an obstruction in door opening without contact between door and obstruction.

a. Self-Monitoring Type: Designed to interface with door operator control circuit to detect damage to or disconnection of sensing device. When self-monitoring feature is activated, door closes only with sustained pressure on close button.

2. Electric Sensor Edge: Automatic safety sensor edge, located within astragal or weather stripping mounted to bottom section. Contact with sensor activates device. Connect to control circuit using manufacturer's standard take-up reel or self-coiling cable.

a. Self-Monitoring Type: Four-wire configured device designed to interface with door-operator control circuit to detect damage to or disconnection of sensor edge.

Page 209: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SECTIONAL DOORS 083613 - 6

F. Control Station: Three-button control station in fixed location with momentary-contact push-button controls labeled "Open" and "Stop" and sustained- or constant-pressure, push-button control labeled "Close."

1. Interior-Mounted Units: Full-guarded, surface-mounted, heavy-duty type, with general-purpose NEMA ICS 6, Type 1 enclosure.

G. Emergency Manual Operation: Equip electrically powered door with capability for emergency manual operation. Design manual mechanism so required force for door operation does not exceed 25 lbf (111 N).

H. Emergency Operation Disconnect Device: Equip operator with hand-operated disconnect mechanism for automatically engaging manual operator and releasing brake for emergency manual operation while disconnecting motor without affecting timing of limit switch. Mount mechanism so it is accessible from floor level. Include interlock device to automatically prevent motor from operating when emergency operator is engaged.

I. Motor Removal: Design operator so motor may be removed without disturbing limit-switch adjustment and without affecting emergency manual operation.

J. Portable, Radio-Control System: Consisting of one of the following:

1. Three-channel universal coaxial receiver to open, close, and stop door.2. Portable control device to open and stop door may be momentary-contact type;

control to close door shall be sustained- or constant-pressure type.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install sectional doors and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, anchors, inserts, hangers, and equipment supports; according to manufacturer's written instructions and as specified.

B. Tracks: Provide sway bracing, diagonal bracing, and reinforcement as required for rigid installation of track and door-operating equipment.

C. Accessibility: Install sectional doors, switches, and controls along accessible routes in compliance with regulatory requirements for accessibility.

D. Power-Operated Doors: Install according to UL 325.

E. Adjust hardware and moving parts to function smoothly so that doors operate easily, free of warp, twist, or distortion.

F. Touch-up Painting: Immediately after welding galvanized materials, clean welds and abraded galvanized surfaces and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780/A 780M.

Page 210: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SECTIONAL DOORS 083613 - 7

3.2 DEMONSTRATION

A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain sectional doors.

END OF SECTION 083613

Page 211: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SECTIONAL DOORS 083613 - 8

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 212: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES 084213 - 1

SECTION 084213 - ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Exterior manual-swing entrance doors and door-frame units.2. Interior manual-swing entrance doors and door-frame units.3. Sidelights.4. Transoms.

1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, full-size details, and attachments to other work.

1. Show connection to and continuity with adjacent thermal, weather, air, and vapor barriers.

C. Samples: For each exposed finish required.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Energy Performance Certificates: NFRC-certified energy performance values for each aluminum-framed entrance.

B. Product test reports.

C. Field quality-control reports.

D. Sample warranties.

1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Maintenance data.

Page 213: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES 084213 - 2

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer.

B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 699 for testing indicated.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of aluminum-framed entrances that do not comply with requirements or that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Special Finish Warranty: Standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finishes or replace aluminum that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General Performance: Comply with performance requirements specified, as determined by testing of aluminum-framed entrances representing those indicated for this Project without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction.

B. Structural Loads:

1. Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings.2. Other Design Loads: As indicated on Drawings.

C. Structural: Test according to ASTM E 330 as follows:

1. When tested at positive and negative wind-load design pressures, assemblies do not evidence deflection exceeding specified limits.

2. When tested at 150 percent of positive and negative wind-load design pressures, assemblies, including anchorage, do not evidence material failures, structural distress, or permanent deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of span.

3. Test Durations: As required by design wind velocity, but not less than 10 seconds.

D. Air Infiltration: Test according to ASTM E 283 for infiltration as follows:

1. Entrance Doors:

Page 214: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES 084213 - 3

a. Single Doors: Maximum air leakage of 0.5 cfm/sq. ft. (2.54 L/s per sq. m) at a static-air-pressure differential of 1.57 lbf/sq. ft. (75 Pa).

E. Water Penetration under Static Pressure: Test according to ASTM E 331 as follows:

1. No evidence of water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas when tested according to a minimum static-air-pressure differential of 20 percent of positive wind-load design pressure, but not less than 6.24 lbf/sq. ft. (300 Pa).

F. Energy Performance: Certify and label energy performance according to NFRC as follows:

1. Thermal Transmittance (U-factor): Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have U-factor of not more than 0.38 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F as determined according to NFRC 100.

2. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have a solar heat gain coefficient of no greater than 0.40 as determined according to NFRC 200.

3. Condensation Resistance: Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have an NFRC-certified condensation resistance rating of no less than 45 as determined according to NFRC 500.

G. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements resulting from ambient and surface temperature changes:

1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces.

2.2 ENTRANCE DOOR SYSTEMS

A. Entrance Doors: Manufacturer's standard glazed entrance doors for manual-swing operation.

1. Door Construction: 2- to 2-1/4-inch (50.8- to 57.2-mm) overall thickness, with minimum 0.125-inch- (3.2-mm-) thick, extruded-aluminum tubular rail and stile members. Mechanically fasten corners with reinforcing brackets that are deeply penetrated and fillet welded or that incorporate concealed tie rods.

a. Thermal Construction: Pour and debridge with polymer isolator.

2. Door Design: Wide stile; 5-inch (127-mm) nominal width.3. Glazing Stops and Gaskets: Beveled, snap-on, extruded-aluminum stops and

preformed gaskets.

a. Provide nonremovable glazing stops on outside of door.

B. Framing Members: Manufacturer's standard extruded aluminum, minimum 0.125 inch (3.2 mm) thick and reinforced as required to support imposed loads.

1. Nominal Size: 1-3/4 by 6 inches (45 by 150 mm).

Page 215: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES 084213 - 4

C. Backer Plates: Manufacturer's standard, continuous backer plates for framing members, if not integral, where framing abuts adjacent construction.

D. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high-strength aluminum with nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components.

E. Materials:

1. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated.

a. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M).b. Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M).c. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429/B 429M.d. Structural Profiles: ASTM B 308/B 308M.

2. Steel Reinforcement: Manufacturer's standard zinc-rich, corrosion-resistant primer complying with SSPC-PS Guide No. 12.00; applied immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. Select surface preparation methods according to recommendations in SSPC-SP COM, and prepare surfaces according to applicable SSPC standard.

a. Structural Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.b. Cold-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M.c. Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M.

2.3 ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE

A. Entrance Door Hardware: Hardware not specified in this Section is specified in Section 087100 "Door Hardware."

2.4 GLAZING

A. Glazing: Comply with Section 088000 "Glazing."

B. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard sealed-corner pressure-glazing system of black, resilient elastomeric glazing gaskets, setting blocks, and shims or spacers.

C. Glazing Sealants: As recommended by manufacturer.

2.5 FABRICATION

A. Form or extrude aluminum shapes before finishing.

B. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or discoloration of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or grinding.

C. Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following characteristics:

Page 216: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES 084213 - 5

1. Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations.2. Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered.3. Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members.4. Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing

to maintain required glazing edge clearances.5. Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view to

greatest extent possible.

D. Entrance Door Frames: Reinforce as required to support loads imposed by door operation and for installing entrance door hardware.

E. Entrance Doors: Reinforce doors as required for installing entrance door hardware.

F. Entrance Door Hardware Installation: Factory install entrance door hardware to the greatest extent possible. Cut, drill, and tap for factory-installed entrance door hardware before applying finishes.

G. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings.

2.6 ALUMINUM FINISHES

A. Color Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A42/A44, Class I, 0.018 mm or thicker.

1. Color: Champagne

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. General:

1. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.2. Do not install damaged components.3. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion.4. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints.5. Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and

electrolytic deterioration and to prevent impeding movement of moving joints.6. Seal perimeter and other joints watertight unless otherwise indicated.

B. Metal Protection:

1. Where aluminum is in contact with dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with materials recommended by manufacturer for this purpose or installing nonconductive spacers.

2. Where aluminum is in contact with concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint.

Page 217: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES 084213 - 6

C. Set continuous sill members and flashing in full sealant bed as specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants" to produce weathertight installation.

D. Install components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades.

E. Install glazing as specified in Section 088000 "Glazing."

F. Entrance Doors: Install doors to produce smooth operation and tight fit at contact points.

1. Exterior Doors: Install to produce weathertight enclosure and tight fit at weather stripping.

2. Field-Installed Entrance Door Hardware: Install surface-mounted entrance door hardware according to entrance door hardware manufacturers' written instructions using concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible.

3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.

B. Field Quality-Control Testing: Perform the following test on aluminum-framed entrances.

1. Water-Spray Test: Before installation of interior finishes has begun, areas designated by Architect shall be tested according to AAMA 501.2 and shall not evidence water penetration.

C. Aluminum-framed entrances will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.

D. Prepare test and inspection reports.

3.3 ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE SETS

END OF SECTION 084213

Page 218: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

STRUCTURAL-SEALANT-GLAZED CURTAIN WALLS 084423 - 1

SECTION 084423 - STRUCTURAL-SEALANT-GLAZED CURTAIN WALLS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Factory-glazed, two-sided structural-sealant-glazed curtain-wall assemblies.

1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, full-size details, and attachments to other work.

1. Show connection to and continuity with adjacent thermal, weather, air, and vapor barriers.

C. Samples: For each exposed finish required.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Energy Performance Certificates: NFRC-certified energy performance values from manufacturer.

B. Product test reports.

C. Quality-Control Program: Developed specifically for Project, including fabrication and installation, according to recommendations in ASTM C 1401. Include periodic quality-control reports.

D. Source quality-control reports.

E. Field quality-control reports.

F. Sample warranties.

Page 219: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

STRUCTURAL-SEALANT-GLAZED CURTAIN WALLS 084423 - 2

1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Maintenance data.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer.

B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E 699 for testing indicated and accredited by IAS or ILAC Mutual Recognition Arrangement as complying with ISO/IEC 17025.

C. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for aesthetic effects and performance characteristics of assemblies. Aesthetic effects are indicated by dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining construction.

1. Do not change intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. If changes are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review.

D. Structural-Sealant Glazing: Comply with ASTM C 1401 for design and installation of curtain-wall assemblies.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of glazed aluminum curtain wall that do not comply with requirements or that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Special Finish Warranty: Standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finishes or replace aluminum that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General Performance: Comply with performance requirements specified, as determined by testing of structural-sealant-glazed curtain walls representing those indicated for this Project without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction.

Page 220: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

STRUCTURAL-SEALANT-GLAZED CURTAIN WALLS 084423 - 3

1. Structural-sealant-glazed curtain walls shall withstand movements of supporting structure including, but not limited to, story drift, twist, column shortening, long-term creep, and deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads.

2. Failure also includes the following:

a. Thermal stresses transferring to building structure.b. Glass breakage.c. Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements.d. Loosening or weakening of fasteners, attachments, and other components.e. Failure of operating units.

B. Structural Loads:

1. Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings.2. Other Design Loads: As indicated on Drawings.

C. Deflection of Framing Members: At design wind pressure, as follows:

1. Deflection Normal to Wall Plane: Limited to edge of glass in a direction perpendicular to glass plane not exceeding 1/175 of the glass edge length for each individual glazing lite or an amount that restricts edge deflection of individual glazing lites to 3/4 inch (19.1 mm), whichever is less.

2. Deflection Parallel to Glazing Plane: Limited to 1/360 of clear span or 1/8 inch (3.2 mm), whichever is smaller.

3. Cantilever Deflection: Where framing members overhang an anchor point, as follows:

a. Perpendicular to Plane of Wall: No greater than 1/240 of clear span plus 1/4-inch (6.35-mm) for spans greater than 11 feet 8-1/4 inches (3.6 m) or 1/175 times span, for spans less than 11 feet 8-1/4 inches (3.6 m).

D. Structural: Test according to ASTM E 330 as follows:

1. When tested at positive and negative wind-load design pressures, assemblies do not evidence deflection exceeding specified limits.

2. When tested at 150 percent of positive and negative wind-load design pressures, assemblies, including anchorage, do not evidence material failures, structural distress, or permanent deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of span.

3. Test Durations: As required by design wind velocity, but not less than 10 seconds.

E. Air Infiltration: Test according to ASTM E 283 for infiltration as follows:

1. Fixed Framing and Glass Area:

a. Maximum air leakage of 0.06 cfm/sq. ft. (0.30 L/s per sq. m) at a static-air-pressure differential of 1.57 lbf/sq. ft. (75 Pa).

F. Water Penetration under Static Pressure: Test according to ASTM E 331 as follows:

Page 221: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

STRUCTURAL-SEALANT-GLAZED CURTAIN WALLS 084423 - 4

1. No evidence of water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas when tested according to a minimum static-air-pressure differential of 20 percent of positive wind-load design pressure, but not less than 6.24 lbf/sq. ft. (300 Pa).

G. Energy Performance: Certify and label energy performance according to NFRC as follows:

1. Thermal Transmittance (U-factor): Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have U-factor of not more than 0.38 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F as determined according to NFRC 100.

2. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have a solar heat gain coefficient of no greater than 0.40 as determined according to NFRC 200.

3. Condensation Resistance: Fixed glazing and framing areas shall have an NFRC-certified condensation resistance rating of no less than 35 as determined according to NFRC 500.

H. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements resulting from ambient and surface temperature changes:

1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces.

I. Structural-Sealant Joints:

1. Designed to carry gravity loads of glazing.2. Designed to produce tensile or shear stress of less than 20 psi (138 kPa).

J. Structural Sealant: Capable of withstanding tensile and shear stresses imposed by structural-sealant-glazed curtain walls without failing adhesively or cohesively. When tested for preconstruction adhesion and compatibility, cohesive failure of sealant shall occur before adhesive failure.

1. Adhesive failure occurs when sealant pulls away from substrate cleanly, leaving no sealant material behind.

2. Cohesive failure occurs when sealant breaks or tears within itself but does not separate from each substrate because sealant-to-substrate bond strength exceeds sealant's internal strength.

2.2 MANUFACTURERS

A. Kawneer 1600 System 2 or architect-approved equal.

2.3 FRAMING

A. Framing Members: Manufacturer's extruded- or formed-aluminum framing members of thickness required and reinforced as required to support imposed loads.

Page 222: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

STRUCTURAL-SEALANT-GLAZED CURTAIN WALLS 084423 - 5

1. Glazing System: Retained mechanically with gaskets on two sides and structural sealant on two sides.

2. Finish: Color anodic finish.3. Fabrication Method: Factory-fabricated system.

B. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high-strength aluminum with nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components.

C. Materials:

1. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated.

a. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M).b. Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M).c. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429/B 429M.d. Structural Profiles: ASTM B 308/B 308M.

2. Steel Reinforcement: Manufacturer's standard zinc-rich, corrosion-resistant primer complying with SSPC-PS Guide No. 12.00; applied immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. Select surface preparation methods according to recommendations in SSPC-SP COM, and prepare surfaces according to applicable SSPC standard.

a. Structural Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.b. Cold-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M.c. Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M.

2.4 GLAZING

A. Glazing: Comply with Section 088000 "Glazing."

B. Structural Glazing Sealants: ASTM C 1184, chemically curing silicone formulation that is compatible with system components with which it comes in contact, specifically formulated and tested for use as structural sealant and approved by structural-sealant manufacturer for use in curtain-wall assembly indicated.

1. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors.

C. Weatherseal Sealants: ASTM C 920 for Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and O; chemically curing silicone formulation that is compatible with structural sealant and other system components with which it comes in contact; recommended by structural-sealant, weatherseal-sealant, and structural-sealant-glazed curtain-wall manufacturers for this use.

1. Color: Match structural sealant.

D. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard sealed-corner pressure-glazing system of black, resilient elastomeric glazing gaskets, setting blocks, and shims or spacers.

Page 223: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

STRUCTURAL-SEALANT-GLAZED CURTAIN WALLS 084423 - 6

E. Glazing Sealants: As recommended by manufacturer.

2.5 FABRICATION

A. Form or extrude aluminum shapes before finishing.

B. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or discoloration of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or grinding.

C. Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following characteristics:

1. Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations.2. Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered.3. Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members.4. Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing

to maintain required glazing edge clearances.5. Provisions for field replacement of glazing from exterior.6. Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view to

greatest extent possible.

D. Factory-Assembled Frame Units:

1. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints.2. Prepare surfaces that are in contact with structural sealant according to sealant

manufacturer's written instructions, to ensure compatibility and adhesion.3. Preparation includes, but is not limited to, cleaning and priming surfaces.4. Seal joints watertight unless otherwise indicated.5. Install glazing to comply with requirements in Section 088000 "Glazing."

E. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings.

2.6 ALUMINUM FINISHES

A. Color Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A42/A44, Class I, 0.018 mm or thicker.

1. Color: Champagne.

2.7 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Structural Sealant: Perform quality-control procedures complying with ASTM C 1401 recommendations including, but not limited to, assembly material qualification procedures, sealant testing, and assembly fabrication reviews and checks.

Page 224: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

STRUCTURAL-SEALANT-GLAZED CURTAIN WALLS 084423 - 7

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. General:

1. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.2. Do not install damaged components.3. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion.4. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints.5. Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and

electrolytic deterioration and to prevent impeding movement of moving joints.6. Where welding is required, weld components in concealed locations to minimize

distortion or discoloration of finish. Protect glazing surfaces from welding.7. Seal joints watertight unless otherwise indicated.

B. Metal Protection:

1. Where aluminum is in contact with dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with primer, applying sealant or tape, or installing nonconductive spacers as recommended by manufacturer for this purpose.

2. Where aluminum is in contact with concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint.

C. Install components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades.

D. Install glazing as specified in Section 088000 "Glazing."

E. Install weatherseal sealant according to Section 079200 "Joint Sealants" and according to sealant manufacturer's written instructions, to produce weatherproof joints. Install joint filler behind sealant as recommended by sealant manufacturer.

3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.

B. Test Area: Perform tests on representative areas of structural-sealant-glazed curtain walls.

C. Field Quality-Control Testing: Perform the following test on representative areas of structural-sealant-glazed curtain walls.

1. Water-Spray Test: Before installation of interior finishes has begun, areas designated by Architect shall be tested according to AAMA 501.2 and shall not evidence water penetration.

a. Perform a minimum of two tests in areas as directed by Architect.

Page 225: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

STRUCTURAL-SEALANT-GLAZED CURTAIN WALLS 084423 - 8

D. Structural-Sealant Adhesion: Test structural sealant according to recommendations in ASTM C 1401, Destructive Test Method A, "Hand Pull Tab (Destructive)," Appendix X2.

1. Test a minimum of two areas on each building facade.2. Repair installation areas damaged by testing.

E. Structural-sealant-glazed curtain walls will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.

F. Prepare test and inspection reports.

END OF SECTION 084423

Page 226: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 1

SECTION 087100 – DOOR HARDWARE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes commercial door hardware for the following:

1. Swinging doors.

B. Door hardware includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following:

1. Mechanical door hardware.2. Electromechanical door hardware.

C. Related Sections:

1. Division 08 Section “Door Hardware Schedule”.2. Division 08 Section “Hollow Metal Doors and Frames”.3. Division 08 Section “Access Control Hardware”.

D. Codes and References: Comply with the version year adopted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.

1. ANSI A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities.2. ICC/IBC - International Building Code.3. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.4. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows.5. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code.6. NFPA 105 - Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies.7. State Building Codes, Local Amendments.

E. Standards: All hardware specified herein shall comply with the following industry standards:

1. ANSI/BHMA Certified Product Standards - A156 Series2. UL10C – Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies

Page 227: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 2

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets including installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, operational descriptions and finishes.

B. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final Door Hardware Schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware.

1. Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHI's "Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule."

2. Organization: Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door hardware sets indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Organize door hardware sets in same order as in the Door Hardware Sets at the end of Part 3. Submittals that do not follow the same format and order as the Door Hardware Sets will be rejected and subject to resubmission.

3. Content: Include the following information:

a. Type, style, function, size, label, hand, and finish of each door hardware item.

b. Manufacturer of each item.c. Fastenings and other pertinent information.d. Location of door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings, both on

floor plans and in door and frame schedule.e. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in

schedule.f. Mounting locations for door hardware.g. Door and frame sizes and materials.h. Warranty information for each product.

4. Submittal Sequence: Submit the final Door Hardware Schedule at earliest possible date, particularly where approval of the Door Hardware Schedule must precede fabrication of other work that is critical in the Project construction schedule. Include Product Data, Samples, Shop Drawings of other work affected by door hardware, and other information essential to the coordinated review of the Door Hardware Schedule.

C. Shop Drawings: Details of electrified access control hardware indicating the following:

1. Wiring Diagrams: Upon receipt of approved schedules, submit detailed system wiring diagrams for power, signaling, monitoring, communication, and control of the access control system electrified hardware. Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. Include the following:

Page 228: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 3

a. Elevation diagram of each unique access controlled opening showing location and interconnection of major system components with respect to their placement in the respective door openings.

b. Complete (risers, point-to-point) access control system block wiring diagrams.

c. Wiring instructions for each electronic component scheduled herein.

2. Electrical Coordination: Coordinate with related sections the voltages and wiring details required at electrically controlled and operated hardware openings.

D. Keying Schedule: After a keying meeting with the owner has taken place prepare a separate keying schedule detailing final instructions. Submit the keying schedule in electronic format. Include keying system explanation, door numbers, key set symbols, hardware set numbers and special instructions. Owner must approve submitted keying schedule prior to the ordering of permanent cylinders/cores.

E. Informational Submittals:

1. Product Test Reports: Indicating compliance with cycle testing requirements, based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified independent testing agency.

F. Operating and Maintenance Manuals: Provide manufacturers operating and maintenance manuals for each item comprising the complete door hardware installation in quantity as required in Division 01, Closeout Submittals.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturers Qualifications: Engage qualified manufacturers with a minimum 5 years of documented experience in producing hardware and equipment similar to that indicated for this Project and that have a proven record of successful in-service performance.

B. Installer Qualifications: A minimum 3 years documented experience installing both standard and electrified door hardware similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

C. Door Hardware Supplier Qualifications: Experienced commercial door hardware distributors with a minimum 5 years documented experience supplying both mechanical and electromechanical hardware installations comparable in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project. Supplier recognized as a factory direct distributor by the manufacturers of the primary materials with a warehousing facility in Project's vicinity. Supplier to have on staff a certified Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner concerning both standard and electromechanical door hardware and keying.

Page 229: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 4

D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of door hardware specified in this section from a single source unless otherwise indicated.

1. Electrified modifications or enhancements made to a source manufacturer's product line by a secondary or third party source will not be accepted.

2. Provide electromechanical door hardware from the same manufacturer as mechanical door hardware, unless otherwise indicated.

E. Each unit to bear third party permanent label demonstrating compliance with the referenced standards.

F. Keying Conference: Conduct conference to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Meetings." Keying conference to incorporate the following criteria into the final keying schedule document:

1. Function of building, purpose of each area and degree of security required.2. Plans for existing and future key system expansion.3. Requirements for key control storage and software.4. Installation of permanent keys, cylinder cores and software.5. Address and requirements for delivery of keys.

G. Pre-Submittal Conference: Conduct coordination conference in compliance with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Meetings" with attendance by representatives of Supplier(s), Installer(s), and Contractor(s) to review proper methods and the procedures for receiving, handling, and installing door hardware.

1. Prior to installation of door hardware, conduct a project specific training meeting to instruct the installing contractors' personnel on the proper installation and adjustment of their respective products. Product training to be attended by installers of door hardware (including electromechanical hardware) for aluminum, hollow metal and wood doors. Training will include the use of installation manuals, hardware schedules, templates and physical product samples as required.

2. Inspect and discuss electrical roughing-in, power supply connections, and other preparatory work performed by other trades.

3. Review sequence of operation narratives for each unique access controlled opening.

4. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials.5. Review the required inspecting, testing, commissioning, and demonstration

procedures

H. At completion of installation, provide written documentation that components were applied to manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and according to approved schedule.

Page 230: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 5

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up and shelving for door hardware delivered to Project site. Do not store electronic access control hardware, software or accessories at Project site without prior authorization.

B. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final Door Hardware Schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package.

C. Deliver, as applicable, permanent keys, cylinders, cores, access control credentials, software and related accessories directly to Owner via registered mail or overnight package service. Instructions for delivery to the Owner shall be established at the "Keying Conference".

1.6 COORDINATION

A. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for installing standard and electrified hardware. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing hardware to comply with indicated requirements.

B. Door Hardware and Electrical Connections: Coordinate the layout and installation of scheduled electrified door hardware and related access control equipment with required connections to source power junction boxes, low voltage power supplies, detection and monitoring hardware, and fire and detection alarm systems.

C. Door and Frame Preparation: Doors and corresponding frames are to be prepared, reinforced and pre-wired (if applicable) to receive the installation of the specified electrified, monitoring, signaling and access control system hardware without additional in-field modifications.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. General Warranty: Reference Division 01, General Requirements. Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.

B. Warranty Period: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer(s), agreeing to repair or replace components of standard and electrified door hardware that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period after final acceptance by the Owner. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage.2. Faulty operation of the hardware.

Page 231: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 6

3. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering.

4. Electrical component defects and failures within the systems operation.

C. Standard Warranty Period: One year from date of Substantial Completion, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Special Warranty Periods:

1. Ten years for mortise locks and latches.2. Two years for electromechanical door hardware.

1.8 MAINTENANCE SERVICE

A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE

A. General: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in Door Hardware Sets and each referenced section that products are to be supplied under.

B. Designations: Requirements for quantity, item, size, finish or color, grade, function, and other distinctive qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated in the Door Hardware Sets at the end of Part 3. Products are identified by using door hardware designations, as follows:

1. Named Manufacturer's Products: Product designation and manufacturer are listed for each door hardware type required for the purpose of establishing requirements. Manufacturers' names are abbreviated in the Door Hardware Schedule.

C. Substitutions: Requests for substitution and product approval for inclusive mechanical and electromechanical door hardware in compliance with the specifications must be submitted in writing and in accordance with the procedures and time frames outlined in Division 01, Substitution Procedures. Approval of requests is at the discretion of the architect, owner, and their designated consultants.

2.2 HANGING DEVICES

A. Hinges: ANSI/BHMA A156.1 certified butt hinges with number of hinge knuckles and other options as specified in the Door Hardware Sets.

Page 232: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 7

1. Quantity: Provide the following hinge quantity:

a. Two Hinges: For doors with heights up to 60 inches.b. Three Hinges: For doors with heights 61 to 90 inches.c. Four Hinges: For doors with heights 91 to 120 inches.d. For doors with heights more than 120 inches, provide 4 hinges, plus 1

hinge for every 30 inches of door height greater than 120 inches.

2. Hinge Size: Provide the following, unless otherwise indicated, with hinge widths sized for door thickness and clearances required:

a. Widths up to 3’0”: 4-1/2” standard or heavy weight as specified.b. Sizes from 3’1” to 4’0”: 5” standard or heavy weight as specified.

3. Hinge Weight and Base Material: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following:

a. Exterior Doors: Heavy weight, non-ferrous, ball bearing or oil impregnated bearing hinges unless Hardware Sets indicate standard weight.

b. Interior Doors: Standard weight, steel, ball bearing or oil impregnated bearing hinges unless Hardware Sets indicate heavy weight.

4. Hinge Options: Comply with the following:

a. Non-removable Pins: Provide set screw in hinge barrel that, when tightened into a groove in hinge pin, prevents removal of pin while door is closed; for the all out-swinging lockable doors.

5. Manufacturers:

a. Ives (IV).b. McKinney Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories

(MK).c. Stanley Hardware (ST).

B. Continuous Geared Hinges: ANSI/BHMA A156.26 Grade 1-600 certified continuous geared hinge. with minimum 0.120-inch thick extruded 6060 T6 aluminum alloy hinge leaves and a minimum overall width of 4 inches. Hinges are non-handed, reversible and fabricated to template screw locations. Factory trim hinges to suit door height and prepare for electrical cut-outs.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Ives (IV).b. McKinney Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories

(MK).c. Pemko Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (PE).

Page 233: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 8

2.3 CYLINDERS AND KEYING

A. General: Cylinder manufacturer to have minimum (10) years experience designing secured master key systems and have on record a published security keying system policy.

B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of keyed cylinder and keys from the same source manufacturer as locksets and exit devices, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Cylinders: Original manufacturer cylinders complying with the following:

1. Mortise Type: Threaded cylinders with rings and cams to suit hardware application.

2. Rim Type: Cylinders with back plate, flat-type vertical or horizontal tailpiece, and raised trim ring.

3. Bored-Lock Type: Cylinders with tailpieces to suit locks.4. Mortise and rim cylinder collars to be solid and recessed to allow the cylinder

face to be flush and be free spinning with matching finishes.5. Keyway: Manufacturer’s Standard.

D. Patented Cylinders: ANSI/BHMA A156.5, Grade 1, certified cylinders employing a utility patented and restricted keyway requiring the use of patented controlled keys. Provide bump resistant, fixed core cylinders as standard with solid recessed cylinder collars. Cylinders are to be factory keyed where permanent keying records will be established and maintained.

1. Provide a 6 pin multi-level master key system comprised of patented controlled keys and security and high security cylinders operated by one (1) key of the highest level. Geographical exclusivity to be provided for all security and high security cylinders and UL437 certification where specified.

a. Level 1 Cylinders: Provide utility patented controlled keyway cylinders that are furnished with patented keys available only from authorized distribution.

2. Manufacturers:a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - Degree Series.b. Corbin Russwin (RU) – Access 3 Series.c. Schlage (SC) – Everest29 Series.

E. Keying System: Each type of lock and cylinders to be factory keyed.

1. Conduct specified "Keying Conference" to define and document keying system instructions and requirements.

2. Furnish factory cut, nickel-silver large bow permanently inscribed with a visual key control number as directed by Owner.

3. New System: Key locks to a new key system as directed by the Owner.

F. Key Quantity: Provide the following minimum number of keys:

Page 234: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 9

1. Change Keys per Cylinder: Two (2) 2. Master Keys (per Master Key Level/Group): Five (5).3. Construction Keys (where required): Ten (10).

G. Construction Keying: Provide construction master keyed cylinders.

H. Key Registration List (Bitting List):

1. Provide keying transcript list to Owner's representative in the proper format for importing into key control software.

2. Provide transcript list in writing or electronic file as directed by the Owner.

2.4 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHING DEVICES

A. Mortise Locksets, Grade 1 (Heavy Duty): ANSI/BHMA A156.13, Series 1000, Operational Grade 1 certified. Locksets are to be manufactured with a corrosion resistant steel case and be field-reversible for handing without disassembly of the lock body.

1. Extended cycle test: Locks to have been cycle tested in ordinance with ANSI/BHMA 156.13 requirements to 10 million cycles.

2. Manufacturers:

a. Corbin Russwin Hardware (RU) – ML2000 Series.b. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) – 8200 Series.c. Schlage (SC) – L9000 Series.

2.5 LOCK AND LATCH STRIKES

A. Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard strike with strike box for each latch or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match door hardware set, unless otherwise indicated, and as follows:

1. Flat-Lip Strikes: For locks with three-piece antifriction latchbolts, as recommended by manufacturer.

2. Extra-Long-Lip Strikes: For locks used on frames with applied wood casing trim.3. Aluminum-Frame Strike Box: Provide manufacturer's special strike box fabricated

for aluminum framing.4. Double-lipped strikes: For locks at double acting doors. Furnish with retractable

stop for rescue hardware applications.

B. Standards: Comply with the following:

1. Strikes for Mortise Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.13.2. Strikes for Bored Locks and Latches: BHMA A156.2.3. Strikes for Auxiliary Deadlocks: BHMA A156.36.4. Dustproof Strikes: BHMA A156.16.

Page 235: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 10

2.6 STAND ALONE ELECTRONIC ACCESS CONTROL EXIT DEVICES

A. Stand Alone Integrated Access Control Exit Devices: Internal, battery-powered, self-contained ANSI A156.3, Grade 1 electronic exit device consisting of complete door trim unit with electronically motor driven locking mechanism, integrated keypad, proximity card reader, or keypad/proximity reader combination, and specified electronic programming accessories. Trim to accept standard, interchangeable (removable) core, security and high security override cylinders. Provide keypad/proximity and proximity only products with a minimum of 2,000 user codes, low-battery detection and warning, LED status indicators, and ability to program at the device for the functions indicated.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Corbin Russwin Hardware (RU) - Access 800 AC2 Series.b. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - Profile v.G1 Series.c. Schlage (SC) - AD200 Series.

B. Stand Alone Electronic Keypad Exit Devices: Internal, battery-powered, self-contained ANSI/BHMA A156.3 Grade 1 certified panic and fire exit hardware consisting of electronically motor driven locking mechanism and integrated keypad without requirements for separate electronic programming devices. Exit devices to accept standard, interchangeable (removable) core, security and high security override cylinders. Provide keypad locks with a minimum 100 user codes furnished standard with 6 "AA" batteries and non-volatile memory.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - KP80 Series.

2.7 DOOR CLOSERS

A. All door closers specified herein shall meet or exceed the following criteria:

1. General: Door closers to be from one manufacturer, matching in design and style, with the same type door preparations and templates regardless of application or spring size. Closers to be non-handed with full sized covers including installation and adjusting information on inside of cover.

2. Standards: Closers to comply with UL-10C for Positive Pressure Fire Test and be U.L. listed for use of fire rated doors.

3. Cycle Testing: Provide closers which have surpassed 15 million cycles in a test witnessed and verified by UL.

4. Size of Units: Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for sizing of door closers depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Where closers are indicated for doors required to be accessible to the physically handicapped, provide units complying with ANSI ICC/A117.1.

Page 236: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 11

5. Closer Arms: Provide heavy duty, forged steel closer arms unless otherwise indicated in Hardware Sets.

6. Closers shall not be installed on exterior or corridor side of doors; where possible install closers on door for optimum aesthetics.

7. Closer Accessories: Provide door closer accessories including custom templates, special mounting brackets, spacers and drop plates as required for proper installation. Provide through-bolt and security type fasteners as specified in the hardware sets.

B. Door Closers, Surface Mounted (Large Body Cast Iron): ANSI/BHMA A156.4, Grade 1 surface mounted, heavy duty door closers with complete spring power adjustment, sizes 1 thru 6; and fully operational adjustable according to door size, frequency of use, and opening force. Closers to be rack and pinion type, one piece cast iron body construction, with adjustable backcheck and separate non-critical valves for closing sweep and latch speed control.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Corbin Russwin Hardware (RU) - DC8000 Series.b. LCN Closers (LC) - 4040XP Series.c. Norton Door Controls (NO) – 9500 Series.d. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - 281 Series.

2.8 ARCHITECTURAL TRIM

A. Door Protective Trim

1. General: Door protective trim units to be of type and design as specified below or in the Hardware Sets.

2. Size: Fabricate protection plates (kick, armor, or mop) not more than 2" less than door width (LDW) on stop side of single doors and 1” LDW on stop side of pairs of doors, and not more than 1" less than door width on pull side. Coordinate and provide proper width and height as required where conflicting hardware dictates. Height to be as specified in the Hardware Sets.

3. Where plates are applied to fire rated doors with the top of the plate more than 16” above the bottom of the door, provide plates complying with NFPA 80. Consult manufacturer’s catalog and template book for specific requirements for size and applications.

4. Protection Plates: ANSI/BHMA A156.6 certified protection plates (kick, armor, or mop), fabricated from the following:

a. Stainless Steel: 300 grade, 050-inch thick.

Page 237: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 12

5. Options and fasteners: Provide manufacturer's designated fastener type as specified in the Hardware Sets. Provide countersunk screw holes.

6. Manufacturers:

a. Ives (IV).b. Rockwood Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories

(RO).c. Trimco (TC).

2.9 DOOR STOPS AND HOLDERS

A. General: Door stops and holders to be of type and design as specified below or in the Hardware Sets.

B. Door Stops and Bumpers: ANSI/BHMA A156.16, Grade 1 certified door stops and wall bumpers. Provide wall bumpers, either convex or concave types with anchorage as indicated, unless floor or other types of door stops are specified in Hardware Sets. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic. Where floor or wall bumpers are not appropriate, provide overhead type stops and holders.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Ives (IV).b. Rockwood Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories

(RO).c. Trimco (TC).

C. Overhead Door Stops and Holders: ANSI/BHMA A156.6, Grade 1 certified overhead stops and holders to be surface or concealed types as indicated in Hardware Sets. Track, slide, arm and jamb bracket to be constructed of extruded bronze and shock absorber spring of heavy tempered steel. Provide non-handed design with mounting brackets as required for proper operation and function.

1. Manufacturers:

a. Glynn Johnson (GJ).b. Rixson Door Controls (RF).c. Rockwood Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories

(RO).d. Sargent Manufacturing (SA).

2.10 ARCHITECTURAL SEALS

A. General: Thresholds, weatherstripping, and gasket seals to be of type and design as specified below or in the Hardware Sets. Provide continuous weatherstrip gasketing on exterior doors and provide smoke, light, or sound gasketing on interior doors where

Page 238: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 13

indicated. At exterior applications provide non-corrosive fasteners and elsewhere where indicated.

B. Smoke Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 105 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for smoke control ratings indicated, based on testing according to UL 1784.

1. Provide smoke labeled perimeter gasketing at all smoke labeled openings.

C. Fire Labeled Gasketing: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire ratings indicated, based on testing according to UL-10C.

1. Provide intumescent seals as indicated to meet UL10C Standard for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies, and NPFA 252, Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.

D. Sound-Rated Gasketing: Assemblies that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency, for sound ratings indicated.

E. Replaceable Seal Strips: Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal strips are easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer.

F. Manufacturers:

1. National Guard Products (NG).2. Pemko Products; ASSA ABLOY Architectural Door Accessories (PE).3. Reese Enterprises, Inc. (RE).

2.11 FABRICATION

A. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates generally prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws according to manufacturers recognized installation standards for application intended.

2.12 FINISHES

A. Standard: Designations used in the Hardware Sets and elsewhere indicate hardware finishes complying with ANSI/BHMA A156.18, including coordination with traditional U.S. finishes indicated by certain manufacturers for their products.

B. Provide quality of finish, including thickness of plating or coating (if any), composition, hardness, and other qualities complying with manufacturer's standards, but in no case less than specified by referenced standards for the applicable units of hardware

C. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.

Page 239: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 14

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine scheduled openings, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance.

B. Notify architect of any discrepancies or conflicts between the door schedule, door types, drawings and scheduled hardware. Proceed only after such discrepancies or conflicts have been resolved in writing.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Comply with ANSI/DHI A115 series.

B. Wood Doors: Comply with ANSI/DHI A115-W series.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Install each item of mechanical and electromechanical hardware and access control equipment to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and according to specifications.

1. Installers are to be trained and certified by the manufacturer on the proper installation and adjustment of fire, life safety, and security products including: hanging devices; locking devices; closing devices; and seals.

B. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights indicated in following applicable publications, unless specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations:

1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames."

2. Wood Doors: DHI WDHS.3, "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood Flush Doors."

3. Where indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply with ANSI A117.1 "Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities."

4. Provide blocking in drywall partitions where wall stops or other wall mounted hardware is located.

C. Retrofitting: Install door hardware to comply with manufacturer's published templates and written instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 9 Sections. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved.

Page 240: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 15

D. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior and acoustical doors in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."

E. Storage: Provide a secure lock up for hardware delivered to the project but not yet installed. Control the handling and installation of hardware items so that the completion of the work will not be delayed by hardware losses before and after installation.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Field Inspection: Supplier will perform a final inspection of installed door hardware and state in report whether work complies with or deviates from requirements, including whether door hardware is properly installed, operating and adjusted.

3.5 ADJUSTING

A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements.

3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Protect all hardware stored on construction site in a covered and dry place. Protect exposed hardware installed on doors during the construction phase. Install any and all hardware at the latest possible time frame.

B. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation.

C. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper finish. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of owner occupancy.

3.7 DEMONSTRATION

A. Instruct Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain mechanical and electromechanical door hardware.

3.8 DOOR HARDWARE SETS

A. The hardware sets represent the design intent and direction of the owner and architect. They are a guideline only and should not be considered a detailed hardware schedule. Discrepancies, conflicting hardware and missing items should be brought to the attention of the architect with corrections made prior to the bidding process. Omitted

Page 241: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 16

items not included in a hardware set should be scheduled with the appropriate additional hardware required for proper application and functionality.

B. The supplier is responsible for handing and sizing all products and providing the correct option for the appropriate door type and material where more than one is presented in the hardware sets. Quantities listed are for each pair of doors, or for each single door.

C. Manufacturer’s Abbreviations:

1. MK - McKinney

2. PE - Pemko

3. SA - Sargent

4. RF - Rixson

5. RO - Rockwood

6. OT - OTHER

Hardware Sets

Set: 1.0

Doors: 101C, 101D

1 Continuous Hinge CFM83HD1 PE

1 Rim Exit Device with Keypad DG1 G1-LU8877 ETL US32D SA

1 Environmental Shroud 52-2593 SA

1 Surf Overhead Stop 9-X36 630 RF

1 Door Closer 281 PD10 EN SA

1 Kick Plate K1050 10" x 2" LDW CSK BEV US32D RO

1 Threshold 253x3AFG PE

1 Gasketing 316APK TKSP PE

1 Rain Guard 346A TKSP PE

1 Door Sweep 315CN TKSP PE

Set: 2.0

Doors: 104B

3 Hinge TA2714 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US26D MK

1 Classroom Lock DG1 8237 LNL US26D SA

1 Kick Plate K1050 10" x 2" LDW CSK BEV US32D RO

1 Door Stop 474 US26D RO

Set: 3.0

Doors: 105A

Page 242: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 17

3 Hinge TA2714 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US26D MK

1 Classroom Lock DG1 8237 LNL US26D SA

1 Door Closer w/ Hold Open 281 PH10 EN SA

1 Kick Plate K1050 10" x 2" LDW CSK BEV US32D RO

1 Wall Stop 400 US26D RO

Set: 4.0

Doors: 107A – FUTURE BUILD-OUT – FOR REFERENCE ONLY

3 Hinge TA2714 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US26D MK

1 Office Lock DG1 8205 LNL US26D SA

1 Wall Stop 400 US26D RO

Set: 5.0

Doors: 109A – FUTURE BUILD-OUT – FOR REFERENCE ONLY

3 Hinge TA2714 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US26D MK

1 Classroom Lock DG1 8237 LNL US26D SA

1 Wall Stop 400 US26D RO

Set: 6.0

Doors: 110A – FUTURE BUILD-OUT – FOR REFERENCE ONLY

3 Hinge TA2714 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US26D MK

1 Privacy Lock 49 8265 LNL US26D SA

1 Wall Stop 400 US26D RO

Set: 7.0

Doors: 101A, 101B, 101E, 103A, 104A

1 All Hardware by Door Mfg. OT

END OF SECTION 087100

Page 243: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

GLAZING 088000 - 1

SECTION 088000 - GLAZING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes:

1. Glass for storefront framing.2. Glazing sealants and accessories.

1.2 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate glazing channel dimensions to provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Glass Samples: For each type of glass product other than clear monolithic vision glass; 12 inches (300 mm) square.

C. Glazing Schedule: List glass types and thicknesses for each size opening and location. Use same designations indicated on Drawings.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Preconstruction adhesion and compatibility test report.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Sealant Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated.

1.6 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING

A. Preconstruction Adhesion and Compatibility Testing: Test each glass product, tape sealant, gasket, glazing accessory, and glass-framing member for adhesion to and compatibility with elastomeric glazing sealants.

1. Testing is not required if data are submitted based on previous testing of current sealant products and glazing materials matching those submitted.

Page 244: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

GLAZING 088000 - 2

1.7 WARRANTY

A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Coated-Glass Products: Manufacturer agrees to replace coated-glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of coated glass is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include peeling, cracking, and other indications of deterioration in coating.

1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Insulating Glass: Manufacturer agrees to replace insulating-glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of insulating glass is defined as failure of hermetic seal under normal use that is not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning insulating glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Evidence of failure is the obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on interior surfaces of glass.

1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Structural Performance: Glazing shall withstand the following design loads within limits and under conditions indicated determined according to the International Building Code and ASTM E 1300.

1. Design Wind Pressures: As indicated on Drawings.2. Design Snow Loads: As indicated on Drawings.3. Differential Shading: Design glass to resist thermal stresses induced by

differential shading within individual glass lites.

B. Safety Glazing: Where safety glazing is indicated, provide glazing that complies with 16 CFR 1201, Category II.

C. Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: Provide glass with performance properties specified, as indicated in manufacturer's published test data, based on procedures indicated below:

1. U-Factors: Center-of-glazing values, according to NFRC 100 and based on LBL's WINDOW 5.2 computer program, expressed as Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F (W/sq. m x K).

2. Solar Heat-Gain Coefficient and Visible Transmittance: Center-of-glazing values, according to NFRC 200 and based on LBL's WINDOW 5.2 computer program.

3. Visible Reflectance: Center-of-glazing values, according to NFRC 300.

Page 245: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

GLAZING 088000 - 3

2.2 GLASS PRODUCTS, GENERAL

A. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below unless more stringent requirements are indicated. See these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards.

1. GANA Publications: "Glazing Manual."2. AAMA Publications: AAMA GDSG-1, "Glass Design for Sloped Glazing," and

AAMA TIR A7, "Sloped Glazing Guidelines."3. IGMA Publication for Sloped Glazing: IGMA TB-3001, "Guidelines for Sloped

Glazing."4. IGMA Publication for Insulating Glass: SIGMA TM-3000, "North American

Glazing Guidelines for Sealed Insulating Glass Units for Commercial and Residential Use."

B. Safety Glazing Labeling: Where safety glazing is indicated, permanently mark glazing with certification label of the SGCC or another certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Label shall indicate manufacturer's name, type of glass, thickness, and safety glazing standard with which glass complies.

C. Insulating-Glass Certification Program: Permanently marked either on spacers or on at least one component lite of units with appropriate certification label of IgCC.

D. Thickness: Where glass thickness is indicated, it is a minimum.

E. Strength: Where annealed float glass is indicated, provide annealed float glass, heat-strengthened float glass, or fully tempered float glass as needed to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article. Where heat-strengthened float glass is indicated, provide heat-strengthened float glass or fully tempered float glass as needed to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article. Where fully tempered float glass is indicated, provide fully tempered float glass.

2.3 GLASS PRODUCTS

A. Clear Annealed Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class 1 (clear), Quality-Q3.

B. Fully Tempered Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT (fully tempered), Condition A (uncoated) unless otherwise indicated, Type I, Class 1 (clear) or Class 2 (tinted) as indicated, Quality-Q3.

C. Heat-Strengthened Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind HS (heat strengthened), Type I, Condition A (uncoated) unless otherwise indicated, Type I, Class 1 (clear) or Class 2 (tinted) as indicated, Quality-Q3.

2.4 INSULATING GLASS

A. Insulating-Glass Units: Factory-assembled units consisting of sealed lites of glass separated by a dehydrated interspace, qualified according to ASTM E 2190.

Page 246: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

GLAZING 088000 - 4

1. Sealing System: Dual seals.2. Spacer: Aluminum with black, color anodic finish.

2.5 GLAZING SEALANTS

A. General:

1. Compatibility: Compatible with one another and with other materials they contact, including glass products, seals of insulating-glass units, and glazing channel substrates, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience.

2. Suitability: Comply with sealant and glass manufacturers' written instructions for selecting glazing sealants suitable for applications indicated and for conditions existing at time of installation.

3. Colors of Exposed Glazing Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

B. Glazing Sealant: Neutral-curing silicone glazing sealant complying with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, Use NT.

2.6 GLAZING TAPES

A. Back-Bedding Mastic Glazing Tapes: Preformed, butyl-based, 100 percent solids elastomeric tape; nonstaining and nonmigrating in contact with nonporous surfaces; with or without spacer rod as recommended in writing by tape and glass manufacturers for application indicated; and complying with ASTM C 1281 and AAMA 800 for products indicated below:1. AAMA 806.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is subject to continuous

pressure.2. AAMA 807.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is not subject to

continuous pressure.

B. Expanded Cellular Glazing Tapes: Closed-cell, PVC foam tapes; factory coated with adhesive on both surfaces; and complying with AAMA 800 for the following types:

1. AAMA 810.1, Type 1, for glazing applications in which tape acts as the primary sealant.

2. AAMA 810.1, Type 2, for glazing applications in which tape is used in combination with a full bead of liquid sealant.

2.7 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS

A. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer.

B. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5.

Page 247: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

GLAZING 088000 - 5

C. Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions of hardness required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated.

D. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement (side walking).

E. Cylindrical Glazing Sealant Backing: ASTM C 1330, Type O (open-cell material), of size and density to control glazing sealant depth and otherwise produce optimum glazing sealant performance.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GLAZING, GENERAL

A. Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications.

B. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass includes glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass, impair performance, or impair appearance.

C. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction testing.

D. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead.

E. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites.

F. Provide spacers for glass lites where length plus width is larger than 50 inches (1270 mm).

G. Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving sideways in glazing channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and according to requirements in referenced glazing publications.

3.2 TAPE GLAZING

A. Position tapes on fixed stops so that, when compressed by glass, their exposed edges are flush with or protrude slightly above sightline of stops.

B. Install tapes continuously, but not necessarily in one continuous length. Do not stretch tapes to make them fit opening.

Page 248: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

GLAZING 088000 - 6

C. Cover vertical framing joints by applying tapes to heads and sills first, then to jambs. Cover horizontal framing joints by applying tapes to jambs, then to heads and sills.

D. Place joints in tapes at corners of opening with adjoining lengths butted together, not lapped. Seal joints in tapes with compatible sealant approved by tape manufacturer.

E. Apply heel bead of elastomeric sealant.

F. Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks, and press firmly against tape by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings.

G. Apply cap bead of elastomeric sealant over exposed edge of tape.

3.3 GASKET GLAZING (DRY)

A. Cut compression gaskets to lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with allowance for stretch during installation.

B. Insert soft compression gasket between glass and frame or fixed stop so it is securely in place with joints miter cut and bonded together at corners.

C. Installation with Drive-in Wedge Gaskets: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks, and press firmly against soft compression gasket by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer.

D. Installation with Pressure-Glazing Stops: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks, and press firmly against soft compression gasket. Install dense compression gaskets and pressure-glazing stops, applying pressure uniformly to compression gaskets. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer.

E. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops.

3.4 SEALANT GLAZING (WET)

A. Install continuous spacers, or spacers combined with cylindrical sealant backing, between glass lites and glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances and to prevent sealant from extruding into glass channel and blocking weep systems until sealants cure. Secure spacers or spacers and backings in place and in position to control depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant performance.

B. Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces.

Page 249: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

GLAZING 088000 - 7

C. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash away from glass.

3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Immediately after installation remove nonpermanent labels and clean surfaces.

B. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for buildup of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, or stains.

1. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove substances immediately as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. Remove and replace glass that cannot be cleaned without damage to coatings.

C. Remove and replace glass that is damaged during construction period.

3.6 MONOLITHIC GLASS SCHEDULE

A. Glass Type : Clear fully tempered float glass.

1. Minimum Thickness: 6 mm.2. Safety glazing required.

3.7 INSULATING GLASS SCHEDULE

A. Glass Type: Low-E-coated, clear insulating glass.

1. Basis-of-Design Product: Vitro Glass Solarban 702. Overall Unit Thickness: 1 inch (25 mm).3. Minimum Thickness of Each Glass Lite: 6 mm.4. Outdoor Lite: Fully tempered float glass.5. Interspace Content: Air.6. Indoor Lite: Fully tempered float glass.7. Low-E Coating: Sputtered on second surface.8. Winter Nighttime U-Factor: 0.28 maximum.9. Summer Daytime U-Factor: 0.28 maximum.10. Visible Light Transmittance: 64 percent minimum.11. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 0.27 maximum.12. Safety glazing required.

END OF SECTION 088000

Page 250: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

GLAZING 088000 - 8

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 251: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216 - 1

SECTION 092216 - NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Non-load-bearing steel framing systems for interior partitions.2. Suspension systems for interior ceilings and soffits.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 FRAMING SYSTEMS

A. Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated.

1. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal unless otherwise indicated.

2. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40 (Z120), hot-dip galvanized unless otherwise indicated.

B. Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645.

1. Steel Studs and Runners:

a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: As indicated on Drawings.

b. Depth: As indicated on Drawings.

C. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where indicated, provide the following:1. Deflection Track: Steel sheet top runner manufactured to prevent cracking of

finishes applied to interior partition framing resulting from deflection of structure above; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs.

D. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width indicated.

1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0296 inch (0.752 mm).

Page 252: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216 - 2

E. Cold-Rolled Channel Bridging: Steel, 0.0538-inch (1.367-mm) minimum base-metal thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) wide flanges.

1. Depth: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm).

2. Clip Angle: Not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inches (38 by 38 mm), 0.068-inch- (1.72-mm-) thick, galvanized steel.

F. Z-Shaped Furring: With slotted or nonslotted web, face flange of 1-1/4 inches (32 mm), wall attachment flange of 7/8 inch (22 mm), minimum uncoated-metal thickness of 0.0179 inch (0.455 mm), and depth required to fit insulation thickness indicated.

2.2 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS

A. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062-inch- (1.59-mm-) diameter wire, or double strand of 0.048-inch- (1.21-mm-) diameter wire.

B. Hanger Attachments to Concrete:

1. Expansion Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with allowable load or strength design capacities calculated according to ICC-ES AC193 and ACI 318 greater than or equal to the design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488/E 488M conducted by a qualified testing agency.

2. Power-Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with allowable load capacities calculated according to ICC-ES AC70, greater than or equal to the design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190 conducted by a qualified testing agency.

C. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.16 inch (4.12 mm) in diameter.

D. Flat Hangers: Steel sheet, 1 by 3/16 inch (25 by 5 mm) by length indicated.

E. Carrying Channels: Cold-rolled, commercial-steel sheet with a base-metal thickness of 0.0538 inch (1.367 mm) and minimum 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) wide flanges.

1. Depth: 2-1/2 inches (64 mm).

F. Furring Channels (Furring Members):

1. Cold-Rolled Channels: 0.0538-inch (1.367-mm) uncoated-steel thickness, with minimum 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) wide flanges, 3/4 inch (19 mm) deep.

2. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645.

a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0269 inch (0.683 mm).b. Depth: 1-5/8 inches (41 mm).

3. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, 7/8 inch (22 mm) deep.

a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0296 inch (0.752 mm).

Page 253: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216 - 3

2.3 AUXILIARY MATERIALS

A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards.

1. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates.

B. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls: Provide one of the following:

1. Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt: ASTM D 226/D 226M, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt), nonperforated.

2. Foam Gasket: Adhesive-backed, closed-cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastener penetration without foam displacement, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, in width to suit steel stud size.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Installation Standard: ASTM C 754.1. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 840 that

apply to framing installation.

B. Install framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, with connections securely fastened.

C. Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction.

D. Install bracing at terminations in assemblies.

E. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with non-load-bearing steel framing members. Frame both sides of joints independently.

3.2 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES

A. Install framing system components according to spacings indicated, but not greater than spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly types.

B. Where studs are installed directly against exterior masonry walls or dissimilar metals at exterior walls, install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall.

C. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same direction.

D. Install tracks (runners) at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts that penetrate partitions above ceiling.

Page 254: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216 - 4

1. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports, install to produce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of finished assemblies.

2. Door Openings: Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs.

a. Install two studs at each jamb unless otherwise indicated.b. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum

1/2-inch (13-mm) clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint in finished assembly.

c. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of overhead structure.

3. Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door openings unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads.

E. Z-Shaped Furring Members:

1. Erect insulation, specified in Section 072100 "Thermal Insulation," vertically and hold in place with Z-shaped furring members spaced 24 inches (610 mm) o.c.

2. Except at exterior corners, securely attach narrow flanges of furring members to wall with concrete stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder-driven fasteners spaced 24 inches (610 mm) o.c.

3. At exterior corners, attach wide flange of furring members to wall with short flange extending beyond corner; on adjacent wall surface, screw-attach short flange of furring channel to web of attached channel. At interior corners, space second member no more than 12 inches (305 mm) from corner and cut insulation to fit.

F. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 inch (3 mm) from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing.

3.3 INSTALLING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS

A. Install suspension system components according to spacings indicated, but not greater than spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly types.

B. Isolate suspension systems from building structure where they abut or are penetrated by building structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement.

C. Suspend hangers from building structure as follows:

1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or suspension system.

a. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means.

Page 255: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216 - 5

2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with locations of hangers required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in the form of trapezes or equivalent devices.

3. Wire Hangers: Secure by looping and wire tying, either directly to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for substrate, and in a manner that will not cause hangers to deteriorate or otherwise fail.

4. Flat Hangers: Secure to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for structure and hanger, and in a manner that will not cause hangers to deteriorate or otherwise fail.

5. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck.6. Do not attach hangers to permanent metal forms. Furnish cast-in-place hanger

inserts that extend through forms.7. Do not attach hangers to rolled-in hanger tabs of composite steel floor deck.8. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit.

D. Installation Tolerances: Install suspension systems that are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet (3 mm in 3.6 m) measured lengthwise on each member that will receive finishes and transversely between parallel members that will receive finishes.

END OF SECTION 092216

Page 256: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216 - 6

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 257: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 1

SECTION 092900 - GYPSUM BOARD

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Interior gypsum board.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Samples: For each texture finish indicated on same backing indicated for Work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL

A. Size: Provide maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated.

2.2 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD

A. Gypsum Board, Type X: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M.

1. Thickness: 5/8 inch (15.9 mm).

2. Long Edges: Tapered.

B. Mold-Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. With moisture- and mold-resistant core and paper surfaces.

1. Core: 5/8 inch (15.9 mm), Type X.

2. Long Edges: Tapered.3. Mold Resistance: ASTM D 3273, score of 10 as rated according to

ASTM D 3274.4. Use at all walls behind and adjacent to plumbing fixtures

2.3 TRIM ACCESSORIES

A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047.

Page 258: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 2

1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet, rolled zinc, plastic, or paper-faced galvanized-steel sheet.

2. Shapes:

a. Cornerbead.b. LC-Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound.c. L-Bead: L-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound.d. U-Bead: J-shaped; exposed short flange does not receive joint compound.e. Expansion (control) joint.

2.4 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS

A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M.

B. Joint Tape:

1. Interior Gypsum Board: Paper.

C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Board: For each coat, use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats.

1. Prefilling: At open joints and damaged surface areas, use setting-type taping compound.

2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use drying-type, all-purpose compound.

a. Use setting-type compound for installing paper-faced metal trim accessories.

3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use drying-type, all-purpose compound.4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use drying-type, all-purpose compound.5. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use drying-type, all-purpose

compound.

2.5 AUXILIARY MATERIALS

A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint compound recommended for directly adhering gypsum panels to continuous substrate.

C. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002 unless otherwise indicated.

1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch (0.84 to 2.84 mm) thick.

2. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by panel manufacturer.

Page 259: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 3

D. Sound-Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool.

E. Acoustical Sealant: Manufacturer's standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834. Product effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90.

F. Thermal Insulation: As specified in Section 072100 "Thermal Insulation."

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS

A. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.

B. Comply with ASTM C 840.

C. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structural abutments. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch- (6.4- to 12.7-mm-) wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant.

D. For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions.

E. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas.

F. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except for trim products specifically indicated as not intended to receive tape.

G. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C 840:

1. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated.2. Level 4: At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view unless otherwise

indicated.

a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting."

3. Level 5: Corridors.

a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting."

Page 260: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 4

3.2 PROTECTION

A. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period.

B. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.

END OF SECTION 092900

Page 261: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

CERAMIC TILING 093013 - 1

SECTION 093013 - CERAMIC TILING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:1. Porcelain tile.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Samples:

1. Each type and composition of tile and for each color and finish required.2. Assembled samples mounted on a rigid panel, with grouted joints, for each type

and composition of tile and for each color and finish required.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: For Installer.

1.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

A. Furnish extra materials that match and are from same production runs as products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

1. Tile and Trim Units: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type, composition, color, pattern, and size indicated.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications:1. Installer employs Ceramic Tile Education Foundation Certified Installers or

installers recognized by the U.S. Department of Labor as Journeyman Tile Layers.

Page 262: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

CERAMIC TILING 093013 - 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCTS, GENERAL

A. ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide Standard-grade tile that complies with ANSI A137.1 for types, compositions, and other characteristics indicated.

B. ANSI Standards for Tile Installation Materials: Provide materials complying with ANSI A108.02, ANSI standards referenced in other Part 2 articles, ANSI standards referenced by TCNA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules, and other requirements specified.

2.2 TILE PRODUCTS

A. Ceramic Tile Type: Unglazed porcelain tile.1. Certification: Tile certified by the Porcelain Tile Certification Agency.2. Dynamic Coefficient of Friction: Not less than 0.42.3. Tile Color, Glaze, and Pattern: Refer to Drawings.4. Grout Color: Refer to Drawings.

2.3 CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE

A. General: Manufacturer's standard product, selected from the following, that complies with ANSI A118.12 for high performance and is recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. Include reinforcement and accessories recommended by manufacturer.

B. Chlorinated Polyethylene Sheet: Nonplasticized, chlorinated polyethylene faced on both sides with nonwoven polyester fabric; 0.030-inch (0.76-mm) nominal thickness.

C. PVC Sheet: PVC heat-fused on both sides to facings of nonwoven polyester; 0.040-inch (1-mm) nominal thickness.

D. Polyethylene Sheet: Polyethylene faced on both sides with fleece webbing; 0.008-inch (0.2-mm) nominal thickness.

E. Corrugated Polyethylene: Corrugated polyethylene with dovetail-shaped corrugations and with anchoring webbing on the underside; 3/16-inch (4-mm) nominal thickness.

F. Fabric-Reinforced, Modified-Bituminous Sheet: Self-adhering, modified-bituminous sheet with fabric reinforcement facing; 0.040-inch (1mm) nominal thickness.

G. Fabric-Reinforced, Fluid-Applied Membrane: System consisting of liquid-latex rubber or elastomeric polymer and fabric reinforcement.

H. Fluid-Applied Membrane: Liquid-latex rubber or elastomeric polymer.

I. Latex-Portland Cement Crack-Resistant Mortar: Flexible mortar consisting of cement-based mix and latex additive.

Page 263: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

CERAMIC TILING 093013 - 3

J. Crack Isolation Membrane and Tile-Setting Adhesive: One-part, fluid-applied product intended for use as both a crack isolation membrane and tile-setting adhesive in a two-step process.

2.4 SETTING MATERIALS

A. Portland Cement Mortar (Thickset) Installation Materials: ANSI A108.02.

B. Improved Modified Dry-Set Mortar (Thinset): ANSI A118.15.1. Provide prepackaged, dry-mortar mix to which only water must be added at

Project site.2. For wall applications, provide nonsagging mortar.

2.5 GROUT MATERIALS

A. Sand-Portland Cement Grout: ANSI A108.10, consisting of white or gray cement and white or colored aggregate as required to produce color indicated.

B. Water-Cleanable Epoxy Grout: ANSI A118.3[, with a VOC content of 65 g/L or less].

C. Grout for Pregrouted Tile Sheets: Same product used in factory to pregrout tile sheets.

2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement-based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile-setting materials for installations indicated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

1. Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm; dry; clean; free of coatings that are incompatible with tile-setting materials, including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone; and comply with flatness tolerances required by ANSI A108.01 for installations indicated.

2. Verify that concrete substrates for tile floors installed with thinset mortar comply with surface finish requirements in ANSI A108.01 for installations indicated.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

Page 264: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

CERAMIC TILING 093013 - 4

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in concrete substrates for tile floors installed with thinset mortar with trowelable leveling and patching compound specifically recommended by tile-setting material manufacturer.

B. Where indicated, prepare substrates to receive waterproofing by applying a reinforced mortar bed that complies with ANSI A108.1A and is sloped 1/4 inch per foot (1:50) toward drains.

C. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations, verify that tile has been factory blended and packaged so tile units taken from one package show same range of colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing.

3.3 CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION

A. Comply with TCNA's "Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation" for TCNA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules. Comply with parts of the ANSI A108 series "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that are referenced in TCNA installation methods, specified in tile installation schedules, and apply to types of setting and grouting materials used.

1. For the following installations, follow procedures in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage:a. Tile floors in wet areas.b. Tile floors consisting of tiles 8 by 8 inches (200 by 200 mm) or larger.c. Tile floors consisting of rib-backed tiles.

B. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete covering without interruptions unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments.

C. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile.

D. Provide manufacturer's standard trim shapes where necessary to eliminate exposed tile edges.

E. Where accent tile differs in thickness from field tile, vary setting bed thickness so that tiles are flush.

F. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern unless otherwise indicated. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Lay out tile work to minimize the use of pieces that are less than half of a tile. Provide uniform joint widths unless otherwise indicated.

Page 265: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

CERAMIC TILING 093013 - 5

G. Joint Widths: Unless otherwise indicated, install tile with the following joint widths:1. Porcelain Tile: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm).

H. Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints and other sealant-filled joints, including control, contraction, and isolation joints, where indicated. Form joints during installation of setting materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw-cut joints after installing tiles.

1. Where joints occur in concrete substrates, locate joints in tile surfaces directly above them.

I. Install crack isolation membrane to comply with ANSI A108.17 and manufacturer's written instructions to produce membrane of uniform thickness that is bonded securely to substrate.

3.4 INTERIOR CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE

A. Interior Floor Installations, Concrete Subfloor:

1. Ceramic Tile Installation: TCNA F115; thinset mortar; epoxy grout.

a. Ceramic Tile Type: Porcelain ceramic.b. Thinset Mortar: Improved modified dry-set mortar.c. Grout: Water-cleanable epoxy grout.

END OF SECTION 093013

Page 266: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

CERAMIC TILING 093013 - 6

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 267: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095113 - 1

SECTION 095113 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems for interior ceilings.

1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved.

B. Product test reports.

C. Research reports.

D. Field quality-control reports.

1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Maintenance data.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ACOUSTICAL PANELS

A. Basis-of-Design Product: Armstrong World Industries, Inc., Ultima.

B. Acoustical Panel Standard: Manufacturer's standard panels according to ASTM E 1264.

Page 268: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095113 - 2

C. Color: White.

D. Light Reflectance (LR): 0.90.

E. Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): 40.

F. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): 0.60.

G. Edge/Joint Detail: Beveled Tegular.

H. Thickness: 3/4 inch (19 mm).

I. Modular Size: 24 by 24 inches (610 by 610 mm).

2.2 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM

A. Metal Suspension-System Standard: Manufacturer's standard, direct-hung, metal suspension system and accessories according to ASTM C 635/C 635M.

B. Wide-Face, Capped, Double-Web, Steel Suspension System: Main and cross runners roll formed from cold-rolled steel sheet; prepainted, electrolytically zinc coated, or hot-dip galvanized, G30 (Z90) coating designation; with prefinished 15/16-inch- (24-mm-) wide metal caps on flanges.

1. Structural Classification: Intermediate-duty system.2. End Condition of Cross Runners: Override (stepped) or butt-edge type.3. Face Design: Flat, flush.4. Cap Material: Cold-rolled steel or aluminum.5. Cap Finish: Painted white.

2.3 ACCESSORIES

A. Attachment Devices: Size for five times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635/C 635M, Table 1, "Direct Hung," unless otherwise indicated. Comply with seismic design requirements.

2.4 METAL EDGE MOLDINGS AND TRIM

A. Roll-Formed, Sheet-Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile indicated or, if not indicated, manufacturer's standard moldings for edges and penetrations that comply with seismic design requirements; formed from sheet metal of same material, finish, and color as that used for exposed flanges of suspension-system runners.

Page 269: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095113 - 3

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical panels to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less-than-half-width panels at borders unless otherwise indicated.

B. Layout openings for penetrations centered on the penetrating items.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install acoustical panel ceilings according to ASTM C 636/C 636M and manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels.

1. Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of moldings before they are installed.

2. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim.

END OF SECTION 095113

Page 270: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095113 - 4

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 271: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096513 - 1

SECTION 096513 - RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Resilient base.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, not less than 12 inches (300 mm) long.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 THERMOSET-RUBBER BASE

A. Product Standard: ASTM F 1861, Type TS (rubber, vulcanized thermoset), Group I (solid, homogeneous).

1. Style and Location:a. Style B, Cove.

B. Thickness: 0.125 inch (3.2 mm).

C. Height: 4 inches (102 mm).

D. Lengths: Coils in manufacturer's standard length.

E. Outside Corners: Preformed.

F. Inside Corners: Preformed.

G. Colors: See Drawings.

2.2 INSTALLATION MATERIALS

A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement based or blended hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or approved by resilient-product manufacturer for applications indicated.

Page 272: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096513 - 2

B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by resilient-product manufacturer for resilient products and substrate conditions indicated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient products.

B. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound; remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate.

C. Do not install resilient products until they are the same temperature as the space where they are to be installed.

D. Immediately before installation, sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products.

3.2 RESILIENT BASE INSTALLATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient base.

B. Apply resilient base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required.

C. Install resilient base in lengths as long as practical without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned.

D. Tightly adhere resilient base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates.

E. Do not stretch resilient base during installation.

F. Preformed Corners: Install preformed corners before installing straight pieces.

3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protecting resilient products.

B. Cover resilient products subject to wear and foot traffic until Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION 096513

Page 273: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

RESILIENT ATHLETIC FLOORING 096566 - 1

SECTION 096566 - RESILIENT ATHLETIC FLOORING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Interlocking, rubber floor tile.

1.2 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate layout and installation of flooring with floor inserts for gymnasium equipment.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Shop Drawings: Show installation details and locations of the following:

1. Border tiles.2. Floor patterns.3. Layout, colors, widths, and dimensions of game lines and markers.4. Locations of floor inserts for athletic equipment installed through flooring.5. Seam locations for sheet flooring.

C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each type, color, and pattern specified.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Maintenance data.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Sheet Vinyl Flooring Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed sheet vinyl flooring installations using seaming methods indicated for this Project and similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project; who is acceptable to manufacturer; and whose work has resulted in installations with a record of successful in-service performance.

Page 274: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

RESILIENT ATHLETIC FLOORING 096566 - 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 INTERLOCKING, RUBBER FLOOR TILE

A. Description: Athletic flooring consisting of modular rubber tiles with precision cut, interlocking edges, for free-lay installation.

B. Color and Pattern: Refer to Drawings.

C. Border: Interlocking, beveled-edge tiles, of same material as floor tile; with bevels that transition from thickness of floor tile to surface below it; with straight outside edges; for use where flooring corners and edges do not abut vertical surfaces.

1. Border Color and Pattern: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range to contrast with floor tile.

2.2 ACCESSORIES

A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compound: Latex-modified, hydraulic-cement-based formulation approved by flooring manufacturer.

B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended in writing by manufacturer for substrate and conditions indicated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of flooring.

B. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F 710.

1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners.

2. Alkalinity Testing: Perform pH testing according to ASTM F 710. Proceed with installation only if pH readings are not less than 7.0 and not greater than 8.5.

3. Moisture Testing: Perform tests so that each test area does not exceed 200 sq. ft. (18.6 sq. m), and perform no fewer than three tests in each installation area and with test areas evenly spaced in installation areas.

a. Anhydrous Calcium Chloride Test: ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture-vapor-emission rate of 3 lb of water/1000 sq. ft. (1.36 kg of water/92.9 sq. m) in 24 hours.

b. Relative Humidity Test: Using in-situ probes, ASTM F 2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have a maximum 75 percent relative humidity level measurement.

Page 275: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

RESILIENT ATHLETIC FLOORING 096566 - 3

C. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended in writing by manufacturer. Do not use solvents.

D. Use trowelable leveling and patching compound to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates.

E. Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by flooring immediately before installation. After cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, and dust. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 FLOORING INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions.

B. Scribe, cut, and fit flooring to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces, equipment anchors, floor outlets, and other interruptions of floor surface.

C. Extend flooring into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings unless otherwise indicated.

D. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating subfloor markings on flooring. Use nonpermanent, nonstaining marking device.

3.3 FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION

A. Lay out tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut widths that equal less than one-half tile at perimeter.

1. Lay tiles square with room axis.

B. Discard broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles.

C. Tile Matching: Match tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in same sequence as manufactured and packaged if so numbered.

1. Lay tiles in pattern of colors and sizes indicated.

D. Free-Lay Tile: Place flooring at locations indicated with units securely interconnected and fully seated on substrate to form a smooth, level surface.

3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Perform the following operations immediately after completing flooring installation:

1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from flooring surfaces.

Page 276: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

RESILIENT ATHLETIC FLOORING 096566 - 4

2. Sweep and vacuum flooring thoroughly.3. Damp-mop flooring to remove marks and soil after time period recommended in

writing by manufacturer.

B. Protect flooring from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. Use protection methods recommended in writing by manufacturer.

1. Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over flooring. Protect flooring with plywood or hardboard panels to prevent damage from storing or moving objects over flooring.

END OF SECTION 096566

Page 277: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TILE CARPETING 096813 - 1

SECTION 096813 - TILE CARPETING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes modular carpet tile.

1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture required.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Product test reports.

B. Sample warranty.

1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Maintenance data.

1.6 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty for Carpet Tiles: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of carpet tile installation that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: 10> years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CARPET TILE

A. Product: As indicated on Drawings.

Page 278: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TILE CARPETING 096813 - 2

2.2 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES

A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or recommended by carpet tile manufacturer.

B. Adhesives: Water-resistant, mildew-resistant, nonstaining, pressure-sensitive type to suit products and subfloor conditions indicated, that comply with flammability requirements for installed carpet tile, and are recommended by carpet tile manufacturer for releasable installation.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Concrete Slabs:

1. Moisture Testing: Perform tests so that each test area does not exceed 200 sq. ft. (18.6 sq. m), and perform no fewer than three tests in each installation area and with test areas evenly spaced in installation areas.

a. Anhydrous Calcium Chloride Test: ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture-vapor-emission rate of 3 lb of water/1000 sq. ft. (1.36 kg of water/92.9 sq. m) in 24 hours.

b. Relative Humidity Test: Using in situ probes, ASTM F 2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have a maximum 75 percent relative humidity level measurement.

c. Perform additional moisture tests recommended in writing by adhesive and carpet tile manufacturers. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing.

B. Wood Subfloors: Verify that underlayment surface is free of irregularities and substances that may interfere with adhesive bond or show through surface.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. General: Comply with CRI's "CRI Carpet Installation Standards" and with carpet tile manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparing substrates indicated to receive carpet tile.

B. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written instructions, to fill cracks, holes, depressions, and protrusions in substrates. Fill or level cracks, holes and depressions 1/8 inch (3 mm) wide or wider, and protrusions more than 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) unless more stringent requirements are required by manufacturer's written instructions.

C. Concrete Substrates: Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or

Page 279: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TILE CARPETING 096813 - 3

silicone, without using solvents. Use mechanical methods recommended in writing by adhesive and carpet tile manufacturers.

D. Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before installing carpet tile.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. General: Comply with CRI's "CRI Carpet Installation Standard," Section 18, "Modular Carpet" and with carpet tile manufacturer's written installation instructions.

B. Installation Method: As recommended in writing by carpet tile manufacturer.

C. Maintain dye-lot integrity. Do not mix dye lots in same area.

D. Maintain pile-direction patterns indicated on Drawings.

E. Cut and fit carpet tile to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, and built-in furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings. Bind or seal cut edges as recommended by carpet tile manufacturer.

F. Extend carpet tile into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, open-bottomed obstructions, removable flanges, alcoves, and similar openings.

G. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on carpet tile as marked on subfloor. Use nonpermanent, nonstaining marking device.

H. Install pattern parallel to walls and borders.

I. Protect carpet tile against damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during the remainder of construction period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended in writing by carpet tile manufacturer.

END OF SECTION 096813

Page 280: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TILE CARPETING 096813 - 4

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 281: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 1

SECTION 099123 - INTERIOR PAINTING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following interior substrates:1. Steel and iron.2. Gypsum board.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. MPI Gloss Level 1: Not more than five units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

B. MPI Gloss Level 2: Not more than 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

C. MPI Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

D. MPI Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

E. MPI Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

F. MPI Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

G. MPI Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions.

1. Include Printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified, with the proposed product highlighted.

B. Samples: For each type of paint system and in each color and gloss of topcoat.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to products listed in the Interior Painting Schedule for the paint category indicated.

Page 282: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 2

2.2 PAINT, GENERAL

A. MPI Standards: Products shall comply with MPI standards indicated and shall be listed in its "MPI Approved Products Lists."

B. Material Compatibility:

1. Materials for use within each paint system shall be compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.

2. For each coat in a paint system, products shall be recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturers for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.

C. Colors: As indicated in a color schedule.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows:1. Gypsum Board: 12 percent.

C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers.

D. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated.

B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting.

1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any.

Page 283: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 3

3.3 APPLICATION

A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual."

B. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks.

3.4 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE

A. Steel Substrates:

1. Water-Based Light Industrial Coating System MPI INT 5.1B:

a. Prime Coat: Primer, rust-inhibitive, water based MPI #107.

1) Sherwin Williams; Pro-Cryl Universal Primer.

b. Intermediate Coat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, matching topcoat.

c. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI #153.

1) Sherwin Williams; DTM Semi-Gloss.

B. Gypsum Board Substrates:

1. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System MPI INT 9.2M:

a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, MPI #149.

1) Sherwin Williams; ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Primer.

b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, matching topcoat.

c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, gloss as indicated in Schedule.

1) Sherwin Williams; ProMar 200 HP Zero VOC Interior Acrylic.

2. Light Industrial Coating, Interior, Water Based, Semi-Gloss:

a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, MPI #149.

1) Sherwin Williams; ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Primer.

b. Intermediate Coat: Interior Epoxy-Modified Latex, matching topcoat.

Page 284: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 4

c. Interior Epoxy-Modified Latex (Semi-Gloss): MPI #115 (Gloss Level 5).

1) Sherwin Williams; Pro Industrial Zero VOC Waterborne Catalyzed Epoxy.

END OF SECTION 099123

Page 285: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE 101419 - 1

SECTION 101419 - DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:1. Fabricated channel dimensional characters.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Shop Drawings: For dimensional letter signs.

1. Include fabrication and installation details and attachments to other work.2. Show sign mounting heights, locations of supplementary supports to be provided

by others, and accessories.3. Show message list, typestyles, graphic elements, and layout for each sign at

least half size.4. Show locations of electrical service connections.5. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring.

C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified.

D. Sign Schedule: Use same designations specified or indicated on Drawings or in a sign schedule.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Sample warranty.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Maintenance data.

1.5 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of signs that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

Page 286: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE 101419 - 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Thermal Movements: For exterior fabricated channel dimensional characters, allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes.

1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces.

2.2 DIMENSIONAL CHARACTERS

A. Fabricated Channel Characters: Metal face and side returns, formed free from warp and distortion; with uniform faces, sharp corners, and precisely formed lines and profiles; internally braced for stability and for securing fasteners; and as follows.

1. Character Material: Sheet or plate aluminum.2. Character Height: As indicated.3. Character Depth: As indicated.4. Finishes:

a. Integral Aluminum Finish: Clear anodized.

5. Mounting: As indicated.

2.3 ACCESSORIES

A. Fasteners and Anchors: Manufacturer's standard as required for secure anchorage of signage, noncorrosive and compatible with each material joined, and complying with the following:

1. Use concealed fasteners and anchors unless indicated to be exposed.2. For exterior exposure, furnish stainless-steel devices unless otherwise indicated.3. Exposed Metal-Fastener Components, General:

a. Fabricated from same basic metal and finish of fastened metal unless otherwise indicated.

4. Sign Mounting Fasteners:

a. Concealed Studs: Concealed (blind), threaded studs welded or brazed to back of sign material, screwed into back of sign assembly, or screwed into tapped lugs cast integrally into back of cast sign material, unless otherwise indicated.

b. Through Fasteners: Exposed metal fasteners matching sign finish, with type of head indicated, installed in predrilled holes.

B. Adhesive: As recommended by sign manufacturer.

Page 287: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE 101419 - 3

C. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187.

2.4 FABRICATION

A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard sign assemblies according to requirements indicated.

1. Mill joints to a tight, hairline fit. Form assemblies and joints exposed to weather to resist water penetration and retention.

2. Provide welds and brazes behind finished surfaces without distorting or discoloring exposed side. Clean exposed welded and brazed connections of flux, and dress exposed and contact surfaces.

3. Conceal connections if possible; otherwise, locate connections where they are inconspicuous.

4. Internally brace signs for stability and for securing fasteners.5. Provide rebates, lugs, and brackets necessary to assemble components and to

attach to existing work. Drill and tap for required fasteners. Use concealed fasteners where possible; use exposed fasteners that match sign finish.

6. Castings: Fabricate castings free of warp, cracks, blowholes, pits, scale, sand holes, and other defects that impair appearance or strength. Grind, wire brush, sandblast, and buff castings to remove seams, gate marks, casting flash, and other casting marks before finishing.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. General: Install signs using mounting methods indicated and according to manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Install signs level, plumb, true to line, and at locations and heights indicated, with sign surfaces free of distortion and other defects in appearance.

2. Before installation, verify that sign surfaces are clean and free of materials or debris that would impair installation.

3. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of exterior aluminum in contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint.

B. Mounting Methods:

1. Concealed Studs: Using a template, drill holes in substrate aligning with studs on back of sign. Remove loose debris from hole and substrate surface.a. Thin or Hollow Surfaces: Place sign in position and flush to surface, install

washers and nuts on studs projecting through opposite side of surface, and tighten.

Page 288: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE 101419 - 4

2. Through Fasteners: Drill holes in substrate using predrilled holes in sign as template. Countersink holes in sign if required. Place sign in position and flush to surface. Install through fasteners and tighten.

3. Adhesive: Clean bond-breaking materials from substrate surface and remove loose debris. Apply linear beads or spots of adhesive symmetrically to back of sign and of suitable quantity to support weight of sign after cure without slippage. Keep adhesive away from edges to prevent adhesive extrusion as sign is applied and to prevent visibility of cured adhesive at sign edges. Place sign in position, and push to engage adhesive. Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets.

C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as signs are installed.

END OF SECTION 101419

Page 289: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800 - 1

SECTION 102800 - TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Public-use washroom accessories.2. Public-use shower room accessories.3. Childcare accessories.4. Underlavatory guards.5. Custodial accessories.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Sample warranty.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Maintenance data.

1.5 WARRANTY

A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Mirrors: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace mirrors that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PUBLIC-USE WASHROOM ACCESSORIES

A. Toilet Tissue (Roll) Dispenser: Bobrick B-4288.

B. Paper Towel (Folded) Dispenser: Bobrick B-4262.

C. Waste Receptacle: Bobrick B-2260 13 gal. open-top, no cover, with 2250-3 vinyl liner.

Page 290: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800 - 2

D. Liquid-Soap Dispenser: Bobrick B-4112.

E. Grab Bar:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

a. AJW Architectural Products.b. American Specialties, Inc.c. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc.d. Bradley Corporation.e. Brey-Krause Manufacturing Co.f. GAMCO Specialty Accessories; a division of Bobrick.g. Tubular Specialties Manufacturing, Inc.

2. Mounting: Flanges with concealed fasteners.

3. Material: Stainless steel, 0.05 inch (1.3 mm) thick.

a. Finish: Smooth, No. 4 finish (satin).

4. Outside Diameter: 1-1/2 inches (38 mm).5. Configuration and Length: As indicated on Drawings.

F. Sanitary-Napkin Disposal Unit: Bobrick B-270.

G. Mirror Unit: Bobrick B-165 2436.

H. Coat Hook: Bobrick B-6727.

2.2 PUBLIC-USE SHOWER ROOM ACCESSORIES

A. Shower Curtain Rod: Bobrick B-207x36.

B. Shower Curtain: Bobrick 204-2 curtain with seven 204-1 shower curtain hooks.

C. Folding Shower Seat: Bobrick B-5181.

D. Robe Hook: Bobrick B-6727.

2.3 CHILDCARE ACCESSORIES

A. Diaper-Changing Station: KoalaKare KB200, color as selected by Architect.

2.4 UNDERLAVATORY GUARDS

A. Underlavatory Guard:

Page 291: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800 - 3

1. Description: Insulating pipe covering for supply and drain piping assemblies that prevents direct contact with and burns from piping; allow service access without removing coverings.

2. Material and Finish: Antimicrobial, molded plastic, white.

2.5 CUSTODIAL ACCESSORIES

A. Mop and Broom Holder: Bobrick B-239 x 34.

2.6 FABRICATION

A. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated.

B. Grab Bars: Install to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf (1112 N), when tested according to ASTM F 446.

END OF SECTION 102800

Page 292: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 102800 - 4

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 293: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS 104413 - 1

SECTION 104413 - FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes fire-protection cabinets for portable fire extinguishers.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Shop Drawings: For fire-protection cabinets.

1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Maintenance data.

1.4 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate size of fire-protection cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of fire extinguishers indicated are accommodated.

B. Coordinate sizes and locations of fire-protection cabinets with wall depths.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 FIRE-PROTECTION CABINET

A. Cabinet Type: Suitable for fire extinguisher.

B. Cabinet Construction: Nonrated.

C. Cabinet Material: Cold-rolled steel sheet.

D. Semirecessed Cabinet: One-piece combination trim and perimeter door frame overlapping surrounding wall surface with exposed trim face and wall return at outer edge (backbend).1. Rolled-Edge Trim: 2-1/2-inch (64-mm) backbend depth.

E. Cabinet Trim Material: Stainless-steel sheet.

F. Door Material: Stainless-steel sheet.

Page 294: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS 104413 - 2

G. Door Style: Vertical single panel with frame.

H. Door Glazing: Tempered float glass (clear).

I. Door Hardware: Manufacturer's standard door-operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated.

J. Materials:

1. Cold-Rolled Steel: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B.

a. Finish: Baked enamel or powder coat.b. Color: As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors and color

densities.

2. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304.

a. Finish: No. 4 directional satin finish.3. Tempered Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT, Condition A, Type I, Quality q3,

3 mm thick, Class 1 (clear).

2.2 FABRICATION

A. Fire-Protection Cabinets: Provide manufacturer's standard box (tub) with trim, frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Prepare recesses for semirecessed fire-protection cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and trim style.

B. Install fire-protection cabinets in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Fire-Protection Cabinets: Fasten cabinets to structure, square and plumb.

D. Adjust fire-protection cabinet doors to operate easily without binding. Verify that integral locking devices operate properly.

END OF SECTION 104413

Page 295: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 104416 - 1

SECTION 104416 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes portable, hand-carried fire extinguishers and mounting brackets for fire extinguishers.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Warranty: Sample of special warranty.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Operation and maintenance data.

1.5 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate type and capacity of fire extinguishers with fire-protection cabinets to ensure fit and function.

1.6 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace fire extinguishers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: Six years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10, "Portable Fire Extinguishers."

Page 296: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 104416 - 2

B. Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

2.2 PORTABLE, HAND-CARRIED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

A. Fire Extinguishers: Type, size, and capacity for each fire-protection cabinet and mounting bracket indicated.

1. Instruction Labels: Include pictorial marking system complying with NFPA 10, Appendix B, and bar coding for documenting fire-extinguisher location, inspections, maintenance, and recharging.

B. Multipurpose Dry-Chemical Type: UL-rated 2A:10B:C, 5 lbs. nominal capacity, with monoammonium phosphate-based dry chemical in manufacturer's standard enameled container.

2.3 MOUNTING BRACKETS

A. Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's standard galvanized steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher to wall or structure, of sizes required for types and capacities of fire extinguishers indicated, with plated or red baked-enamel finish.

B. Identification: Lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, size, spacing, and location. Locate as indicated by Architect.

1. Identify bracket-mounted fire extinguishers with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER" in red letter decals applied to mounting surface.

a. Orientation: Vertical.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging.

1. Remove and replace damaged, defective, or undercharged fire extinguishers.

B. Install fire extinguishers and mounting brackets in locations indicated and in compliance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Mounting Brackets: 48 inches above finished floor to top of fire extinguisher.

C. Mounting Brackets: Fasten mounting brackets to surfaces, square and plumb, at locations indicated.

END OF SECTION 104416

Page 297: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 122413 - 1

SECTION 122413 - ROLLER WINDOW SHADES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Manually operated roller shades with single rollers.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for roller shades, including shadeband materials, their orientation to rollers, and their seam and batten locations.

C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified.

1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Product certificates.

B. Product test reports.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Operation and maintenance data.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of products.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Source Limitations: Obtain roller shades from single source from single manufacturer.

Page 298: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 122413 - 2

2.2 MANUALLY OPERATED SHADES WITH SINGLE ROLLERS

A. Chain-and-Clutch Operating Mechanisms: With continuous-loop bead chain and clutch that stops shade movement when bead chain is released; permanently adjusted and lubricated.

1. Chain-Retainer Type: Chain tensioner, jamb mounted.2. Spring Lift-Assist Mechanisms: Provide for shadebands that weigh more than 10

lb (4.5 kg) or for shades as recommended by manufacturer, whichever criterion is more stringent.

B. Rollers: Corrosion-resistant steel or extruded-aluminum tubes of diameters and wall thicknesses required to accommodate operating mechanisms and weights and widths of shadebands indicated without deflection. Provide with permanently lubricated drive-end assemblies and idle-end assemblies designed to facilitate removal of shadebands for service.

1. Roller Drive-End Location: Right side of interior face of shade.2. Direction of Shadeband Roll: Regular, from back (exterior face) of roller.

C. Mounting Hardware: Brackets or endcaps, corrosion resistant and compatible with roller assembly, operating mechanism, installation accessories, and mounting location and conditions indicated.

D. Roller-Coupling Assemblies: Coordinated with operating mechanism and designed to join up to three inline rollers into a multiband shade that is operated by one roller drive-end assembly.

E. Shadebands:

1. Shadeband Material: Light-blocking fabric.2. Shadeband Bottom (Hem) Bar: Steel or extruded aluminum.

a. Type: Enclosed in sealed pocket of shadeband material.b. Color and Finish: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

F. Installation Accessories:

1. Front Fascia: Aluminum extrusion that conceals front and underside of roller and operating mechanism and attaches to roller endcaps without exposed fasteners.

2. Installation Accessories Color and Finish: As selected from manufacturer's full range.

2.3 SHADEBAND MATERIALS

A. Shadeband Material Flame-Resistance Rating: Comply with NFPA 701. Testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

B. Light-Blocking Fabric: Woven fabric, stain and fade resistant.

Page 299: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 122413 - 3

1. Source: Roller shade manufacturer.2. Type: Polyester with foamed-acrylic backing.3. Features: Washable.4. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

2.4 ROLLER SHADE FABRICATION

A. Product Safety Standard: Fabricate roller shades to comply with WCMA A 100.1

B. Unit Sizes: Fabricate units in sizes to fill window and other openings as follows, measured at 74 deg F (23 deg C):1. Outside of Jamb Installation: Width and length as indicated, with terminations

between shades of end-to-end installations at centerlines of mullion or other defined vertical separations between openings.

C. Shadeband Fabrication: Fabricate shadebands without battens or seams to extent possible, except as follows:

1. Vertical Shades: Where width-to-length ratio of shadeband is equal to or greater than 1:4, provide battens and seams at uniform spacings along shadeband length to ensure shadeband tracking and alignment through its full range of movement without distortion of the material.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 ROLLER SHADE INSTALLATION

A. Install roller shades level, plumb, and aligned with adjacent units according to manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Adjust and balance roller shades to operate smoothly, easily, safely, and free from binding or malfunction throughout entire operational range.

C. Clean roller shade surfaces, after installation, according to manufacturer's written instructions.

D. Replace damaged roller shades that cannot be repaired, in a manner approved by Architect, before time of Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION 122413

Page 300: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 122413 - 4

[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

Page 301: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 1

SECTION 133419 - METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Structural-steel framing.2. Metal roof panels.3. Metal wall panels.4. Metal soffit panels.5. Thermal insulation.6. Accessories.

1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of metal building system component.

B. Shop Drawings: Indicate components by others. Include full building plan, elevations, sections, details and attachments to other work.

C. Samples: For units with factory-applied finishes.

D. Delegated-Design Submittal: For metal building systems.

1. Include analysis data indicating compliance with performance requirements and design data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Welding certificates.

B. Letter of Design Certification: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Include the following:

1. Name and location of Project.2. Order number.3. Name of manufacturer.4. Name of Contractor.5. Building dimensions including width, length, height, and roof slope.

Page 302: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 2

6. Indicate compliance with AISC standards for hot-rolled steel and AISI standards for cold-rolled steel, including edition dates of each standard.

7. Governing building code and year of edition.8. Design Loads: Include dead load, roof live load, collateral loads, roof snow load,

deflection, wind loads/speeds and exposure, seismic design category or effective peak velocity-related acceleration/peak acceleration, and auxiliary loads (cranes).

9. Load Combinations: Indicate that loads were applied acting simultaneously with concentrated loads, according to governing building code.

10. Building-Use Category: Indicate category of building use and its effect on load importance factors.

C. Material test reports.

D. Source quality-control reports.

E. Field quality-control reports.

F. Sample warranties.

1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Maintenance data.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer.

1. Accreditation: Manufacturer's facility accredited according to the International Accreditation Service's AC472, "Accreditation Criteria for Inspection Programs for Manufacturers of Metal Building Systems."

2. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of comprehensive engineering analysis and Shop Drawings by a professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located.

B. Erector Qualifications: An experienced erector who specializes in erecting and installing work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and who is acceptable to manufacturer.

C. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:

1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."2. AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel."

1.7 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty on Metal Panel Finishes: Manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace metal panels that show evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period.

Page 303: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 3

1. Finish Warranty Period: 25 years from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Special Weathertightness Warranty for Standing-Seam Metal Roof Panels: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace standing-seam metal roof panel assemblies that leak or otherwise fail to remain weathertight within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design metal building system.

B. Structural Performance: Metal building systems shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according to procedures in MBMA's "Metal Building Systems Manual."

1. Design Loads: As indicated on Drawings.2. Deflection and Drift Limits: Design metal building system assemblies to withstand

serviceability design loads without exceeding deflections and drift limits recommended in AISC Steel Design Guide No. 3 "Serviceability Design Considerations for Steel Buildings."

3. Deflection and Drift Limits: No greater than the following:

a. Purlins and Rafters: Vertical deflection of [1/150] [1/240] [1/360] <Insert limit> of the span.

b. Girts: Horizontal deflection of [1/120] [1/180] [1/240] <Insert limit> of the span.

c. Metal Roof Panels: Vertical deflection of [1/150] [1/240] [1/360] <Insert limit> of the span.

d. Metal Wall Panels: Horizontal deflection of [1/180] [1/240] <Insert limit> of the span.

e. Design secondary-framing system to accommodate deflection of primary framing and construction tolerances, and to maintain clearances at openings.

f. Lateral Drift: Maximum of [1/60] [1/100] [1/200] [1/400] <Insert limit> of the building height.

C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.

1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces.

Page 304: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 4

D. Structural Performance for Metal Roof and Wall Panels: Provide metal panel systems capable of withstanding the effects of the following loads, based on testing according to ASTM E 1592:

1. Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings.

E. Air Infiltration for Metal Roof Panels: Air leakage of not more than 0.06 cfm/sq. ft. (0.3 L/s per sq. m) when tested according to ASTM E 1680 or ASTM E 283 at the following test-pressure difference:

1. Test-Pressure Difference: 6.24 lbf/sq. ft. (300 Pa).

F. Air Infiltration for Metal Wall Panels: Air leakage of not more than 0.06 cfm/sq. ft. (0.3 L/s per sq. m) when tested according to ASTM E 283 at the following test-pressure difference:

1. Test-Pressure Difference: 6.24 lbf/sq. ft. (300 Pa).

G. Water Penetration for Metal Roof Panels: No water penetration when tested according to ASTM E 1646[ or ASTM E 331] at the following test-pressure difference:

1. Test-Pressure Difference: 6.24 lbf/sq. ft. (300 Pa).

H. Water Penetration for Metal Wall Panels: No water penetration when tested according to ASTM E 331 at the following test-pressure difference:

1. Test-Pressure Difference: 6.24 lbf/sq. ft. (300 Pa).

I. Wind-Uplift Resistance: Provide metal roof panel assemblies that comply with UL 580 for wind-uplift-resistance class indicated.

1. Uplift Rating: UL 90.

J. Energy Performance: Provide roof panels according to one of the following when tested according to CRRC-1:1. Three-year, aged, Solar Reflectance Index of not less than 64 when calculated

according to ASTM E 1980.

K. Thermal Performance for Opaque Elements: Provide the following maximum U-factors and minimum R-values when tested according to ASTM C 1363 or ASTM C 518:

1. Roof: Refer to Drawings.

2. Walls: Refer to Drawings.

2.2 STRUCTURAL-STEEL FRAMING

A. Structural Steel: Comply with AISC 360, "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings."

B. Bolted Connections: Comply with RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts."

Page 305: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 5

C. Cold-Formed Steel: Comply with AISI's "North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members" for design requirements and allowable stresses.

D. Primary Framing: Manufacturer's standard primary-framing system, designed to withstand required loads and specified requirements. Primary framing includes transverse and lean-to frames; rafters and rake beams; sidewall, intermediate, end-wall, and corner columns; and wind bracing.

1. General: Provide frames with attachment plates, bearing plates, and splice members. Factory drill for field-bolted assembly. Provide frame span and spacing indicated.

a. Slight variations in span and spacing may be acceptable if necessary to comply with manufacturer's standard, as approved by Architect.

2. Frame Configuration: One-directional, sloped.3. Exterior Column: Tapered.4. Rafter: Tapered.

E. End-Wall Framing: Manufacturer's standard primary end-wall framing fabricated for field-bolted assembly to comply with the following:

F. Secondary Framing: Manufacturer's standard secondary framing, including purlins, girts, eave struts, flange bracing, base members, gable angles, clips, headers, jambs, and other miscellaneous structural members. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate framing from either cold-formed, structural-steel sheet or roll-formed, metallic-coated steel sheet, prepainted with coil coating, to comply with the following:

G. Anchor Rods: Headed anchor rods as indicated in Anchor Rod Plan for attachment of metal building to foundation.

2.3 METAL ROOF PANELS

A. Standing-Seam, Trapezoidal-Rib, Metal Roof Panels: Formed with interlocking ribs at panel edges and intermediate stiffening ribs symmetrically spaced between ribs; designed for sequential installation by mechanically attaching panels to supports using concealed clips located under one side of panels and engaging opposite edge of adjacent panels.

1. Material: Zinc-coated (galvanized) or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet, 0.030-inch (0.76-mm) nominal uncoated steel thickness. Prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M.

a. Exterior Finish: Siliconized polyester.b. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

2. Clips: Two-piece floating to accommodate thermal movement.3. Joint Type: Mechanically seamed].4. Panel Coverage: 24 inches (610 mm).

Page 306: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 6

5. Panel Height: 3 inches (76 mm).

2.4 METAL WALL PANELS

A. Concealed-Fastener, Flush-Profile, Metal Wall Panels: Formed with vertical panel edges and a single wide recess, centered between panel edges; with flush joint between panels; with 1-inch- (25-mm-) wide flange for attaching interior finish; designed to be installed by lapping and interconnecting side edges of adjacent panels and mechanically attaching through panel to supports using concealed fasteners[ and factory-applied sealant] in side laps.

1. Material: Zinc-coated (galvanized) or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet, 0.030-inch (0.76-mm) nominal uncoated steel thickness. Prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M.

a. Exterior Finish: Fluoropolymer.b. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

2. Panel Coverage: 16 inches (406 mm).3. Panel Height: 3 inches (76 mm).

2.5 METAL SOFFIT PANELS

A. General: Provide factory-formed metal soffit panels designed to be installed by lapping and interconnecting side edges of adjacent panels and mechanically attaching through panel to supports using concealed fasteners and factory-applied sealant in side laps. Include accessories required for weathertight installation.

B. Metal Soffit Panels: Match profile and material of metal wall panels.

1. Finish: Match finish and color of metal wall panels.

2.6 THERMAL INSULATION

A. Faced Metal Building Insulation: ASTM C 991, Type II, glass-fiber-blanket insulation; 0.5-lb/cu. ft. (8-kg/cu. m) density; 2-inch- (51-mm-) wide, continuous, vapor-tight edge tabs; with a flame-spread index of 25 or less.

B. Unfaced Metal Building Insulation: ASTM C 991, Type I, or NAIMA 202, glass-fiber-blanket insulation; 0.5-lb/cu. ft. (8-kg/cu. m) density; 2-inch- (51-mm-) wide, continuous, vapor-tight edge tabs; with a flame-spread index of 25 or less.

C. Retainer Strips: For securing insulation between supports, 0.025-inch (0.64-mm) nominal-thickness, formed, metallic-coated steel or PVC retainer clips colored to match insulation facing.

D. Vapor-Retarder Facing: ASTM C 1136, with permeance not greater than 0.02 perm (1.15 ng/Pa x s x sq. m) when tested according to ASTM E 96/E 96M, Desiccant Method.

Page 307: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 7

2.7 ACCESSORIES

A. General: Provide accessories as standard with metal building system manufacturer and as specified. Fabricate and finish accessories at the factory to greatest extent possible, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements.

1. Form exposed sheet metal accessories that are without excessive oil-canning, buckling, and tool marks and that are true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems.

B. Roof Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete metal roof panel assembly including copings, fasciae, corner units, ridge closures, clips, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of metal roof panels unless otherwise indicated.

C. Wall Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete metal wall panel assembly including copings, fasciae, mullions, sills, corner units, clips, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of metal wall panels unless otherwise indicated.

D. Flashing and Trim: Zinc-coated (galvanized) or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet, 0.018-inch (0.46-mm) nominal uncoated steel thickness, prepainted with coil coating; finished to match adjacent metal panels.

E. Gutters: Zinc-coated (galvanized) or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet, 0.018-inch (0.46-mm) nominal uncoated steel thickness, prepainted with coil coating; finished to match roof fascia and rake trim. Match profile of gable trim, complete with end pieces, outlet tubes, and other special pieces as required. Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- (2438-mm-) long sections, sized according to SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual."

1. Gutter Supports: Fabricated from same material and finish as gutters.2. Strainers: Bronze, copper, or aluminum wire ball type at outlets.

F. Downspouts: Zinc-coated (galvanized) or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet, 0.018-inch (0.46-mm) nominal uncoated steel thickness, prepainted with coil coating; finished to match metal wall panels. Fabricate in minimum 10-foot- (3-m-) long sections, complete with formed elbows and offsets.

1. Mounting Straps: Fabricated from same material and finish as gutters.

G. Pipe Flashing: Premolded, EPDM pipe collar with flexible aluminum ring bonded to base.

2.8 FABRICATION

A. General: Design components and field connections required for erection to permit easy assembly.

Page 308: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 8

1. Mark each piece and part of the assembly to correspond with previously prepared erection drawings, diagrams, and instruction manuals.

2. Fabricate structural framing to produce clean, smooth cuts and bends. Punch holes of proper size, shape, and location. Members shall be free of cracks, tears, and ruptures.

B. Tolerances: Comply with MBMA's "Metal Building Systems Manual" for fabrication and erection tolerances.

C. Primary Framing: Shop fabricate framing components to indicated size and section, with baseplates, bearing plates, stiffeners, and other items required for erection welded into place. Cut, form, punch, drill, and weld framing for bolted field assembly.

D. Secondary Framing: Shop fabricate framing components to indicated size and section by roll forming or break forming, with baseplates, bearing plates, stiffeners, and other plates required for erection welded into place. Cut, form, punch, drill, and weld secondary framing for bolted field connections to primary framing.

E. Metal Panels: Fabricate and finish metal panels at the factory to greatest extent possible, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements.

1. Provide panel profile, including major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs, if any, for full length of metal panel.

2.9 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Special Inspection: Owner will engage a qualified special inspector to perform source quality control inspections and to submit reports.

1. Accredited Manufacturers: Special inspections will not be required if fabrication is performed by an IAS AC472-accredited manufacturer approved by authorities having jurisdiction to perform such Work without special inspection.

B. Product will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.

C. Prepare test and inspection reports.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL FRAMING

A. Erect metal building system according to manufacturer's written instructions and drawings.

B. Do not field cut, drill, or alter structural members without written approval from metal building system manufacturer's professional engineer.

Page 309: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 9

C. Set structural framing accurately in locations and to elevations indicated, according to AISC specifications referenced in this Section. Maintain structural stability of frame during erection.

D. Base and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen surfaces prior to setting plates. Clean bottom surface of plates.

1. Set plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required.2. Tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and

plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of plate before packing with grout.

3. Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for shrinkage-resistant grouts.

E. Align and adjust structural framing before permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact with framing. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment.

1. Level and plumb individual members of structure.2. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and

mean temperature when structure will be completed and in service.

F. Primary Framing and End Walls: Erect framing level, plumb, rigid, secure, and true to line. Level baseplates to a true even plane with full bearing to supporting structures, set with double-nutted anchor bolts. Use grout to obtain uniform bearing and to maintain a level base-line elevation. Moist-cure grout for not less than seven days after placement.

1. Make field connections using high-strength bolts installed according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts" for bolt type and joint type specified.

a. Joint Type: Snug tightened or pretensioned as required by manufacturer.

G. Secondary Framing: Erect framing level, plumb, rigid, secure, and true to line. Field bolt secondary framing to clips attached to primary framing.

1. Provide rake or gable purlins with tight-fitting closure channels and fasciae.2. Locate and space wall girts to suit openings such as doors and windows.3. Provide supplemental framing at entire perimeter of openings, including doors,

windows, ventilators, and other penetrations of roof and walls.

H. Bracing: Install bracing in roof and sidewalls where indicated on erection drawings.

1. Tighten rod and cable bracing to avoid sag.2. Locate interior end-bay bracing only where indicated.

Page 310: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 10

I. Framing for Openings: Provide shapes of proper design and size to reinforce openings and to carry loads and vibrations imposed, including equipment furnished under mechanical and electrical work. Securely attach to structural framing.

J. Erection Tolerances: Maintain erection tolerances of structural framing within AISC 303.

3.2 METAL PANEL INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. General: Anchor metal panels and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement.

1. Field cut metal panels as required for doors, windows, and other openings. Cut openings as small as possible, neatly to size required, and without damage to adjacent metal panel finishes.

a. Field cutting of metal panels by torch is not permitted unless approved in writing by manufacturer.

2. Install metal panels perpendicular to structural supports unless otherwise indicated.

3. Flash and seal metal panels with weather closures at perimeter of openings and similar elements. Fasten with self-tapping screws.

4. Locate and space fastenings in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment.5. Locate metal panel splices over structural supports with end laps in alignment.6. Lap metal flashing over metal panels to allow moisture to run over and off the

material.

B. Lap-Seam Metal Panels: Install screw fasteners using power tools with controlled torque adjusted to compress EPDM washers tightly without damage to washers, screw threads, or metal panels. Install screws in predrilled holes.

1. Arrange and nest side-lap joints so prevailing winds blow over, not into, lapped joints. Lap ribbed or fluted sheets one full rib corrugation. Apply metal panels and associated items for neat and weathertight enclosure. Avoid "panel creep" or application not true to line.

C. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with corrosion-resistant coating, by applying rubberized-asphalt underlayment to each contact surface, or by other permanent separation as recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer.

D. Joint Sealers: Install gaskets, joint fillers, and sealants where indicated and where required for weatherproof performance of metal panel assemblies. Provide types of gaskets, fillers, and sealants indicated; or, if not indicated, provide types recommended by metal panel manufacturer.

1. Seal metal panel end laps with double beads of tape or sealant the full width of panel. Seal side joints where recommended by metal panel manufacturer.

Page 311: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 11

2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants."

3.3 METAL ROOF PANEL INSTALLATION

A. General: Provide metal roof panels of full length from eave to ridge unless otherwise indicated or restricted by shipping limitations.

1. Install ridge caps as metal roof panel work proceeds.2. Flash and seal metal roof panels with weather closures at eaves and rakes.

Fasten with self-tapping screws.

B. Standing-Seam Metal Roof Panels: Fasten metal roof panels to supports with concealed clips at each standing-seam joint, at location and spacing and with fasteners recommended by manufacturer.

1. Install clips to supports with self-drilling or self-tapping fasteners.2. Install pressure plates at locations indicated in manufacturer's written installation

instructions.3. Seamed Joint: Crimp standing seams with manufacturer-approved motorized

seamer tool so that clip, metal roof panel, and factory-applied sealant are completely engaged.

4. Rigidly fasten eave end of metal roof panels and allow ridge end free movement for thermal expansion and contraction. Predrill panels for fasteners.

5. Provide metal closures at peaks, rake walls and each side of ridge caps.

C. Metal Fascia Panels: Align bottom of metal panels and fasten with blind rivets, bolts, or self-drilling or self-tapping screws. Flash and seal metal panels with weather closures where fasciae meet soffits, along lower panel edges, and at perimeter of all openings.

3.4 METAL WALL PANEL INSTALLATION

A. General: Install metal wall panels in orientation, sizes, and locations indicated on Drawings. Install panels perpendicular to girts, extending full height of building, unless otherwise indicated. Anchor metal wall panels and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement.

1. Unless otherwise indicated, begin metal panel installation at corners with center of rib lined up with line of framing.

2. Shim or otherwise plumb substrates receiving metal wall panels.3. When two rows of metal panels are required, lap panels 4 inches (102 mm)

minimum.4. When building height requires two rows of metal panels at gable ends, align lap

of gable panels over metal wall panels at eave height.5. Rigidly fasten base end of metal wall panels and allow eave end free movement

for thermal expansion and contraction. Predrill panels.6. Flash and seal metal wall panels with weather closures at eaves and rakes, and

at perimeter of all openings. Fasten with self-tapping screws.7. Install screw fasteners in predrilled holes.

Page 312: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 12

8. Install flashing and trim as metal wall panel work proceeds.9. Apply elastomeric sealant continuously between metal base channel (sill angle)

and concrete, and elsewhere as indicated on Drawings; if not indicated, as necessary for waterproofing.

10. Align bottom of metal wall panels and fasten with blind rivets, bolts, or self-drilling or self-tapping screws.

11. Provide weatherproof escutcheons for pipe and conduit penetrating exterior walls.

B. Metal Wall Panels: Install metal wall panels on exterior side of girts. Attach metal wall panels to supports with fasteners as recommended by manufacturer.

3.5 METAL SOFFIT PANEL INSTALLATION

A. Provide metal soffit panels the full width of soffits. Install panels perpendicular to support framing.

B. Flash and seal metal soffit panels with weather closures where panels meet walls and at perimeter of all openings.

3.6 THERMAL INSULATION INSTALLATION

A. General: Install insulation concurrently with metal panel installation, in thickness indicated to cover entire surface, according to manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Set vapor-retarder-faced units with vapor retarder toward warm side of construction unless otherwise indicated. Do not obstruct ventilation spaces except for firestopping.

2. Tape joints and ruptures in vapor retarder, and seal each continuous area of insulation to the surrounding construction to ensure airtight installation.

3. Install factory-laminated, vapor-retarder-faced blankets straight and true in one-piece lengths, with both sets of facing tabs sealed, to provide a complete vapor retarder.

4. Install blankets straight and true in one-piece lengths. Install vapor retarder over insulation, with both sets of facing tabs sealed, to provide a complete vapor retarder.

B. Blanket Roof Insulation: Refer to Drawings.

C. Blanket Wall Insulation: Refer to Drawings.

3.7 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION

A. General: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting, and provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components.

Page 313: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 13

1. Install components required for a complete metal roof panel assembly, including trim, copings, ridge closures, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items.

2. Install components for a complete metal wall panel assembly, including trim, copings, corners, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items.

3. Where dissimilar metals contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with corrosion-resistant coating, by applying rubberized-asphalt underlayment to each contact surface, or by other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer.

B. Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weather resistant.

1. Install exposed flashing and trim that is without excessive oil-canning, buckling, and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in waterproof and weather-resistant performance.

2. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet (3 m) with no joints allowed within 24 inches (600 mm) of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weather resistant and waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints).

C. Gutters: Join sections with riveted-and-soldered or lapped-and-sealed joints. Attach gutters to eave with gutter hangers spaced as required for gutter size, but not more than 36 inches (914 mm) o.c. using manufacturer's standard fasteners. Provide end closures and seal watertight with sealant. Provide for thermal expansion.

D. Downspouts: Join sections with 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) telescoping joints. Provide fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely 1 inch (25 mm) away from walls; locate fasteners at top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches (1524 mm) o.c. in between.

1. Provide elbows at base of downspouts to direct water away from building.2. Tie downspouts to underground drainage system indicated.

E. Pipe Flashing: Form flashing around pipe penetration and metal roof panels. Fasten and seal to panel as recommended by manufacturer.

3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified special inspector to perform field quality control special inspections and to submit reports.

B. Product will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.

Page 314: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS 133419 - 14

C. Prepare test and inspection reports.

END OF SECTION 133419

Page 315: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010 - 1

SECTION 220010 - PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Refer to Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements and

Division 01 - General Requirements, which all apply to work under this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section applies to all work under the plumbing contract. This shall include, but not

necessarily be limited to, the following:

1. Waste and Vent Systems 2. Hot and Cold Water Distribution System 3. Plumbing Fixtures 4. Water Heating Systems 5. Sanitary Sewer 6. Piping Insulation 7. Natural Gas System

B. The work shall include all materials, equipment and labor required for complete and

properly functioning plumbing systems. C. Drawings for plumbing work are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of

work and indicate general arrangement of equipment, piping and approximate sizes and locations of equipment and materials.

D. Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and

arrangements, make such changes without additional cost to Owner. E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain piping or items such as unions or fittings

may not be shown, but where such items are required by other sections of the specifications, or where they are required by the nature of the work, they shall be furnished and installed.

F. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular

craft involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft. G. All work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest

standards of the craft. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. All work shall be done in accordance with the applicable portion of the following codes

and standards:

1. International Mechanical Code 2. Uniform Plumbing Code 3. International Building Code

Page 316: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010 - 2

4. International Fire Code 5. National Electric Code (NEC) 6. National Fire Protection Association Standards (NFPA) 7. Local Utility Company Requirements 8. Local Codes, all trades 9. Standards of ASME, ASHRAE, NEMA, IEEE, AGA, SMACNA 10. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 11. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (U.L.) 12. Iowa Administrative Codes 13. Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) 14. ANSI/NSF 372

B. Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all codes and standards applicable to their

work and shall notify Design Professional of any discrepancies between the design and applicable code requirements so that any conflicts can be resolved. Where two or more codes or standards are in conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship shall take precedence, but such questions shall be referred to Design Professional for final decision.

C. Where drawings or specifications call for workmanship or materials in excess of code

requirements, a lower grade of construction will not be permitted. 1.04 REQUIREMENTS & FEES OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Contractor shall comply with the rules and regulations of the authorities having

jurisdiction and local utility companies. Contractor shall check with each utility company providing service to this project and determine or verify their requirements regarding incoming services.

B. Meters for incoming services shall be selected based on the project requirements. Any

questions concerning this shall be referred to Design Professional prior to bidding. Contractor shall provide the appropriate meter and associated materials if not furnished by the utility company.

C. Secure all required permits and pay for all inspections, licenses and fees required in

connection with the plumbing work. Contractor shall post all bonds and obtain all licenses required by the State, City, County and Utility.

D. Contractor shall make all arrangements with each utility company and pay all service

charges associated with new service. 1.05 PLUMBING DRAWINGS A. The plumbing drawings indicate in general the building arrangement only, Contractor

shall examine construction drawings to familiarize himself with the specific type of building construction, i.e. type of structural system, floors, walls, ceilings, room finishes and elevations.

B. Drawings are intended to convey the scope of the work and to indicate the general

arrangement and locations of piping and equipment.

Page 317: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010 - 3

C. Contractor shall layout his own work and shall be responsible for determining the exact locations for equipment and rough-ins and the exact routing of piping so as to best fit the layout of the work.

D. Contractor shall take his own field measurements for verifying locations and dimensions:

scaling of the drawings will not be sufficient for laying out the work. E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items such as pipe fittings and

valves may not be shown, but where such items are required by code or by other sections of the specifications, such items shall be furnished and installed.

1.06 ACTIVE SERVICES A. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying exact location of all existing services prior to

beginning work in that area. B. Existing active services, i.e., water, gas, sewer, electric, when encountered, shall be

protected against damage. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services which are to remain.

C. When active services are encountered which require relocation, Contractor shall make

request to authorities with jurisdiction for determination of procedures. D. Where existing services are to be abandoned, they shall be terminated in conformance

with requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction. 1.07 SITE INSPECTION A. Contractor shall inspect the site prior to submitting bid for work to familiarize himself with

the conditions of the site which will affect his work and shall verify points of connection with utilities, routing of outside piping to include required clearances from any existing structures, trees or other obstacles.

B. Extra payment will not be allowed for changes in the work required because of

Contractor's failure to make this inspection. 1.08 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION A. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate his work with the

schedule of the General Contractor so as to progress the work expeditiously, and to avoid unnecessary delays.

B. Contractor shall fully examine the drawings and specifications for other trades and shall

coordinate the installation of his work with the work of the other contractors. Contractor shall consult and cooperate with the other contractors for determining space requirements and for determining that adequate clearance is allowed with respect to his equipment, other equipment and the building. Design Professional reserves the right to determine space priority of the contractors in the event of interference between piping, conduit, ducts and equipment of the various contractors.

Page 318: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010 - 4

C. Drawings and specifications are intended to be complimentary. Any work shown in either of them, whether in the other or not, shall be executed according to the true intent and meaning thereof, the same as if set forth in all. Conflicts between the drawings and the specifications or between the requirements set forth for the various contractors shall be called to the attention of Design Professional. If clarification is not asked for prior to the taking of bids, it will be assumed that none is required and that Contractor is in agreement with the drawings and specifications as issued. If clarification is required after the contract is awarded, such clarification will be made by Design Professional and his decision will be final.

D. Special care shall be taken for protection for all equipment. All equipment and material

shall be completely protected from weather elements, painting and plaster until the project is substantially completed. Damage from rust, paint and scratches shall be repaired as required to restore equipment to original condition.

E. Protection of all equipment during the painting of the building shall be the responsibility

of the Painting Contractor, but this shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility for checking to assure that adequate protection is being provided.

F. Where the final installation or connection of equipment in the building requires

Contractor to work in finished areas of the building, Contractor shall be responsible that such areas are protected and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the course of such work. Contractor shall arrange with the General Contractor for patching and refinishing of such areas which may be damaged in this respect.

1.09 OPENINGS, CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Piping and sleeves passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and

partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and pipe and/or sleeve shall be sealed with UL listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor. Where piping and sleeves pass through floors, roofs, walls and partitions that are not fire or smoke rated, penetrations shall be sealed with grout or caulk.

B. New structure:

1. Contractor will coordinate the placing of openings and lintels in the new structure as required for the installation of the plumbing work with the General Contractor.

2. Contractor shall furnish to General Contractor the accurate locations and sizes for required openings, but this shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility of checking to assure that proper size openings are provided. When additional cutting and patching is required due to Contractor's failure to coordinate this work, Contractor shall make arrangements for the cutting, patching, and painting required.

Page 319: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010 - 5

1.10 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING A. Contractor shall do all excavating necessary for sanitary sewers, storm sewers, water

piping, gas piping, etc., and shall backfill trenches and excavations after work has been inspected. Care shall be taken in excavating that walls and footings and adjacent load bearing soils are not disturbed in any way, except where lines must cross under a wall footing. Where a line must pass under a footing, the crossing shall be made by the smallest possible trench to accommodate the pipe. Excavation shall be kept free from water by pumping if necessary.

B. Backfill about the structure shall be placed, when practical, as the work of construction

progresses. Backfilling on or against concrete work shall be done only when directed. Backfilling of trenches shall progress as rapidly as the testing and acceptance of the finished sections of the work will permit. Backfill shall be in accordance with Division 31 Specifications.

1.11 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. All materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a reputable U.S.A.

manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specified item. Where two or more units are required of the same item, they shall be furnished by the same manufacturer except where specified otherwise.

B. All material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's

recommendations. C. The equipment specifications cannot deal individually with any minute items such as

parts, controls, devices, etc., which may be required to produce the equipment performance and function as specified, or as required to meet the equipment guarantees. Such items, when required, shall be furnished as part of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for.

1.12 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor shall furnish, to Design Professional, complete sets of shop drawings and

other submittal data. Contractor shall review and sign shop drawings before submittal. Refer to Division 01 specifications for additional requirements.

B. Shop drawings shall be bound into sets and cover related items for a complete system

as much as practical and shall be identified with symbols or "plan marks" used on drawings. Incomplete, piecemeal or unbound submittals will be rejected.

C. Submittals required by the various sections of the Project Manual include, but are not

necessarily limited to those identified in the submittal schedule below. D. After award of contract, Contractor shall provide a completed submittal schedule

including dates that the submittals will be to Design Professional for review.

Page 320: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010 - 6

E. Submit required information on the following items:

SPEC

SECTION

EQUIPMENT

DETAIL DWGS

PROD DATA

SAMPLES

INSTALL

METHODS

O & M

MANUAL

CERTIFICATE OF

SYSTEM DEMON-

STRATION

OTHER (SEE

NOTES)

220516 Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing Piping

X

220519 Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping

X

220523 General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping

X

220548 Vibration Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment

X

220553 Plumbing Identification X

220700 Plumbing Insulation X

223400 Fuel-Fired Domestic Water Heaters

X X X

224000 Plumbing Fixtures X X

224700 Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers

X X

F. Design Professional will review shop drawings solely to assist contractors in correctly interpreting the plans and specifications.

G. Contract requirements cannot be changed by shop drawings which differ from contract drawings and specifications.

1.13 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to Design Professional in duplicate upon completion of the job. Refer to Division 01 specifications for additional information.

B. Submit manuals in duplicate upon completion of the job. Manuals shall be bound in a three ring hard-backed binder. Front cover and spine of each binder shall have the following lettering done:

OPERATION AND

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FOR PLUMBING SYSTEMS

(PROJECT NAME) (LOCATION)

(DATE)

SUBMITTED BY (NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR)

Page 321: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010 - 7

C. Provide a master index at the beginning of manual showing items included. Use plastic

tab indexes for sections of manual. Each section shall contain the following information for equipment furnished under this contract:

1. Equipment and system warranties and guarantees. 2. Installation instructions. 3. Operating instructions. 4. Maintenance instructions. 5. Spare parts identification and ordering list. 6. Local service organization, address, contract and phone number. 7. Shop drawings with reviewed stamp of Design Professional and Contractor shall

be included, if applicable, along with the items listed above. 8. Reports of all tests and demonstrations including certificate of owner instruction,

testing and balancing report, etc. 1.14 TESTS AND DEMONSTRATIONS A. Tests Required: Piping shall be tested and proved tight under the following static

pressures. Pressure shall be maintained for four (4) hours.

System Pressure

Domestic Water Piping Systems Refer to Section 221116 – Domestic Water Piping

Soil, Waste, Storm Drainage Piping Below Grade

10 feet waterhead or fill to top of vent outlet above roof.

Soil, Waste, Storm Drainage Piping Above Grade

Fill piping with water to top of vent outlet above roof, or 10 feet waterhead.

Gas Piping 10 psi air pressure, liquid soap test around all joints.

TESTING NOTE: All rubber gasket joints for cast iron soil pipe and fittings should be properly restrained if test pressures exceed 10 feet of head.

B. All systems shall be tested by Contractor and placed in proper working order prior to

demonstrating systems to Owner. Contractor shall submit a report to Design Professional citing dates, times, pressures, and results of all tests performed.

1.15 TRAINING AND DEMONSTRATIONS A. Prior to acceptance of the plumbing installation, Contractor shall provide to Owner, or his

designated representatives, all comprehensive training on essential features and functions of all systems installed, and shall instruct Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of such systems.

1. Provide adequate notice to Owner as to when instruction will be conducted so

appropriate personnel can be present. 2. Prepare the instruction format for a minimum of four Owner Representatives.

Page 322: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010 - 8

B. Equipment training:

1. Manufacturer's representatives shall provide instruction on each major piece of equipment. Contractor shall provide instruction on all other equipment.

2. Training sessions shall use the printed installation, operation and maintenance instruction materials included in the O&M manuals and emphasize preventative maintenance and safe operating procedures.

3. Training shall be performed by qualified factory trained technicians. 4. Plumbing Contractor shall attend all sessions performed by the manufacturer's

representative and shall add to each session any special information relating to the details of installation of the equipment as it might impact the operation and maintenance.

5. Equipment training shall occur as soon as possible after start up of the equipment and shall include hands-on operation. Training shall be provided for equipment listed in the table below.

C. System training:

1. These sessions shall include hands-on demonstrations of system wide start-up, operation in all possible modes, shut-down and emergency procedures.

D. The following are minimum requirements for Owner instruction:

Section Description Hours

(Note 1)

Presented By Others Present

Remarks

220010 Plumbing System

(Excluding Equipment)

8 Contractor Note 2

223400 Water Heaters 4 Manufacturer's Representative

Contractor

1. Any unused hours shall be used at Owner's discretion during the first year of occupancy. 2. System training shall include, but not be limited to, valve locations, system routing, and

air/water flow patterns, system start-up/shut-down/emergency procedures.

E. Contractor shall submit to Design Professional a certificate, signed by Owner stating the

date, time and persons instructed and that the instruction has been completed to Owner's satisfaction. An example of a certificate form is as follows:

Page 323: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010 - 9

CERTIFICATE OF SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION

This document is to certify that Contractor has demonstrated the hereafter listed systems to Owner's representatives in accordance with the Contract documents and that the instruction has been completed to Owner's satisfaction.

A. Project:

B. System(s):

C. Contractor's representatives giving instruction and demonstration:

Contractor:

NAMES DATE HOURS

D. Owner's representatives receiving instruction:

Owner:

E. Acknowledgement of demonstration:

Contractor's Representative: signature date

Owner's Representative:

signature date

NAMES DATE HOURS

Page 324: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010 - 10

1.16 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01. B. Where substitutions are approved, Contractor assumes all responsibility for physical

dimensions and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of the substitution.

1.17 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. In most cases, equipment specifications are based on a specific manufacturer's type,

style, dimensional data, catalog number, etc. Listed with the base specification, either in the manual or on the plan schedules are acceptable manufacturers approved to bid products of equal quality. These manufacturers are encouraged to submit to Design Professional at least 8 days prior to the bid due date drawings and catalog numbers of products to be bid as equals.

B. Manufacturers who do not submit prior to bidding, run the risk of having the product

rejected at time of shop drawing submittal. Extra costs associated with replacing the rejected product shall be the responsibility of Contractor and/or the manufacturer.

C. If Contractor chooses to use a manufacturer listed as an equal, it shall be his

responsibility to assure that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements in 'A' above. Contractor shall assume all responsibility for physical dimensions (including accessibility for maintenance), operating characteristics, and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of using the alternate manufacturer.

D. Where a model or catalog number is provided, it may not be inclusive of all product

requirements. Refer to additional requirements provided on the plans or in the specifications as required. Similarly, there may be additional requirements included in the model or catalog number that are not specifically stated. These requirements shall also be met.

1.18 WARRANTY

A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01 for information on warranties and correction of work within the warranty period.

1. If a warranty or warranty period are not defined in Division 00 or 01, then the start

of all warranty periods shall be the date of Substantial Completion and the length of the warranty shall be for one year. a. If construction is phased with distinct and separate Substantial

Completion dates for portions of the building and/or systems, separate warranties shall be provided for each of these phased areas and/or systems.

Page 325: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010 - 11

b. The entire Plumbing system, including all sub-systems, shall be

guaranteed against defect in materials and installation for the duration of the warranty period. Any malfunctions or defects which occur within the warranty period shall be promptly corrected without cost to the Owner. This guarantee shall not limit or void any manufacturer's express or implied warranty.

B. Refer to other Division 22 sections for systems, equipment, or material requiring

extended warranties beyond one year. C. The date of systems/equipment startup or equipment/material shipment to the site shall

not be considered the notable date with relation to the warranty of that item. All systems, equipment, material, etc., shall have the same start date with respect to the warranty period.

D. Systems, equipment or material put into use to facilitate construction activities (e.g.

testing and balancing, commissioning, temporary conditioning, etc.) prior to the start of the warranty period shall not impact the length of the warranty in any way.

1.19 COMPLETION A. Systems, at time of completion, shall be complete, efficiently operating, non-hazardous

and ready for normal use by Owner. B. Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all debris, excess material and

equipment left during the progress of this contract at job completion. 1.20 CLEANING A. At the conclusion of the construction, the entire system of piping and equipment shall be

cleaned internally. B. All temporary labels, stickers, etc., shall be removed from all fixtures and equipment.

Name plates, ratings, instruction plates, etc., shall not be obscured by paint, insulation, or placement of units.

C. Before being placed in service, all domestic water distribution systems, including those

for cold water and hot water shall be chlorinated as required per Section 22 1116 - Domestic Water Piping.

1.21 ELECTRICAL WORK A. Electrical work and equipment provided by Contractor shall include the following:

1. Starters and disconnects for motors of plumbing equipment, but only where specifically indicated to be furnished integrally with equipment.

2. Wiring from motors to disconnect switches or junction boxes for motors of plumbing equipment, but only where specifically indicated to be furnished integrally with equipment.

3. All control wiring in accordance with the requirements of Division 26.

Page 326: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PLUMBING GENERAL PROVISIONS 220010 - 12

B. Electrical Contractor shall provide all power wiring for plumbing equipment, including

services for motors and equipment furnished by the plumbing contractor. Motor and equipment locations are shown on the electrical drawings.

C. Electrical Contractor shall make final connections for all motors and equipment furnished

by the plumbing contractor. D. Electrical Contractor shall furnish safety disconnects and starters for all motors and

equipment furnished by the plumbing contractor (unless specifically indicated to be furnished integrally with the equipment), so as to make service complete to each item of equipment.

E. Contractor shall consult with Electrical Contractor prior to conduit rough-in and shall

verify with him the exact locations for rough-ins, and the exact size and characteristics of the services required, and shall provide Electrical Contractor a schedule of electrical loads for the equipment furnished by him. These schedules will be used for sizing services, disconnects, fuses, starters and overload protection.

1.22 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Refer to Division 01 for specific requirements concerning temporary utilities.

END OF SECTION 220010

Page 327: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 1

SECTION 220500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 220010 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section includes the following:

1. Sleeves 2. Escutcheons 3. Fire Stopping 4. Guards 5. Access Doors 6. Equipment Pads

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 SLEEVES A. Sleeves passing through non-load bearing walls and partitions shall be galvanized sheet

steel with lock seam joints of minimum gauges as follows:

1. For pipes 2-1/2" and smaller - 24 gauge 2. For pipes 3" to 6" - 22 gauge 3. For pipes over 6" - 20 gauge

B. Sleeves passing through load bearing walls, concrete beams, fireproof walls,

foundations, footings and waterproof floors shall be Schedule 40 steel pipe or cast iron pipe.

C. Sleeves are not required in masonry walls which are core drilled or walls of drywall

construction, except where partition is a firestop, smokestop, or side of air plenum. D. Sleeves for insulated piping shall be of sufficient internal diameter to take pipe and

insulation and to allow for free movement of pipe. Waterproof sleeves shall be of sufficient internal diameter to take pipe and waterproofing material.

E. In finished areas where pipes are exposed, sleeves shall be terminated flush with wall,

partitions and ceilings, and shall extend 1/2" above finished floors. Extend sleeves 1" above finished floors in areas likely to entrap water and fill space between sleeves and pipe with graphite packing and caulking compound.

Page 328: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 2

F. Sleeves passing through membrane waterproofing or lead safe shall be provided with

flashing, furnished and installed by General Contractor, extending 12" beyond sleeve in all directions; flashing shall be secured and sealed to membrane or lead safe and shall be sealed to sleeve and caulked watertight. Sleeves passing through roof shall be installed in same manner except sleeves shall extend to 6" above roof.

G. For exterior walls below grade, sleeves shall be cast iron. Space between sleeve and

pipe shall be sealed with modular rubber links tightened with bolts (Link-Seal or equal). Waterproofing of pipe penetrations in exterior walls shall be coordinated with waterproofing contractor.

2.02 ESCUTCHEONS A. Provide chrome plated escutcheons at each sleeved opening into finished spaces.

Escutcheons shall fit around insulation or around pipe when not insulated; outside diameter shall cover sleeve. Where sleeve extends above finished floor, escutcheon shall be high cap type and shall clear sleeve extension. Secure escutcheons or plates to sleeve but not to insulation with set screws or other approved devices.

2.03 FIRESTOPPING A. Piping, sleeves and ducts passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and

partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and pipe, sleeve, and/or duct shall be sealed with UL Listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor.

2.04 ACCESS DOORS A. When Plumbing Contractor provides any equipment requiring periodic servicing which

will be concealed by non-accessible architectural construction, Plumbing Contractor shall provide a flush access door. The access door shall be equal to a Karp DSC-214M Universal access door for non-rated construction or KRP-150FR for fire rated construction. Other approved manufacturers include Nystrom, Acudor, and Access Panel Solutions, with model applicable to the specific construction involved.

B. Access doors in fire rated construction shall be fire rated and have U.L. label. Refer to

Architectural/General Construction plans for fire ratings. C. Construction

1. Door and trim shall be 13 gauge steel, frames shall be 16 gauge steel. 2. Trim shall be of one piece construction. 3. Finish shall be prime coat of rust inhibitive baked grey enamel. 4. Hinges shall be concealed, offset, floating hinge. 5. Locks shall be flush, screwdriver operated with stainless steel cam-and-studs.

Page 329: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 3

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SLEEVES A. Install sleeves for all piping passing through floors, roof, walls, concrete beams and

foundations as required by this section. 3.02 ESCUTCHEONS A. Install escutcheons for all pipes entering finished spaces. 3.03 GUARDS A. Where exposed insulated piping extends to floor, provide sheet metal guard around

insulation to extend up from floor 48”. Guard to be galvanized sheet not less than 26 gauge.

3.04 ACCESS DOORS A. Where Install access doors per manufacturer’s recommendations. 3.05 CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PADS A. Provide equipment housekeeping pads for all floor mounted equipment. Anchor

equipment to concrete equipment pads according to equipment manufacturer’s recommendations.

1. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated or as required to be 4 inches

larger in both directions than supported unit. Pads to be a minimum of 4” in height unless noted otherwise.

2. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of the base.

3. Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor.

4. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer’s setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.

5. Install anchor bolts according to manufacturer’s recommendations and to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment.

6. Use 3000-psi compressive strength concrete with #3 rebar 12” O.C. END OF SECTION 220500

Page 330: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500 - 4

Page 331: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220516 - 1

SECTION 220516 - EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 220010 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install expansion joints

and pump connections as required by the drawings and this section. B. Any expansion indicated per plans has been based on copper pipe. If Contractor should

choose to use an alternate approved material, he shall be responsible for any resulting changes in expansion.

1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's catalog cuts and schedules for all mechanical joints and pump

connectors. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Expansion Compensation Products

1. Flexonics 2. Metraflex 3. Victaulic 4. Minnesota Flexible 5. Keflex 6. Twin City Hose 7. Tri-State Industries 8. Mason Industries

2.02 WATER MAINS A. Mechanical Expansion Compensator for 2" diameter and smaller copper pipe: Externally

pressurized, all bronze with either stainless steel or bronze bellows, brass or copper shroud and end fittings, internal guides and internal anti-torque device. 150 psi minimum design pressure. Metraflex Model HPFF.

B. Mechanical Expansion joint for 2-1/2" diameter and larger: Self equalizing, ring

controlled bellows, stainless steel shroud and end fittings, internal guides and internal anti-torque device. 300 psi design temperature. Metraflex Model MC.

Page 332: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220516 - 2

C. Mechanical Expansion Joints for Grooved Pipe: Typical installation shall be approved by submittal.

D. Pipe Guides: Pre-insulated alignment guides, Keflex series CP. 2.03 PUMP CONNECTORS A. Pump Connectors to be braided type, corrugated hose with stainless steel, Metraflex

Metra-Mini Series. B. In grooved piping systems, provide flexible couplings for first three (3) joints on each

side of pump. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Provide for taking up expansion in hot water mains and risers by means of installing loops,

bends and mechanical expansion joints. 3.02 Use swing or swivel joints for connections from mains to risers and from risers to coils and

equipment connections. Cold spring pipe during installation at points of bends or offsets. 3.03 Install anchoring as required for controlling expansion. Structural members for anchoring

shall be firmly embedded or fastened into building members and shall withstand force of pipe expansion without straining building structure.

3.04 Where expansion joints and/or loops are installed, piping shall be properly guided and

anchored as recommended by expansion joint manufacturer. 3.05 Install pump connectors in suction and discharge lines for each base mounted pump.

Pump connectors to be installed in straight line without offset. END OF SECTION 220516

Page 333: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METERS AND GAUGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220519 - 1

SECTION 220519 - METERS AND GAUGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 220010 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install meters and

gauges as required by the drawings and this section. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's catalog cuts showing complete descriptive data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Thermometers

1. Weiss 9VU35 with lead free thermowell (Base Specification) 2. Taylor 3. Weksler 4. U.S. Gauge 5. Trerice

B. Gauges (For Water)

1. Weiss Series 4CTS (Base Specification) 2. Dwyer 3. Taylor 4. Weksler 5. U.S. Gauge 6. Trerice

2.02 THERMOMETERS A. 9" "Adjust-Angle" industrial thermometer, complete with double thick glass front, red

reading, separable socket and arranged so the unit can be set at any required angle front to back or left to right during or after installation. Range 30-180 deg. F for domestic hot water.

Page 334: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METERS AND GAUGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220519 - 2

2.03 GAUGES A. Weiss Series 4" liquid filled compound pressure-vacuum gauge with snubber, stainless

steel case, white dial, 1/4" male NPT, lead free brass and solder connection. Range 30" vacuum to 100 lb. pressure for water. Note: For outside applications use silicon filled gauge.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Install thermometers in discharge and return piping at water heaters and at other points as

indicated on the drawings. 3.02 Install gauge for each pump, mounted on 1/4" copper tube pipe manifold connected to the

suction and discharge of the pump, with the needle valves in the manifold on each side of the gauge, so that the gauge may be opened to either the suction or discharge pressure.

3.03 Install gauges at pressure reducing valves and at other points as indicated on drawings. END OF SECTION 220519

Page 335: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 1

SECTION 220523 - GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 220010 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install valves as

required by the drawings and this section. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal data shall include physical dimensions, construction materials, and pressure

and temperature ratings. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ANSI/NSF 372 Certification: All potable water supply piping valves (excluding main gate

valves greater than 2”) shall meet the requirements of ANSI/NSF 372 Certification, Drinking Water System Components, Lead Content.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Gate Valves and Check Valves

1. NIBCO 2. Powell 3. Milwaukee 4. Watts 5. Clow

B. Lugged Body Butterfly Valves

1. NIBCO 2. ABZ 3. Milwaukee 4. Watts

C. Ball Valves

1. Watts LFB-6080/6081 2. Milwaukee UPBA-400S/450S 3. NIBCO T/S-585-66 LF 4. Apollo 77CLF-140/240

Page 336: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 2

D. All valves of same type shall be of the same manufacturer unless otherwise specified in

this section or on the drawings. E. Model numbers in valve schedule based on NIBCO, unless noted otherwise. 2.02 VALVE CONSTRUCTION A. Gate valves shall have solid tapered wedge, except where otherwise specified. B. Check Valves: 2” and smaller, horizontal swing type with Teflon seat, bronze lead free

body. 200 psi, CWP and 300 deg. F maximum temperature. 2-1/2” and larger, flanged silent check type with bronze mounted bolted bonnet and renewable seat and disc, ductile iron body, 150 psi at 366 deg F conforming to MSS SP-136.

C. Ball Valves 4" and smaller: Bronze two-piece with stainless steel ball, teflon seats and

stuffing box ring, vinyl insulated lever handle.

1. Full port for valves 2-1/2” and smaller. 2. Standard port for valves 3” and larger.

D. Butterfly Valves 3” and Larger: ASTM A536 ductile iron body with aluminum bronze

disc, EPDM or BUNA N seat, 416 stainless steel stem with extended neck. 2.03 VALVE SCHEDULE A. Furnish valves as per the following schedule:

Service Valve type

Domestic hot and cold-water pressures up to 200 psi

Ball - 2-1/2" and smaller, Apollo 77C-LF Ball - 3" and 4”, Apollo 70-LF Butterfly – 3” and larger, LD-2000 Check - 2" and smaller, T/S413Y-LF 2-1/2" and larger, 910-LF

B. Valves installed on all systems with insulated piping shall be provided with valve handle

extensions and/or extended neck design to facilitate installation of insulation and make handles operable without damage to the insulation.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Install valves as indicated on the drawings and as called for in other sections. 3.02 Install valves in equipment rooms to provide easy access to valve. Each valve installed 8'-

0" above the floor shall be provided with chain operator. Bottom of chain operator shall be 7'-0" above floor.

3.03 Check valves shall not be installed in vertical runs of piping unless they are specifically designed for vertical operation.

Page 337: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 3

3.04 Gate valves shall be installed in horizontal pipes with the valve stem in the vertical up position. Rotate valve stem only as allowed by the manufacturer’s installation instructions.

END OF SECTION 220523

Page 338: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523 - 4

Page 339: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 1

SECTION 220529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 220010 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide materials, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install hangers,

supports, anchors, guides and seals as required by the drawings and this section. B. Types of supports, anchors and seals specified in this section include the following:

1. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports. 2. Vertical-Piping Clamps. 3. Hanger-Rod Attachments. 4. Building Attachments. 5. Saddles and Shields. 6. Miscellaneous Materials. 7. Anchors.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Code Compliance: Comply with applicable plumbing and mechanical codes pertaining

to product materials and installation of supports, anchors and seals. B. UL and FM Compliance: Provide products which are Underwriters Laboratories listed

and Factory Mutual approved. C. ANSI Compliance: All supports and parts shall conform to the latest requirements of the

ANSI Code for Pressure Piping B31.1.0 except as supplemented or modified by the requirements of this specification.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ACCESSORIES (Reference Catalog Figure numbers from

Anvil) A. Pipe support systems shall secure pipes in place, prevent pipe vibration, provide vertical

adjustment for maintaining required grades, and provide for expansion and contraction. B. Pipe hangers shall be capable of supporting the pipe in all conditions of operation. They

shall allow free expansion and contraction of the piping, and prevent excessive stress resulting from transferred weight being induced into the pipe or connected equipment.

C. Wherever possible, pipe attachments for horizontal piping shall be pipe clamps.

Page 340: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 2

D. Wherever possible, structural attachments shall be beam clamps. E. All rigid hangers shall provide a means of vertical adjustment after erection. F. Hanger rods shall be subject to tensile loading only. At hanger locations where lateral or

axial movement is anticipated, suitable linkage shall be provided to permit swing. G. Where horizontal piping movements are greater than 1/2 inch, or where the hanger rod

angularity from the vertical is greater than 4 degrees from the cold to hot position of the pipe, the hanger pipe and structural attachments shall be offset in such manner that the rod is vertical in the hot position.

H. Hangers shall be designed so that they cannot become disengaged by movements of

the supported pipe. I. Where supports are attached to concrete or other structural members, care shall be

taken to prevent damage or weakening of the structural members. J. Where concrete inserts are used, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to accurately

locate and attach inserts to concrete forms. K. Hangers and supports that are in direct contact with copper piping shall be copper plated

or have nonmetallic coating for electrolytic protection. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION - HORIZONTAL PIPE SUPPORT A. Steel and stainless-steel pipe shall be supported at a maximum span of 10 feet for all

pipe sizes, with hanger rods sized accordingly for total supported weight. B. Copper pipe shall be supported at a maximum length of 6 feet for pipe sizes up through

1-1/2” and at a maximum length of 10 feet for pipe sizes 2” and larger with hanger rods sized accordingly for the total supported weight.

C. PVC and CPVC pipe shall be supported at a maximum span of 3 feet for pipe sizes up

through 1” and at a maximum span of 4 feet for pipe sizes 1-1/4” and larger with hanger rods sized accordingly for total supported weight.

D. PEX tubing and Polyethylene pipe shall be supported at a maximum span of 32” with

hanger rods sized accordingly for the total supported weight. E. Cast Iron soil pipe shall be supported with one hanger for each section of pipe

(maximum 10’ span) with hanger rods sized accordingly for the total supported weight. Locate hangers within 18" of hub or joint.

F. In addition to the above specified spacings, install additional hangers at change in pipe

direction and at concentrated loads, large valves, strainers, etc.

Page 341: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 3

G. When two or more pipes are to be run parallel together, they may be supported on trapeze type hangers. Trapeze bar angles or channels and hanger rods shall be of sufficient size with required spacing to support the particular group of pipes.

H. For suspending hanger rods from brackets attached to walls; use welded steel brackets,

Fig 194 for loads up to 750 lbs; Fig. 195 for loads up to 1,500 lbs; Fig. 199 for loads up to 3000 lbs.

I. Where pipes are to be racked along walls, use malleable iron one-hole clamp, Fig. 126

for pipes up to 3". For pipes larger than 3", use steel channel strut pipe rack. J. Where pipes are to be supported from floor, use unistrut pipe stand with post base.

Unformed concrete will not be permitted.

K. Hangers and supports for insulated cold piping shall not injure or pierce insulation. Provide insulation protection shields or saddles for piping, (Fig. 167) in conjunction with hanger or roll device

3.02 INSTALLATION - VERTICAL PIPE SUPPORTS A. Support vertical steel and copper pipe at every other floor line. B. Support vertical cast iron soil pipe at every floor line. C. In addition to the above, support vertical pipes at base of riser with base fitting set on

concrete or block pier, or by hanger located on horizontal connection close to riser. D. Where pipe sleeves extend above floor, place pipe clamps at ceiling below and support

clamp extensions from inserts or other approved attachment. 3.03 PIPE ATTACHMENTS A. For horizontal steel pipe, use adjustable carbon steel clevis, Fig. 260, for pipes up to 30". B. For horizontal copper pipe and tube, use copper plated adjustable carbon steel clevis,

Fig. CT-65. C. When thermal expansion for horizontal pipe is in excess of 1/2" axially as indicated on

the drawing, use adjustable steel yoke pipe roll, Fig. 181, or pipe roll stand, Fig. 177. 3.04 INTERMEDIATE ATTACHMENTS A. Hanger rods: use carbon steel single or double end threaded, Figs. 140 and 253 as

required. Continuous threaded rod, Fig. 146, may be used wherever possible. Contractor may at his option cut and thread rod on the job site.

B. Chain, wire or perforated strap hangers will not be permitted. One pipe shall not be

suspended from another pipe.

Page 342: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 4

C. Hangers shall be supported from appropriate structural members. In no case shall

hangers be supported from ductwork, cable trays, piping, or other equipment. Existing hangers and supports shall not be used as supports for new hangers unless specifically designed as such, or additional loadings have been confirmed to be acceptable for existing supports.

3.05 STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS A. For attaching steel or copper plated hanger rods to reinforced concrete; use black

carbon steel concrete inserts, Fig. 285 for loads up to 400 lbs., Fig. 281 for loads up to 1200 lbs. or suitable drilled inserts equal to Ramset/Red Head - Trubolt wedge anchor, Ramset/Red Head Epcon system or Hilti Kwik Bolt II anchor.

B. For attaching steel hanger rods to structural steel beams, use malleable iron C-clamps,

Fig. 87, with retaining clip for loads up to 500 lbs.; Fig. 229 with extension piece for loads up to 1,365 lbs. For copper plated hanger rods, use copper plated malleable iron C-clamps, Fig. CT-88, with hardened cup point set screw, for loads up to 400 lbs.

C. For attaching steel hanger rods to wood structural members, use malleable iron ceiling

flange pipe threaded, Fig. 128 for loads up to 480 lbs., Fig. 153 for loads up to 1270 lbs. For copper plated hanger rods, use copper plated malleable iron ceiling flange, Fig. CT-128R for loads up to 180 lbs.

D. Under no circumstances shall hangers be attached to metal roof deck. 3.06 PIPE COVERING PROTECTION A. Hangers and supports for insulated cold piping and ductwork shall not injure or pierce

insulation. Provide insulation protection shields or saddles for piping, Fig. 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 165A, 166A, or 167 in conjunction with hanger or roll device.

3.07 ROOF MOUNTED PIPING AND EQUIPMENT A. Roof mounted equipment, not specified to be mounted on roof curbs, shall be installed

on equipment mounting rails specifically designed for that purpose or as shown on plans.

B. Roof mounted piping shall be mounted on a pipe support system equal to B-Line C-Port. END OF SECTION 220529

Page 343: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220548 - 1

SECTION 220548 - VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 220010 - Plumbing General Conditions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of vibration isolation work required by this section is indicated on drawings and

schedules, and/or specified in other Division-22 sections. B. All plumbing equipment over one horsepower, unless otherwise noted shall be isolated

from the structure by means of vibration and noise isolators. C. Where isolator type and deflection are not shown, the related equipment shall be

isolated in accordance with the 2011 ASHRAE Handbook - HVAC Applications, Chapter 48.

D. Types of vibration isolation products specified in this section include the following:

1. Precompressed Molded Fiberglass Isolators. 2. Elastomeric Isolators. 3. Spring Isolators, Free Standing. 4. Spring Isolators, Vertically-Restrained. 5. Isolation Hangers. 6. Structural Steel Bases. 7. Concrete Inertia Bases. 8. Isolation Rail Systems. 9. Flexible Pipe Connectors.

E. Vibration isolation products furnished as part of factory-fabricated equipment are

specified as part of the equipment assembly in other Division-22 sections. F. Refer to other sections of these specifications for equipment foundations, hangers,

sealants, gaskets and other work related to vibration isolation work. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Qualification: Provide each type of vibration isolation unit produced by

specialized manufacturer, with not less than 5 years' successful experience in production of units similar to those required for project.

1. The materials and systems specified in this Section shall all be provided by the

Contractor, from a single vibration isolation materials manufacturer to assure single responsibility for the performance of all isolation materials.

Page 344: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220548 - 2

1.04 SUBMITTALS A. The isolator manufacturer's submittal shall include the complete design for required

isolation and bases, and a tabulation of the design data including O.D., free and operating heights of the isolators.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Vibration Isolation Products

1. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. 2. Vibration Eliminator Co., Inc. 3. Vibration Mountings and Controls, Inc. 4. Mason Industries

B. Flexible Pipe Connectors

1. Keflex 2. Metraflex 3. Twin City Hose 4. Minnesota Flexible 5. Mason Industries

C. The following item specifications apply to the corresponding Type numbers used in the

Vibration Isolation Schedule. Model types are based on the 2011 ASHRAE Handbook - HVAC Applications, Chapter 48.

2.02 ISOLATION MATERIALS AND SUPPORT UNITS A. Springs: All springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50% of the

rated deflection. All springs except internal nested springs shall have an outside diameter not less than 0.8 of the compressed height of the spring. Ends of springs shall be square and ground for stability. Laterally stable springs shall have kx/ky ratios of at least 0.9. All springs shall be fully color-coded to indicate capacity – color striping is not considered adequate.

B. Corrosion Protection: All springs shall be powder-coated enamel. Housings shall be

galvanized, powder-coated enamel, or painted with rust-resistant paint. Hot-dipped galvanized housings shall be provided as indicated on the Schedule.

C. Base Types

1. Type A Bases - no base required. Isolators may be attached directly to the supported equipment.

2. Type B Bases - Steel Equipment Bases: Bases shall be of welded construction with cross members to form an integral support platform. Structural steel members shall be designed to match supported equipment.

Page 345: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220548 - 3

3. Vibration bases for fans shall have adjustable motor slide rails as indicated on their Schedule, and shall accommodate motor overhang.

4. Bases for exterior use shall be painted or hot-dipped galvanized for complete corrosion resistance.

5. Minimum clearance under steel equipment bases shall be 25mm (1”). 6. Type C Bases - Concrete Inertia Bases: Inertia bases shall be of welded steel

construction with concrete in-fill supplied by the installing contractor on site and shall incorporate reinforcing bars, spaced 300 mm (12”) maximum on centers each way.

7. Inertia bases for pumps shall be of sufficient size to accommodate supports for pipe elbows at pump suction and discharge connections (if this information has been provided for configuration).

8. Inertia bases for fans shall include motor slide rails as indicated on their Schedule.

9. The weight of each inertia base shall be at least (1.5 times(x)) to the weight of the equipment mounted thereon or sufficient to lower the center of gravity to or below the isolator support plane.

10. Inertia bases shall be a minimum of 150 mm (6”) thick. 11. Type D Bases: Isolation Rail System, consisting of two parallel aluminum rail

systems with continuous neoprene air and water seal, incorporating steel spring isolators designed for one inch static deflection, all fabricated to be installed over the roof curb system, and provide continuous support for the isolated equipment.

D. Isolator Types

1. Type 1 Isolator - Rubber Pads and Glass Fiber Pads: a. Isolation pads shall be single ribbed or crossed, double ribbed elastomer-

in-shear pads, in combination with steel shims when required, having minimum static deflections as tabulated. All pads shall be true elastomer-in-shear using alternately higher and lower ribs to provide effective vibration isolation, and shall be molded using 2500 PSI (176 kg/cm2) tensile strength, oil resistant compounds with no color additives. Pads shall be 45 to 65 durometer and designed to permit 60 or 120 PSI (4.2 or 8.4 kg/cm2) loading at maximum rated deflections. When two isolation pads are laminated, they shall be separated by, and bonded to, a galvanized steel shim plate. Neoprene vibration isolators shall have minimum operating static deflections as shown on the Vibration Isolation Schedule or as indicated on the project bid documents, not exceeding published load capabilities.

b. Fiberglass continuous support material shall be high-density matrix of compressed molded fiberglass; individually coated with a flexible, moisture-impervious elastomeric membrane, designed to allow controlled air movement in the fiber media. It shall be manufactured in such a way that the pumping action of air between fibers provides viscous damping, reducing motion caused by transient shock and vibration. The material shall be non-corrosive, non-combustible, non-absorbent, and resists rust, ozone, mildew and fungus, vermin proof and it shall not shrink, swell, or decompose. Isolation characteristics of the media shall be constant over a temperature range of -40°F to 250°F (40°C to 121°C).

Page 346: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220548 - 4

2. Type 2 Isolators - Rubber Mounts and Hangers:

a. Vibration isolators shall be neoprene, molded from oil-resistant compounds, with cast-in-top steel load transfer plate for bolting to supported equipment, and a bolt-down plate with holes provided for anchoring to supporting structure. Top and bottom surfaces shall have non-skid ribs. Neoprene vibration isolators shall have minimum operating static deflections as shown on the Vibration Isolation Schedule or as indicated on the project documents but not exceeding published load capabilities.

b. Vibration isolators with maximum static deflection requirements under the operating load conditions not exceeding .40" shall be hangers consisting of an elastomer-in-shear insert encased in a welded steel bracket and provided with a stamped load transfer cap. The elastomer insert shall be neoprene, molded from oil resistant compounds and shall be color coded to indicate load capacity and selected to operate within its published load range. The hanger bracket shall be designed to carry a 500% overload without failure and to allow a support rod misalignment through a 30-degree arc without metal-to-metal contact or other short circuit.

3. Type 3 Isolators - Spring Isolators and Hangers:

a. Vibration isolators shall be free standing, un-housed, laterally stable springs wound from high strength spring steel. Springs shall have a lateral stiffness greater than 0.8 times the rated vertical stiffness and shall be designed to provide up to 50% overload capacity. Springs shall be supported either with a neoprene cup or a metal base plate complete with a ribbed neoprene pad, minimum 6 mm (0.25") thick, bonded to the base plate. Springs shall be selected to provide operating static deflections as required. Springs shall be color coded or otherwise identified to indicate load capacity. In capacities up to 5,000 lbs., springs shall be replaceable. In capacities over 5,000 lbs., springs shall be welded to the top and bottom load plate assemblies. Springs shall be assembled between a top and bottom steel load plate. The upper load plate shall be provided with a steel leveling bolt lock nut and washer for attachment to the supported equipment. The lower load plate shall have a non-skid noise isolation pad bonded to the bottom and have provisions for bolting the isolator to the supporting structure.

b. Vibration isolators for suspended equipment, with minimum static deflection requirement exceeding .4", shall be hangers consisting of a free-standing, laterally stable steel spring and elastomeric washer in series, assembled in a stamped or welded steel bracket. The spring element shall meet all the specified characteristics described in above. The stamped or welded hanger bracket shall meet all the specified characteristics described above. Shall also be fitted with a self-centering load cap for the hanger rod.

Page 347: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220548 - 5

4. Type 4 Isolators - Restrained Spring Isolators: Vibration isolators for equipment

which is subject to load variations and large external or torquing forces shall consist of large diameter laterally stable steel springs assembled into formed or welded steel housing assemblies designed to limit vertical movement of the supported equipment. Springs shall be supported either with a neoprene cup of a metal base plate complete with a ribbed neoprene pad, minimum 6 mm (0.25”) thick, bonded to the base plate. Housing assembly shall be formed or fabricated steel members and shall consist of a top-load plate complete with adjusting and leveling bolts, vertical restraints, isolation washers and a bottom plate with non-skid noise stop pads and holes provided for anchoring to supporting structure. Housing shall be hot dipped galvanized. Spring elements shall meet all the specified characteristics described above.

5. Type 5 Isolators - Thrust Restraints: Provide in pairs. Locate on centerline of fan

if possible. Bridge the flexible duct connector. Spring elements shall meet all the specified characteristics described above.

E. Flexible Piping Connectors:

1. Domestic Water Systems: a. Minimum ratings shall be 200 psi at 220 deg F. b. Size 1-1/4" and smaller: Single sphere connector of neoprene and Kevlar

tire cord fabric. Bead wires to prevent pull out. Basis of design: Mason Industries Type SFU.

c. Size 1-1/2" and larger: Twin sphere connector constructed of neoprene and Kevlar tire cord reinforcement. The raised rubber flanges must encase solid steel rings to prevent pull out. Flexible cable is not acceptable. Basis of design: Mason Industries Type SFDEJ.

2. Connectors shall be lead free for domestic water systems. 3. Flexible pipe connectors not required at in-line pump installations.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PERFORMANCE OF ISOLATORS A. General: Comply with minimum static deflections recommended by the American

Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, including definitions of critical and noncritical locations, for selection and application of vibration isolation materials and units as indicated.

B. Manufacturer's Recommendations: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with

manufacturer's recommendations for selection and application of vibration isolation materials and units.

3.02 APPLICATIONS A. General: Apply types of vibration isolation materials and units indicated at locations

shown or scheduled. Selection is Installer's option where more than one type is indicated.

Page 348: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220548 - 6

3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's instructions for

installation and load application to vibration isolation materials and units. Adjust to ensure that units do not exceed rated operating deflections or bottom out under loading, and are not short-circuited by other contacts or bearing points. Remove space blocks and similar devices (if any) intended for temporary protection against overloading during installation.

B. Anchor and attach units to substrate and equipment as required for secure operation

and to prevent displacement by normal forces, and as indicated. C. Adjust leveling devices as required to distribute loading uniformly onto isolators. Shim

units as required where leveling devices cannot be used to distribute loading properly. D. Locate isolation hangers as near overhead support structure as possible. E. Flexible Pipe Connectors: Install on equipment side of shutoff valves, horizontally and

parallel to equipment shafts wherever possible. 3.04 EXAMINATION OF RELATED WORK A. Installer of vibration isolation work shall observe installation of other work related to

vibration isolation work, including work connected to vibration isolation work; and, after completion of other related work (but before equipment startup), shall furnish written report to Contractor listing observed inadequacies for proper operation and performance of vibration isolation work. Report shall cover, but not necessarily be limited to the following:

1. Equipment installations (performed as work of other sections) on vibration

isolators. 2. Piping connections including flexible connections.

B. Do not start up equipment until inadequacies have been corrected in manner acceptable

to vibration isolation Installer. END OF SECTION 220548

Page 349: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 - 1

SECTION 220553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 220010 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of plumbing identification work required by this section is indicated on drawings

and/or specified in other Division-22 sections. B. Type of identification devices specified in this section include the following:

1. Painted identification materials 2. Plastic pipe markers 3. Plastic tape 4. Valve tags

C. Identification furnished as part of factory fabricated equipment, is specified as part of the

equipment assembly in other Division-22 sections. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ANSI Standards: Comply with ANSI A13.1 for lettering size, colors, and viewing angles

of identification devices. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Schedules: Submit valve schedule for each piping system, formatted in an Excel

spreadsheet with a digital copy provided to the Owner along with a printed copy on 8-1/2" x 11" paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on tag), location of valve (room or space), and variations for identification (if any). Mark valves which are intended for emergency shut-off and similar special uses, by special "flags", in margin of schedule. In addition, furnish extra copies for Maintenance Manuals.

B. Labeling Nomenclature: Submit list indicating system types with appropriate

nomenclature to be provided on the pipe labels. Where possible, match to system labels on drawings.

Page 350: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 - 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required for

each application as referenced in other Division-22 sections. Where more than one single type is specified for an application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single selection for each product category.

B. Painted Identification Materials:

1. Stencils: Standard fiberboard stencils, prepared for required applications with letter sizes generally complying with recommendations of ANSI A13.1 for piping and similar applications, but not less than 3/4" high letters for access door signs and similar operational instructions.

2. Stencil Paint: Standard exterior type stenciling enamel; black, except as otherwise indicated; either brushing grade or pressurized spray-can form and grade.

3. Identification Paint: Standard identification enamel of colors indicated, or, if not otherwise indicated for piping systems, comply with ANSI A13.1 for colors.

C. Plastic Pipe Markers:

1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed flexible or semi-rigid, permanent, color-coded, plastic-sheet pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13.1.

2. Small Pipes: For external diameters not greater than 6" (including insulation if any), provide full-band pipe markers extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location, fastened by one of the following methods: a. Snap-on application of pre-tensioned semi-rigid plastic pipe marker. b. Adhesive lap joint in pipe marker overlap. c. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation). d. Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not

less than 3/4" wide full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 1-1/2".

3. Large Pipes: For external diameters of 6" and larger (including insulation if any), provide either full-band or narrow strip-type pipe markers, but not narrower than 3 times letter height (and of required length), fastened by one of the following methods: a. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation). b. Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not

less than 1-1/2" wide; full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 3".

c. Strapped-to-pipe (or insulation) application of semi-rigid type, with manufacturer's standard stainless-steel bands.

4. Lettering: Manufacturer's standard pre-printed nomenclature which best describes piping system in each instance, as selected by Design Professional in cases of variance with names as shown or specified.

5. Arrows: Print each pipe marker with arrows indicating direction of flow, either integrally with piping system service lettering (to accommodate both directions), or as a separate unit of plastic.

Page 351: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 - 3

D. Plastic Tape:

1. General: Manufacturer's standard color-coded pressure-sensitive (self-adhesive) vinyl tape, not less than 3 mils thick. a. Width: Provide 1-1/2" wide tape markers on pipes with outside

diameters (including insulation, if any) of less than 6", 2 1/2" wide tape for larger pipes.

b. Color: Comply with ANSI A13.1, except where another color selection is indicated.

E. Valve Tags:

1. Brass Valve Tags: Provide polished brass valve tags with stamp-engraved piping system abbreviation in 1/4" high letters and sequenced valve numbers 7/16" high, and with 3/16" hole for fastener. Tag thickness 0.040 inches. a. Provide 2" diameter tags, except as otherwise indicated. b. Fill tag engraving with black enamel.

2. Plastic Valve Tags: Provide red heavy plastic tag with 7/16" white embossed sequenced numbers.

3. Valve Tag Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard solid brass chain (wire link or beaded type), or solid brass S-hooks or heat sealed braided copper wire of the sizes required for proper attachment of tags to valves, and manufactured specifically for that purpose.

F. Name Plates:

1. General: Provide manufacturer’s standard preprinted plastic, brass, or aluminum with stamped, engraved or embossed letters.

2. Lettering: a. Large Equipment: 1 1/2" lettering as appropriate. b. Small Equipment: 3/4" lettering as appropriate.

3. Attachments: Mounting holes and screws, pressure sensitive adhesive backing, or solid brass chain.

2.02 LETTERING AND GRAPHICS A. General: Coordinate names, abbreviations and other designations used in plumbing

identification work, with corresponding designations shown, specified or scheduled. Provide numbers, lettering and wording as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as recommended by manufacturers or as required for proper identification and operation/maintenance of plumbing systems and equipment.

1. Multiple Systems: Where multiple systems of same generic name are shown

and specified, provide identification which indicates individual system number as well as service (as examples; Boiler No. 3, Air Supply No. 1H, Standpipe F12).

Page 352: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 - 4

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION A. General Installation Requirements:

1. Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require insulation, painting or other covering or finish including valve tags, install identification after completion of covering and painting if any. Install identification prior to installation of acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.

B. Access Door Identification:

1. Provide stenciled or plastic-laminate type signs on each access door in ductwork and housings, indicating purpose of access (to what equipment) and other maintenance and operating instructions, and appropriate safety and procedural information.

C. Piping System Identification:

1. General: Install pipe markers of one of the following types on each piping system, and include arrows to show normal direction of flow: a. Stenciled markers, including color-coded background band or rectangle,

and contrasting lettering of black or white. Extend color band or rectangle 2" beyond ends of lettering.

b. Plastic pipe markers, with application system as indicated under "Materials" in this section.

c. Stenciled markers, black or white for best contrast, wherever continuous color-coded painting of piping is provided.

2. Locate pipe markers and color bands as follows wherever piping is exposed to view in occupied spaces, machine rooms, accessible maintenance spaces (shafts, tunnels, plenums) and exterior non-concealed locations. Install all markers such that lettering is visible from the floor. a. Near each valve and control device. b. Near each branch, excluding short take-offs for fixtures and terminal

units; mark each pipe at branch, where there could be question of flow pattern.

c. Near locations where pipes pass through walls or floors/ceilings, or enter non-accessible enclosures.

d. At access doors, manholes and similar access points which permit view of concealed piping.

e. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.

f. Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 20' along each piping run with a minimum of one marker in each room.

g. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings.

Page 353: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 - 5

D. Valve Identification:

1. General: Provide valve tag on every valve, cock and control device in each piping system; exclude check valves, valves within factory-fabricated equipment units, plumbing fixture faucets, convenience and lawn-watering hose bibs, and shut-off valves at plumbing fixtures and similar rough-in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List each tagged valve in valve schedule for each piping system.

E. Equipment Identification:

1. General: Provide equipment identification for all equipment including water heaters, heat exchangers, water softeners, and pumps.

2. Labeling: All equipment shall be labeled as per construction document plan marks or as designated by Owner.

3. Provide identification by means of nameplates or stenciled painting as appropriate. a. For equipment with factory furnished casing, identification shall be by

adhesive fixed name plates. b. Field insulated items, such as heat exchangers may be identified by

plastic pipe markers or stenciled lettering. END OF SECTION 220553

Page 354: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 - 6

Page 355: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PLUMBING INSULATION 220700 - 1

SECTION 220700 - PLUMBING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 220010 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install insulation to all

hot and cold surfaces of piping, tanks, fittings and other surfaces as required by the drawings and this section.

B. Insulation shall include insulating materials, jackets, adhesive, mastic coatings, tie wire

and other materials as required to complete the insulating work. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: Insulating materials, jackets, mastics, etc., shall meet flame spread

and smoke developed ratings in accordance with NFPA-90A. Flame spread rating of not more than 25, smoke developed rating of not more than 50 as tested by ANSI/ASTM E84 (UL 723) (NFPA 255) method. All accessory items such as PVC jacketing and fittings, adhesive, mastic, cement tape and cloth shall have the same component ratings as specified above.

B. Installation of insulation materials shall be in accordance to the latest edition of

MICA/NIAC National Commercial & Industrial Standards for the appropriate material application.

1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each

type of plumbing insulation. Submit schedule showing manufacturer's product number, thickness, and furnished accessories for each plumbing system requiring insulation.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives, and coatings to site in containers with

manufacturer's stamp or label, affixed showing fire hazard ratings of products. B. Protect insulation against dirt, water, and chemical and plumbing damage. Do not install

damaged insulation; remove from project site.

Page 356: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PLUMBING INSULATION 220700 - 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Insulating Materials

1. Owens/Corning Fiberglass Corp. 2. Armacell 3. Pittsburgh Corning Corp. 4. CertainTeed Corp. 5. Knauf Fiber Glass 6. John's-Manville Corp. 7. Aeroflex

B. Mastics and adhesives as recommended by insulation manufacturer. 2.02 PIPE INSULATION A. Type 'A': Preformed sectional heavy density fiberglass insulation and factory applied

vapor barrier, all service jacket with pressure sensitive self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips. Suitable for operating temperatures from 0 to +850 deg. F. Thermal conductivity shall be no more than 0.23 Btu-in/hr-sq.ft.-deg F @ 75 deg. F mean temperature. Water vapor permeance of .02 perms. Equal to Owens Corning 25 ASJ/SSL.

1. Where insulation is exposed to weather outdoors it shall be covered with an

aluminum or stainless steel weatherproof jacket 0.016" thick and sealed. 2. Where insulation is exposed in indoor occupied space and within 8 feet of

finished floor, it shall be covered with 30 mil PVC jacket equal to Johns Manville Zeston.

B. Type 'B': Flexible elastomeric extruded pipe covering, 6 pound density, 0.27 K factor,

water vapor permeance of 0.20 perms. Suitable for temperature from -40 deg. F to +220 deg. F. Equal to Armacell, AP Armaflex, joints sealed with adhesive as recommended by insulation manufacturer.

1. Where insulation is exposed to weather outdoors it shall be covered with an

aluminum or stainless steel weatherproof jacket 0.016" thick and sealed. 2. Where insulation is exposed in indoor occupied space and within 8 feet of

finished floor, it shall be covered with 30 mil PVC jacket equal to Johns Manville Zeston.

2.03 FITTING INSULATION A. Type 'A1': Fittings: Insulate with mitered segments of same insulating material as for

adjacent pipe covering, or with pre-molded fiberglass wired in place and covered with all-service jacket or low smoke PVC fitting covers. Valve bodies, strainer bodies, flanges, etc.: insulate with single or multiple layers of same insulating material as for adjacent pipe covering, wired in place and covered with all-service jacket.

Page 357: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PLUMBING INSULATION 220700 - 3

B. Type 'B1': Fittings: Insulate fittings, valve bodies, strainer bodies, etc., with mitercut pipe insulation or sheet insulation of same material as pipe covering.

2.04 EQUIPMENT INSULATION A. Type ‘G’:

1. Rigid fiberglass insulation board with factory applied all service jacket. Suitable for operating temperatures of 0 to +850 deg. F. Water vapor permeance of .02 perms. Equal to Owens Corning Series 700 with 25 ASJ facing.

2. Cut or miter insulation where necessary to fit the shape and contour of the equipment. On round surfaces band insulation in place with 3/4” x 0.015” thick galvanized steel bands 18” on center. On flat or irregular surfaces impale insulation over welded pins on 12” centers and secure with speed washers.

3. Apply vapor seal ASJ pressure-sensitive patches at damaged areas. All insulation edges and butt joints are to be sealed with pressure-sensitive joint sealing tape to match the jacket. Apply in accordance with manufacturers recommendations.

B. Type ‘I’:

1. Flexible elastomeric insulation. Suitable for operating temperatures of -40 to +220 deg. F. Equal to Armacell Armaflex II Sheet Insulation.

2. Cut insulation where necessary to fit the shape and contour of the equipment. Insulation shall be installed using Armacell 520 Adhesive.

3. Exposed outdoor insulation shall be finished with two coats of Armacell Armaflex finish.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Use only experienced applicators regularly engaged in the trade. Rough work will be

rejected. Application details shall be in accordance with the insulating materials supplier's recommendations except where a higher standard is specified. All surface finishes shall be extended in such a manner as to protect all raw edges, cuts and surfaces of insulation.

3.02 Do not insulate the following: A. Valve bonnets B. Unions in hot piping C. Preinsulated expansion joints 3.03 Inspect all piping and equipment before applying insulation to insure the installing

contractor has completed all leak tests, and that all surfaces are clean, dry and ready for application of insulation.

3.04 Covering for "cold" pipes shall pass unbroken through hanger clevises, sleeves, etc. All

details of covering for cold surfaces shall be such that continuous covering with unbroken vapor barrier and uncompressed insulation is provided as required to prevent condensation. The same covering and hanging detail shall be used for pipes connecting to vibrating equipment or carrying pulsating pressures to avoid metal contact between pipes and hangers.

Page 358: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PLUMBING INSULATION 220700 - 4

3.05 Insulation at removable heads, strainer plugs, and other access points shall be fabricated

in such a manner that it can be readily removed without damage to the insulation. Removable insulation shall have a vapor proof cover fabricated so as to allow it to be resealed to the equipment vapor barrier.

********NOTE: Not all services may apply – refer to plans for scope of services.

************

3.06 INSULATION SCHEDULE

Service Type Insulation and Thickness*

Above Ground Piping Domestic cold water lines (including all pipe material types)

Type A and A1: All pipe sizes – 1" thick Type B and B1: 1-1/4" and smaller – 1/2" thick 1-1/2" and larger – 1" thick 1-1/4" and smaller – 1/2" thick 1-1/2" and larger – 1" thick

Domestic hot water, tempered water, and recirculating lines (including all pipe material types)

Type A and A1: 1 1/4" and smaller – 1" thick 1-1/2" and larger – 1-1/2" thick Type B and B1: 1 1/4" and smaller – 1" thick 1-1/2" and larger – 1-1/2" thick

Storm piping, sump pump discharge lines. Sanitary vent piping within ten feet of roof penetration

Type A and A1: 1” thick for all pipe sizes Type B and B1: 1" thick for all pipe sizes

Underground Piping

Domestic hot water lines and recirculation lines (including all pipe material types)

Type B and B1: 1 1/4" and smaller – 1" thick 1-1/2" and larger – 1-1/2" thick

* Insulation type and thickness indicated in table apply for all pipe materials. **For piping exposed to outdoor ambient temperatures, increase thickness by 1/2”

END OF SECTION 220700

Page 359: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 1

SECTION 221116 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 220010 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, tools, labor and supervision necessary

to fabricate and install complete piping system as required by the drawings and this section.

1. Extent of domestic water piping work is indicated on drawings and schedules,

and by requirements of this section. 2. Insulation of domestic water piping is specified in other Division-22 sections and

is included as work of this section. 3. Installation of valves for domestic water piping system is specified in other

Division-22 sections and is included as work of this section. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ASME Compliance: Fabricate and install domestic water piping in accordance with

ASME B31.9 "Building Services Piping". B. UPC Compliance: Fabricate and install domestic water piping in accordance with

IAMPO "Uniform Plumbing Code". C. IPC Compliance: Fabricate and install domestic water piping in accordance with the

"International Plumbing Code". D. Plumbing and Drainage Institute: Fabricate and install domestic water piping with

Standard PDI-WH201. E. ANSI/NSF 372 Certification: All potable water supply piping, valves, fittings, and fixtures

(excluding toilets, urinals, fill valves, flush valves, shower valves, and main gate valves greater than 2”) shall meet the requirements for ANSI/NSF 372 Certification, Drinking Water System Components, Lead Content.

1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's material data and installation methods for each type of system to

be provided. B. Submit manufacturer’s catalog cuts for each type of device to be used.

Page 360: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Backflow Preventers

1. Watts 2. Apollo Valves 3. Febco

B. Water Hammer Arrestors

1. Ancon 2. Sioux Chief 3. Wade 4. Watts 5. Zurn

C. Copper Pressure Seal Fittings

1. Viega Pro Press 2. NIBCO Press System

D. Residential Expansion Tanks

1. A.O. Smith 2. State 3. Rheem-Ruud

E. Commercial Expansion Tanks

1. Bell & Gossett 2. Amtrol 3. Spiro Therm 4. Wessels

2.02 BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. General: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types,

pressure ratings, temperature ratings and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide materials and products complying with Uniform Plumbing Code and International Plumbing Code where applicable, base pressure rating on domestic water piping system's maximum design pressures. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials used in domestic water piping systems. Where more than one type of materials or products are indicated, selection is Installer's option.

B. Valves: Refer to Section 220523 - General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping.

Page 361: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 3

C. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section - 220500 - Common Work Results for Plumbing. D. Expansion Compensation: Refer to Section 220516 - Expansion Fittings and Loops for

Plumbing Piping. E. Meters and Gauges: Refer to Section 220519 - Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping. F. Supports, Anchors and Seals: Refer to Section 220529 - Hangers and Supports for

Plumbing Piping. 2.03 PIPE: A. Provide pipe materials meeting the following criteria and referenced standards:

1. Ductile Iron Pipe (D-Iron): Cement lined ductile iron, ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. 2. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC): DR18 ANSI/AWWA C900 or C905 with tracer wire. 3. Type K Copper (K Cu): Type K copper water tube, hard temper, ASTM B88. 4. Type L Copper (L Cu): Type L copper water tube, hard temper, ASTM B88. 5. Brass (Brass): Schedule 40 Chromium plated, ASTM B43. 6. Cross Linked Polyethylene (PEX): ASTM F876 and ASTM 877. 7. Stainless Steel (St St): Type 304 schedule 10

B. Unless specifically prohibited by local codes, provide piping materials for systems

indicated according to the following table:

Service Material

D-Iron

PVC K Cu L Cu

Brass PEX

St St

Underground water service main for domestic water, smaller than 2”

X

Underground water service main for domestic water, 2” and larger

X X

Domestic water below slab X

Water service pipes 2” and smaller

X X

Above ground domestic water

X X X

Exposed fixture connections X

2.04 FITTINGS: A. Cast iron water pipe: Class 250 ANSI A21.20, AWWA C110-71, standard mechanical

joint fittings.

Page 362: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 4

B. Copper water tube cast bronze or wrought copper:

1. Solder joint type. ANSI B16.18 and B16.22-63. Where copper piping is used for combined water/fire protection water service, joints upstream of fire protection backflow preventer shall be brazed.

2. Pressure Seal pipe joining system, copper press fittings, 1/2" to 4” in diameter. ASME B16.18, ASME B16.22. O-rings for copper press fittings shall be EPDM. Installation per manufacturer’s recommendations.

C. Brass pipe: Cast bronze screwed, 125-pound, flat band water pattern, chromium plated,

for chromium plated pipe. D. Cross-Linked Polyethylene (PEX) (domestic water): ASTM F1807 Metal insert fittings

utilizing copper crimp ring. ASTM F877 polysulfone (PSL) fittings provided by and recommended for the service indicated by manufacturer of piping.

2.05 JOINTS A. Copper water tube:

1. Use non-corrosive 95-5 tin-antimony solder, cut pipe square, clean, ream and polish tube ends and inner surfaces of fittings, apply flux and solder joint as recommended by manufacturer of solder type fittings. Where copper piping is used for combined water/fire protection water service, joints upstream of fire protection backflow preventer shall be brazed.

2. Pressure Seal pipe joining system, copper press fittings, 1/2" to 4” in diameter. ASME B16.18, ASME B16.22. O-rings for copper press fittings shall be EPDM.

B. Cross-Linked Polyethylene (PEX) (domestic water): ASTM F1807 Compression joint

utilizing copper crimp ring. ASTM F877 polysulfone (PSL) compression joint provided by and recommended for the service indicated by manufacturer of piping.

2.06 NIPPLES AND UNIONS A. All nipples shall conform to size, weight and strength of adjoining pipe. When length of

unthreaded portion of nipple is less than 1-1/2", use extra strong nipple; do not use close nipples.

B. For pipe 2" and smaller, use screwed unions, for pipe 2-1/2" and over use flanged

unions. C. Install unions in the following locations so that a minimum amount of pipe need be

disassembled:

1. Long runs, at intervals of 80 feet. 2. In by-pass around equipment, valves, and controls. 3. In connections to equipment. 4. Where indicated on drawings.

Page 363: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 5

D. Dielectric unions shall not be used. Use dielectric couplings or flanges to connect dissimilar piping materials.

E. Dielectric unions shall not be used. Use Victaulic style 47 dielectric waterway or bronze or brass transitions at all required connections.

F. Dielectric unions shall be installed between any connection of copper pipe and ferrous piping or equipment. In grooved piping systems, provide Clearflo by Victaulic.

2.07 AIR VENTS

A. Manual Air Vents: Bell & Gossett Model No. 17SR. B. Automatic Air Vents: Bell & Gossett Model No. 7

2.08 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS

A. Reduced Pressure Zone Backflow Preventer:

1. General: A reduced pressure zone backflow preventer shall be installed at each cross connection or at the water meter to prevent back-siphonage and backpressure backflow of hazardous materials into the potable water supply.

2. The device shall consist of a pressure differential relief valve located in a zone between two positive seating check valves. The assembly shall include two tightly closing shut-off valves before and after the device, test cocks and a protective strainer upstream of the No. 1 shut-off valve. The reduced pressure zone backflow preventer shall have all access port covers secured with stainless steel screws which are bolted to valve body. Vent outlet to have suitable connections for an air gap. All components of the backflow preventer assembly shall meet the requirements for ANSI/NSF 372 Certification, Drinking Water System Components, Lead Content.

3. The device shall meet the requirements of ANSI/ASSE Standard 1013 and AWWA Standard C506, be listed by IAPMO (UPC) and be approved by FCCCHR at USC. Provide with air gap fitting for discharge. Basis of design to be: a. Watts Regulator Co. Series LF009QT-S – size 3/4" thru 2". b. Watts Regulator Co. Series LF909QT-S – size 3/4" thru 2", Series LF909-

OSY-S-FDA - size 2-1/2" thru 10".

4. Provide and install solenoid shutdown valve. This valve shall be designed to be normally open and located upstream of an RPZ backflow assembly. It will automatically shut down water flow if the RPZ relief valve discharge capacity causes a flooding situation. If excess discharge does occur, the discharge flow causes the WATTS FS99 Flow Switch to send a signal to the WATTS ACV JB113 Junction Box which sends a signal to energize the solenoid on the 113-6RFP to shut down the main valve. A timer is supplied in the JB113 Junction Box to prevent the 113-6RFP from closing on intermittent discharges from the RPZ relief valve. Once closed, the 113-6RFP valve must be manually reset. The main valve stem shall be equipped with a position indicator or optional limit switch for remote signaling. Valve shall be WATTS ACV Model 113-RFP with JB113 Junction Box. The WATTS FS99 Flow Switch should be located on a horizontal plane avoiding turbulence of piping bends and elbows.

Page 364: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 6

B. Reduced Pressure Zone Backflow Preventer: Pressure Vacuum Breakers: A pressure

anti-siphon vacuum breaker shall be installed at all threaded hose connections and where indicated on the plans to prevent the back-siphonage of contaminated water. This assembly is not to be used where there is a possibility that a back-pressure condition may develop. The assembly will incorporate an acetyl bonnet with silicone rubber o-ring seal and silicone rubber seat disc. The valve shall have replaceable seats. Check assembly shall be guided over its full stroke by AV@ notched guides. The

assembly shall meet the requirements of ANSI/ASSE Standard 1020. Where vacuum breaker is not integral to trim, unit shall be equal to Watts Regulator Company Series 800M4QT.

2.09 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS A. Water hammer arrestors shall be piston type with seamless copper chamber, two O-ring

piston and a 60 psi charge. Water hammer arrestors shall be sized, tested and certified in accordance with the Plumbing and Drainage Institute Standard PDI-WH201 and American Society of Sanitary Engineering Standard ASSE-1010.

2.10 EXPANSION TANKS A. Furnish and install pre-charged steel expansion tanks as indicated on plans. Tanks shall

have integral heavy-duty Butyl rubber diaphragm, system connection(s), and a .302" - 32 charging valve connection (standard tire valve) to facilitate the on-site charging of the tank to meet system requirements. The tank shall be suitable for potable water.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which domestic water piping systems

materials and products are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer.

3.02 INSTALLATION OF BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. General: Install basic materials and products as per manufacturers’ recommendations,

Uniform and International Plumbing Codes, local code requirements and as required to meet system pressure and performance requirements.

B. Piping Protection: Protect piping from damage during construction, including, but not limited to covering pipes during application of spray on fire-proofing to prevent fire proofing material from coming in contact with the pipes.

C. Valves

1. Refer to Section 220523 - General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping. 2. Locate valves for easy access and operation. Do not locate valves with stems

below horizontal.

Page 365: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 7

3. Sectional Valves: Install on each branch and riser, close to main, where branch

or riser serves 2 or more plumbing fixtures and elsewhere as indicated. 4. Shutoff Valves: Install on inlet and outlet of each domestic water equipment item

and elsewhere as indicated. 5. Check Valves: Install on discharge side of each pump, and elsewhere as

indicated. D. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section 220500 - Common Work Results for Plumbing. E. Expansion Compensation Products: Refer to Section 220516 - Expansion Fittings and

Loops for Plumbing Piping. F. Meters and Gauges: Refer to Section 220519 - Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping. G. Supports and Anchors: Refer to Section 220529 – Hangers and Supports for Plumbing

Piping and Equipment. 3.03 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

A. Install pipe for all domestic water and domestic water systems as indicated on drawings, as called for in other sections, and as specified herein.

B. Arrange and install piping approximately as indicated; straight, plumb, and as direct as

possible; form right angles on parallel lines with building walls. Keep pipes close to walls and avoid interference with other trades. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other; space at a distance to permit applying full insulation and to permit access for servicing valves. Most piping to be run in concealed locations unless indicated exposed, or in equipment rooms. Locate piping to avoid ductwork.

C. Install horizontal piping as high as possible without sags or humps so that proper grades

can be maintained for drainage. D. Check all piping for interference with other trades; avoid placing water pipes over

electrical equipment. E. Where rough-in is required for equipment furnished by others, verify exact rough-in

dimension with owner or equipment supplier before roughing-in. F. Extend cold water and hot water piping to each fixture and other equipment requiring

water supplies. G. Pitch pipes to accessible drainage point where unions, plugged tees or drainage valves

shall be provided. H. Branch take off pipe connections shall come off the top of mains. I. Pipes built into masonry or concrete construction shall be wrapped with tar paper or

burlap to prevent bonding to the concrete.

Page 366: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 8

J. No pipe shall be located in an outside wall or other location where freezing is likely to

occur. K. No pipe shall be in contact with, or attached to, a structural member in a manner that

causes the transmission of noise to the structure. Block ends of runs to prevent movement due to water hammer.

3.04 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS

A. Refer to Section 221123 - Domestic Water Pumps, 223300 - Electric Domestic Water Heaters, 223400 - Fuel Fired Domestic Water Heaters, and 223500 - Domestic Water Heat Exchangers.

B. General: Connect domestic water piping system to plumbing equipment as indicated

and comply with equipment manufacturer's instructions where not otherwise indicated. Install shutoff valve and union on supply and return, drain valve on drain connection.

3.05 INSTALLATION OF FIXTURES A. Refer to Section 22 4000 - Plumbing Fixtures, 224500 - Emergency Plumbing Fixtures,

and 224700 - Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers. B. General: Connect water piping system to plumbing fixtures as indicated and comply with

manufacturer's instructions where not otherwise indicated. C. Refer Water supply to all fixtures and containers shall be so installed as to prevent back

siphonage of polluted water into the water supply. All supplies shall be either above the flood rim of the fixture or separated from the drainage end by means of approved vacuum breakers

3.06 INSTALLATION OF BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Install backflow preventers where required per local code and in accordance with

manufacturer's recommendations. Backflow preventers to be installed accessible for testing, installing contractor shall provide testing by a certified backflow assembly tester at time of installation as required by the Uniform Plumbing Code. Install air gap fitting and pipe to nearest floor drain.

3.07 INSTALLATION OF WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS A. Install water hammer arrestors as indicated on the drawings and as required per

Plumbing and Drainage Institute Standard PDI-WH201. Water hammer arrestors to be installed in accessible locations where possible.

3.08 INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING SPECIALTIES

A. General: Install plumbing specialties and valves as per manufacturer’s installation instructions.

B. Provide unions, valves to units at each connection as required by inspection.

Page 367: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 9

3.09 HYDROSTATIC TESTING A. General: New water mains shall be subject to hydrostatic testing in accordance with

AWWA C600 and other applicable AWWA Standards of latest revision and the following supplemental instructions.

B. Supplemental Instructions:

1. All newly laid pipe or any valved section thereof shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure of 1.5 X the working pressure at the point of testing or 100 psig, whichever is greater.

2. The test procedures shall: a. Not exceed pipe or thrust restraint design pressures. b. Be of at least 4-hour duration. c. Not exceed the rated pressure of the valves or hydrants.

3. Each valved section of pipe shall be filled with water slowly and the specified test pressure shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe.

4. Before applying the specified test pressure, air shall be expelled completely from the pipe, valves and hydrants.

5. Any damaged or defective pipe, fittings, valves or hydrants that are discovered following the pressure test shall be repaired or replaced with sound material and the test shall be repeated.

6. A leakage test shall be conducted concurrently with the pressure test. Leakage shall be defined as the quantity of water that must be supplied into the newly laid pipe, or any valved section thereof, to maintain test pressure.

7. No pipe installation will be accepted where leakage is observed. 3.10 DISINFECTION A. General: Upon completion of a newly installed piping or when repairs to an existing pipe

are made, the piping shall be disinfected according to instructions listed in AWWA C651, local codes, local utility requirements, and the following supplemental instructions.

C. Repairs: Repairs to mains and plumbing shall be disinfected by swabbing with

hypochlorite and flushing in accordance with AWWA C651. END OF SECTION 221116

Page 368: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 10

Page 369: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 1

SECTION 221316 - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 220010 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, tools, labor and supervision necessary

to fabricate and install complete piping system as required by the drawings and this section.

1. Extent of sanitary waste and vent piping work is indicated on drawings and

schedules, and by requirements of this section. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. UPC Compliance: Fabricate and install sanitary waste and vent piping in accordance

with IAMPO "Uniform Plumbing Code". B. IPC Compliance: Fabricate and install sanitary waste and vent piping in accordance

with the "International Plumbing Code". C. Plumbing and Drainage Institute: Fabricate and install domestic water piping with

Standard PDI-WH201. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer’s catalog cuts for each type of device to be used. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Floor Drains

1. Jay R. Smith 2. Jonespec 3. Josam 4. Wade 5. Watts 6. Zurn

B. Trench Drains

1. Jay R. Smith 2. Watts

Page 370: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 2

3. Zurn 4. Aco Drain 5. ABT, Inc. (Polydrain)

2.02 BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. General: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types,

pressure ratings, temperature ratings and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide materials and products complying with International and Uniform Plumbing Codes. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials used in sanitary waste and vent piping systems. Where more than one type of materials or products are indicated, selection is Installer's option.

B. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section - 220500 - Common Work Results for Plumbing. C. Supports, Anchors and Seals: Refer to Section 220529 - Hangers and Supports for

Plumbing Piping. 2.03 PIPE:

A. Provide pipe materials meeting the following criteria and referenced standards:

1. Cast Iron Soil Pipe (C-Iron): Service class, bell and spigot, asphalt coated, ASTM A74.

2. No-Hub Cast Iron Soil Pipe (C-Iron NH): Service class, no hub, asphalt coated, CISPI 301 or ASTM A-888.

3. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC): Schedule 40, DWV, ASTM D1785 and ASTM D2665. 4. Type K Copper (K Cu): Type K copper water tube, hard temper, ASTM B88. 5. Type M Copper (M Cu): Type M copper water tube, hard temper, ASTM B88. 6. Brass (Brass): 17 gauge brass tube, chromium plated, ASTM B43.

Page 371: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 3

B. Unless specifically prohibited by local codes, provide piping materials for systems

indicated according to the following table:

Service Material

C-Iron

C-Iron NH

PVC

K Cu M Cu

Brass FR PP

PP CPVC

Sanitary waste and vent below slab to 5’ outside building perimeter

X X X

Sanitary waste and vent above slab, up to and including 2-1/2”

X X X

Sanitary waste and vent above slab, 3” and larger

X X X X

Above ground condensate drain lines

X X

Underground condensate drain lines

X

Exposed fixture connections

X

Urinal Branch Waste Pipes

X

2.04 FITTINGS: A. Material and strength of fittings for sewer pipe, conform to pipe as per ASTM Standards. B. PVC pipe fittings (below grade sanitary sewer): Provide fittings produced and

recommended for the service indicated by manufacturer of piping. C. PVC DWV pipe fittings: ASTM D2665 DWV Schedule 40 socket type. Provide fittings

produced and recommended for the service indicated by manufacturer of tubing. Solvent cements as per ASTM 2564.

D. Copper drainage tube: Cast bronze fittings, solder joint fittings. ANSI B16.23. E. Brass pipe: Cast bronze screwed, 125 pound, flat band water pattern, chromium plated,

for chromium plated pipe.

Page 372: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 4

2.05 JOINTS A. Cast iron bell and spigot soil pipe: Pack joints with oakum, fill with molten lead at one

pouring, caulk solid flush with hub rim. If approved by Code, pre-set plastic or neoprene joint may be used, ASTM C 564.

B. Cast iron no-hub pipe: Coupling assembly tightened by torque wrench, CISPI 310,

ASTM C 564. C. PVC pipe fittings (below grade sanitary sewer): Listed compression type joints. D. PVC DWV pipe: Solvent cement in accordance with ASTM D2564. E. Copper drainage tube: Use non-corrosive 50-50 solder, cut pipe square, clean, ream

and polish tube ends and inner surface of fittings, apply flux and solder joint as recommended by manufacturer of solder type fittings. Use same method for copper refrigerant pipe, except use silver solder with 5% silver content, or equal strength brazing alloy.

2.06 VENTS A. Vents through the roof shall be cast iron long increasers beginning at 12" under the roof

and extending at least above the highest possible water level on the roof but in no case less than 8". Size increases as follows:

Vent Size Increase To

1-1/4" and 1-1/2" 3" minimum

2" and 2-1/2" 4" minimum

3" 4”

4" 6"

B. Provide and install flashing for each vent through the roof. The flashing shall extend up around the pipe and be sealed to the pipe and shall extend over the roof deck at least one foot in each direction from the base.

2.07 FLOOR DRAINS A. Shall be of the style as called for in fixture schedule. B. Drains without integral traps shall have service class p-traps. 2.08 CLEANOUTS A. In floors of finished areas: cast iron caulking ferrule for soil pipe hub with brass

countersunk plug and cast brass round flush access cover with polished top. B. In floors of unfinished areas: cast iron with tapered body for caulking into soil pipe hub,

with brass countersunk plug.

Page 373: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 5

C. In walls of finished areas: cast brass raised head plug and round stainless steel cover plate with polished top and countersunk cover screw. Provide with caulking ferrule where installed in cast iron soil pipe.

D. In walls of unfinished areas: cast brass raised head, iron pipe size male threads.

Provide with caulking ferrule where installed in iron soil pipe. E. In floors of areas subject to vehicular travel: cast iron with tapered body for caulking into

soil pipe hub, with brass countersunk plug. Weight rated for fork truck and heavy traffic duty.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which sanitary waste and vent piping

systems materials and products are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer.

3.02 INSTALLATION OF BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. General: Install basic materials and products as required per manufacturer=s

recommendations, International and Uniform Plumbing Codes, local code requirements and as required to meet the intent of the documents.

B. No soil or waste pipe shall be covered by earth or construction without first being proved

free of leaks by a hydrostatic test of at least 10 feet head. C. Install vents in practical alignment and supported with constant pitch back to the

drainage system, concealed from finished spaces, unless shown or directed otherwise. D. Soil, waste and vent connections to fixtures shall be accurately located and concealed

from finished spaces, unless indicated otherwise. E. Connections to horizontal branches shall be at 45 deg. angle using Wye or Tee-Wye.

Connection to vertical stacks shall be with Sanitary Tee or Tee-Wye at 45 deg. 3.03 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

A. Install pipe for all sanitary waste and vent systems as indicated on drawings, as called for in other sections, and as specified herein.

B. Arrange and install piping approximately as indicated; straight, plumb, and as direct as

possible; form right angles on parallel lines with building walls. Keep pipes close to walls and avoid interference with other trades. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other; space at a distance to permit applying full insulation and to permit access for servicing valves. Most piping to be run in concealed locations unless indicated exposed, or in equipment rooms. Locate piping to avoid ductwork.

Page 374: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 6

C. Provide proper support to maintain uniform fall of 1/4" per foot for lines 3" and smaller

and 1/8" per foot for lines 4" and larger. Protect all openings against the entrance of dirt. Where piping must cross footings, the piping shall cross under footings unless noted otherwise on the drawings.

D. Check all piping for interference with other trades, avoid placing water pipes over

electrical equipment. E. Where rough-in is required for equipment furnished by others, verify exact rough-in

dimension with owner or equipment supplier before roughing-in. F. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section 220500 - Common Work Results for Plumbing. G. Supports, Anchors and Seals: Refer to Section 220529 - Hangers and Supports for

Plumbing Piping. H. Equipment Connections

1. General: Connect sanitary waste and vent piping system to plumbing equipment as indicated, and comply with equipment manufacturer's instructions where not otherwise indicated. Install shutoff valve and union on supply and return, drain valve on drain connection.

I. Field Quality Control

1. Piping Tests: Test sanitary waste and vent piping in accordance with testing requirements of Division-22 Basic Materials and Methods, Section 220010 - Plumbing General Provisions.

3.04 INSTALLATION OF CLEANOUTS A. Provide a cleanout at the base of each stack where the sewer leaves the building and at

other points where required by code and good practice. Cleanout spacing shall not exceed 50'-0" on long runs. Cleanouts shall be the same size as pipe up to and including 4" and 4" for 4" or larger pipes. Cleanouts for concealed pipes shall be set flush with floor and wall surfaces.

3.05 INSTALLATION OF FLOOR DRAINS A. Obtain exact finish floor levels from the General Contractor and set floor drain top rims

accurately to proper level. Allow for proper slope towards drains. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF FIXTURES A. Refer to Section 224000 - Plumbing Fixtures, 224500 - Emergency Plumbing Fixtures,

and 224700 - Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers. END OF SECTION 221316

Page 375: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

GREASE INTERCEPTORS 221319 - 1

SECTION 221319 – SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 220010 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary for the plumbing fixture

installation as required by the drawings and this section. B. Fixtures, trim and accessories shall be of type and model numbers as scheduled on the

drawings. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit catalog cuts giving manufacturer's model numbers, fixture and rough-in

dimensions, and construction material for each type of fixture, trim and accessory scheduled.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Sand & Oil Interceptors

1. Josam 2. Mifab 3. Wade 4. Watts

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Install sand oil interceptor and make waste and vent connections as indicated on the

drawings. 3.02 Sand oil interceptor shall be covered after they are set to prevent damage during the

balance of construction. At the conclusion of work, the covering shall be removed and the lid properly cleaned at construction completion.

END OF SECTION 221319

Page 376: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

GREASE INTERCEPTORS 221319 - 2

Page 377: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FACILITY NATURAL GAS AND COMPRESSED AIR PIPING 221516 - 1

SECTION 221516 - FACILITY NATURAL GAS AND COMPRESSED AIR PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 220010 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, tools, labor and supervision necessary

to fabricate and install complete piping system as required by the drawings and this section.

1. Extent of natural gas piping work is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by

requirements of this section. 2. Installation of valves for natural gas piping system is specified in other Division-

22 sections and is included as work of this section. B. Trenching and Backfill: Trenching and backfill required in conjunction with gas service

piping is specified in applicable Division-22 sections and is included as work of this section.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and install natural gas systems in accordance with NFPA

54 "National Fuel Gas Code". B. Utility Compliance: Fabricate and install natural gas systems in accordance with local

gas utility company requirements. C. UPC Compliance: Fabricate and install natural gas systems in accordance with IAPMO

"Uniform Plumbing Code". PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Pressure Regulator:

1. Cashco 2. Fisher

B. Plug Valves

1. Homestead 2. Nordstrum

Page 378: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FACILITY NATURAL GAS AND COMPRESSED AIR PIPING 221516 - 2

C. Ball Valves

1. Watts 2. Nibco 3. Apollo 4. Milwaukee

D. Natural Gas and Compressed Air Outlets:

1. Fisher Hamilton/Water Saver 2.02 BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. General: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types,

pressure ratings, temperature ratings and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide materials and products complying with NFPA 54 where applicable; base pressure rating on natural gas piping system's maximum design pressures. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials used in natural gas piping systems. Where more than one type of materials or products are indicated, selection is Installer's option.

B. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section - 220500 - Common Work Results for Plumbing. C. Supports, Anchors and Seals: Refer to Section 220529 - Hangers and Supports for

Plumbing Piping. 2.03 PIPE:

Material Service

A. Black steel pipe Schedule 40, ASTM A53

Interior natural gas and compressed air piping.

B. Painted Black steel pipe Schedule 40, ASTM A53

Exterior natural gas and compressed air piping.

C. High Density Polyethylene (PE), PE3408 ASTM D2837, ASTM D3035

Exterior below grade gas piping.

2.04 FITTINGS: A. Steel Pipe:

1. Threaded pipe (2” dia and smaller): Malleable iron fittings, 125 pound standard flat band water pattern.

2. Welded pipe (2 1/2" dia and larger): Standard radius weld fittings and weld neck or slip-on flanges, same material and strength as pipe.

B. Polyethylene pipe fittings (gas service): Heat fusion fittings, provide fittings produced

and recommended for the service indicated by manufacturer of piping.

Page 379: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FACILITY NATURAL GAS AND COMPRESSED AIR PIPING 221516 - 3

2.05 JOINTS A. Steel Pipe:

1. Threaded pipe (2” dia and smaller): Make joints using Teflon tape applied to male threads only. Cut pipe square, cut threads clean, remove burrs and ream ends to full size of bore. For fuel piping and lubricating oil piping, joint sealing material shall be resistant to petroleum products.

2. Welded pipe (2 1/2" dia and larger): Welding shall conform to welding section of ANSI-B31.3 "Code for Power Piping.”

B. Polyethylene pipe fittings (gas service): Heat fusion joints made in accordance with

practices for the pipe service as recommended by manufacturer of piping. 2.06 NIPPLES AND UNIONS A. All nipples shall conform to size, weight and strength of adjoining pipe. When length of

unthreaded portion of nipple is less than 1-1/2", use extra strong nipple; do not use close nipples.

B. For pipe 2" and smaller, use screwed unions, for pipe 2-1/2" and over use flanged

unions. For steel pipe use black or galvanized malleable iron unions, to conform to pipe with ground joint. Cast iron flanged unions gasket type. For threaded brass pipe, use bronze ground joint unions with octagon ends.

C. Install unions in the following locations so that a minimum amount of pipe need be

disassembled:

1. In by-pass around equipment, valves, and controls. 2. In connections to equipment. 3. Where indicated on drawings.

2.07 VALVES A. Natural Gas: 2" and smaller: Two-piece full-port bronze ball valve, suitable for natural

gas service, threaded ends. B. Natural Gas: 2 1/2" to 6”: Carbon steel or cast iron plug valve MSS SP-78, WOG

(suitable for natural gas service) with flanged ends. C. Natural Gas Meter Valve: Provide with tamper-proof operator. D. Compressed Air: 2-1/2" and smaller, two-piece full-port bronze ball valve; 3" and 4",

two-piece standard port bronze ball valve. Threaded ends.

Page 380: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FACILITY NATURAL GAS AND COMPRESSED AIR PIPING 221516 - 4

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which natural gas piping systems

materials and products are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer.

3.02 INSTALLATION OF BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. General: Install basic materials and products as per manufacturer=s recommendations,

Uniform Plumbing Code, local code requirements, Utility Company requirements and as required to meet the intent of the document.

B. Natural Gas and Compressed Air Piping

1. Install pipe for all natural gas systems as indicated on drawings, as called for in other sections, and as specified herein.

2. Arrange and install piping approximately as indicated; straight, plumb, and as direct as possible; form right angles on parallel lines with building walls. Keep pipes close to walls and avoid interference with other natural gas items. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other; space at a distance to permit applying full insulation and to permit access for servicing valves. Most piping to be run in concealed locations unless indicated exposed, or in equipment rooms. Locate piping to avoid ductwork.

3. Install horizontal piping as high as possible without sags or humps so that proper grades can be maintained for drainage.

4. Check all piping for interference with other trades; avoid placing pipes over electrical equipment.

5. Where rough-in is required for equipment furnished by others, verify exact rough-in dimension with owner or equipment supplier before roughing-in.

6. Piping up to 2" diameter shall be screwed, piping 2-1/2" diameter and over shall be welded. Concealed gas piping shall be welded or otherwise installed as required per NFPA 54 and local code.

7. Plug each gas outlet, including valves, with threaded plug or cap immediately after installation and retain until continuing piping, or equipment connections are completed.

8. Install "Tee" fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped, at bottom of pipe risers. 9. Install piping with 1/64" per foot (1/8%) downward slope in direction of flow. 10. Exposed outside pipe: Prime coat with appropriate lead oxide paint and apply

finish enamel coat to match color of adjacent building material. C. Valves

1. Locate valves for easy access and operation. Do not locate valves with stems below horizontal.

2. Sectional Valves: Install on each branch and riser, close to main, where branch or riser serves 2 or more natural gas terminals or equipment connections, and elsewhere as indicated.

Page 381: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FACILITY NATURAL GAS AND COMPRESSED AIR PIPING 221516 - 5

3. Shutoff Valves: Install on inlet and outlet of each natural gas equipment item, and on inlet of each natural gas terminal, and elsewhere as indicated.

4. Drain Valves: Install on each natural gas equipment item located to completely drain equipment for service or repair. Install at base of each riser, at base of each rise or drop in piping system, and elsewhere where indicated or required to completely drain natural gas piping system.

D. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section 220500 - Common Work Results for Plumbing. E. Supports, Anchors and Seals: Refer to Section 220529 - Hangers and Supports for

Plumbing Piping. F. Install specialties and accessories as indicated on drawings and in accordance with

manufacturer’s recommendations and applicable codes and standards. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF GAS SERVICE A. General: Arrange with utility company to provide gas service to indicated location with

shutoff at terminus. Consult with utility as to extent of its work, costs, fees, and permits involved. Pay such costs and fees; obtain permits.

B. Extend service pipe from utility’s terminus to inside building wall, under utility's direction. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. General: Connect gas piping to each gas-fired equipment item, with drip leg and shutoff

gas cock. Comply with equipment manufacturer's instructions. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Piping Tests: Inspect, test, and purge natural gas systems in accordance with NFPA 54,

and local utility company requirements. 3.06 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Cleaning and Inspecting: Clean and inspect natural gas systems in accordance with

requirements of Division-22 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods, Section 220010 – Plumbing General Provisions.

3.07 SPARE PARTS A. Valve Wrenches: Furnish to Owner, with receipt, 2 valve wrenches for each type of gas

valve installed, requiring same. END OF SECTION 221516

Page 382: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FACILITY NATURAL GAS AND COMPRESSED AIR PIPING 221516 - 6

Page 383: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FUEL-FIRED DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 223400 - 1

SECTION 223400 - FUEL-FIRED DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 220010 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of plumbing equipment work is indicated on drawings and provisions of this

section, including schedules and equipment lists associated with either drawings or this section.

B. Types of plumbing equipment required for project include the following:

1. Water Heaters 2. Instantaneous Water Heaters

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. UL and NEMA Compliance: Provide electric motors and electrical components required

as part of plumbing equipment, which have been listed and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories and comply with NEMA standards.

B. NEC Compliance: Comply with National Electrical Code (ANSI/NFPA 70) as applicable

to installation and electrical connections of ancillary electrical components of plumbing equipment.

C. ANSI Compliance: Comply with ANSI Z223.1 (NFPA 54) "National Fuel Gas Code", as

applicable to installation of gas-fired water heaters. D. AGA Labels: Provide water heaters which have been listed and labeled by American

Gas Association.

E. ANSI/NSF 372 Certification: Fuel-Fired Domestic Water Heaters shall meet the requirements of ANSI/NSF 372 Certification, Drinking Water System Components, Lead Content.

1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's plumbing equipment specifications, installation

and start-up instructions, and capacity and ratings, with selection points clearly marked. B. Shop Drawings: Submit assembly type shop drawings indicating dimensions, weights,

required clearances, and methods of assembly of all components.

Page 384: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FUEL-FIRED DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 223400 - 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Residential Gas-fired Water Heaters

1. A.O. Smith, Consumer Products Div. 2. Rheem-Ruud 3. State Industries

2.02 WATER HEATERS A. Residential Gas-fired Water Heaters

1. General: Provide gas-fired water heaters of size and capacity as indicated on schedule. Comply with ANSI/ASHRAE/IES 90A for energy efficiency.

2. Heater: Working pressure of 150 psi; 3/4" tapping for relief valve; magnesium anode rod; glass lining on internal surfaces exposed to water.

3. Safety Controls: Equip with automatic gas shutoff device to shut off entire gas supply in event of excessive temperature in tank; and pilot safety shutoff.

4. Combustion System: Equip with power venting system certified for power direct venting up to 40 equivalent feet on the intake vent arrangement and up to 40 equivalent feet on the exhaust vent arrangement, using standard PVC, class 160, schedule 40 or CPVC vent piping. Gravity direct vented or heaters that use room air for combustion are not acceptable equals. The water heater shall include a 6' plug-in power cord and provision for direct connection to a standard electrical outlet. Blower shall include pressure switches which will shut down power to the burner in case of vent system failure due to down drafts or vent blockage.

5. Jacket: Provide outer steel jacket with tank insulation and baked enamel finish. 6. Warranty: Furnish 1 year limited warranty for tank leakage. 7. Accessories: Provide brass drain valve; 3/4" relief valve; cold water dip tube. 8. Controls: Provide gas pressure regulator; pilot gas regulator adjustable

thermostat.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF WATER HEATERS A. Gas-fired Water Heaters

1. General: Install gas-fired water heaters as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, and in compliance with applicable codes.

2. Support: Set units and orient so controls and devices needing service and maintenance have adequate access. Level and plumb unit.

3. Gas Supply: Connect to gas line with drip leg, tee, gas cock and union; full size of unit inlet connection. Locate piping so as not to interfere with service of unit.

4. Piping: Connect hot and cold water piping to units with shutoff valves and unions.

5. Flue/Intake: Install according to manufacturer's recommendations to be consistent with sealed system or draft hood.

Page 385: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FUEL-FIRED DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 223400 - 3

. 6. Start-Up: Start-up, test and adjust gas-fired water heaters in accordance with

manufacturer's start-up instructions, and Utility Company's requirements. Check and calibrate controls, adjust burner for maximum efficiency.

7. Pressure and Temperature Relief: Route pipe to nearest indirect sanitary drain. Pipe size to match relief connection size.

END OF SECTION 223400

Page 386: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FUEL-FIRED DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 223400 - 4

Page 387: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000 - 1

SECTION 224000 - PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 220010 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary for the plumbing fixture

installation as required by the drawings and this section. B. Fixtures, trim and accessories shall be of type and model numbers as scheduled on the

drawings. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit catalog cuts giving manufacturer's model numbers, fixture and rough-in

dimensions, and construction material for each type of fixture, trim and accessory scheduled.

B. Furnish rough-in information that impacts other trades to General Contractor for

distribution to other sub-contractors. This includes, but is not limited to, sink cut out templates, shower/tub framing dimension drawings, electrical power rough-in dimension drawings, etc.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ANSI/NSF 372 Certification: All potable water supply piping and valves shall meet the

requirements of ANSI/NSF 372 Certification, Drinking Water System Components, Lead Content.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Refer to schedules on plans for basis of design plumbing fixtures. All other

manufacturer’s must submit a substitution request for approval prior to bidding.

B. Vitreous China and Cast Iron Enameled Fixtures

1. American Standard 2. Crane 3. Eljer 4. Kohler 5. Zurn 6. Sloan

Page 388: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000 - 2

C. Stainless Steel Sinks

1. Elkay 2. Just 3. Kohler

D. Trim

1. American Standard 2. Chicago Faucet 3. Delta 4. Eljer 5. Elkay 6. Kohler 7. T & S Brass Works 8. Sloan

E. Flush Valves

1. Sloan - Royal Series 2. Zurn – Aquavantage Series

F. Carriers

1. Jay R. Smith 2. Josam 3. Wade 4. Watts 5. Zurn

G. Valve Boxes

1. Guy Gray H. Fiberglass Tub and Shower Modules

1. Aqua Glass 2. Aquarius 3. Cedar Glass 4. Universal-Rundle 5. Crane 6. Aquatic 7. Best Bath

I. Closet Seats

1. Beneke 2. Church 3. Olsonite 4. Sperzel 5. Comfort Seats

Page 389: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000 - 3

6. Bemis Commercial 7. ProFlo

J. Column Showers

1. Acorn 2. Bradley 3. Powers

K. Shower Valves

1. Leonard 2. Symmons 3. Delta 4. Kohler 5. Bradley

L. Wash Fountains

1. Acorn 2. Bradley

M. Mop Sinks and Laundry Tubs

1. Fiat 2. Mustee 3. Pro Flo

N. Thermostatic Mixing Valves

1. Leonard 2. Powers 3. Symmons 4. Apollo 5. Lawler

O. Digital Mixing Valves

1. Armstrong 2. Leonard 3. Powers

P. Wall Hydrants

1. Woodford 2. Prier 3. JR Smith

Page 390: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000 - 4

2.02 VITREOUS AND CAST IRON FIXTURES A. Vitreous ware shall be non-absorbant, even color, unwarped, two-fired vitreous china,

grade "A" as rated by the Bureau of Standards. B. Enameled cast iron fixtures shall have the enamel fused with the iron to provide a hard

acid-resisting enameled finish. C. Vitreous and enamel fixtures shall be white, except where other colors are called for in

the schedule. D. Bath tubs shall have slip-resistant surface. E. Fiberglass, gel-coat fixtures shall incorporate Microban antimicrobial protection. 2.03 STAINLESS STEEL SINKS A. Stainless steel sinks shall be fabricated from 18 gauge nickel-bearing type 302 stainless

steel, with satin finish, sound deadening treatment and 3/16" drop down ledge. Provide with channel and pull down clips to ensure tight seal between sink and countertop.

2.04 TRIM A. Trim to include supply pipes, stop valves, faucets, tail pieces, strainers, waste and traps.

Floor and wall plates shall be brass. Exposed trim shall be chrome plated. B. Potable water supply piping and fixtures (excluding toilets, urinals, fill valves, flush

valves, and shower valves) shall meet the certification requirements of ANSI/NSF 372 – Drinking Water System Components, Lead Content.

C. Stop valves shall be compression type with loose key control. D. P-trap shall be adjustable 18 gauge tubular brass. Where offset P-traps are required for

handicapped accessible lavatories, offset and P-trap shall be insulated with Handi Lav-Guard by Truebro, or equal. When supply risers are exposed, they shall be insulated with Handi Lav-Guard by Truebro, or equal.

E. Trim shall be considered "exposed" even when concealed behind base cabinets having

doors. F. Mixing valve, transformer, or piping under the counter shall be covered with Lav-Shield

by Truebro or equal in areas where a cabinet does not cover them. G. Water closet fixture carriers shall be heavy duty type with a minimum weight rating of

500 lbs.

Page 391: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000 - 5

2.05 VALVE BOXES

A. Box material shall be PVC High temperature Resin with Intumescent pad for to achieve

fire rating required to match rating of wall where box is shown on plans. Snap on frame shall accommodate up to two layers of 5/8” drywall.

B. Valves shall be included as indicated in Plumbing Fixture Schedule on the plans. All valves for domestic hot or cold water shall be lead free and comply with NSF/ANSI 372 (annex G) and the US Safe Drinking Water Act.

C. Accessories: Provide other accessories as indicated in the Plumbing Fixture Schedule on the plans.

2.06 DIGITAL MIXING VALVE A. Temperature controller shall be controlled digitally via integrated circuit board technology

designed to deliver blended water at a safe, accurate temperature. The mixing valve shall have a 2 line, 16 character display of delivered temperature with the option of deg. F or deg. C. Display shall also show the error codes and alarm conditions. The temperature controller shall be compliant with ASSE Standard 1017, CSA B125 and CE. Unit shall have lead free stainless steel/polymer, brass or bronze body construction with stainless steel ball and stem.

B. General Performance:

1. The maximum water pressure drop shall not exceed 10 psi. 2. Outlet water temperature shall be controlled to within plus or minus 2 deg. F. 3. Operational water pressure shall be 20-125 psig. 4. Automatic shutoff of hot water flow upon cold water inlet supply failure. 5. Automatic shutoff of hot water flow in the event of power failure. 6. Programmable set point range of 100-158 deg. F. 7. Programmable 1st level hi/lo temperature alarm display. 8. Installation shall include a balancing valve with visible flow meter on circulated

hot water side, Caleffi Model 132 or equal. C. Digital Mixing Center: Shall consist of quantity of mixing valves in pre-piped

arrangement required to provide temperature control over full range from 0.5 gpm to peak flow indicated on drawings, including isolation valves, strainers, and check valves. All piping, fittings and valves in pre-piped assembly shall meet requirements of other plumbing specifications. Complete assembly shall be lead free compliant.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Install fixtures and make water supply, waste and vent connections as indicated on the

drawings. 3.02 Set fixtures in center of stalls, between partitions where required. Dimensions for spacing

shall be verified with General Contractor. Fixtures in ADA accessible stalls shall be installed with the flush valve handle to the open side of the stall, where applicable.

Page 392: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000 - 6

3.03 Setting shall be absolutely tight and rigid on proper ground. Use Miracle Adhesive Corporation Tub-Caulk or approved equal pointing material under all setting surfaces.

3.04 Wall hung fixtures shall be securely hung. All wall hung fixtures shall have carriers unless

other mounting means are approved by Design Professional. Mounting heights shall be as indicated on Architectural elevations, and in accordance with the requirements of the ADA.

3.05 Chair carriers shall be securely braced to construction and shall be concealed with feet

concealed in floor. Where feet cannot be concealed in floor, provide stub feet. Carriers for urinals shall have thrust bolts at bottom. Carriers for lavatories and electric water coolers shall have mounting plate type hanger or concealed arms as required by the fixture schedule. Carriers shall be coordinated with plumbing fixtures.

3.06 Fixtures shall be covered after they are set to prevent damage during the balance of

construction. At the conclusion of work, the covering shall be removed and the fixtures properly cleaned.

3.07 Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of the fixtures until acceptance by

Owner. Damaged fixtures shall be replaced at no additional cost to Owner. 3.08 Joints of lavatories with counter and/or wall, sinks with wall, urinals with wall and water

closets with wall and/or floor shall be caulked with transparent silicone caulk by Contractor.

END OF SECTION 224000

Page 393: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND WATER COOLERS 224700 - 1

SECTION 224700 - DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND WATER COOLERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 220010 - Plumbing General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary for the plumbing fixture

installation as required by the drawings and this section. B. Fixtures, trim and accessories shall be of type and model numbers as scheduled on the

drawings. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ANSI/NSF 372 Certification: Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers shall meet the

requirements of ANSI/NSF 372 Certification, Drinking Water System Components, Lead Content.

1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit catalog cuts giving manufacturer's model numbers, fixture and rough-in

dimensions, and construction material for each type of fixture, trim and accessory scheduled.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Electric Water Coolers

1. Elkay 2. Halsey Taylor 3. Haws 4. Oasis 5. Sunroc/Western

2.02 ELECTRIC WATER COOLERS AND DRINKING FOUNTAINS

A. Refer to Plumbing Fixture Schedule for models and accessories. B. Provide with factory wired 3-prong power cord(s) for unit power.

Page 394: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND WATER COOLERS 224700 - 2

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Install fixtures and make water supply, waste and vent connections as indicated on the

drawings. 3.02 Fixtures shall be covered after they are set to prevent damage during the balance of

construction. At the conclusion of work, the covering shall be removed and the fixtures properly cleaned.

3.03 Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of the fixtures until acceptance by

Owner. Damaged fixtures shall be replaced at no additional cost to Owner. END OF SECTION 224700

Page 395: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010 - 1

SECTION 230010 - HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Refer to Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division

01 - General Requirements, which all apply to work under this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section applies to all work under the HVAC contract. This shall include, but not

necessarily be limited to, the following:

1. Piping Insulation 2. Ductwork for Air Distribution 3. Grilles, Registers, Diffusers and Dampers 4. Exhaust Fans and Ducts 5. Thermostats and Control Wiring 6. Insulation of Ducts and Plenums 7. Furnaces and Condensing Units and Refrigerant Piping

B. The work shall include all materials, equipment and labor required for complete and

properly functioning HVAC systems. C. Drawings for HVAC work are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work

and indicate general arrangement of equipment, piping and approximate sizes and locations of equipment and materials.

D. Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and

arrangements, make such changes without additional cost to Owner. E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain piping or items such as unions or fittings

may not be shown, but where such items are required by other sections of the specifications, or where they are required by the nature of the work, they shall be furnished and installed.

F. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular

craft involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft. G. All work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest

standards of the craft. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. All work shall be done in accordance with the applicable portion of the following codes

and standards:

1. International Mechanical Code 2. Uniform Plumbing Code 3. International Building Code

Page 396: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010 - 2

4. National Electric Code (NEC) 5. National Fire Protection Association Standards (NFPA) 6. Local Utility Company Requirements 7. Local Codes, all trades 8. Standards of ASME, ASHRAE, NEMA, IEEE, AGA, SMACNA 9. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 10. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (U.L.) 11. Iowa Administrative Codes 12. Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA)

B. Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all codes and standards applicable to their

work and shall notify Design Professional of any discrepancies between the design and applicable code requirements so that any conflicts can be resolved. Where two or more codes or standards are in conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship shall take precedence, but such questions shall be referred to Design Professional for final decision.

C. Where drawings or specifications call for workmanship or materials in excess of code

requirements, a lower grade of construction will not be permitted. 1.04 REQUIREMENTS & FEES OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Secure all required permits and pay for all inspections, licenses and fees required in

connection with the HVAC work. Contractor shall post all bonds and obtain all licenses required by the State, City, County and Utility.

1.05 HVAC DRAWINGS A. The HVAC drawings indicate in general the building arrangement only, Contractor shall

examine construction drawings to familiarize himself with the specific type of building construction, i.e. type of structural system, floors, walls, ceilings, room finishes and elevations.

B. Drawings are intended to convey the scope of the work and to indicate the general

arrangement and locations of ducts, piping and equipment. C. Contractor shall layout his own work and shall be responsible for determining the exact

locations for equipment and rough-ins and the exact routing of piping and ducts so as to best fit the layout of the work.

D. Contractor shall take his own field measurements for verifying locations and dimensions:

scaling of the drawings will not be sufficient for laying out the work. E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items such as pipe fittings and

valves may not be shown, but where such items are required by code or by other sections of the specifications, such items shall be furnished and installed.

1.06 ACTIVE SERVICES A. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying exact location of all existing services prior to

beginning work in that area.

Page 397: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010 - 3

B. Existing active services, i.e., water, gas, sewer, electric, when encountered, shall be

protected against damage. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services which are to remain.

C. When active services are encountered which require relocation, Contractor shall make

request to authorities with jurisdiction for determination of procedures. D. Where existing services are to be abandoned, they shall be terminated in conformance

with requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction. 1.07 SITE INSPECTION A. Contractor shall inspect the site prior to submitting bid for work to familiarize himself with

the conditions of the site which will affect his work and shall verify points of connection with utilities, routing of outside piping to include required clearances from any existing structures, trees or other obstacles.

B. Extra payment will not be allowed for changes in the work required because of

Contractor's failure to make this inspection. 1.08 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION A. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate his work with the

schedule of the General Contractor so as to progress the work expeditiously, and to avoid unnecessary delays.

B. Contractor shall fully examine the drawings and specifications for other trades and shall

coordinate the installation of his work with the work of the other contractors. Contractor shall consult and cooperate with the other contractors for determining space requirements and for determining that adequate clearance is allowed with respect to his equipment, other equipment and the building. Design Professional reserves the right to determine space priority of the contractors in the event of interference between piping, conduit, ducts and equipment of the various contractors.

C. Drawings and specifications are intended to be complimentary. Any work shown in

either of them, whether in the other or not, shall be executed according to the true intent and meaning thereof, the same as if set forth in all. Conflicts between the drawings and the specifications or between the requirements set forth for the various contractors shall be called to the attention of Design Professional. If clarification is not asked for prior to the taking of bids, it will be assumed that none is required and that Contractor is in agreement with the drawings and specifications as issued. If clarification is required after the contract is awarded, such clarification will be made by Design Professional and his decision will be final.

D. Special care shall be taken for protection for all equipment. All equipment and material

shall be completely protected from weather elements, painting and plaster until the project is substantially completed. Damage from rust, paint and scratches shall be repaired as required to restore equipment to original condition.

Page 398: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010 - 4

E. Protection of all equipment during the painting of the building shall be the responsibility of the Painting Contractor, but this shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility for checking to assure that adequate protection is being provided.

F. Where the final installation or connection of equipment in the building requires

Contractor to work in finished areas of the building, Contractor shall be responsible that such areas are protected and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the course of such work. Contractor shall arrange with the General Contractor for patching and refinishing of such areas which may be damaged in this respect.

1.09 OPENINGS, CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Piping, sleeves and ducts passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs, walls, and

partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and pipe, sleeve, and/or duct shall be sealed with UL listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor. Where piping, sleeves and ducts pass through floors, roofs, walls and partitions that are not fire or smoke rated, penetrations shall be sealed with grout or caulk.

B. New structure:

1. Contractor will coordinate the placing of openings and lintels in the new structure as required for the installation of the HVAC work with the General Contractor.

2. Contractor shall furnish to General Contractor the accurate locations and sizes for required openings, but this shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility of checking to assure that proper size openings are provided. When additional cutting and patching is required due to Contractor's failure to coordinate this work, Contractor shall make arrangements for the cutting, patching, and painting required.

1.10 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING A. Contractor shall do all excavating necessary for hydronic piping, gas piping, etc., and

shall backfill trenches and excavations after work has been inspected. Care shall be taken in excavating that walls and footings and adjacent load bearing soils are not disturbed in any way, except where lines must cross under a wall footing. Where a line must pass under a footing, the crossing shall be made by the smallest possible trench to accommodate the pipe. Excavation shall be kept free from water by pumping if necessary.

B. Backfill about the structure shall be placed, when practical, as the work of construction

progresses. Backfilling on or against concrete work shall be done only when directed. Backfilling of trenches shall progress as rapidly as the testing and acceptance of the finished sections of the work will permit. Backfill shall be in accordance with Division 31 Specifications.

Page 399: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010 - 5

1.11 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. All materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a reputable U.S.A.

manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specified item. Where two or more units are required of the same item, they shall be furnished by the same manufacturer except where specified otherwise.

B. All material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's

recommendations. C. The equipment specifications cannot deal individually with any minute items such as

parts, controls, devices, etc., which may be required to produce the equipment performance and function as specified, or as required to meet the equipment guarantees. Such items, when required, shall be furnished as part of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for.

1.12 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor shall furnish, to Design Professional, complete sets of shop drawings and

other submittal data. Contractor shall review and sign shop drawings before submittal. Refer to Division 01 specifications for additional requirements.

B. Shop drawings shall be bound into sets and cover related items for a complete system

as much as practical and shall be identified with symbols or "plan marks" used on drawings. Incomplete, piecemeal or unbound submittals will be rejected.

C. Submittals required by the various sections of the Project Manual include, but are not

necessarily limited to those identified in the submittal schedule below. D. After award of contract, Contractor shall provide a completed submittal schedule

including dates that the submittals will be to Design Professional for review. E. Submit required information on the following items:

SPEC

SECTION

EQUIPMENT

DETAIL

DWGS

PROD

DATA

SAMPLES

INSTALL

METHODS

O & M

MANUAL

CERTIFICATE OF

DEMON-STRATION

OTHER (SEE

NOTES)

230516 Expansion Fittings and Loops for HVAC Piping

X

230519 Meters and Gauges for HVAC Piping

X

230523 General Duty Valves for HVAC Piping

X

230548 Vibration Controls for HVAC Piping, Ductwork and Equipment

X

230553 HVAC Identification X

230593 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC

1

Page 400: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010 - 6

230700 HVAC Insulation X

230900 Building Automation System X X X X

233113 Metal Ducts X X 1

233300 Air Duct Accessories X X

233416 HVAC Fans X X X

233713 Diffusers, Registers and Grilles

X

235400 Furnaces X X

235533 Fuel Fired Unit Heaters X X

236200 Packaged Compressor and Condenser Units

X X

237200 Air-to-Air Energy Recovery Equipment

X X X

238239 Unit Heaters X X

NOTES: 1. Submit test reports as described in specification section.

2. Submit borehole log and record drawings.

F. Design Professional will review shop drawings solely to assist contractors in correctly

interpreting the plans and specifications. G. Contract requirements cannot be changed by shop drawings which differ from contract

drawings and specifications. 1.13 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to Design Professional in

duplicate upon completion of the job. Refer to Division 01 specifications for additional information.

B. Submit manuals in duplicate upon completion of the job. Manuals shall be bound in a

three ring hard-backed binder. Front cover and spine of each binder shall have the following lettering done:

OPERATION

AND MAINTENANCE

MANUAL FOR

HVAC SYSTEMS

(PROJECT NAME) (LOCATION)

(DATE)

SUBMITTED BY (NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR)

Page 401: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010 - 7

C. Provide a master index at the beginning of manual showing items included. Use plastic tab indexes for sections of manual. Each section shall contain the following information for equipment furnished under this contract:

1. Equipment and system warranties and guarantees. 2. Installation instructions. 3. Operating instructions. 4. Maintenance instructions. 5. Spare parts identification and ordering list. 6. Local service organization, address, contract and phone number. 7. Shop drawings with reviewed stamp of Design Professional and Contractor shall

be included, if applicable, along with the items listed above. 8. Reports of all tests and demonstrations including certificate of owner instruction,

testing and balancing report, etc. 1.14 TESTS AND DEMONSTRATIONS A. Tests Required: Piping shall be tested and proved tight under the following static

pressures. Pressure shall be maintained for four (4) hours.

System Pressure

Refrigeration Piping: Precharged Lines Fuel Piping

Charge and operate unit. Check for leaks with electronic leak detector. 100 psi air pressure or 150% of operating pressure (whichever is greater)

B. All systems shall be tested by Contractor and placed in proper working order prior to

demonstrating systems to Owner. Contractor shall submit a report to Design Professional citing dates, times, pressures, and results of all tests performed.

1.15 TRAINING AND DEMONSTRATIONS A. Prior to acceptance of the HVAC installation, Contractor shall provide to Owner, or his

designated representatives, all comprehensive training on essential features and functions of all systems installed, and shall instruct Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of such systems.

1. Provide adequate notice to Owner as to when instruction will be conducted so

appropriate personnel can be present. 2. Prepare the instruction format for a minimum of four Owner Representatives.

B. Equipment training for Owner:

1. Manufacturer's representatives shall provide instruction on each major piece of equipment. Contractor shall provide instruction on all other equipment.

2. Training sessions shall use the printed installation, operation and maintenance instruction materials included in the O&M manuals and emphasize preventative maintenance and safe operating procedures.

3. Training shall be performed by qualified factory trained technicians.

Page 402: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010 - 8

4. HVAC Contractor shall attend all sessions performed by the manufacturer's representative and shall add to each session any special information relating to the details of installation of the equipment as it might impact the operation and maintenance.

5. Equipment training shall occur as soon as possible after start up of the equipment and shall include hands-on operation. Training shall be provided for equipment listed in the table below.

C. System training for Owner:

1. HVAC and Temperature Controls Contractors shall jointly conduct system operating training. These sessions shall include: a. HVAC system overview. b. System wide start-up. c. Operation of control system. d. Function of each component. e. System operating procedures in all possible modes. f. Programming procedures. g. Shut-down and maintenance procedures. h. Emergency procedures.

D. The following are minimum requirements for Owner instruction:

Section Description Hours

(Note 1)

Presented By Others Present Remarks

230010

HVAC System (Excluding Equipment)

8 Mech. Contractor

T.C. Contractor

Note 2

235400 Central Heating Equip.

4 Contractor

236200 Central Cooling Equip,

4 Contractor

237200 Central HVAC Equip. 4 Contractor

233416 Fans 2 Contractor

230900 Temperature Control System

40 T.C. Contractor Note 3

1. Any unused hours shall be used at Owner's discretion during the first year of occupancy. 2. System training shall include, but not be limited to, valve locations, system routing, and air/water

flow patterns, system start-up/shut-down/emergency procedures. 3. Training shall occur in several sessions over the course of the first year of operation. A minimum

of four separate dates are required for temperature controls, two dates for chillers.

E. Contractor shall submit to Design Professional a certificate, signed by Owner stating the

date, time and persons instructed and that the instruction has been completed to Owner's satisfaction. An example of a certificate form is as follows:

Page 403: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010 - 9

CERTIFICATE OF SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION

This document is to certify that Contractor has demonstrated the hereafter listed systems to Owner's representatives in accordance with the Contract documents and that the instruction has been completed to Owner's satisfaction.

A. Project:

B. System(s):

C. Contractor's representatives giving instruction and demonstration:

Contractor:

NAMES DATE HOURS

D. Owner's representatives receiving instruction:

Owner:

E. Acknowledgement of demonstration:

Contractor's Representative: signature date

Owner's Representative:

signature date

NAMES DATE HOURS

Page 404: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010 - 10

1.16 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01. B. Where substitutions are approved, Contractor assumes all responsibility for physical

dimensions and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of the substitution.

1.17 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. In most cases, equipment specifications are based on a specific manufacturer's type,

style, dimensional data, catalog number, etc. Listed with the base specification, either in the manual or on the plan schedules are acceptable manufacturers approved to bid products of equal quality. These manufacturers are encouraged to submit to Design Professional at least 8 days prior to the bid due date drawings and catalog numbers of products to be bid as equals.

B. Manufacturers who do not submit prior to bidding, run the risk of having the product

rejected at time of shop drawing submittal. Extra costs associated with replacing the rejected product shall be the responsibility of Contractor and/or the manufacturer.

C. If Contractor chooses to use a manufacturer listed as an equal, it shall be his

responsibility to assure that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements in 'A' above. Contractor shall assume all responsibility for physical dimensions (including accessibility for maintenance), operating characteristics, and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of using the alternate manufacturer.

D. Where a model or catalog number is provided, it may not be inclusive of all product

requirements. Refer to additional requirements provided on the plans or in the specifications as required. Similarly, there may be additional requirements included in the model or catalog number that are not specifically stated. These requirements shall also be met.

1.18 WARRANTY A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01 for information on warranties and correction of work within

the warranty period.

1. If a warranty or warranty period are not defined in Division 00 or 01, then the start of all warranty periods shall be the date of Substantial Completion and the length of the warranty shall be for one year. a. If construction is phased with distinct and separate Substantial

Completion dates for portions of the building and/or systems, separate warranties shall be provided for each of these phased areas and/or systems.

Page 405: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010 - 11

b. The entire HVAC system, including all sub-systems, shall be guaranteed

against defect in materials and installation for the duration of the warranty period. Any malfunctions or defects which occur within the warranty period shall be promptly corrected without cost to the Owner. This guarantee shall not limit or void any manufacturer's express or implied warranty.

B. Refer to other Division 23 sections for systems, equipment, or material requiring extended warranties beyond one year.

C. The date of systems/equipment startup or equipment/material shipment to the site shall

not be considered the notable date with relation to the warranty of that item. All systems, equipment, material, etc., shall have the same start date with respect to the warranty period.

D. Systems, equipment or material put into use to facilitate construction activities (e.g.

testing and balancing, commissioning, temporary conditioning, etc.) prior to the start of the warranty period shall not impact the length of the warranty in any way.

1.19 COMPLETION A. Systems, at time of completion, shall be complete, efficiently operating, non-hazardous

and ready for normal use by Owner. B. Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all debris, excess material and

equipment left during the progress of this contract at job completion. 1.20 CLEANING A. Prior to assembly of pipe and piping components, all loose dirt, scale, oil, and other

foreign matter on internal and exterior surfaces shall be removed by means consistent with good piping practices. During fabrication and assembly, slug and weld splatter shall be removed from both internal and external pipe joints by preening, chipping, and wire brushing.

B. At the conclusion of the construction, the entire system of piping and equipment shall be

cleaned internally. Prior to flushing erected piping surfaces, Contractor shall disconnect all instrumentation and equipment and open wide all valves.

C. All temporary labels, stickers, etc., shall be removed from all fixtures and equipment.

Name plates, ratings, instruction plates, etc., shall not be obscured by paint, insulation, or placement of units.

D. Heating and air conditioning equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned and clean filters

installed.

Page 406: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HVAC GENERAL PROVISIONS 230010 - 12

1.21 ELECTRICAL WORK A. Electrical work and equipment provided by HVAC Contractor shall include the following:

1. Starters and disconnects for motors of HVAC equipment, but only where specifically indicated to be furnished integrally with equipment.

2. Wiring from motors to disconnect switches or junction boxes for motors of HVAC equipment, but only where specifically indicated to be furnished integrally with equipment.

3. Electrical heating coils and similar elements in HVAC equipment. 4. All control wiring in accordance with the requirements of Division 26.

B. Electrical Contractor shall provide all power wiring for HVAC equipment, including

services for motors and equipment furnished by the HVAC contractor. Motor and equipment locations are shown on the electrical drawings.

C. Electrical Contractor shall make final connections for all motors and equipment furnished

by the HVAC contractor. D. Electrical Contractor shall furnish safety disconnects and starters for all motors and

equipment furnished by the HVAC contractor (unless specifically indicated to be furnished integrally with the equipment), so as to make service complete to each item of equipment.

E. Contractor shall consult with Electrical Contractor prior to conduit rough-in and shall

verify with him the exact locations for rough-ins, and the exact size and characteristics of the services required, and shall provide Electrical Contractor a schedule of electrical loads for the equipment furnished by him. These schedules will be used for sizing services, disconnects, fuses, starters and overload protection.

F. Refer to Division 23 Controls section for control system wiring. Control wiring shall be

done in accordance with the requirements of Division 26. 1.22 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Refer to Division 01 for specific requirements concerning temporary utilities. B. Under no circumstances shall the building HVAC equipment be used for temporary heat,

cooling or ventilation during construction prior to Owner acceptance of the building at substantial completion.

END OF SECTION 230010

Page 407: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500 - 1

SECTION 230500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 230010 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section includes the following:

1. Sleeves 2. Escutcheons 3. Fire Stopping 4. Guards 5. Wall Access Doors 6. Equipment Pads

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SLEEVES A. Sleeves passing through non-load bearing walls and partitions shall be galvanized sheet

steel with lock seam joints of minimum gauges as follows:

1. For pipes 2-1/2" and smaller - 24 gauge 2. For pipes 3" to 6" - 22 gauge 3. For pipes over 6" - 20 gauge

B. Sleeves passing through load bearing walls, concrete beams, fireproof walls,

foundations, footings and waterproof floors shall be Schedule 40 steel pipe or cast iron pipe.

C. Sleeves are not required in masonry walls which are core drilled or walls of drywall

construction, except where partition is a firestop, smokestop, or side of air plenum. D. Sleeves for insulated piping shall be of sufficient internal diameter to take pipe and

insulation and to allow for free movement of pipe. Waterproof sleeves shall be of sufficient internal diameter to take pipe and waterproofing material.

E. In finished areas where pipes are exposed, sleeves shall be terminated flush with wall,

partitions and ceilings, and shall extend 1/2" above finished floors. Extend sleeves 1" above finished floors in areas likely to entrap water and fill space between sleeves and pipe with graphite packing and caulking compound.

Page 408: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500 - 2

F. Sleeves passing through membrane waterproofing or lead safe shall be provided with

flashing, furnished and installed by General Contractor, extending 12" beyond sleeve in all directions; flashing shall be secured and sealed to membrane or lead safe and shall be sealed to sleeve and caulked watertight. Sleeves passing through roof shall be installed in same manner except sleeves shall extend to 6" above roof.

G. For exterior walls below grade, sleeves shall be cast iron. Space between sleeve and

pipe shall be sealed with modular rubber links tightened with bolts (Link-Seal or equal). Waterproofing of pipe penetrations in exterior walls shall be coordinated with waterproofing contractor.

2.02 ESCUTCHEONS A. Provide chrome plated escutcheons at each sleeved opening into finished spaces.

Escutcheons shall fit around insulation or around pipe when not insulated; outside diameter shall cover sleeve. Where sleeve extends above finished floor, escutcheon shall be high cap type and shall clear sleeve extension. Secure escutcheons or plates to sleeve but not to insulation with set screws or other approved devices.

2.03 FIRESTOPPING A. Piping, conduit, sleeves and ducts passing through all fire or smoke rated floors, roofs,

walls, and partitions shall be provided with firestopping. Space between wall/floor and pipe, conduit, sleeve, and/or duct shall be sealed with UL Listed intumescent fire barrier material equivalent to rating of wall/floor.

2.04 WALL ACCESS DOORS A. When HVAC Contractor provides any equipment requiring periodic servicing which will

be concealed by non-accessible architectural construction, HVAC Contractor shall provide a flush access door. The access door shall be equal to a Karp DSC-214M Universal access door for non-rated construction or KRP-150FR for fire rated construction. Other approved manufacturers include Nystrom, Acudor, and Access Panel Solutions, with model applicable to the specific construction involved.

B. Access doors in fire rated construction shall be fire rated and have U.L. label. Refer to

Architectural/General Construction plans for fire ratings. C. Construction

1. Door and trim shall be 13 gauge steel, frames shall be 16 gauge steel. 2. Trim shall be of one piece construction. 3. Finish shall be prime coat of rust inhibitive baked grey enamel. 4. Hinges shall be concealed, offset, floating hinge. 5. Locks shall be flush, screwdriver operated with stainless steel cam-and-studs.

Page 409: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500 - 3

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SLEEVES A. Install sleeves for all piping passing through floors, roof, walls, concrete beams and

foundations as required by this section. 3.02 ESCUTCHEONS A. Install escutcheons for all pipes entering finished spaces. 3.03 GUARDS A. Where exposed insulated piping extends to floor, provide sheet metal guard around

insulation to extend up from floor 48”. Guard to be galvanized sheet not less than 26 gauge.

3.04 ACCESS DOORS A. Install access doors per manufacturer’s recommendations. 3.05 CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PADS A. Provide equipment housekeeping pads for all floor mounted equipment. Anchor

equipment to concrete equipment pads according to equipment manufacturer’s recommendations.

1. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated or as required to be 4 inches

larger in both directions than supported unit. Pads to be a minimum of 4” in height unless noted otherwise.

2. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of the base.

3. Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor.

4. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer’s setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.

5. Install anchor bolts according to manufacturer’s recommendations and to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment.

6. Use 3000-psi compressive strength concrete with #3 rebar 12” O.C. END OF SECTION 230500

Page 410: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230500 - 4

Page 411: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230513 - 1

SECTION 230513 - COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 230010 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Section includes general requirements for single-phase and polyphase, general-

purpose, horizontal, small and medium, squirrel-cage induction motors for use on ac power systems up to 600 V and installed at equipment manufacturer’s factory or shipped separately by equipment manufacturer for field installation.

1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit for all motors provided. B. Product Data: Provide wiring diagrams with electrical characteristics and connection

requirements. C. Test Reports: Indicate test results verifying nominal efficiency and power factor for three

phase motors larger than 1/2 horsepower. D. Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions: Indicate setting, mechanical connections,

lubrication, and wiring instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Comply with NEMA MG1 unless noted otherwise. B. Constant Speed Motors: Minimum 1.15 service factor; rated at 40 deg. C. ambient

temperature with 90 deg. C. temperature rise (Class B insulation). C. Motors Used with Variable Frequency Controllers: Inverter duty rated, Class F insulation

(minimum). Windings shall be copper magnet with moisture-resistant insulation varnish, designed and tested to resist transient spikes, high frequencies, and short time rise pulses produced by pulse-width modulated inverters. Shall include Aegis motor shaft grounding rings.

D. Multiple speed motors: Multiple windings. E. Motor Efficiency: Premium efficiency as defined in NEMA MG1. F. All motors shall be provided as required for motor orientation within equipment.

Page 412: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230513 - 2

G. Horsepower ratings shall be adequate for operating the connected loads continuously in the prevailing ambient temperatures in areas where the motors are installed, without exceeding the NEMA standard temperature rises for the motor insulations.

H. Motor designs, as indicated by the NEMA code letters, shall be coordinated with the

connected loads to assure adequate starting and running torques. I. Motor Enclosures:

1. Shall be the NEMA types shown on the drawings for the motors. 2. Where the types of motor enclosures are not shown on the drawings, they shall

be the NEMA types which are most suitable for the environmental conditions where the motors are being installed. Motors located outdoors to be totally enclosed weatherproof epoxy-sealed type.

3. Thoroughly clean and paint the enclosures at the factory with manufacturer's prime coat and standard finish.

J. Additional requirements for specific motors, as indicated in other sections, shall also

apply. 2.02 SINGLE PHASE POWER A. Capacitor start motors starting torque shall be three times full load torque and starting

current shall be less than five times full load current. B. Pull-up Torque: Up to 350 percent of full load torque. C. Breakdown Torque: Approximately 250 percent of full load torque. D. Motors: Capacitor in series with starting winding; provide capacitor-start/capacitor-run

motors with two capacitors in parallel with run capacitor remaining in circuit at operating speeds.

E. Drip-proof Enclosure: Class A (50 degrees C temperature rise) insulation, NEMA

Service Factor, prelubricated sleeve or ball bearings. F. Enclosed Motors: Class A (50 degrees C temperature rise) insulation, 1.0 Service

Factor, prelubricated ball bearings. 2.03 THREE PHASE POWER - SQUIRREL CAGE MOTORS A. Starting Torque: Between 1 and 1-1/2 times full load torque. B. Starting Current: Six times full load current. C. Power Output, Locked Rotor Torque, Breakdown or Pull Out Torque: NEMA Design B

characteristics. D. Design, Construction, Testing and Performance: Conform to NEMA MG 1 for Design B

motors.

Page 413: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230513 - 3

E. Insulation System: NEMA Class B or better. F. Testing Procedure: In accordance with IEEE 112. Load test motors to determine free

from electrical or mechanical defects in compliance with performance data. G. Motor Frames: NEMA Standard T-Frames of steel, aluminum or cast iron with end

brackets of cast iron or aluminum with steel inserts. H. Thermistor System (Motor Frame Sizes 254T and Larger): Three PTC thermistors

imbedded in motor windings and epoxy encapsulated solid state control relay for wiring into motor starter.

I. Bearings: Grease lubricated anti-friction ball bearings with housings equipped with

plugged provision for relubrication, rated for minimum AFBMA 9, L-10 life of 20,000 hours. Calculate bearing load with NEMA minimum V-belt pulley with belt center line at end of NEMA standard shaft extension. Stamp bearing sizes on nameplate.

2.04 ELECTRONICALLY COMMUTATED MOTORS A. Where indicated, provide electronically commutated motors with the following features:

1. Brushless, permanent magnet DC motor 2. Built in inverter 3. Microprocessor based controller for speed control. 4. 0-10VDC or 0-20mA input signal 5. Minimum 70% efficiency through all speeds. 6. Bearings rated for L10 40,000 hours of continuous operation

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 230513

Page 414: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 230513 - 4

Page 415: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523 - 1

SECTION 230523 - GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 230010 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install valves as

required by the drawings and this section. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal data shall include physical dimensions, construction materials, and pressure

and temperature ratings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Refrigerant Ball Valves

1. Apollo 79-700 Series 2. Mueller Streamline Cyclemaster Series

B. All valves of same type shall be of the same manufacturer unless otherwise specified in this section or on the drawings.

C. Model numbers in valve schedule based on NIBCO, unless noted otherwise. 2.02 VALVE CONSTRUCTION A. Refrigerant Ball Valves 2-5/8" and smaller: Brass two-piece full port with chrome plated

ball, teflon seats, triple sealed stem, and brass cap. Valve shall be hermetic welded. 2.03 VALVE SCHEDULE A. Furnish valves as per the following schedule:

Service Valve type

Refrigerant lines Ball – 2-5/8" and smaller, Apollo 79-700

B. Valves installed on all systems with insulated piping shall be provided with valve handle

extensions and/or extended neck design to facilitate installation of insulation and make handles operable without damage to the insulation.

Page 416: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523 - 2

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Install valves as indicated on the drawings and as called for in other sections. 3.02 Install valves in equipment rooms to provide easy access to valve. Each valve installed 8'-

0" above the floor shall be provided with chain operator. Bottom of chain operator shall be 7'-0" above floor.

END OF SECTION 230523

Page 417: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 1

SECTION 230529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 230010 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide materials, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install hangers,

supports, anchors, guides and seals as required by the drawings and this section. B. Types of supports, anchors and seals specified in this section include the following:

1. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports. 2. Vertical-Piping Clamps. 3. Hanger-Rod Attachments. 4. Building Attachments. 5. Saddles and Shields. 6. Miscellaneous Materials. 7. Anchors.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Code Compliance: Comply with applicable plumbing and mechanical codes pertaining

to product materials and installation of supports, anchors and seals. B. UL and FM Compliance: Provide products which are Underwriters Laboratories listed

and Factory Mutual approved. C. ANSI Compliance: All supports and parts shall conform to the latest requirements of the

ANSI Code for Pressure Piping B31.1.0 except as supplemented or modified by the requirements of this specification.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ACCESSORIES (Reference Catalog Figure numbers from

Anvil) A. Pipe support systems shall secure pipes in place, prevent pipe vibration, provide vertical

adjustment for maintaining required grades, and provide for expansion and contraction. B. Pipe hangers shall be capable of supporting the pipe in all conditions of operation. They

shall allow free expansion and contraction of the piping, and prevent excessive stress resulting from transferred weight being induced into the pipe or connected equipment.

C. Wherever possible, pipe attachments for horizontal piping shall be pipe clamps.

Page 418: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 2

D. Wherever possible, structural attachments shall be beam clamps. E. All rigid hangers shall provide a means of vertical adjustment after erection. F. Hanger rods shall be subject to tensile loading only. At hanger locations where lateral or

axial movement is anticipated, suitable linkage shall be provided to permit swing. G. Where horizontal piping movements are greater than 1/2 inch, or where the hanger rod

angularity from the vertical is greater than 4 degrees from the cold to hot position of the pipe, the hanger pipe and structural attachments shall be offset in such manner that the rod is vertical in the hot position.

H. Hangers shall be designed so that they cannot become disengaged by movements of

the supported pipe. I. Where supports are attached to concrete or other structural members, care shall be

taken to prevent damage or weakening of the structural members. J. Where concrete inserts are used, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to accurately

locate and attach inserts to concrete forms.

K. Hangers and supports for insulated cold piping shall not injure or pierce insulation. Provide insulation protection shields or saddles for piping, (Fig. 167) in conjunction with hanger or roll device

L. Hangers and supports that are in direct contact with copper piping shall be copper plated or have nonmetallic coating for electrolytic protection.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION - HORIZONTAL PIPE SUPPORT A. Steel and copper pipe shall be supported at a maximum span of 10 feet for all pipe

sizes, with hanger rods sized accordingly for total supported weight. For 1/2 in. copper tube, maximum spacing shall be 8 feet.

B. Plastic pipe (PVC, CPVC, polyethylene, etc.) shall be supported at a maximum span of 4

feet for all pipe sizes, with hanger rods sized accordingly for total supported weight. C. In addition to the above specified spacings, install additional hangers at change in pipe

direction and at concentrated loads, large valves, strainers, etc. D. When two or more pipes are to be run parallel together, they may be supported on

trapeze type hangers. Trapeze bar angles or channels and hanger rods shall be of sufficient size with required spacing to support the particular group of pipes.

E. For suspending hanger rods from brackets attached to walls; use welded steel brackets,

Fig 194 for loads up to 750 lbs; Fig. 195 for loads up to 1,500 lbs; Fig. 199 for loads up to 3000 lbs.

Page 419: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 3

F. Exterior refrigerant piping shall be supported with steel angle or steel channel strut supports as detailed on the drawings.

G. Where pipes are to be racked along walls, use malleable iron one-hole clamp, Fig. 126

for pipes up to 3". For pipes larger than 3", use steel channel strut pipe rack. H. Where pipes are to be supported from floor, use unistrut pipe stand with post base.

Unformed concrete will not be permitted. 3.02 INSTALLATION - VERTICAL PIPE SUPPORTS A. Support vertical steel and copper pipe at every other floor line. B. In addition to the above, support vertical pipes at base of riser with base fitting set on

concrete or block pier, or by hanger located on horizontal connection close to riser. C. Where pipe sleeves extend above floor, place pipe clamps at ceiling below and support

clamp extensions from inserts or other approved attachment. 3.03 PIPE ATTACHMENTS A. For horizontal steel pipe, use adjustable carbon steel clevis, Fig. 260, for pipes up to 30". B. For horizontal copper pipe and tube, use copper plated adjustable carbon steel clevis,

Fig. CT-65. C. When thermal expansion for horizontal pipe is in excess of 1/2" axially as indicated on

the drawing, use adjustable steel yoke pipe roll, Fig. 181, or pipe roll stand, Fig. 177. 3.04 INTERMEDIATE ATTACHMENTS A. Hanger rods: use carbon steel single or double end threaded, Figs. 140 and 253 as

required. Continuous threaded rod, Fig. 146, may be used wherever possible. Contractor may at his option cut and thread rod on the job site.

B. Chain, wire or perforated strap hangers will not be permitted. One pipe shall not be

suspended from another pipe. C. Hangers shall be supported from appropriate structural members. In no case shall

hangers be supported from ductwork, cable trays, piping, or other equipment. Existing hangers and supports shall not be used as supports for new hangers unless specifically designed as such, or additional loadings have been confirmed to be acceptable for existing supports.

3.05 STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS A. For attaching steel or copper plated hanger rods to reinforced concrete; use black

carbon steel concrete inserts, Fig. 285 for loads up to 400 lbs., Fig. 281 for loads up to 1200 lbs. or suitable drilled inserts equal to Ramset/Red Head - Trubolt wedge anchor, Ramset/Red Head Epcon system or Hilti Kwik Bolt II anchor.

Page 420: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 4

B. For attaching steel hanger rods to structural steel beams, use malleable iron C-clamps, Fig. 87, with retaining clip for loads up to 500 lbs.; Fig. 229 with extension piece for loads up to 1,365 lbs. For copper plated hanger rods, use copper plated malleable iron C-clamps, Fig. CT-88, with hardened cup point set screw, for loads up to 400 lbs.

C. For attaching steel hanger rods to wood structural members, use malleable iron ceiling

flange pipe threaded, Fig. 128 for loads up to 480 lbs., Fig. 153 for loads up to 1270 lbs. For copper plated hanger rods, use copper plated malleable iron ceiling flange, Fig. CT-128R for loads up to 180 lbs.

D. Under no circumstances shall hangers be attached to metal roof deck. 3.06 PIPE AND DUCT COVERING PROTECTION A. Hangers and supports for insulated cold piping and ductwork shall not injure or pierce

insulation. Provide insulation protection shields or saddles for piping, Fig. 160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 165A, 166A, or 167 in conjunction with hanger or roll device.

3.07 ROOF MOUNTED PIPING AND EQUIPMENT A. Roof mounted equipment, not specified to be mounted on roof curbs shall be installed on

equipment mounting rails specifically designed for that purpose or as shown on plans. B. Roof mounted piping and ductwork shall be mounted on a pipe support system equal to

B-Line C-Port. END OF SECTION 230529

Page 421: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT 230548 - 1

SECTION 230548 - VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 230010 - HVAC General Conditions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of vibration isolation work required by this section is indicated on drawings and

schedules, and/or specified in other Division-23 sections. B. All HVAC equipment over one horsepower, unless otherwise noted shall be isolated

from the structure by means of vibration and noise isolators. C. Where isolator type and deflection are not shown, the related equipment shall be

isolated in accordance with the 2011 ASHRAE Handbook - HVAC Applications, Chapter 48.

D. Types of vibration isolation products specified in this section include the following:

1. Precompressed Molded Fiberglass Isolators. 2. Elastomeric Isolators. 3. Spring Isolators, Free Standing. 4. Spring Isolators, Vertically-Restrained. 5. Isolation Hangers. 6. Structural Steel Bases. 7. Concrete Inertia Bases. 8. Isolation Rail Systems. 9. Flexible Duct Connectors.

E. Vibration isolation products furnished as part of factory-fabricated equipment are

specified as part of the equipment assembly in other Division-23 sections. F. Refer to other sections of these specifications for equipment foundations, hangers,

sealants, gaskets and other work related to vibration isolation work. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Qualification: Provide each type of vibration isolation unit produced by

specialized manufacturer, with not less than 5 years' successful experience in production of units similar to those required for project.

1. The materials and systems specified in this Section shall all be provided by the

Contractor, from a single vibration isolation materials manufacturer to assure single responsibility for the performance of all isolation materials.

Page 422: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT 230548 - 2

1.04 SUBMITTALS A. The isolator manufacturer's submittal shall include the complete design for required

isolation and bases, and a tabulation of the design data including O.D., free and operating heights of the isolators.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Vibration Isolation Products

1. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. 2. Vibration Eliminator Co., Inc. 3. VMC Group 4. Mason Industries

B. The following item specifications apply to the corresponding Type numbers used in the

Vibration Isolation Schedule. Model types are based on the 2011 ASHRAE Handbook - HVAC Applications, Chapter 48.

2.02 ISOLATION MATERIALS AND SUPPORT UNITS A. Springs: All springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50% of the

rated deflection. All springs except internal nested springs shall have an outside diameter not less than 0.8 of the compressed height of the spring. Ends of springs shall be square and ground for stability. Laterally stable springs shall have kx/ky ratios of at least 0.9. All springs shall be fully color-coded to indicate capacity – color striping is not considered adequate.

B. Corrosion Protection: All springs shall be powder-coated enamel. Housings shall be

galvanized, powder-coated enamel, or painted with rust-resistant paint. Hot-dipped galvanized housings shall be provided as indicated on the Schedule.

C. Base Types

1. Type A Bases - no base required. Isolators may be attached directly to the supported equipment.

2. Type B Bases - Steel Equipment Bases: Bases shall be of welded construction with cross members to form an integral support platform. Structural steel members shall be designed to match supported equipment. a. Vibration bases for fans shall have adjustable motor slide rails as

indicated on their Schedule, and shall accommodate motor overhang. b. Bases for exterior use shall be painted or hot-dipped galvanized for

complete corrosion resistance. c. Minimum clearance under steel equipment bases shall be 25mm (1”).

Page 423: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT 230548 - 3

3. Type C Bases - Concrete Inertia Bases: Inertia bases shall be of welded steel

construction with concrete in-fill supplied by the installing contractor on site and shall incorporate reinforcing bars, spaced 300 mm (12”) maximum on centers each way. a. Inertia bases for pumps shall be of sufficient size to accommodate

supports for pipe elbows at pump suction and discharge connections (if this information has been provided for configuration).

b. Inertia bases for fans shall include motor slide rails as indicated on their Schedule.

c. The weight of each inertia base shall be at least (1.5 times(x)) to the weight of the equipment mounted thereon or sufficient to lower the center of gravity to or below the isolator support plane.

d. Inertia bases shall be a minimum of 150 mm (6”) thick. 4. Type D Bases: Isolation Rail System, consisting of two parallel aluminum rail

systems with continuous neoprene air and water seal, incorporating steel spring isolators designed for one inch static deflection, all fabricated to be installed over the roof curb system, and provide continuous support for the isolated equipment.

D. Isolator Types

1. Type 1 Isolator - Rubber Pads and Glass Fiber Pads: a. Isolation pads shall be single ribbed or crossed, double ribbed elastomer-

in-shear pads, in combination with steel shims when required, having minimum static deflections as tabulated. All pads shall be true elastomer-in-shear using alternately higher and lower ribs to provide effective vibration isolation, and shall be molded using 2500 PSI (176 kg/cm2) tensile strength, oil resistant compounds with no color additives. Pads shall be 45 to 65 durometer and designed to permit 60 or 120 PSI (4.2 or 8.4 kg/cm2) loading at maximum rated deflections. When two isolation pads are laminated, they shall be separated by, and bonded to, a galvanized steel shim plate. Neoprene vibration isolators shall have minimum operating static deflections as shown on the Vibration Isolation Schedule or as indicated on the project bid documents, not exceeding published load capabilities.

b. Fiberglass continuous support material shall be high-density matrix of compressed molded fiberglass; individually coated with a flexible, moisture-impervious elastomeric membrane, designed to allow controlled air movement in the fiber media. It shall be manufactured in such a way that the pumping action of air between fibers provides viscous damping, reducing motion caused by transient shock and vibration. The material shall be non-corrosive, non-combustible, non-absorbent, and resists rust, ozone, mildew and fungus, vermin proof and it shall not shrink, swell, or decompose. Isolation characteristics of the media shall be constant over a temperature range of -40°F to 250°F (40°C to 121°C).

Page 424: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT 230548 - 4

2. Type 2 Isolators - Rubber Mounts and Hangers:

a. Vibration isolators shall be neoprene, molded from oil-resistant compounds, with cast-in-top steel load transfer plate for bolting to supported equipment, and a bolt-down plate with holes provided for anchoring to supporting structure. Top and bottom surfaces shall have non-skid ribs. Neoprene vibration isolators shall have minimum operating static deflections as shown on the Vibration Isolation Schedule or as indicated on the project documents but not exceeding published load capabilities.

b. Vibration isolators with maximum static deflection requirements under the operating load conditions not exceeding .40" shall be hangers consisting of an elastomer-in-shear insert encased in a welded steel bracket and provided with a stamped load transfer cap. The elastomer insert shall be neoprene, molded from oil resistant compounds and shall be color coded to indicate load capacity and selected to operate within its published load range. The hanger bracket shall be designed to carry a 500% overload without failure and to allow a support rod misalignment through a 30-degree arc without metal-to-metal contact or other short circuit.

3. Type 3 Isolators - Spring Isolators and Hangers: a. Vibration isolators shall be free standing, un-housed, laterally stable

springs wound from high strength spring steel. Springs shall have a lateral stiffness greater than 0.8 times the rated vertical stiffness and shall be designed to provide up to 50% overload capacity. Springs shall be supported either with a neoprene cup or a metal base plate complete with a ribbed neoprene pad, minimum 6 mm (0.25") thick, bonded to the base plate. Springs shall be selected to provide operating static deflections as required. Springs shall be color coded or otherwise identified to indicate load capacity. In capacities up to 5,000 lbs., springs shall be replaceable. In capacities over 5,000 lbs., springs shall be welded to the top and bottom load plate assemblies. Springs shall be assembled between a top and bottom steel load plate. The upper load plate shall be provided with a steel leveling bolt lock nut and washer for attachment to the supported equipment. The lower load plate shall have a non-skid noise isolation pad bonded to the bottom and have provisions for bolting the isolator to the supporting structure.

b. Vibration isolators for suspended equipment, with minimum static deflection requirement exceeding .4", shall be hangers consisting of a free-standing, laterally stable steel spring and elastomeric washer in series, assembled in a stamped or welded steel bracket. The spring element shall meet all the specified characteristics described in above. The stamped or welded hanger bracket shall meet all the specified characteristics described above. Shall also be fitted with a self-centering load cap for the hanger rod.

Page 425: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT 230548 - 5

4. Type 4 Isolators - Restrained Spring Isolators: Vibration isolators for equipment

which is subject to load variations and large external or torquing forces shall consist of large diameter laterally stable steel springs assembled into formed or welded steel housing assemblies designed to limit vertical movement of the supported equipment. Springs shall be supported either with a neoprene cup of a metal base plate complete with a ribbed neoprene pad, minimum 6 mm (0.25”) thick, bonded to the base plate. Housing assembly shall be formed or fabricated steel members and shall consist of a top-load plate complete with adjusting and leveling bolts, vertical restraints, isolation washers and a bottom plate with non-skid noise stop pads and holes provided for anchoring to supporting structure. Housing shall be hot dipped galvanized. Spring elements shall meet all the specified characteristics described above.

5. Type 5 Isolators - Thrust Restraints: Provide in pairs. Locate on centerline of fan if possible. Bridge the flexible duct connector. Spring elements shall meet all the specified characteristics described above.

E. Flexible Ductwork Connectors:

1. Flexible neoprene or heavy glass fabric duct connector with minimum material thickness of 0.024" and weight of 30 oz/sq. yard.

2. Minimum temperature range shall be 30 to 200 deg F. 3. The materials shall have a flame spread rating below 25 and smoke development

rating below 50. 4. The minimum static pressure rating shall be 10".

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PERFORMANCE OF ISOLATORS A. General: Comply with minimum static deflections recommended by the American

Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, including definitions of critical and noncritical locations, for selection and application of vibration isolation materials and units as indicated.

B. Manufacturer's Recommendations: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with

manufacturer's recommendations for selection and application of vibration isolation materials and units.

3.02 APPLICATIONS A. General: Apply types of vibration isolation materials and units indicated at locations

shown or scheduled. Selection is Installer's option where more than one type is indicated.

B. Duct Isolation:

1. High velocity ductwork, for a distance of 50 feet from high pressure fans, shall be isolated from the structure by means of Type 2 or Type 3 Hangers described herein.

Page 426: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT 230548 - 6

2. Minimum deflection shall be equal to the deflection of the equipment the ductwork connects to for the first three supports near the equipment; all other isolators shall be 1.00".

3. Flexible ductwork connectors shall be incorporated in the ductwork adjacent to all air moving units, unless noted otherwise. a. Flexible duct connectors are not required at boiler intake/flues or hood

exhaust fans. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's instructions for

installation and load application to vibration isolation materials and units. Adjust to ensure that units do not exceed rated operating deflections or bottom out under loading and are not short-circuited by other contacts or bearing points. Remove space blocks and similar devices (if any) intended for temporary protection against overloading during installation.

B. Anchor and attach units to substrate and equipment as required for secure operation

and to prevent displacement by normal forces, and as indicated. C. Adjust leveling devices as required to distribute loading uniformly onto isolators. Shim

units as required where leveling devices cannot be used to distribute loading properly. D. Locate isolation hangers as near overhead support structure as possible. E. Bond flanges of flexible duct connectors to ducts and housings to provide airtight

connections. Seal seams and penetrations to prevent air leakage. F. Flexible Pipe Connectors: Install on equipment side of shutoff valves, horizontally and

parallel to equipment shafts wherever possible. 3.04 EXAMINATION OF RELATED WORK A. Installer of vibration isolation work shall observe installation of other work related to

vibration isolation work, including work connected to vibration isolation work; and, after completion of other related work (but before equipment startup), shall furnish written report to Contractor listing observed inadequacies for proper operation and performance of vibration isolation work. Report shall cover, but not necessarily be limited to the following:

1. Equipment installations (performed as work of other sections) on vibration

isolators. 2. Piping connections including flexible connections. 3. Ductwork Connections including provisions for flexible connections. 4. Passage of piping and ductwork which is to be isolated through walls and floors.

B. Do not start up equipment until inadequacies have been corrected in manner acceptable

to vibration isolation Installer. END OF SECTION 230548

Page 427: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 1

SECTION 230553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 230010 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of identification work required by this section is indicated on drawings and/or

specified in other Division-23 sections. B. Type of identification devices specified in this section include the following:

1. Painted identification materials 2. Plastic pipe markers 3. Plastic tape 4. Valve tags

C. Identification furnished as part of factory fabricated equipment, is specified as part of the

equipment assembly in other Division-23 sections. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ANSI Standards: Comply with ANSI A13.1 for lettering size, colors, and viewing angles

of identification devices. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Schedules: Submit valve schedule for each piping system, formatted in an Excel

spreadsheet with a digital copy provided to the Owner along with a printed copy on 8-1/2" x 11" paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on tag), location of valve (room or space), and variations for identification (if any). Mark valves which are intended for emergency shut-off and similar special uses, by special "flags", in margin of schedule. In addition, furnish extra copies for Maintenance Manuals.

B. Labeling Nomenclature: Submit list indicating system types with appropriate

nomenclature to be provided on the pipe labels. Where possible, match to system labels on drawings.

Page 428: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required for

each application as referenced in other Division-23 sections. Where more than one single type is specified for an application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single selection for each product category.

B. Painted Identification Materials:

1. Stencils: Standard fiberboard stencils, prepared for required applications with letter sizes generally complying with recommendations of ANSI A13.1 for piping and similar applications, but not less than 3/4" high letters for access door signs and similar operational instructions.

2. Stencil Paint: Standard exterior type stenciling enamel; black, except as otherwise indicated; either brushing grade or pressurized spray-can form and grade.

3. Identification Paint: Standard identification enamel of colors indicated, or, if not otherwise indicated for piping systems, comply with ANSI A13.1 for colors.

C. Plastic Pipe Markers:

1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed flexible or semi-rigid, permanent, color-coded, plastic-sheet pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13.1.

2. Small Pipes: For external diameters not greater than 6" (including insulation if any), provide full-band pipe markers extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location, fastened by one of the following methods: a. Snap-on application of pre-tensioned semi-rigid plastic pipe marker. b. Adhesive lap joint in pipe marker overlap. c. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation). d. Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not

less than 3/4" wide full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 1-1/2".

3. Large Pipes: For external diameters of 6" and larger (including insulation if any), provide either full-band or narrow strip-type pipe markers, but not narrower than 3 times letter height (and of required length), fastened by one of the following methods: a. Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or insulation). b. Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color-coded plastic adhesive tape, not

less than 1-1/2" wide; full circle at both ends of pipe marker, tape lapped 3".

c. Strapped-to-pipe (or insulation) application of semi-rigid type, with manufacturer's standard stainless steel bands.

4. Lettering: Manufacturer's standard pre-printed nomenclature which best describes piping system in each instance, as selected by Design Professional in cases of variance with names as shown or specified.

5. Arrows: Print each pipe marker with arrows indicating direction of flow, either integrally with piping system service lettering (to accommodate both directions), or as a separate unit of plastic.

Page 429: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 3

D. Plastic Tape:

1. General: Manufacturer's standard color-coded pressure-sensitive (self-adhesive) vinyl tape, not less than 3 mils thick. a. Width: Provide 1-1/2" wide tape markers on pipes with outside diameters

(including insulation, if any) of less than 6", 2 1/2" wide tape for larger pipes.

b. Color: Comply with ANSI A13.1, except where another color selection is indicated.

E. Valve Tags:

1. Brass Valve Tags: Provide polished brass valve tags with stamp-engraved piping system abbreviation in 1/4" high letters and sequenced valve numbers 7/16" high, and with 3/16" hole for fastener. Tag thickness 0.040 inches. a. Provide 2" diameter tags, except as otherwise indicated. b. Fill tag engraving with black enamel.

2. Plastic Valve Tags: Provide red heavy plastic tag with 7/16" white embossed sequenced numbers.

3. Valve Tag Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard solid brass chain (wire link or beaded type), or solid brass S-hooks or heat sealed braided copper wire of the sizes required for proper attachment of tags to valves, and manufactured specifically for that purpose.

F. Name Plates:

1. General: Provide manufacturer’s standard preprinted plastic, brass, or aluminum with stamped, engraved or embossed letters.

2. Lettering: a. Large Equipment: 1 1/2" lettering as appropriate. b. Small Equipment: 3/4" lettering as appropriate.

3. Attachments: Mounting holes and screws, pressure sensitive adhesive backing, or solid brass chain.

2.02 LETTERING AND GRAPHICS A. General: Coordinate names, abbreviations and other designations used in HVAC

identification work, with corresponding designations shown, specified or scheduled. Provide numbers, lettering and wording as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as recommended by manufacturers or as required for proper identification and operation/maintenance of HVAC systems and equipment.

1. Multiple Systems: Where multiple systems of same generic name are shown

and specified, provide identification which indicates individual system number as well as service (as examples; Boiler No. 3, Air Supply No. 1H, Standpipe F12).

Page 430: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 4

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION A. General Installation Requirements:

1. Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require insulation, painting or other covering or finish including valve tags, install identification after completion of covering and painting if any. Install identification prior to installation of acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.

B. Ductwork Identification:

1. Access Doors: Provide stenciled or plastic-laminate type signs on each access door in ductwork and housings, indicating purpose of access (to what equipment) and other maintenance and operating instructions, and appropriate safety and procedural information.

C. Piping System Identification:

1. General: Install pipe markers of one of the following types on each system indicated to receive identification, and include arrows to show normal direction of flow: a. Stenciled markers, including color-coded background band or rectangle,

and contrasting lettering of black or white. Extend color band or rectangle 2" beyond ends of lettering.

b. Plastic pipe markers, with application system as indicated under "Materials" in this section.

c. Stenciled markers, black or white for best contrast, wherever continuous color-coded painting of piping is provided.

2. Locate pipe markers and color bands as follows wherever piping is exposed to view in occupied spaces, machine rooms, accessible maintenance spaces (shafts, tunnels, plenums) and exterior non-concealed locations. Install markers such that lettering is visible from floor. a. Near each valve and control device. b. Near each branch, excluding short take-offs for fixtures and terminal

units; mark each pipe at branch, where there could be question of flow pattern.

c. Near locations where pipes pass through walls or floors/ceilings, or enter non-accessible enclosures.

d. At access doors, manholes and similar access points which permit view of concealed piping.

e. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.

f. Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 20' along each piping run with a minimum of one marker in each room.

g. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings.

Page 431: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 5

D. Valve Identification:

1. General: Provide valve tag on every valve, cock and control device in each piping system; exclude check valves, valves within factory-fabricated equipment units, and shut-off valves at terminal devices and similar rough-in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List each tagged valve in valve schedule for each piping system.

E. Equipment Identification:

1. General: Provide equipment identification for all equipment including air handling units, terminal units, fans, pumps, boilers, heaters, control panels, heat exchangers, condensing units, and chillers.

2. Labeling: All equipment shall be labeled as per construction document plan marks or as designated by Owner.

3. Provide identification by means of nameplates or stenciled painting as appropriate. a. For equipment with factory furnished casing, identification shall be by

adhesive fixed name plates. b. Field insulated items, such as heat exchangers may be identified by

plastic pipe markers or stenciled lettering. F. Filter Identification:

1. All filter locations shall be provided with a permanent filter label indicating the size and quantity of filters required at that location. The label shall be legible, durable (phenolic or equivalent), and easily viewed when changing the filter. All filters shall be a standard size.

END OF SECTION 230553

Page 432: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 6

Page 433: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 1

SECTION 230593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC All testing and balancing to be provided by Owner under separate contract. This Section is provided for information only. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 230010 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of testing, adjusting and balancing work is indicated by requirements of this

section, and also by drawings and schedules, and is defined to include, but is not necessarily limited to, air and hydronic distribution systems, domestic water circulation and associated equipment and apparatus of mechanical work. The work consists of setting speed and volume (including pulley changes as required), adjustments of system components, recording data, conducting tests, preparing and submitting reports, and recommending modifications to work as required by contract documents. Entering, navigating the Building Automation System in order to adjusting ‘K factors’ and related items is also required.

B. Component types of testing, adjusting and balancing specified in this section includes

the following as applied to HVAC equipment:

1. Air Systems: a. Furnaces b. Energy Recovery Units c. Exhaust Fans d. Ductwork Systems e. Diffusers and Grilles

C. The Heating and Air Conditioning Contractor shall provide a complete and operating

HVAC system and shall cooperate with the balancing agency by:

1. Installing balancing dampers as required by the Drawings and Specifications and requested by the Testing and Balancing Contractor.

2. Putting complete system into operation during duration of balancing period. 3. Providing up-to-date set of Drawings and advising immediately of any changes

made to the system during construction. 4. Providing labor and equipment and cost of performing corrections, such as

dampers, belts, etc., as required without undue delay. 5. Providing complete submittal information for all HVAC equipment, complete with

pertinent engineering information.

Page 434: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 2

1.03 REFERENCES A. Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) - National Standards for Field Measurement and

Instrumentation, Total System Balance. B. ASHRAE - HVAC Applications Handbook: Chapter 34, Testing, Adjusting and

Balancing. (Most recent edition). C. National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) - Procedural Standards for Testing,

Balancing and Adjusting of Environmental Systems. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tester: A firm with at least 3 years of successful testing, adjusting and balancing

experience on projects with testing and balancing requirements similar to those required for this project, who is not Installer of system to be tested and is otherwise independent of project.

B. TAB Agency Qualification: Current membership in AABC or certification by NEBB or

SMACNA. C. Test Equipment Criteria: The basic instrumentation requirements and

accuracy/calibration required by AABC, National Standards or by NEBB Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Environmental Systems.

D. All testing and balancing contractors are to be approved by the Design Professional

before bidding. The contractors approved to date are:

1. Precision Test and Balance Clive, Iowa (515) 288-2332

2. Systems Management and Balancing Waukee, Iowa (515) 987-2825

4. Omega Test and Balance Adel, Iowa (515) 729-6046

1.05 JOB CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with testing, adjusting and balancing work until work has been

completed and is operable. Ensure that there is no latent residual work still to be completed.

B. Do not proceed until work scheduled for testing, adjusting and balancing is clean and

free from debris, dirt and discarded building materials.

Page 435: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 3

1.06 SUBMITTALS A. TAB Agency Qualifications: Submit names and qualifications of company officers and

job supervisor. Submit list of proposed test equipment and sample report format indicating all measurements to be taken. These shall be submitted to and reviewed by Design Professional prior to commencing work.

B. The test-and-balance report shall be complete with logs, data, and records as required

herein. All logs, data, and records shall be typed on white bond paper and bound. The report shall be certified accurate and complete by the balancing agency's certified test-and-balance engineer.

C. Submit electronic pdf file of the test-and-balance report to Design Professional. D. The report shall contain the required data in a format selected by Balancing Contractor. E. Report shall include the following information: (For all references to "design", specific

information from shop drawings shall be incorporated.)

1. Air Moving Equipment: a. Location b. Manufacturer and Model c. Supply, return and exhaust, air flow, design and actual d. Outside air flow, design and actual (where applicable) e. Inlet, discharge, and total static pressure, design and actual f. Full static pressure profile with measurements between all components

through unit. g. Fan RPM, design and actual h. Static pressure across the coil section with the face and bypass damper

in both the face and bypass positions (where face and bypass dampers are provided).

2. V-Belt Drive:

a. Identification/location b. Required driven RPM c. Driven sheave, diameter and RPM d. Belt, size and quantity e. Motor sheave, diameter and RPM

3. Duct Traverse:

a. System zone/branch b. Duct size and area c. Velocity and airflow, design and actual d. Duct static pressure e. Air temperature and correction factor (if applicable)

4. Air Monitoring Station Data:

a. Identification/location b. System c. Size and area

Page 436: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 4

d. Velocity and airflow, design and actual

5. Air Terminal Unit Data: a. Identification/number and location b. Manufacturer and model c. Size d. Minimum static pressure, design and actual e. Maximum air flows, design and actual f. Minimum air flow, design and actual

6. Room Air Distribution Test Sheet:

a. Air terminal number b. Room number/location c. Terminal type and size d. Area factor e. Velocity, design and actual f. Air flow, design and actual g. Percent of design air flow h. Air outlet differential pressure (for underfloor plenums)

7. Electric Motors:

a. Manufacturer (1/4 hp and larger only) b. HP/BHP, design and actual c. Phase, voltage, amperage; design and actual d. Service factor e. Starter size, rating, heater elements (as applicable)

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS A. Except as otherwise indicated, use same products as used by original Installer for

patching holes in insulation, ductwork and housings which have been cut or drilled for test purposes, including access for test instruments, attaching jibs, and similar purposes.

1. At Tester's option, plastic plugs with retainers may be used to patch drilled holes

in ductwork and housings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 TESTING A. Examine installed work and conditions under which testing is to be done to ensure that

work has been completed, cleaned and is operable. Do not proceed with TAB work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Tester. Before initiating balancing work, Contractor shall verify that systems are complete and operable. Ensure the following:

1. Equipment is operable and in a safe and normal condition. 2. Temperature control systems are installed complete and operable. 3. Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment.

Page 437: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 5

4. Final filters are clean and in place. If required, install temporary media in addition to final filters.

5. Duct systems are clean of debris. 6. Correct fan rotation. 7. Volume dampers are in place and open. 8. Coil fins have been cleaned and combed. 9. Access doors are closed and duct end caps are in place. 10. Air outlets are installed and connected. 11. Duct system leakage has been minimized. 12. Correct pump rotation. 13. Proper strainer baskets are clean and in place. 14. Service and balance valves are open.

B. Test, adjust and balance environmental systems and components, as indicated, in

accordance with procedures outlined in applicable standards. C. Coordinate TAB procedures with any phased construction completion requirements for

the project. Systems serving completed phases of the project will require TAB for such phases prior to partial final inspections.

D. Allow sufficient time in construction schedule for TAB and submission of reports prior to

partial final inspections. E. Prepare report of test results, including instrumentation calibration reports, in format

recommended by applicable standards. Draft report shall be sent to Design Professional for review prior to issuance to Owner.

F. Patch holes in insulation, ductwork and housings, which have been cut or drilled for test

purposes, in manner recommended by original Installer. G. Mark equipment settings, including damper control positions, fan speed control levers,

and similar controls and devices, to show final settings at completion of TAB work. Provide markings with paint or other suitable permanent identification materials.

H. Prepare a report of recommendations for correcting unsatisfactory mechanical

performances when system cannot be successfully balanced; including, where necessary, modifications which exceed requirements of contract documents for HVAC work.

I. The test and balance agency shall perform the following tests and balance the air

system in accordance with the following requirements (provide written substantiating data):

1. Test, adjust and record all blower RPM at design requirements. 2. Make pitot tube transverse of main supply ducts and obtain design CFM at all

fans and blowers. 3. Test and record all system static pressures, suction and discharge. 4. Test and adjust all systems for design CFM of recirculated air. 5. Test and adjust all systems for design CFM of outside air. 6. Test and record entering and leaving air temperatures (DB and WB); all air units. 7. Adjust all zones to proper design CFM, supply and return.

Page 438: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 230593 - 6

8. Test and adjust each diffuser, grille and register within 10% design requirements. 9. In reading and tests of diffusers, grilles and registers, include design velocity and

final velocity, when required, and design CFM and final CFM after adjustments. 10. Balance variable volume systems at maximum air flow rate, full cooling, and at

minimum air flow rate, full heating. 11. Balance fume hoods for design flow rate/face velocity, including calibration of

face velocity sensors. 12. In cooperation with the control manufacturer's representative, set adjustments of

all controllers to operate as specified, indicated and/or noted. 13. Flow Rate Tolerances:

a. Applications which do not require differential pressure control: -10% to +10%.

b. Applications which require differential pressure control: 1) Positive zones

a) Supply air: 0 to +10% b) Exhaust and return air: 0 to -10%

2) Negative zones a) Supply air: 0 to -10% b) Exhaust and return air: 0 to +10%

c. Minimum outside air: 0 to +10% 14. Coordinate locations of volume dampers with the mechanical contractor as

required to balance the entire system. J. Where balancer has a question regarding appropriate system configuration for

balancing, balancer should contact Design Professional for clarification. END OF SECTION 230593

Page 439: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 1

SECTION 230700 - HVAC INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 230010 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install insulation to all

hot and cold surfaces of piping, ductwork, tanks, fittings and other surfaces as required by the drawings and this section.

B. Insulation shall include insulating materials, jackets, adhesive, mastic coatings, tie wire

and other materials as required to complete the insulating work. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Conditioned Space: an area inside the building which is heated and/or cooled. B. Tempered Space: an area inside the building which is not directly heated or cooled, but

is adjacent to a heated or cooled space with no insulation separating the two spaces (e.g., ceiling plenums).

C. Untempered Space: an area inside the building which is not conditioned and is not

tempered (e.g., attic spaces). D. Exterior: An area outside the building (e.g., roof mounted items). 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: Insulating materials, jackets, mastics, etc., shall meet flame spread

and smoke developed ratings in accordance with NFPA-90A. Flame spread rating of not more than 25, smoke developed rating of not more than 50 as tested by ANSI/ASTM E84 (UL 723) (NFPA 255) method. All accessory items such as PVC jacketing and fittings, adhesive, mastic, cement tape and cloth shall have the same component ratings as specified above.

B. Installation of insulation materials shall be in accordance to the latest edition of

MICA/NIAC National Commercial & Industrial Standards for the appropriate material application.

C. NFPA Compliance: Fire Barrier Duct Wrap systems shall meet requirements of NFPA

96 for grease duct application.

Page 440: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 2

1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each

type of HVAC insulation. Submit schedule showing manufacturer's product number, thickness, and furnished accessories for each HVAC system requiring insulation.

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives, and coatings to site in containers with

manufacturer's stamp or label, affixed showing fire hazard ratings of products. B. Protect insulation against dirt, water, and chemical and HVAC damage. Do not install

damaged insulation; remove from project site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Insulating Materials

1. Owens/Corning Fiberglass Corp. 2. Armacell. 3. Pittsburgh Corning Corp. 4. CertainTeed Corp. 5. Knauf Fiber Glass 6. John's-Manville Corp. 7. Aeroflex

B. Mastics and adhesives as recommended by insulation manufacturer. 2.02 PIPE INSULATION A. Type 'A': Preformed sectional heavy density fiberglass insulation and factory applied

vapor barrier, all service jacket with pressure sensitive self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips. Suitable for operating temperatures from 0 to +850 deg. F. Thermal conductivity shall be no greater than 0.23 Btu-in/hr-sq.ft.-deg F @ 75 deg. F mean temperature. Water vapor permeance of .02 perms. Equal to Owens Corning 25 ASJ/SSL.

1. Where insulation is exposed to weather outdoors it shall be covered with an

aluminum or stainless steel weatherproof jacket 0.016" thick and sealed. 2. Where insulation is exposed in indoor occupied space and within 8 feet of

finished floor, it shall be covered with 30 mil PVC jacket equal to Johns Manville Zeston.

3. Where insulation is exposed in a mechanical room and is within 6 feet of finished floor, it shall be covered with a 0.016” aluminum jacket.

Page 441: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 3

B. Type 'B': Flexible elastomeric extruded pipe covering, 6 pound density, 0.27 K factor,

water vapor permeance of 0.20 perms. Suitable for temperature from -40 deg. F to +220 deg. F. Equal to Armacell, AP Armaflex, joints sealed with adhesive as recommended by insulation manufacturer. Exposed outdoor insulation to be finished with two coats of ArmacellArmaflex WB Finish protective coating.

1. Where insulation is exposed to weather outdoors it shall be covered with an

aluminum or stainless steel weatherproof jacket 0.016" thick and sealed. 2. Where insulation is exposed in indoor occupied space and within 8 feet of

finished floor, it shall be covered with 30 mil PVC jacket equal to Johns Manville Zeston.

3. Where insulation is exposed in a mechanical room and is within 6 feet of finished floor, it shall be covered with a 0.016” aluminum jacket.

C. Type ‘C’: Preformed rigid hydrous calcium silicate insulation. Mechanically fastened by

wiring in place using 16 gauge wire on 9” centers and covered with suitable jacketing for indoor or outdoor application. Suitable for operating temperatures +200 to +1200 deg. F. Thermal conductivity shall be no greater than 0.42 Btu-in/hr-sq.ft.-deg F @ 200 deg. F mean temperature. Equal to Owens-Corning Kaylo asbestos-free pipe insulation.

D. Type ‘D’: Preformed rigid cellular glass insulation with factory applied self sealing jacket.

Suitable for operating temperatures -200 to +900 deg. F. Thermal conductivity shall be no greater than 0.29 Btu-in/hr-sq.ft.-deg F @ 75 deg. F mean temperature. Equal to Pittsburgh Corning Foamglas with Pittwrap SS Jacketing.

E. Type ‘E’: Preformed sectional heavy density fiberglass insulation, absorbent hydrophilic

wicking-cloth, and factory applied vapor barrier, all service jacket with evaporation holes aligned with inner wicking fabric and pressure sensitive self-sealing longitudinal laps and butt strips. Suitable for operating temperatures from 35 to +350 deg. F. Thermal conductivity shall be no greater than 0.23 Btu-in/hr-sq.ft.-deg F @ 75 deg. F mean temperature. Water vapor permeance of .02 perms. Equal to Knauf Fiber Glass PermaWick.

2.03 FITTING INSULATION A. Type 'A1': Fittings: Insulate with mitered segments of same insulating material as for

adjacent pipe covering, or with pre-molded fiberglass wired in place and covered with all-service jacket or low smoke PVC fitting covers. Valve bodies, strainer bodies, flanges, etc.: insulate with single or multiple layers of same insulating material as for adjacent pipe covering, wired in place and covered with all-service jacket.

1. Where insulation is exposed to weather outdoors it shall be covered with an

aluminum or stainless steel weatherproof jacket 0.016" thick and sealed. 2. Where insulation is exposed in indoor occupied space, it shall be covered with 30

mil PVC jacket equal to Johns Manville Zeston. 3. Where insulation is exposed in a mechanical room and is within 6 feet of finished

floor, it shall be covered with a 0.016” aluminum jacket. B. Type 'B1': Fittings: Insulate fittings, valve bodies, strainer bodies, etc., with mitercut

pipe insulation or sheet insulation of same material as pipe covering.

Page 442: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 4

C. Type ‘C1’: Fittings: Insulate fittings with mitered segments of pipe insulation of same

material as pipe covering, wired in place and finished with a 1/4” layer of insulating cement. Valve bodies, strainer bodies, flanges, etc.: insulate with single or multiple layers of same insulating material as pipe covering, wired in place and finished with 1/4” layer of insulating cement.

D. Type ‘D1’: Fittings: Insulate fittings with mitered segments of pipe insulation of same

material as pipe covering, wired in place and covered with suitable jacketing for indoor or outdoor application. Valve bodies, strainer bodies, flanges, etc.: insulate with single or multiple layers of the same insulating material as pipe covering, wired in place, and covered with suitable jacketing for indoor or outdoor application.

E. Type ‘E1’: Fittings: Insulate with mitered segments of same insulating material as for

adjacent pipe covering, or with pre-molded fiberglass wired in place and covered. Wrap all fittings with PermaWick absorbent fabric and cover with appropriate all-service jacket or Proto PermaWick PVC jackets with factory punched evaporation holes. Valve bodies, strainer bodies, flanges, etc.: insulate with single or multiple layers of same insulating material as for adjacent pipe covering, wired in place and covered with all-service jacket. Wrap all fittings with PermaWick absorbent fabric and cover with appropriate all surface jacket or Proto PermaWick PVC jackets with factory punched evaporation holes.

2.04 EQUIPMENT INSULATION A. Type ‘G’:

1. Rigid fiberglass insulation board with factory applied all service jacket. Suitable for operating temperatures of 0 to +850 deg. F. Water vapor permeance of .02 perms. Equal to Owens Corning Series 700 with 25 ASJ facing.

2. Cut or miter insulation where necessary to fit the shape and contour of the equipment. On round surfaces band insulation in place with 3/4” x 0.015” thick galvanized steel bands 18” on center. On flat or irregular surfaces impale insulation over welded pins on 12” centers and secure with speed washers.

3. Apply vapor seal ASJ pressure-sensitive patches at damaged areas. All insulation edges and butt joints are to be sealed with pressure-sensitive joint sealing tape to match the jacket. Apply in accordance with manufacturers recommendations.

B. Type ‘H’:

1. Rigid hydrous calcium silicate insulation. Suitable for operating temperatures of +200 to +1200 deg. F. Equal to Owens-Corning Kaylo asbestos free block insulation.

2. Cut or miter insulation where necessary to fit the shape and contour of the equipment. Insulation shall be held in place with 3/4” x 0.015” thick galvanized steel bands 18” on center.

3. Insulation shall be finished with 1/2” thickness of insulating cement, in two coats.

Page 443: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 5

C. Type ‘I’:

1. Flexible elastomeric insulation. Suitable for operating temperatures of -40 to +220 deg. F. Equal to Armacell Armaflex II Sheet Insulation.

2. Cut insulation where necessary to fit the shape and contour of the equipment. Insulation shall be installed using Armstrong 520 Adhesive.

3. Exposed outdoor insulation shall be finished with two coats of Armacell Armaflex finish.

2.05 DUCT INSULATION A. Duct Covering: Johns Manville Microlite Standard or equivalent firberglass duct wrap

with factory applied Foil Scrim Kraft (FSK) vapor barrier jacket, 1.0 pound per cubic foot density. Provide insulation with black jacket for areas where insulation is exposed and all items are to be painted black.

B. Rigid Duct Covering: Johns Manville or equivalent semi-rigid fiberglass insulation board

with a factory applied Foil Scrim Kraft (FSK) vapor barrier jacket, three (3) pound per cubic foot density. Exterior rigid duct insulation to be covered with VentureClad 1577CW multilayered, self-adhesive jacketing system.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Use only experienced applicators regularly engaged in the trade. Rough work will be

rejected. Application details shall be in accordance with the insulating materials supplier's recommendations except where a higher standard is specified. All surface finishes shall be extended in such a manner as to protect all raw edges, cuts and surfaces of insulation.

B. All piping shall be insulated unless specifically noted otherwise. Piping not noted in the

table below shall be insulated with thicknesses matching ASHRAE 90.1 based on the fluid temperatures.

3.02 PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Do not insulate the following:

1. Valve bonnets 2. Unions in hot piping 3. TC valve operators 4. Hot piping within radiation enclosures or unit cabinet. 5. Cold piping within unit cabinets provided piping is located over drain pan. 6. Condensate piping between steam trap and union. 7. Preinsulated expansion joints

B. Inspect all piping and equipment before applying insulation to insure the installing

contractor has completed all leak tests, and that all surfaces are clean, dry and ready for application of insulation.

Page 444: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 6

C. Covering for "cold" pipes shall pass unbroken through hanger clevises, sleeves, etc. All

details of covering for cold surfaces shall be such that continuous covering with unbroken vapor barrier and uncompressed insulation is provided as required to prevent condensation. The same covering and hanging detail shall be used for pipes connecting to vibrating equipment or carrying pulsating pressures to avoid metal contact between pipes and hangers.

D. Insulation at removable heads, strainer plugs, and other access points shall be

fabricated in such a manner that it can be readily removed without damage to the insulation. Removable insulation shall have a vapor proof cover fabricated so as to allow it to be resealed to the equipment vapor barrier.

E. Provide rigid insulation inserts at hangers for pipes sizes 2” and larger. Inserts shall be

polyisocyanurate or calcium silicate, a minimum of 180 degrees and extend 2” beyond the hanger shield. Refer to MICA Plate 1-610. Wood or plastic block hanger inserts shall not be used.

F. Use hydraulic insulating cement anywhere insulation fibers are exposed, to fill voids, and

to repair damages to the factory applied vapor barrier. Finish with material matching or compatible with adjacent jacket material.

3.03 DUCT INSULATION APPLICATION A. Unless specifically indicated to not be insulated, all ductwork and accessories shall be

either lined or covered. Duct systems not listed or without a type or thickness indicated on the plans shall be insulated with 1-1/2” wrap.

3.04 DUCT COVERING INSTALLATION A. Inspect all ductwork and equipment before applying insulation to insure the installing

contractor has completed all leak tests, and that all surfaces are clean, dry and ready for application of insulation.

B. Covering shall be cut slightly longer than circumference of duct to insure full thickness at

corners. All insulation shall be adhered with edges tightly banded, and shall be adhered to duct with fire resistant adhesive. Adhesive shall be applied so that insulation conforms to duct surfaces uniformly and firmly.

C. In addition to the adhesive, the insulation shall be additionally secured to the bottom of

all ducts 18" or wider by means of grip nails and speed clips. The protruding ends of the pins shall be cut off flush after the speed clips have been applied. The vapor barrier facing shall be thoroughly sealed with a vapor barrier mastic and tape where the pins have pierced through.

Page 445: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 7

D. Insulation for "cold" ducts and accessories shall pass unbroken through hangers, sleeves, fire dampers, flexible connectors, reheat coils, etc. as required to prevent condensation. All details of covering for cold surfaces shall be such that continuous covering with unbroken vapor barrier and uncompressed insulation is provided. The same covering and hanging detail shall be used for ducts connecting to vibrating equipment or carrying pulsating pressures to avoid metal contact between ducts and hangers. Insulation Contractor shall be responsible for coordination with equipment suppliers as required to ensure continuous covering of unlined equipment components, i.e. VAV terminal unit supply collar and exposed reheat coil u-bends, fan coil unit discharge, etc.

E. Insulation at all access points shall be fabricated in such a manner that it can be readily removed without damage to the insulation. Removable insulation shall have a vapor proof cover fabricated so as to allow it to be resealed to the equipment vapor barrier.

********NOTE: Not all services apply – refer to plans for scope of services. ************

3.05 PIPE INSULATION APPLICATION

Service Type Insulation and Thickness*

Above Ground Piping Hot water heating lines, supply and return, condenser water for building heating

Type A and A1: 1-1/4” and smaller - 1-1/2” thick 1-1/2” and larger - 2” thick Type C and C1: 1-1/4" and smaller – 2-1/2" thick 1-1/2" to 6" - 3" thick 8" and larger – 4" thick

Chilled water, heat pump water lines, evaporator water, ground water, well water, system make-up water

Type A and A1: 6" and smaller – 1" thick 8" and larger – 1-1/2" thick Type B and B1: 6" and smaller – 1" thick 8" and larger – 1-1/2" thick Type E and E1: 6” and smaller – 1” thick 8” and larger – 1-1/2” thick

Condensing appliance flue pipe in un-heated spaces

Type A and A1: All pipe sizes – 1-1/2” thick Type B and B1: All pipe sizes – 1" thick

Page 446: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HVAC INSULATION 230700 - 8

Condensate drain lines Type A and A1: 1” thick for all pipe sizes.

Refrigeration piping Type B and B1: 3/4” and smaller – 3/4” thick 7/8” to 1-5/8” – 1” thick 2-1/8” and larger – 1-1/2” thick

* Insualtion type and thickness indicated in table apply for all pipe materials. **For piping exposed to outdoor ambient temperatures, increase thickness by 1/2”

END OF SECTION 230700

Page 447: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 1

SECTION 230900 – BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS)

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements,

Division 01 - General Requirements Division 22 – Plumbing, Division 23 – HVAC, Division 26 – Electrical, Division 27 – Telecommunications, and Division 28 – Electronic Safety and Security are applicable to work required of this section.

B. Coordination:

1. Coordination Required by BAS Contractor: The BAS Contractor shall provide all required information, material, direction and installation instructions to the designated contractor as required to allow this work to be completed in a timely/cost effective manner. This includes, but is not limited to, the following: a. Coordinate with General Contractor prior to the start of construction:

1) Locations of all sensors and devices located in CMU walls, concrete walls, concrete slabs, pre-cast walls, etc. Where shop drawing(s) are provided for these items, the locations shall be shown on the submitted shop drawing(s).

b. Coordinate with the HVAC and Plumbing Piping Contractor prior to the installation of piping on site: 1) Locations of and pipe size transitions for all sensors, control valves,

etc., ensuring accurate readings/operation and required access. 2) Locations of flow measuring stations meeting the installation

requirements for straight lengths of pipe upstream and downstream of the WFMS for the specific piping arrangement.

c. Coordinate with Sheet Metal Contractor prior to the submittal of ductwork shop drawings: 1) Locations of all sensors, dampers, etc., ensuring accurate

readings/operation and required access. 2) Locations of airflow measuring stations (AFMS) meeting the

installation requirements for straight lengths of duct upstream and downstream of the AFMS for the specific ductwork arrangement.

d. Coordinate with Testing and Balancing Contractor: 1) Provide support and coordination with Testing and Balancing (TAB)

Contractor for all interfaces between controls and TAB scope of work. Provide all devices and timely access to the BAS for TAB Contractor use in completing TAB procedures.

e. Coordinate with Electrical Contractor: 1) Quantities and locations for line voltage power requirements for

powering BAS panels and devices. 2) If additional line voltage power is required for the operation of the

BAS beyond the scope shown on the plans, it is the BAS Contractor's responsibility to provide the additional power; however, this work shall be performed by a qualified Electrical Contractor in accordance with the requirements of Division 26 specifications and included in the BAS Contractor’s bid.

3) Quantities and locations of additional junction boxes required for controls components installed in electrical wiring systems (e.g. current sensor, relays, etc.).

Page 448: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 2

f. Coordinate with Telecom Contractor: 1) Quantities and locations of information outlet(s). 2) If additional information outlets are needed beyond the quantity

shown on the plans, it is the BAS Contractor's responsibility to provide these additional outlets. This work shall be performed by a qualified Telecom Contractor in accordance with Division 27 specifications and included in the BAS Contractors bid.

g. Coordinate with Fire Alarm Contractor: 1) Quantities and locations for all points of connection between the

BAS and fire alarm system. 2. Work by Others: The following incidental work shall be furnished by the designated

under the supervision of the BAS Contractor. a. HVAC and Plumbing Piping Contractor shall:

1) Install automatic valves, wells, flow switches, and water flow measuring stations that are specified to be supplied by the BAS Contractor.

2) Install all pipe mounted BAS items including wells, paddle switches and differential pressure switches, including their isolation valves and associated tubing.

b. Sheet Metal Contractor shall: 1) Install all automatic dampers furnished by the BAS Contractor.

Assemble multiple section dampers with required interconnecting linkages and extend required number of shafts through duct for external mounting of damper actuators.

2) Provide necessary blank-off plates or ductwork transitions required to install dampers that are smaller than the duct size.

3) Provide access door or other approved means of access through ducts for service to control equipment.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall furnish and install a complete fully functioning BAS including all necessary

hardware and all operating and applications software necessary to perform the control sequences of operation as called for in this specification and on the plans. The BAS Contractor shall include all items not specifically itemized in these specifications that are necessary to implement, maintain, and operate the system in compliance with the functional intent of these specifications. The BAS shall be a complete system designed for use on Intranets and the Internet. Contractor shall be responsible for coordination with the Owner without disruption to any of the other activities taking place on that LAN.

B. The BAS shall possess a fully modular architecture, permitting expansion in the future

through additional controllers, sensors, actuators, etc. C. Manage and coordinate the BAS system work in a timely manner in consideration of the

project schedule. Coordinate cooperatively with the associated work of other trades so as to assist the progress and not impede or delay the work of associated trades.

1.03 QUALIFICATIONS A. The control system shall be installed by competent control mechanics and electricians

employed by the BAS Contractor. BAS Contractor is responsible for all work performed by their subcontractors.

Page 449: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 3

B. All bidders must be BAS Contractors in the business of installing direct digital control building automation systems for a minimum of 3 years. BAS Contractors must also have a minimum of five completed projects of similar size and complexity that have been in operation at least one year with the product line that will be used on this project. Any request for substitution must include a list of projects and completion dates to demonstrate compliance with this requirement.

C. The BAS system shall be provided by a single source manufacturer offering a full line of

controllers. This system shall be furnished, engineered, and installed by the manufacturer’s local branch office or the manufacturer’s locally authorized representative. BAS Contractor shall have factory trained technicians to provide instruction, routine maintenance, and emergency service within 24 hours upon receipt of request.

D. Control system components shall be the manufacturer’s latest standard of design at the

time of bid and in conformance with the following applicable standards for products specified.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The building automation system and components shall meet the following regulatory

requirements:

1. American Society for Testing and Materials, ASTM. 2. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, IEEE. 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association, NEMA. 4. Electronics Industries Alliance, EIA. 5. National Fire Protection Association, NFPA. 6. National Electrical Code, NEC. 7. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air-Conditioning Engineers,

ASHRAE, (ASHRAE Standard 135 The BACnet Standard). 8. American National Standards Institute, ANSI (ANSI 568 Commercial Building

Telecommunications Cabling Standard). 9. Underwriters Laboratory, UL (UL 916 Energy Management Systems). 10. FCC Regulation, Part 15. 11. Local building codes.

1.05 SUBMITTALS A. The following shall be submitted for approval prior to commencing construction of the BAS:

1. Contractor Qualifications: Document compliance with qualification requirements listed above. Include names, email addresses, and phone numbers of the project manager, primary programmer, electrical sub-contractor, and other team members.

2. BAS Design Submittal, including: a. A bookmarked PDF with bookmarks for each plan sheet with title and

number, each schedule, and each product cut sheet with appropriate description.

b. A table of contents listing sheet titles and sheet numbers. c. A floor plan showing the proposed locations of all network controllers. d. BAS network architecture diagrams including all controllers, repeaters,

gateways, interconnections, etc.

Page 450: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 4

e. Calculations showing that system architecture can support the minimum trending and data storage requirements of the project with a written guarantee that the final installation will meet the project trending and storage requirements.

f. Schematics with accurate arrangement of devices as they relate to the equipment.

g. Sequences and points lists as intended to be installed and programmed. A direct copy of the sequences and points lists from the plans will not be acceptable.

h. Points schedule for each physical point shown on the schematics, including: tag, point type, system name and display units.

i. Point-to-point wiring diagrams including start-stop arrangement for each piece of equipment, equipment interlocks, controller wiring terminal numbers and any special connection information required for properly controlling the HVAC equipment.

j. Controller schedule, including quantity, part number, description, and optional features.

k. Control damper schedule including a separate line for each damper and a column for each of the damper attributes, including: associated system, associated equipment, part number, fail position, damper type, damper operator, blade type, bearing type, seals, duct size, damper size, damper material, mounting, and actuator type.

l. Control valve schedules including a separate line for each valve and a column for each of the valve attributes: associated system, associated equipment, part number, configuration, fail position, pipe size, valve size, valve type, valve material, close off pressure, capacity, valve CV, calculated CV, design pressure, actual pressure, and actuator type.

m. Airflow measuring station schedules including a separate line for each AFMS and a column for each of the AFMS attributes: associated system, associated equipment, part number, type, duct/fan inlet size, AFMS material, velocity range, and design airflow.

n. Product cut sheets including manufacturer’s catalog data describing each item of control equipment or component provided and installed for the project. Cut sheets shall include performance data as applicable (e.g. valve Cv, damper pressure drops, operating range, sensor accuracy, sensor units, sensor, sensor hysteresis, sensor stability, etc.).

o. Product cut sheets for the operator workstation and any data storage devices including all technical specifications.

B. The following shall be submitted for approval a minimum of two months prior to substantial

completion:

1. Floor plan graphics. 2. One sample graphic of each different equipment arrangement included on the

project. Graphics that are not identical (except for equipment labels) need to be submitted as separate graphics.

Page 451: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 5

1.06 SOFTWARE LICENSES A. Provide required copies of all licenses for software, including software licenses on local

workstations and software loaded or embedded into controllers or other network devices. BAS licensing shall allow for unlimited access to the system; no restrictions shall be placed on the licensing. All software used by the Contractor to install the system or needed to operate the system to its full capabilities shall be licensed and provided to the Owner.

1.07 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS A. Within one month prior to project substantial completion, calibrate all CO2 and specialty

gas sensors and generate calibration reports. Turn over all calibration kits to the Owner. B. All relative humidity sensors shall not be ordered or installed until the project is within 6

months of substantial completion. If sensors are installed prior to that date, they shall be recalibrated within one month prior to substantial completion.

C. Provide instructions on how to calibrate all sensors on the project. If a sensor cannot be

field recalibrated but has the ability for replacement calibrated parts, include a source for obtaining the replacement parts.

D. Refer to 23 0010 for Operation and Maintenance (O&M) and Owner training requirements.

All products and devices installed shall be included in the O&M manual. Include the following:

1. Manufacturer's catalog data and specifications on sensors, transmitters,

controllers, control valves, damper actuators, gauges, indicators, terminals, and any miscellaneous components used in the system.

2. A copy of all device calibration reports and certifications (e.g. NIST). 3. An operator's manual which will include detailed instructions for all operations of

the system. 4. Operating and maintenance cautions and instructions. 5. An operator's reference table listing the addresses of all connected input points

and output points. Settings shall be shown where applicable. 6. A programmer's manual which will include all information necessary to perform

programming functions. 7. A language manual which will include a detailed description of the language used

and all routines used by the system. 8. Flow charts of the overall system configuration. 9. Complete program listing file and parameter listing file for all programs. 10. A copy of all software licenses. 11. A copy of the warranty. 12. Recommended spare parts list.

Page 452: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 6

E. Provide as-built documentation in the same format as the BAS Design Submittal, updated

with all revisions and as-built conditions. Place a digital copy with a link from the BAS to the final as-built documentation. Also include a PDF copy on the operator workstation, if provided. As-builts shall be submitted after the system demonstration has been performed. Include a copy of the as-built point-to-point wiring diagrams and final programmed sequence inside each control panel enclosure. Also indicate exact installed locations on the floor plans for the following:

1. All network controllers 2. Pump differential pressure sensors 3. Fan differential pressor sensors 4. Outdoor air temperature and/or humidity sensor

F. Provide a warranty on the entire system, including software, hardware, and labor. Refer

to 23 0010 for warranty requirements. Provide an extended five (5) year warranty on all control valves and control valve actuators.

1. In the last month of the warranty period, all BAS software and controller firmware,

software, drivers, etc., shall be upgraded and validated to the latest release (version) in effect at the end of the warranty period.

2. At the end of the warranty period, the final version of all BAS software and programming shall be fully backed up on external storage device(s) (e.g. CD, USB drive, etc.). Include all software licenses. Turn the external storage device over to the Owner.

1.08 PRE-PROGRAMMING DESIGN REVIEW MEETING A. Prior to starting programming, a design review meeting shall be scheduled with the Design

Professional. The agenda of this meeting will be to discuss the design intent, review all systems requiring control, review naming conventions, and answer any questions the Temperature Controls Contractor may have.

1.09 DESIGN PROFESSIONAL BAS ACCESS A. The BAS Contractor shall provide BAS access to the Design Professional prior to

substantial completion or the date of the final punch list, whichever occurs first. This shall include a username and password unique to the Design Professional.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, acceptable manufacturers are as follows:

1. Johnson Controls – Johnson Controls, Inc., Cedar Rapids Branch Office 2.02 SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE A. The complete electronic BAS system may be comprised of the following levels of control

devices.

1. Operator Workstation includes the hardware and software necessary for an operator to interface with the control system.

Page 453: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 7

2. Central File Server shall store all data required by the system and be permanently connected to the network.

3. Network Controller(s) are used for high level global programming functions and system networking.

4. Local Controllers are for control of large primary HVAC systems such as air handling systems, heating hot water systems and chilled water systems.

5. Application Specific Controllers are dedicated for specific equipment such as VAV boxes, fan coils, and heat pumps.

6. Repeaters are used for communication signal enhancement along the Tier 2 network.

7. Gateways are used to allow communication between two different communication protocols.

8. Network thermostats dedicated to specific equipment such as VAV boxes, fan coils, or heat pumps, etc.

9. Field devices include, but are not limited to, electronic sensors, valves, actuators, switches, relays, and transducers.

10. Tier 1 level network is the main backbone of the system and shall be an Ethernet Local Area Network (LAN). All network controllers, the Operator Workstation, and the Central File Server shall be connected directly to this network without the need for gateway devices.

11. Tier 2 level networks are the communication busses managed by the network controllers. Local Controllers and Application Specific Controllers shall reside on a Tier 2 communication bus without any third-party controllers. All third-party controllers shall reside on a Tier 2 communication bus dedicated to third-party controllers.

B. Data throughout any level of the network shall be available to and accessible by all other

devices, controllers, the Central File Server, and the Operator Workstation. C. Interruptions or faults at any point on the network shall not interrupt communications

between other nodes on the network. D. The BAS network shall support both copper and optical fiber communication media. E. All line drivers, repeaters, signal conditioners, etc., shall be provided as necessary for

proper data communication. F. The system shall use the same application programming language for all levels. G. The system shall be configured as a distributed processing network(s) capable and shall

be scalable and expandable at all levels of the system using the same software interface and the same types of controllers. Systems that require replacement of either the workstation software or any controllers to expand the system shall not be acceptable.

2.03 OPERATOR WORKSTATION A. Provide a portable laptop operator workstation with the following minimum requirements:

1. Processor with a minimum 64-bit structure and minimum 2 GHz processor speed. 2. Onboard RAM of 4 GB. 3. Hard drive or equal high-speed data storage with a minimum of 500 GB or as

required to meet minimum data storage requirements of the project. 4. Operating system of Windows 10.

Page 454: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 8

5. Removable high-speed data storage and export device(s) such as USB (minimum of 2 ports).

6. Ethernet port. 7. Integral full color screen, minimum 17 inches diagonal screen, minimum 1600 x

900 resolution. 8. Integral keyboard. 9. Mouse touchpad and Bluetooth wireless optical mouse. 10. Software and licenses as required to allow for full functionality of the BAS system.

2.04 DATA STORAGE A. Central File Server:

1.

B. Cloud Service:

1.

2.05 OPERATOR INTERFACE A. General: The BAS operator interface shall be user friendly, readily understood and shall

make maximum use of colors, graphics, icons, embedded images, animation, text based information and data visualization techniques to enhance and simplify the use and understanding of the BAS system by authorized users at the Operator Interface.

1. User access to the BAS system shall be protected by a flexible and Owner

redefinable software-based password access protection. Password protection shall be multi-level (minimum of 4 levels) and partitionable to accommodate the varied access requirements of different user groups. Provide the means to define unique access privileges for each individual authorized user. Also provide the means to establish general password groups to which an individual will then be assigned. Once assigned to the group each individual will assume all the capabilities and restrictions of that group. Provide the means to manage individual user password and access privileges under the control of a master password.

2. The operator interface shall be able to combine data from any and all of the system components in a single browser window. This shall include historical data stored on a server.

3. The operator interface shall incorporate comprehensive support for functions including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: a. User access for selective information retrieval and control command

execution. b. Monitoring and reporting. c. Alarm, non-normal, and return to normal condition annunciation. d. Selective operator override and other control actions. e. Information archiving, manipulation, formatting, display and reporting. f. BAS internal performance supervision and diagnostics. g. On-line access to user HELP menus. h. On-line access to current BAS as-built records and documentation. i. Means for the controlled re-programming, re-configuration of BAS

operation and for the manipulation of BAS database information in compliance with the prevailing codes, approvals and regulations for individual BAS applications.

Page 455: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 9

4. Provide BAS reports and displays making maximized use of simple English language descriptions and readily understood acronyms, abbreviations and the like to assist user understanding and interpretation.

5. All text naming conventions shall be consistent in their use and application throughout the BAS and coordinated with Owner preference.

B. Web Interface

1. The system shall be capable of supporting clients using a standard web browser such as Internet Explorer™. Systems requiring additional software (to enable a standard Web browser) are not acceptable.

2. The web browser shall provide the same view of the system, in terms of graphics, schedules, calendars, logs, etc., and provide the same interface methodology as is provided by the graphical user interface on the operator workstation. Systems that require different views or that require different means of interacting with objects such as schedules, or logs, shall not be acceptable.

3. The web browser client shall support at a minimum, the following functions: a. User log-on identification and password shall be required. Security using

Java authentication and encryption techniques to prevent unauthorized access shall be implemented.

b. Users shall have administrator-defined access privileges. c. The system shall provide the capability to specify a users home page.

Provide the ability to limit a specific user to just their defined home page. From the home page links to other views, or pages in the system, shall be possible if allowed by the system administrator.

d. Graphical screens developed for the operator interface shall be the same screens used for the web browser client. Any animated graphical objects supported by the operator workstation software shall be supported by the web browser interface.

e. HTML programming shall not be required to display system graphics or data on a web page. HTML editing of the web page shall be allowed if the user desires a specific look or format.

f. Real-time values displayed on a web page shall update automatically without requiring a manual “refresh” of the web page.

g. Graphic screens on the web browser client shall support hypertext links to other locations on the Internet or on Intranet sites, by specifying the Uniform Resource Locator (URL) for the desired link.

C. Alarms: Alarms shall be routed directly from network controllers to the operator

workstation and/or servers. It shall be possible for specific alarms from specific points to be routed to specific PCs and servers. The alarm management portion of the operator interface software shall, at the minimum, provide the following functions:

1. The BAS shall annunciate diagnostic alarms, at a minimum, indicating system

failure, individual controller failure, individual component failure, and non-normal operating conditions.

2. Any attribute of any object in the system may be designated to report an alarm. 3. Log date and time of alarm occurrence. 4. Generate a “pop-up” window, with audible alarm, informing a user that an alarm

has been received. 5. Allow a user, with the appropriate security level, to acknowledge, temporarily

silence, or discard an alarm.

Page 456: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 10

6. Provide an audit trail on hard drive for alarms by recording user acknowledgment, deletion, or disabling of an alarm. The audit trail shall include the name of the user, the alarm, the action taken on the alarm, and a time/date stamp.

7. Provide the ability to direct alarms to an e-mail address or phone number via text message. This must be provided in addition to the pop up window described above. Systems which use e-mail and/or text messaging as the exclusive means of annunciating alarms are not acceptable.

D. Reports: Reports shall be generated and directed to one or more of the following: operator

interface displays or an archive at the user’s option. As a minimum, the system shall provide the following reports:

1. All points in the BAS system. 2. All points in each BAS application. 3. All points locked out or overridden in a BAS application. 4. All points currently in alarm in a BAS application. 5. All BAS schedules. 6. All user defined and adjustable variables, schedules, interlocks, etc. 7. BAS diagnostic and system status reports.

E. Navigation Tree: The system shall have an intuitive and easy to navigate collapsible and

expandable navigation tree. Requirements of the navigation tree shall include:

1. A dedicated folder where links to all graphics are located. In systems with many different graphics, locate similar equipment graphics in a sub-folder (e.g. VAVs for Level 1 in a sub-folder).

2. A grouping of all systems/equipment/points by the network controller and communication bus it resides on. All systems and equipment shall match the names indicated on the plans.

3. A minimum of 5 collapsible and expandable levels. 4. Links to long-term trends. 5. Links to all alarms and alarm history logs. 6. Ability for the operator to customize the navigation tree by defining groupings and

adding any systems or points to those groups and modifying the order of groups. 7. Ability for groups to be located within other groups. 8. Ability to rename any group, system, or point in the navigation tree.

F. Dynamic Color Graphics: The system shall allow for the creation of user defined, color

graphic displays for the viewing of HVAC, systems, electrical systems, building schematics, etc. These graphics shall contain point information from the database including any attributes associated with the point (engineering units, etc.). In addition, users with the appropriate security level shall be able to command equipment or change setpoints from a graphic through the use of the mouse. Requirements of the color graphic subsystem include:

1. An unlimited number of graphic displays shall be able to be generated and

executed. 2. Graphics shall be based on vectorized technology and HTML5 programming

language. Rasterized graphics and Java programming language are not acceptable.

3. Values of real time attributes displayed on the graphics shall be dynamic and updated on the displays.

Page 457: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 11

4. The graphic displays shall be able to display and provide animation based on real-time BAS data that is acquired, derived, or entered.

5. Users with the appropriate security level shall be able to change values (setpoints) and states in system controlled equipment directly from the graphic display.

6. Provide a graphic editing tool that allows users with the appropriate security level to create and edit graphic files. It shall be possible to edit the graphics directly while they are on line, or at an off line location for later downloading to the controller.

7. BAS system shall be provided with a complete user expandable symbol library containing all of the basic symbols used to represent typical system components. Implementing these symbols in a graphic shall involve dragging and dropping them from the library to the graphic.

8. The following graphics, at a minimum, shall be provided: a. Floor plan graphics showing all as constructed room numbers, zoning

boundaries, zone level space sensors readings (temperature, relative humidity, occupancy, CO2, CO, etc.) and indicate accurate locations of the sensors. The floor plan graphics shall also show the as constructed location and name of all network controllers. 1) All readings shall be color coded to indicate the deviation from

current set point and a legend describing the colors and associated deviation scale.

2) Any readings in an alarm shall flash on the graphic. 3) All zones shall include a link to the zone level equipment graphic

page. b. Central system graphics showing all equipment and components with

interconnecting piping/ductwork in schematic form. Equipment and components shall be accurately placed relative to each other on the schematic. 1) Each hydronic piping system. 2) Each space (such as a lab) with differential pressure control. 3) Overall building pressure with all airflows entering and leaving the

building. c. A graphic screen for all equipment connected to the BAS system. At a

minimum, all points listed in the minimum points list on the plans shall be visible on the graphic screen. 1) Include a separate graphic screen for every individual piece of

equipment. Where two or more pieces of equipment are redundant (e.g. system pumps), they may reside on the same graphic screen.

2) Where a reset or staging schedule is required, include the details of the reset schedule and staging schedule on the graphics. Indicate the current set point or stage as calculated by the reset or staging schedule.

3) Where a software button is required by the sequence, include the software button on the graphic.

4) All software points listed on the plans shall also be included on the graphic.

d. Where redundant equipment is set up as lead/lag, the graphic screen shall include the ability for the user to switch the lead/lag positions.

Page 458: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 12

G. Schedules: It shall be possible to configure and download all schedules within the BAS

from the operator interface.

1. The system shall provide multiple schedule input forms for automatic BAS time-of-day scheduling and override scheduling of BAS operations. At a minimum, the following spreadsheet types shall be accommodated: a. Weekly schedules. b. Monthly schedules. c. Special “Only active if today is a holiday” schedules. d. Temporary override schedules.

2. Schedules shall be provided for each individual piece of equipment. Similar equipment on the same system shall also be able to be scheduled globally. For example, All VAVs on an AHU system shall be able to have the same schedule as the AHU or their own individual schedule for each VAV. Each schedule shall include all output points residing within the system. Each point may have a unique schedule of operation relative to the system use schedule, allowing for sequential starting and control of equipment within the system. Scheduling and rescheduling of points shall be accomplished easily via the system schedule spreadsheets.

3. Monthly calendars for a 12-month period shall be provided that allow for simplified scheduling of holidays and special days in advance. Holidays and special days shall be user-selected with the pointing device or keyboard, and shall automatically reschedule equipment operation as previously defined on the weekly schedules.

H. Power failure and automatic restart:

1. Provide for the automatic, orderly and predefined shutdown of parts or all of the BAS following total loss of power to parts or all of the BAS.

2. Provide for the automatic, orderly and predefined startup and return to normal control of parts or all of the BAS following total loss of power to those parts or all of the BAS. Archive and annunciate time and details of restoration.

3. Maintain the operation of the BAS real-time clock during periods of power outage for a minimum of 72 hours.

I. Historical trending and data collection: Trend and store point data as indicated on the

plans. Long-term data collection can be stored locally if memory allows or offloaded to a separate system server or hard drive. Data shall be capable of being exported in a .csv,.xls or .xlsx format or other acceptable formats for custom queries and reports using industry standard software analysis tools.

1. Trend shall be capable of recording as raw data or data that is filtered where

specified to be filtered before recording by the following typical filter types: a. Average value. b. Maximum value. c. Minimum value. d. Change of value (COV). e. Change of state (COS). f. Range – difference between minimum and maximum values.

2. The software shall be able to perform the following functions on a set of user selected data: a. Standard deviation. b. Sum of all values. c. Variance.

Page 459: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 13

3. Trends shall be able to be displayed in a table or graphical format. Trends shall be able to be saved in the navigation tree for future reference. The graphical display shall have the following capabilities: a. Displaying multiple trends of any user selected points on one graph. b. Adjust both the x-axis and y-axis scales. c. Utilize multiple y-axes with unique scales and assign trends to either axis

at the user’s choosing. d. Change trend colors, line types, and line weights. e. Change display of trends between analog values and binary. Binary

displays shall have the option to be displayed as a square wave. J. Point naming conventions and abbreviations shall be consistent with the plans and be

consistent between all systems and equipment.

2.06 NETWORK CONTROLLERS

A. General: The network controller shall be a microprocessor based, multi-tasking real time system controller that provides advanced system programming, uplink and downlink communications, polling and other supervisory functions for local and application specific controllers.

B. Each network controller shall be classified as a BACnet compatible device, supporting the

BACnet Building Controller (B-BC) profile. Controllers that support a lesser profile such as B-AAC, B-ASC, or B-SA are not acceptable. Network controllers shall be tested and certified by the BACnet Testing Laboratory (BTL) as Advanced Application Controllers (B-BC).

C. Hardware Specifications

1. Operating Environment: The controller shall be capable of operating in an environment of 32 to 122 deg F and 10 to 90% relative humidity non-condensing.

2. Memory: Both the operating system of the controller, plus the application program for the controller, shall be stored in non-volatile, FLASH memory. Controllers shall contain enough memory for the current application, plus required history logging, plus a minimum of 20% additional free memory. If the controller does not have the required built-in memory capacity, a separate data storage device shall be provided.

3. Communication Ports: Each network controller shall provide communication to both the Operator Workstation(s) and the field buses. An on-board Ethernet port shall be provided.

4. Stand-Alone: The controller shall be a true no-host system that does not require a PC or "Host" computer to perform any control functions or communications.

5. Modular Expandability: The system shall employ a modular input/output (I/O) design to allow easy expansion. Input and output capacity is to be provided through plug-in modules. It shall be possible to combine I/O modules as desired to meet the I/O requirements for individual control applications.

6. Real Time Clock (RTC): Each network controller shall include a battery-backed, real time clock, accurate to 10 seconds per day. The RTC shall provide the following: time of day, day of week, day, month, and year. The system shall automatically correct for daylight savings time and leap years.

Page 460: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 14

7. Power Supply: The power supply for the network controller shall be auto sensing,

120 VAC, 60 Hz power, with a tolerance of +/- 20%. Line voltage below the operating range of the system shall be considered a power outage. The controller shall contain over voltage surge protection and require no external AC power signal conditioning. a. Automatic Restart After Power Failure: Upon restoration of power after an

outage, the network controller shall automatically and without human intervention: update all monitored functions, resume operation based on current, synchronized time and status, and implement special start-up strategies as required.

b. Battery backup: The network controller shall include an on-board battery to back up the controller’s RAM. The battery shall have a shelf life of over 5 years and provide accumulated backup of all RAM and clock functions for at least 30 days. In the case of a power failure, the network controller shall first try to restart from the RAM memory. If that memory is corrupted or unusable, then the network controller shall restart itself from its application program stored in its FLASH memory.

8. Field communication ports shall be individually electrically isolated to protect against transients, spikes, and power surges. The ports shall be optically isolated from each other, the controller circuit board and from power wiring. Optical isolation shall be provided either as an integral component to the controller or provided as a separate interface device between the controller and field wiring.

9. Failure of any network controller shall register as an alarm in the BAS. D. Network Controller Software

1. General: The network controller shall contain FLASH memory to store both the resident operating system and the application software. There will be no restrictions placed on the type of application programs in the system. Each network controller shall be capable of parallel processing and executing all control programs simultaneously. Any program may affect the operation of any other program. Each program shall have the full access of all I/O facilities of the processor. This execution of control function shall not be interrupted due to normal user communications including interrogation, program entry, printout of the program for storage, etc.

2. Passwords: User access to the controller shall be protected by a flexible and Owner redefinable software-based password access protection. Password protection shall be multi-level (minimum of 4 levels) and partitionable to accommodate the varied access requirements of different user groups. Provide the means to define unique access privileges for each individual authorized user. Also provide the means to establish general password groups to which an individual will then be assigned. Once assigned to the group each individual will assume all the capabilities and restrictions of that group. Provide the means to manage individual user password and access privileges under the control of a master password.

3. Login: A user definable login message shall be displayed every time the workstation is connected to a system controller.

Page 461: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 15

4. User Programming Language: The application software shall be user

programmable. This includes all strategies, sequences of operation, control algorithms, parameters, and setpoints. The source program shall be English language-based and programmable by the user. The language shall be structured to allow for the easy configuration of control programs, schedules, alarms, reports, telecommunications, local displays, mathematical calculations, passwords, and histories. The language shall be self-documenting. Users shall be able to place comments anywhere in the body of a program. Program listings shall be configurable by the user in logical groupings. Controllers that use a “canned” program method will not be accepted.

5. Help Menu: On-line location sensitive help shall be provided for each menu item, describing the consequences of making the highlighted menu selection.

6. Programming Functions: The software blocks shall provide all the necessary mathematics, logic, utility, and control functions necessary for proper sequence of control. These functions shall be contained in the network controller operating system to be available in any combination for field programming the unit through RAM memory. a. Proportional, Integral plus Derivative Control (PID) b. Self-tuning PID c. Two position control d. Digital filter e. Ratio calculator f. Equipment cycling protection

7. Energy Management Applications: As a minimum, the network controller shall have the ability to, but not be limited to, perform energy management strategies such as: a. Time or event based scheduling b. Calendar/holiday based scheduling c. Temporary schedule overrides d. Adaptive optimum start/stop e. Chiller and boiler reset/optimization f. Demand limiting/load shedding g. Enthalpy switchover (economizer) h. Temperature compensated duty cycling i. CFM tracking j. Temperature or pressure reset k. Run time totalization l. Alarm detection and dial out or email out m. Night setback n. Historical trending

8. Alarms: The network controller shall be capable of comparing analog and digital readings to predetermined high and low limits and annunciate each time a value enters or returns from an alarm condition. Unique high and low limits shall be supplied for each analog point in the network. The network shall be capable of suppressing selected alarm reporting when the primary equipment from which the alarm point is based is in the inactive state. The alarm features of the system controller software shall, as a minimum, provide the following: a. Digital, analog, and hi/low settings and deadband b. Sliding alarm limits c. Conditional alarming d. Alarm inhibiting through feedback loop e. Fluttering alarm suppression

Page 462: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 16

f. Separate tailored alarm messages of 70 characters each g. Auto dial of any user selected alarm condition to a minimum of 25 telephone

numbers h. Auto email of any user selected alarm condition to a minimum of 25 email

addresses 9. Trending: Each network controller shall have the capability to simultaneously trend

a minimum of 60 combined points. Adjustable sampling intervals for each trend from 30 seconds to one day or on change of value/state shall be possible. Each trend shall be capable of being automatically started or stopped, based on time of day, externally sensed points, alarms, or a calculated value. Upload of trend data to the operator workstation or other memory storage device shall be automatically performed at any time during the sampling period. The uploaded trend data shall be fully compatible with Microsoft Excel.

10. On-Line Testing: The network shall have the capability to allow the operator to design, test, and implement desired control strategies on-line.

11. Communication Diagnostics: The network controller software shall be capable of self-diagnosing failure automatically without necessary query by the operator. In the event of communications failure or limited power failure, the network shall be capable of both notifying a local operator of the specific occurrence, as well as communicating to a remote operator, either by the internet or auto dialing/emailing the condition. In addition to automatic self-diagnostics, each network controller shall maintain communications statistics on local and application specific controller communications. These statistics shall tabulate total communications attempted versus successful and unsuccessful communications by unit number. An option shall exist to reset communications statistics to zero (0) at any time.

2.07 LOCAL CONTROLLERS A. General: Each HVAC local controller shall be a stand-alone BAS controller. The local

controllers shall be a local control loop microprocessor-based controller installed at each HVAC system (e.g. air handling unit, heating plant, chilled water plant). Each controller shall be fully programmable, contain its own control programs and will continue to operate in the event of a failure or communication loss to its associated network controller.

B. Each local controller provided must be a BACnet device, supporting the BACnet Advanced

Application Controller (B-AAC) profile. Controllers that support a lesser profile such as B-ASC or B-SA are not acceptable. Local controllers shall be tested and certified by the BACnet Testing Laboratory (BTL) as Advanced Application Controller(B-AAC).

C. Hardware:

1. Operating Environment: The controller shall be capable of operating in an environment of 32 to 122 deg F and 10 to 90% relative humidity non-condensing.

2. Memory: Both the operating system of the controller, plus the application program for the controller, shall be stored in non-volatile, FLASH memory. Controllers shall contain enough memory for the current application plus required history logging. All controllers with volatile memory shall have a battery-backup for a minimum of 72 hours. Each controller shall be addressable by a workstation or laptop.

3. Isolation: Control, communication, and power circuits for each controller shall be individually electrically isolated to protect against transients, spikes, and power surges.

Page 463: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 17

4. Input/Output Modules: Provide with at least the minimum quantity of inputs and

outputs as required by the sequence of operations and points list. a. Analog inputs shall accept industry standard analog signals (4-20 mA, 0-5

VDC, 0-10 VDC, etc.). b. Binary inputs shall detect contact closures. c. Universal inputs shall have functionality as either an analog or binary input. d. Digital outputs may be latched or momentary contact type. e. Analog outputs shall have a 1% resolution over total output span of 100%. f. Configurable outputs shall have functionality as either an analog or binary

output. 5. Expandability: Provide input and output expansion capability through the use of

plug-in modules. At least two I/O expansion modules must be capable of being added to the base local controller.

D. Software: Provide complete controller software to execute all HVAC system local loop

controls functions.

1. Control Parameters: The software blocks in the local controller shall produce all of the necessary reverse acting and/or direct acting PI signals as required by the control sequence. The proportional and integral values which make up the PI output value shall be readable and modifiable, at the system workstation or the portable service tool to facilitate tuning of control loops.

2. Networking: Each input, output, or calculation result shall be capable of being assigned to the system controller for system networking. The local controller shall also provide the ability to download and upload configuration data, both locally at the controller and via the BAS communications network.

3. Scan: Controller shall continuously scan and maintain the most recent data in RAM for retrieval by a network controller, operator interface, and by the local controller software programs.

4. Database: All field control databases shall be entered, changed or downloaded to the local controllers via a laptop or operator workstation.

5. Auto-Calibration: All inputs shall feature an auto-calibrate function to eliminate sensing errors.

6. Memory: Provide amount of memory required to store data until it is sent to the network controller.

7. Programming Functions: Provide the following standard BAS loop programming functions: a. Control block programming b. PI or PID control c. Serial load staging d. Binary load staging e. Analog load staging f. Master-submaster routines g. Anti-windup for integrated loops

8. Real Time Clock (RTC): All local controllers shall have a real time clock in either hardware or software. The accuracy shall be within 10 seconds per day. The RTC shall provide the following information: time of day, day, month, year, and day of week. Each local controller shall receive a signal, every hour, over the network from the network controller, which synchronizes all local controllers’ real time clocks.

Page 464: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 18

E. Failure Operation:

1. Automatic Restart After Power Failure: Upon restoration of power after an outage, the controller shall automatically and without human intervention: update all monitored functions, resume operation based on current, synchronized time and status, and implement special start-up strategies as required.

2. Stand-Alone Operation During Network Communication Failure: Controllers requiring the application or database to be downloaded from a host or share processing with a network controller shall not be acceptable. During a communication failure the application specific controller must run the control application using the current setpoints and configuration.

3. Failure of any local controller shall register as an alarm in the BAS. 2.08 APPLICATION SPECIFIC CONTROLLERS A. General: Each HVAC application specific controller shall be a stand-alone BAS controller.

The controller shall include all hardware and software required for communications with the network controller. Unless noted otherwise, an individual application specific controller shall be dedicated for each terminal device.

B. Each application specific controller provided must be a BACnet device, supporting the

BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC) profile. Controllers that support a lesser profile such as B-SA are not acceptable. Local controllers shall be tested and certified by the BACnet Testing Laboratory (BTL) as Application Specific Controllers (B-ASC).

C. Hardware:

1. Operating Environment: The controller shall be capable of operating in an environment of 32 to 122 deg F and 10 to 90% relative humidity non-condensing.

2. Input/Output Modules: Provide with at least the minimum quantity of inputs and outputs as required by the sequence of operations and points list. a. Analog inputs shall accept industry standard analog signals (4-20 mA, 0-5

VDC, 0-10 VDC, etc.). b. Binary inputs shall detect contact closures. c. Universal inputs shall have functionality as either an analog or binary input. d. Digital outputs may be latched or momentary contact type. e. Analog outputs shall have a 1% resolution over total output span of 100%. f. Configurable outputs shall have functionality as either an analog or binary

output. 3. Expandability: Provide input and output expansion capability through the use of

plug-in modules. Where additional inputs or outputs are required for the specified application, provide the expansion module with the application specific controller.

D. Software:

1. Programming: The control program shall reside in the application specific controller. The application program shall be maintained in read only memory (ROM). The default database, i.e. setpoints and configuration information, shall be stored in electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM). Controllers requiring local setting of potentiometers or dip switches are not acceptable for programming functions. Dip switches for creating unique addresses for controllers are acceptable.

Page 465: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 19

2. Auto-Calibration: All inputs shall feature an auto-calibrate function to eliminate sensing errors.

E. Failure Operation:

1. Automatic Restart After Power Failure: Upon restoration of power after an outage, the controller shall automatically and without human intervention: update all monitored functions, resume operation based on current, synchronized time and status, and implement special start-up strategies as required.

2. Stand-Alone Operation During Network Communication Failure: Controllers requiring the application or database to be downloaded from a host or share processing with a network controller shall not be acceptable. During a communication failure the application specific controller must run the control application using the current setpoints and configuration.

3. Failure of any application specific controller shall register as an alarm in the BAS. 2.09 REPEATERS AND SIGNAL CONDITIONERS A. Provide a repeaters and signal conditioners at locations in the controls network where

required. 2.10 GATEWAYS A. Provide a gateway at all points of connections of dissimilar controls networks/protocols.

The gateway shall permit the exchange of all specified and required information between the two dissimilar networks/protocols.

2.11 FIELD DEVICES A. Multi-Purpose Sensors:

1. All multi-purpose or combination sensors shall meet all requirements listed below for the individual sensors that are being combined into one unit.

2. Sensors are only allowed to be combined if shown in the exact same location on the controls schematics, HVAC plans, or elevations with no components between them.

B. Temperature Sensors:

1. General: a. All temperature devices shall use precision thermistors or RTD sensors

accurate to +/- 1 degree F over a range of –30 to 230 degrees F, unless indicated otherwise.

2. Space Sensors and/or Thermostats: a. Sensors shall be available in an off-white ventilated enclosure, unless

noted otherwise on the plans. Sensor shall be able to be mounted on a standard electrical box.

b. Where indicated on the plans, the sensor housing shall feature both a mechanism for adjusting the space temperature set point and/or a push button for selecting after hours occupied operation.

Page 466: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 20

c. Where indicated on the plans, the sensor shall incorporate either an LED

or LCD display for viewing the space temperature, set point, and other operator selectable parameters. Using built in buttons, operators shall be able to adjust set points directly from the sensor. Resolution shall be as indicated on the plans.

d. Minimum sensing range shall be 32 to 100 deg. If a space is being controlled to a set point outside of this range, then a sensor appropriate for the application shall be provided.

e. All sensors shall be the same appearance in the occupied and public areas of the building, but may have different options as required (set point adjustment, override button, etc.). Exceptions that would allow a different appearance include mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, storage rooms, vestibules, etc.

3. Duct Sensors: Sensors shall incorporate a thermistor bead embedded at the tip of a stainless steel tube. Wiring shall terminate in a galvanized steel box at the end of the probe, except where wiring factory provided wiring can be connected to a controller without additional wiring. Probe style duct sensors are required in air handling applications where the coil or duct area is less than 14 square feet. a. For duct widths 12” or less, use a minimum 4” probe. b. For duct widths between 13” and 24”, use a minimum 8” probe. c. For duct widths larger than 24”, use a minimum 12” probe.

4. Averaging Temperature Sensors: Sensors shall be employed in ducts which are larger than 14 square feet. The length of flexible copper tubing shall cover no more than one square foot of face area per one linear foot of sensing element length. The maximum length of the copper tube for one device shall be 24 ft. Where a longer length is required, multiple sensors shall be provided and the average temperature calculated by software programming.

5. Immersion Sensors: Sensors shall be employed for measurement of temperature in all hydronic, domestic water, and refrigerant piping applications. Thermal wells shall be brass or stainless steel for non-corrosive fluids below 250 degrees F and 300 series stainless steel for all other applications. Wiring shall terminate in a galvanized steel box at the end of the probe. The length of the probe shall extend into the pipe so the end of the probe is in the middle third of the pipe. Use for all water temperature sensors on all pipe sizes 2” and larger, unless indicated otherwise on the controls schematics.

6. Pipe Surface Mount Temperature Sensors (Strap-on): Use on all pipe sizes 1-1/2” and smaller or where specifically indicated on the controls schematics.

7. Freezestats: Low limit temperature sensors with manual reset and capillary tube that senses the lowest temperature along the length of the capillary. The length of the capillary tube shall cover no more than one square foot of face area per one linear foot of capillary tube length. Where long lengths are required, provide multiple freezestats. The sensor shall be adjustable throughout the entire temperature range of 15 to 55 deg F.

8. Outdoor Air Sensors: Provide with weather shield to protect against solar radiation and precipitation with multiple discs/shields over the probe to allow for good airflow and accurate readings even if mounted in direct sunlight. Minimum sensing range shall be from -40 to 140 deg F.

9. Slab Sensors: Sensor shall accurate measure temperatures below 40 deg F. Provide with an enclosure to be recessed into the slab.

Page 467: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 21

C. Humidity Sensors:

1. Space Sensors: a. Humidity sensors shall be of the solid-state type using a hydroscopic

polymer or thin film capacitive sensing element. b. Sensors shall be available in an off-white ventilated enclosure, unless

noted otherwise on the plans. Sensor shall be able to be mounted on a standard electrical box.

c. Accuracy: +/- 3% over a range of 0-90% non-condensing. d. Accuracy: +/- 1% over a range of 0-90% non-condensing. Sensor shall

have a multi-point calibration and be NIST certified. e. Stability: +/- 1% annually over 2 years.

2. Duct and/or Air Moving Equipment Sensors: a. Humidity sensors shall be of the solid-state type using a hydroscopic

polymer or thin film capacitive sensing element. b. Accuracy: +/- 3% over a range of 0-90% non-condensing. c. Accuracy: +/- 1% over a range of 0-90% non-condensing. Sensor shall

have a multi-point calibration and be NIST certified. d. Stability: +/- 1% annually over 2 years. e. Where installed in high velocity ductwork, provide an element guard.

3. Outdoor Air Sensors: a. Provide with weather shield to protect against solar radiation and

precipitation with multiple discs/shields over probe to allow for good airflow and accurate readings even if mounted in direct sunlight.

b. Accuracy: +/- 2% over a range of 0-90% non-condensing. c. Stability: +/- 1% annually.

4. All humidity sensors shall be able to be recalibrated in the field or the sensing tip to be replaced without replacing the entire sensor.

D. Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Sensors:

1. Sensing Technology: Non-Dispersive Infra-Red (NDSR) with single lamp, dual wavelength.

2. Range: 0 – 2,000 ppm or 0 – 5,000 ppm as required based on the control and alarm concentrations indicated on the plans. If no concentrations are indicated, use 0 – 2,000 ppm.

3. Accuracy: +/- 2% of range or 2% of reading. 4. Stability: +/- 5% over 5 years. 5. Provide with one CO2 calibration kit for the entire project. Kit shall include two 17-

liter CO2 calibration gas cylinders, one at 200 ppm and one at 1,000 ppm. Also provide a gas regulator, tubing, fittings, adapters, sensor cones, etc., as required for the application.

E. Specialty Gas Detection:

1. All specialty gas detection components shall be manufactured by one of the following: a. Critical Environment Technologies b. Honeywell

2. Carbon Monoxide (CO) Sensors: a. Sensing Technology: Electrochemical. b. Range: 0 – 200 ppm.

Page 468: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 22

c. Stability: +/- 3% per year. d. Detection Range: 50 ft radius. e. Enclosure: Waterproof with hinged door, LED display, audible alarm, and

silence button. f. Provide with one CO calibration kit for the entire project. Kit shall include

two CO calibration gas cylinders, each at different concentrations within the sensor range. Also provide a gas regulator, tubing, fittings, adapters, sensor cones, etc., as required for the application.

3. Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) Sensors: a. Sensing Technology: Electrochemical. b. Range: 0 – 10 ppm. c. Stability: +/- 2% per month. d. Detection Range: 50 ft radius. e. Enclosure: Waterproof with hinged door, LED display, audible alarm, and

silence button. f. Provide with one NO2 calibration kit for the entire project. Kit shall include

two NO2 calibration gas cylinders, each at different concentrations within the sensor range. Also provide a gas regulator, tubing, fittings, adapters, sensor cones, etc., as required for the application.

4. Specialty Gas Central Controller: a. Enclosure: Waterproof with hinged door, LED display, audible alarm, and

silence button. b. Provide with multi-channel inputs (4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC) compatible with

the sensors/transmitters provided. Provide the quantity of controllers as required based on the number of sensors/transmitters. Link controllers together if multiple controllers are required.

F. Occupancy Sensors:

1. G. Differential Pressure Sensor: Differential pressure sensor shall be temperature

compensated and shall vary the output voltage with a change in differential pressure. Sensor shall have a non-repeatability of +/- 0.05% of range. Sensor shall be capable of withstanding up to 150% of rated pressure without damage.

1. Duct differential pressure sensors shall have an appropriate range for the

application with a minimum accuracy of +/- 1% of range. a. Sensors in positively pressurized ductwork (typically downstream of the

supply fan) shall only have a positive range. b. Sensors in negatively pressurized ductwork (typically upstream of a fan) or

between fans in series (typically in an air handling unit) shall have both a negative and positive range.

2. Room differential pressure sensors shall have a range of -0.25” w.c. to 0.25” w.c. and a minimum accuracy of +/- 0.5% of range.

3. Underfloor plenum differential pressure sensors shall have a range of 0” w.c. to 0.25” w.c. and a minimum accuracy of +/- 0.5% of range.

4. Building differential pressure sensors shall have a range of -0.25” w.c. to 0.25” w.c. and a minimum accuracy of +/- 0.5% of range. Sensor shall be provided with a pressure sensing tip that incorporates a shield to minimize the effect of wind.

5. Water differential pressure sensors shall be accurate to +/- 0.5% of range. The housing shall be NEMA 4 rated.

Page 469: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 23

6. Steam and gas differential pressure sensors shall be accurate to +/- 0.5% of range. The housing shall be NEMA 4 rated.

H. Air Differential Pressure Switches: Differential pressure switches shall be field adjustable

with a range appropriate for the duct pressure classification and include manual reset. The switch shall be capable of withstanding up to 150% of rated pressure without damage. Provide a red pilot lighted reset button located on the control panel that is wired to the manual reset from the switch.

I. Airflow Measuring Stations (AFMS):

1. General: a. All AFMSs shall be manufactured by Ebtron. b. Provide a thermal anemometer using instrument grade self-heated

thermistor sensors with thermistor temperature sensors. 2. Duct-Mounted Air Flow Measuring Stations (Duct sizes 16" or less in any direction):

a. Airflow measuring stations to be Ebtron Model ELF/F. Each device shall consist of two independent sensor nodes in a single probe assembly for ducts from 5” to 16” and a single sensor node for 4” ducts.

b. Each sensing node shall independently determine the airflow rate, which shall be equally weighted in calculations by the transmitter prior to output as the average for the duct and be linear to flow.

c. Each device shall have a certified accuracy of +/-3% of reading over the entire calibrated airflow range of 0 to 3,000 fpm, including repeatability of 0.25% of reading.

d. Analog output resolution shall be equal to or better than 0.015% full-scale. e. Each device shall be individually wind tunnel calibrated as an assembly to

volumetric airflow standards. The design shall include compensation for flow losses to eliminate inaccuracies associated with airflow measurement in small ducts.

f. Required Environmental Operating Range 1) The transmitter operating temperature range shall be at least -20°

F to 120° F. 2) The sensor probe operating temperature range shall be at least -

20° F to 160° F. 3) The operating humidity range shall be at least 0 to 99% (non-

condensing). g. Probes shall be constructed of extruded 6063 aluminum tubes or of Type

316 stainless steel tubes. h. The transmitter shall be capable of field configuration and diagnostics and

identifying a faulty sensor node, ignore it and continue to operate by correctly averaging the remaining sensor node.

3. Duct-Mounted Air Flow Measuring Stations (Duct sizes up to and including 2

square feet): a. Airflow measuring stations to be Ebtron Hybrid Series HTx104-P. Each

device shall consist of four independent sensor nodes in a number of probes required for the application.

b. Each sensing node shall independently determine the airflow rate, which shall be equally weighted in calculations by the transmitter prior to output as the average for the duct and be linear to flow.

Page 470: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 24

c. Each device shall have a certified accuracy of +/-2% of reading over the entire calibrated airflow range of 0 to 5,000 fpm, including repeatability of 0.25% of reading.

d. Analog output resolution shall be equal to or better than 0.025% full-scale. e. Each device shall be individually wind tunnel calibrated as an assembly to

volumetric airflow standards. The design shall include compensation for flow losses to eliminate inaccuracies associated with airflow measurement in small ducts.

f. Required Environmental Operating Range 1) The transmitter operating temperature range shall be at least -20°

F to 120° F. 2) The sensor probe operating temperature range shall be at least -

20° F to 160° F. 3) The operating humidity range shall be at least 0 to 99% (non-

condensing). g. Probes shall be constructed of gold anodized extruded 6063 aluminum

tubes or of Type 316 stainless steel tubes. h. The transmitter shall be capable of field configuration and diagnostics and

identifying a faulty sensor node, ignore it and continue to operate by correctly averaging the remaining sensor node.

i. The transmitter shall be provided with a 16-character, alpha-numeric, LCD display. The airflow rate, temperature, airflow alarm and system status alarm shall be visible on the display.

j. Provide with remote mounted display enclosure for mounting below 7 ft in the mechanical room.

4. Fan Inlet Air Flow Measuring Stations:

a. Airflow measuring stations to be Ebtron Gold Series GTx108-F. The number of independent sensor nodes provided shall be as follows: 1) SWSI and DWDI fans: 2 probes x 1 sensor node/per probe in each

fan inlet. 2) Fan Arrays (2 to 4 fans): 2 probes x 1 sensor node per probe in

each fan inlet. 3) Fan Arrays (5 to 8 fans): 1 probe x 1 sensor node per probe in each

fan inlet. b. Each sensing node shall independently determine the airflow rate, which

shall be equally weighted in calculations by the transmitter prior to output as the average for the duct and be linear to flow.

c. Each device shall have a certified accuracy of +/-2% of reading over the entire calibrated airflow range of 0 to 10,000 fpm, including repeatability of 0.25% of reading.

d. Analog output resolution shall be equal to or better than 0.025% full-scale. e. Each device shall be individually wind tunnel calibrated as an assembly to

volumetric airflow standards. The design shall include compensation for flow losses to eliminate inaccuracies associated with airflow measurement in small ducts.

f. Required Environmental Operating Range 1) The transmitter operating temperature range shall be at least -20°

F to 120° F. 2) The sensor probe operating temperature range shall be at least -

20° F to 160° F. 3) The operating humidity range shall be at least 0 to 99% (non-

condensing).

Page 471: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 25

g. Each sensor probe shall consist of one sensor node mounted on a 304 stainless steel block with two adjustable zinc plated steel rods connected to 304 stainless steel pivoting mounting feet.

h. The transmitter shall be capable of field configuration and diagnostics and identifying a faulty sensor node, ignore it and continue to operate by correctly averaging the remaining sensor node.

i. The transmitter shall be provided with a 16-character, alpha-numeric, LCD display. The airflow rate, temperature, airflow alarm and system status alarm shall be visible on the display.

j. Provide with remote mounted display enclosure for mounting below 7 ft in the mechanical room.

J. Control Valves:

1. General: a. Refer to section 230523 – General Duty Valves for HVAC for valve

construction and application requirements, unless noted otherwise below. b. Valves shall be packless and electrically actuated with true linear flow

characteristics in relationship to valve opening. c. Valves shall meet the heating and cooling flow rates specified and close off

against the differential pressure conditions for the system in which it is installed.

d. Valves should be sized to operate accurately and with stability from 10 to 100% of the maximum design flow.

K. Valve Actuators:

1. Actuators shall be electronic and shall be direct coupled over the shaft, without the need for connecting linkage.

2. Actuator shall have electronic overload circuitry to prevent damage. 3. Actuators shall be available with spring return to the normal position when required

or as indicated on the plans. 4. Actuators shall have a position indicator for external indication of valve position. 5. Actuators shall have manual override capability. 6. Actuators shall be quick opening or slow opening as required by the application. 7. Actuators shall be able to completely close the valve against system pressure. 8. Actuators shall be two-position or modulating as required by the sequence of

operations. 9. Actuators shall be compatible with the type of valve as indicated on the plans or

elsewhere in the specifications (e.g. two-way vs. three-way, ball vs. butterfly, etc.). L. Control Dampers:

1. Damper frames are to be constructed of minimum 13 gauge metal with linkage concealed in the side channel. Provide with compressible spring stainless steel side seals and self-lubricating bearings.

2. Damper blade width shall not exceed 8 inches and the blade length shall not exceed 48 inches. Damper blades shall have an airfoil profile to minimize pressure drop through the damper. Seals shall be butyl-rubber or EPDM and are required at the ends of the blades.

3. Provide opposed blade dampers for modulating applications and parallel blade for two-position control.

Page 472: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 26

4. Damper shall be constructed of the same material as the duct in which it will be installed, except as noted below: a. Dampers in exhaust or outdoor air ducts shall be aluminum

5. Dampers in exhaust or outdoor air ducts shall have insulated blades and completely thermally broken construction.

6. Where damper shafts penetrate the damper housing, it shall be sealed while allowing the free movement of the shaft without breaking the seal.

7. Damper shall be ultra-low leakage rated as Class 1A at 1” w.c. and Class 1 at 4” w.c. as defined by AMCA 500.

8. Dampers that are indicated to close completely by the sequence of operations shall be provided with flanged connections.

M. Damper Actuators:

1. Actuators shall be electronic and shall be direct coupled over the shaft, without the need for connecting linkage.

2. Actuators shall have electronic overload circuitry to prevent damage. 3. Actuators shall be available with spring return to the normal position when required

or as indicated on the plans. 4. Actuators shall have a position indicator for external indication of damper position. 5. Actuators shall have manual override capability without disconnecting damper

linkage. 6. Actuators shall be quick opening or slow opening as required by the application. 7. Actuators shall be able to completely close the damper against system pressure. 8. Actuators shall be two-position or modulating as required by the sequence of

operations. 9. Provide the appropriate quantity of damper actuators as required by the

application. N. Fume Hood Control System:

1. All fume hood control systems shall be TSI Inc. Model FHC50. 2. Variable volume fume hood control shall include a controller, face velocity sensors,

304 stainless steel fume hood damper and actuator, and all associated control components.

3. The damper actuator shall be capable of 0 to 85 degrees of damper travel within 5 seconds with a torque of 400 in. oz. and capable of direct or reverse action.

4. The fume hood velocity controller shall be capable of accurately controlling face velocities down to 50 FPM and shall be set for 130 FPM. Controllers shall have readout of actual velocity, low velocity light, low velocity contact, and audible alarm.

O. Position Switches: Provide switch that can sense the full closed position and an adjustable open position between 10 and 100%.

P. Current Switches: Current status switches shall be used to monitor motors and other electrical loads as indicated on the plans. Current switches shall be available in solid and split core models and offer either a digital or an analog signal to the automation system. The sensing range of the sensor shall be appropriate for the device being monitored.

Q. Audible and Visible Alarms: Horn shall be continuous tone with solid-state electric signal and red LED pilot light. Provide a separate silence button (refer to manual push buttons below) to be mounted at an accessible height. The light shall remain on and the alarm condition active even after the silence button is pressed until the alarm state is resolved.

Page 473: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 27

R. Pilot Lights: Light shall be LED type with push-to-test function and have an oil-tight enclosure. The light shall be green when indicating normal operation and red when indicating an issue or alarm.

S. Manual Push Buttons: Button shall be round, approximately 3/4" in diameter. Provide with

the quantity and type of contacts required for the application. Submit color options for selection by the Design Professional during submittal review.

T. Manual Switches: Provide line-voltage toggle switch appropriate for the application. Refer

to Division 26. 2.12 CONTROL WIRING A. The term "control wiring" is defined to include providing of wire, conduit, junction boxes,

and miscellaneous materials as required for mounting and connecting electric or electronic control devices and network communication devices.

B. All control wiring and wiring connections required for the installation of the BAS system

shall be provided by BAS Contractor unless specifically shown on the electrical or telecommunication drawings or called for in Division 26 or Division 27.

C. All control wiring shall comply with the requirements of local and national electrical

codes. D. Control wiring in ducts, air plenums, air moving equipment, and other air handling spaces

shall be specifically listed for the use, including wiring provided with field devices. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Inspect and examine areas and conditions under which control systems are to be installed.

Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the installer.

B. Install systems and materials in accordance with drawings and details, manufacturer's

instructions, reviewed submittals, and contract documents. Install electrical components and use electrical products complying with requirements of applicable Division-26 sections of these specifications.

C. Where components are installed in potentially wet or corrosive environments, install in an

appropriate enclosure. Enclosures shall be of the type as indicated:

1. Components installed in exterior locations or locations subject to moisture shall be installed in a NEMA 4 enclosure.

3.02 INSTALLATION OF CONTROLLERS A. Install controllers in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions and with

adequate clearance to allow for maintenance.

Page 474: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 28

B. Install all controllers in a control panel enclosure. Control panels shall be of the type as indicated:

1. Controllers installed in interior locations shall be installed in a NEMA 1 enclosure. 2. Controllers installed in exterior locations or locations subject to moisture shall be

installed in a NEMA 4 enclosure. C. Label all control panel enclosures with the system or equipment served. Network

controllers shall be labeled to indicate the general areas of the building served. All labels shall match the designations on the as-built drawings, which shall match the equipment tags on the plans.

D. Include a copy of the as-built point-to-point wiring diagrams and final programmed

sequence inside each control panel enclosure. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF FIELD DEVICES A. General:

1. Install all field devices where indicated on the plans and in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions and with adequate clearance to allow for proper operation, maintenance, and removal of the device.

2. Repair pipe insulation to maintain the integrity of the insulation vapor barrier. Use hydraulic insulating cement to fill voids and to repair damages to the factory applied vapor barrier. Finish with material matching or compatible with adjacent jacket material.

3. Repair duct insulation to maintain the integrity of the insulation vapor barrier. Use foil tape to repair damages to the factory applied vapor barrier.

4. Where a field device penetrates a duct or air moving equipment, seal around the penetration to prevent air leakage.

B. Room/Wall-mounted Sensors:

1. Install at the elevation indicated on the plans. 2. Install plastic guards over sensors with user adjustment where noted on the plans. 3. Provide insulated back panel where sensors are located on the inside face of an

exterior wall or on a column enclosure. C. Temperature Sensors:

1. Averaging Temperature Sensors: Install sensing element with equal spacing to provide uniform coverage of the face area.

2. Immersion Sensors: Coordinate the pipe size required to accept the probe diameter of the sensor without significant flow restriction with the HVAC and Plumbing Piping Contractor. All probes shall be installed in a minimum 1-1/4” pipe size.

3. Pipe Surface Mount Temperature Sensors (Strap-on): Use only where specifically indicated on the plans. Install with thermally conductive paste at the pipe contact point. Where sensor is to be installed on an insulated pipe, install probe under the insulation and secure around pipe with only the wire protruding from insulation. Seal around wiring to maintain the vapor barrier of the pipe insulation.

Page 475: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 29

4. Freezestat: Install sensing element with equal spacing to provide uniform coverage of the face area. Adjust the low limit temperature setting as indicated on the plans or as required for the application.

5. Outdoor Air Temperature and/or Humidity Sensors: Install in the location shown on the plans. If not shown on the plans, contact the Design Professional.

6. Slab Sensors: Install sensor centered between parallel runs of tubing that are spaced at the typical design spacing. Locate sensor away from high foot traffic areas and away from paths of vehicular travel.

D. Duct-mounted Relative Humidity Sensors: When installed downstream of a humidifier,

install far enough downstream in airflow path to allow for full moisture absorption into the airstream at all operating conditions of the humidifier. When element guard is provided with the sensor, install upstream of the sensor.

E. CO2 Sensors: Within one month prior to project substantial completion, calibrate all

sensors. Provide calibration reports as part of the closeout documents. F. Specialty Gas Sensors (e.g. CO, NO2, etc.): Within one month prior to project substantial

completion, calibrate all sensors. Provide calibration reports as part of the closeout documents.

G. Occupancy Sensors: Wire to the extra contact on the occupancy sensor/room lighting

controller provided by the Electrical Contractor. H. Differential Pressure Sensors:

1. Duct Differential Pressure Sensors: Install in the location in the system shown on the plans. If not shown on the plans, contact the Design Professional.

2. Building Differential Pressure Sensors: Install in the location shown on the plans. Where not shown on the plans, contact the Design Professional.

I. Air Differential Pressure Switches: For a positively pressurized duct, adjust the set point

to be 0.25” less than the duct pressure classification rating. For a negatively pressurized duct, adjust the set point to be 0.25” more than the duct pressure classification rating. Unless indicated otherwise on the plans. Refer to the Duct Classification Schedule on the plans for duct pressure classification ratings.

J. Airflow Measuring Stations (AFMS):

1. Duct-mounted: Install in an unobstructed straight length of duct in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations based on the duct fittings immediately upstream and downstream of the unobstructed straight length of duct.

2. Fan inlet: Install one per fan where indicated on the plans. 3. Where the AFMS comes with a remotely mounted display and the sensor is located

in a mechanical room, the display shall also be located in the mechanical room. If the AFMS is located above a ceiling or in an occupied space, the display shall be located in the nearest mechanical, electrical, or custodial room, provided the distance is does not exceed the maximum allowed by the manufacturer. Mount the display within 7 ft AFF.

4. If the AFMS is an insertion probe-type, install in a location with enough clearance to fully remove the probe from the duct.

Page 476: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 30

K. Control Valves: Install so that the valve stem axis is vertical, with operator side up. Where vertical stem position is not possible, or would result in poor access, valves may be installed with stem horizontal. Do not install valves with stem below horizontal or down.

L. Current Switch: Adjust so that the set point is below the minimum operating current and

above motor no load current. M. Wall-mounted Audible and Visible Alarms: Install device at 6’-8” above finished floor.

Install silence button at 46” AFF and below the audible and visible alarm. N. Wall-mounted Push Buttons: Install at the elevation indicated on the plans. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF CONTROL WIRING A. The BAS Contractor may use the building telecommunications network for Tier 1 level

communication between network controllers. The BAS Contractor shall utilize the data ports indicated specifically for BAS use on the telecommunications plans. If any additional or relocated data ports are required based on the BAS Contractor's system layout, the BAS Contractor shall hire the Telecommunications Contractor to provide the additional data ports at no cost to the Owner.

B. The BAS Contractor shall provide a complete Tier 1 level communication network

dedicated to all BAS communications, including all required wiring and network switch(es), as applicable. The BAS Contractor shall only utilize the connection port(s) indicated specifically for BAS use on the telecommunications plans. Additional connection ports shall not be utilized.

C. Any equipment specified to be on emergency power shall also have all associated controls

on emergency power, including all network controllers, local controllers, devices, etc. D. Control wiring shall be routed in blue conduit in the following locations: concealed in walls,

concealed above inaccessible ceilings, finished areas with exposed structure, inside air moving equipment or ductwork, locations subject to moisture, exterior locations, and in all unfinished spaces, such as mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, etc. Where conduit is in an exterior location or subject to moisture, it shall be rigid and sealed to be water tight. Control wiring shall not share conduit with line voltage wiring.

E. Control wiring routed to devices in accessible locations may be routed in flexible conduit.

The minimum size of the flexible conduit shall be 1/2” and the maximum length shall be 36”.

F. Control wiring concealed by accessible construction may be installed without conduit.

Accessible locations include areas such as above accessible ceilings and below accessible floors. Control wiring shall not share cable tray with telecommunications wiring or raceways with any other trade. All wiring shall be neatly routed and tie-wrapped to structural components, supported at least every 4 feet. Excess wire shall be neatly coiled and secured to structure. Under no circumstances shall cable be supported by piping, conduit, ductwork, ceiling tile or ceiling support wires. Cable shall be neatly routed in line with building lines.

Page 477: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 31

G. Install all control wiring to meet all manufacturer installation requirements, including not

exceeding the maximum cable length, tension, or bend radius. At all building expansion joints, provide means for movement of wiring and conduit that exceeds the expected movement of the building.

H. Label or color code each control wire at each end. Permanently label or code each point

of all field terminal strips to show the instrument or item served. Color coded cable with cable diagrams may be used to accomplish cable identification.

I. Splices shall not be made in shielded wiring. 3.05 SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE A. System Verification and Testing Procedure: The BAS Contractor shall confirm the system

is complete, including all controls installed, graphics complete, and software programs have been completely tested and exercised for proper equipment operation. BAS control panels shall be demonstrated via a functional end to end test such that:

1. All output channels shall be commanded (on/off, stop/start, adjust, etc.) and their

operation verified. 2. All analog input channels shall be verified for proper operation. 3. All binary input channels shall be verified by changing the state of the field device

and observing the appropriate change of displayed value. 4. If a point should fail testing, perform necessary repair action and retest failed point

and all interlocked points. 5. Automatic control operation shall be verified by introducing an error into the system

and observing the proper corrective system response. 6. Selected time and setpoint schedules shall be verified by changing the schedule

and observing the correct response on the controlled outputs. B. System Demonstration: After the BAS Contractor has confirmed proper operation,

acceptance testing will commence at a mutually agreeable time within ten (10) calendar days of the request. At that time, the BAS Contractor shall demonstrate the operation of the system to the Owner's Representative and Design Professional. Any issues are discovered during this demonstration shall be corrected.

C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit copies of operation and maintenance

manuals as required by this section and section 230010 – HVAC General Provisions.

END OF SECTION 230900

Page 478: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) 230900 - 32

Page 479: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 1

SECTION 232300 - REFRIGERANT PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED WORK

A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 230010 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, tools, labor and supervision necessary to fabricate and install complete piping system as required by the drawings and this section.

1. Extent of refrigerant piping work is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by

requirements of this section. a. Refrigerant suction line piping between compressors and cooling coils. b. Refrigerant liquid line piping between liquid receivers and cooling coils.

2. Insulation of refrigerant piping is specified in other Division-23 sections and is included as work of this section.

3. Installation of valves for refrigerant piping system is specified in other Division-23 sections and is included as work of this section.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. ANSI Code Compliance: Comply with applicable provisions of ANSI B31.5, "Refrigeration Piping", and extend applicable lower pressure limits to pressures below 15 psig.

B. Safety Code Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of ANSI ASHRAE 15, "Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration".

C. UMC Compliance: Fabricate and install refrigeration piping in accordance with IAMPO

"Uniform Mechanical Code". D. IMC Compliance: Fabricate and install refrigeration piping in accordance with

"International Mechanical Code".

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS

A. General: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure ratings, temperature ratings and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide materials and products complying with ANSI B31.5 "Code for Refrigeration Piping" where applicable, base pressure rating on refrigeration piping system's maximum design pressures. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials used in refrigeration piping systems. Where more than one type of materials or products are indicated, selection is Installer's option.

Page 480: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 2

B. Valves: Refer to Section 230523 - General Duty Valves for HVAC Piping. C. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section - 230500 - Common Work Results for HVAC. D. Supports, Anchors and Seals: Refer to Section 230529 - Hangers and Supports for

HVAC Piping. 2.02 PIPE: Material Service A. Copper refrigeration tube, soft Refrigerant lines for systems less than temper. Type L-ACR. ASTM B280. 5 tons.

B. Copper refrigeration tube, hard. Refrigerant lines for systems over 5

tons. temper. Type L-ACR. ASTM B280. 2.03 FITTINGS: A. Copper refrigerant tubes:

1. 3/4” and Smaller: Cast copper-alloy for flared copper tubes. 2. 7/8” through 4 1/8’: Wrought-copper, solder joints.

2.04 JOINTS A. Copper refrigerant tube:

1. 3/4” and Smaller: Flared. 2. 7/8” through 4 1/8’: Soldered, silver-lead solder, ANSI/ASTM B 32, Grade 96 TS.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which refrigerant piping systems

materials and products are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer.

3.02 INSTALLATION OF BASIC MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. General: Install basic materials and products as required per manufacturer=s

recommendations, ANSI B31.5 ACode for Refrigerant Piping” and as required to meet

the intent of the documents. B. Refrigerant Piping

1. Install pipe for all refrigerant systems as indicated on drawings, as called for in other sections, and as specified herein.

Page 481: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 3

2. Arrange and install piping approximately as indicated; straight, plumb, and as direct as possible; form right angles on parallel lines with building walls. Keep pipes close to walls and avoid interference with other refrigerant items. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other; space at a distance to permit applying full insulation and to permit access for servicing valves. Most piping to be run in concealed locations unless indicated exposed, or in equipment rooms. Locate piping to avoid ductwork.

3. Install horizontal piping as high as possible without sags or humps so that proper grades can be maintained for drainage. Pitch piping in direction of oil return to compressor.

4. Check all piping for interference with other trades, avoid placing water pipes over electrical equipment.

5. Where rough-in is required for equipment furnished by others, verify exact rough-in dimension with owner or equipment supplier before roughing-in.

6. Where refrigeration piping is buried, encase piping and insulation loosely in schedule 40 PVC and ventilate PVC pipe to allow vapor line to see outside air temperature. Ensure PVC pipe is free draining to prevent water buildup. Provide a riser trap and slope refrigeration line to trap. Where buried lengths exceed 25', provide a 90 minute timer wired parallel with thermostat control to operate unit every 90 minutes to maintain safe slugging levels.

C. Valves

1. Refer to Section 230523 - General Duty Valves for HVAC Piping. 2. Locate valves for easy access and operation. Do not locate valves with stems

below horizontal.

D. Piping Specialties: Refer to Section 230500 - Common Work Results for HVAC. E. Supports, Anchors and Seals: Refer to Section 230529 - Hangers and Supports for

HVAC Piping. F. Install specialties and accessories as indicated on drawings and in accordance with

manufacturer’s recommendations and applicable codes and standards. G. Equipment Connections

1. General: Connect refrigerant piping system to refrigerant equipment as indicated, and comply with equipment manufacturer's instructions where not otherwise indicated.

H. Field Quality Control

1. Refrigerant Piping Leak Test: Prior to initial operation, test refrigerant piping with

electronic leak detector. System must be entirely leak-free. 2. Repair or replace refrigerant piping as required to eliminate leaks, and retest as

specified to demonstrate compliance. END OF SECTION 232300

Page 482: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

REFRIGERANT PIPING 232300 - 4

Page 483: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL DUCTS 233113 - 1

SECTION 233113 - METAL DUCTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 230010 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to fabricate and erect

ductwork as required by the drawings and this section. B. Low velocity ductwork shall apply to the following:

1. Supply: Downstream of terminal units. 2. Return: Upstream of terminal units. 3. Exhaust: Upstream of terminal units. 4. Transfer & Combustion: Less than 1” static pressure. 5. Outdoor & Relief: Upstream/Downstream of unit. 6. Laundry Vent: Downstream of dryer.

C. High velocity ductwork shall apply to the following:

1. Supply & Ventilation: Upstream of terminal units or velocity ≥ than 2,500. FPM 2. Return: Downstream of terminal units and/or ≥ than 2,500 FPM. 3. Exhaust: Downstream of terminal units and/or ≥ than 2,500 FPM.

1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Conditioned Space: An area inside the building which is heated and/or cooled. B. Tempered Space: an area inside the building which is not directly heated or cooled, but

is adjacent to a heated or cooled space with no insulation separating the two spaces (e.g., ceiling plenums).

C. Untempered Space: an area inside the building which is not conditioned and is not

tempered (e.g., attic spaces). D. Exterior: An area outside the building (e.g., roof mounted items). 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Duct and plenum construction, metal gauges, reinforcing, methods of supporting and

hanging and other sheet metal work as called for shall be in accordance with the following standards:

1. "SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards", most recent Edition, by the

Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA).

Page 484: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL DUCTS 233113 - 2

B. Unless noted otherwise, all ductwork shall be provided with pressure class and leakage

class as indicated and scheduled on the plans. If pressure or seal class is not indicated, ductwork shall be provided to meet the pressure class based on the scheduled capacity of the equipment it is served by or connected to and with seal class A.

C. NFPA Compliance: All liner and covering materials shall have maximum UL Flame

Spread Index of 25, and maximum Smoke Developed Index of 50, and shall meet all requirements of NFPA-90A.

1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings:

1. Submit ¼” per foot scale shop fabrication shop drawings. a. Shop drawings shall include locations of all control devices, including

dampers, airflow measuring stations, sensors, etc. Coordinate locations with the BAS Contractor prior to submitting shop drawings. Shop drawings shall include the BAS Contractor's submittal review stamp prior to submitting to the Design Professional for review.

2. Submit shop drawings of elbows and fittings showing static pressure loss charted for air quantities involved in each.

B. Two copies of duct leak testing results. C. Submit weld sample, welding information, and welders’ certification for weld stainless

steel ductwork. Submittal to include the following information:

1. Welder name(s): 2. Certification: 3. Metal type and gauge: 4. Joint preparation: 5. Welding process: 6. Equipment utilized: 7. Filler specifications: 8. Shield gas:

D. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each

type of mechanical insulation. Submit schedule showing manufacturer's product number, thickness, and furnished accessories for each mechanical system requiring insulation. Submit product data for each accessory/component for ducts/fittings including, but not limited to turning vanes, tie rods, sealants and balancing dampers.

E. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and replacement material lists for each

type of mechanical insulation. Include this data in maintenance manual. F. Certifications: Submit certifications or other data as necessary to show compliance with

these specifications and governing regulations. Include proof of compliance for test of products for fire rating, corrosiveness, and compressive strength.

Page 485: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL DUCTS 233113 - 3

G. Submit product data for underslab ductwork. H. Submit product data for kitchen exhaust ductwork.

I. Duct Leakage Test Results. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. National Fire Protection Association, NFPA 90A: Air Conditioning and Ventilating

Systems. B. Underwriter's Laboratories, UL 181: Factory-Made Duct Materials and Air Duct

Connections. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect shop-fabricated ductwork, accessories and purchased products from damage

during shipping, storage and handling.

1. Stored materials subject to rejection due to damage. B. Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives, and coatings to site in containers with

manufacturer's stamp or label, affixed showing fire hazard ratings of products. C. Protect insulation against dirt, water, and chemical and mechanical damage. Do not

install damaged insulation; remove from project site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. All sheet metal work shall be constructed of prime quality re-squared tight coat

galvanized steel, except where other type material is specified. Manufacturer's name and U.S. gauge number shall appear on each sheet.

B. Duct Lining Materials

1. Certain-Teed 2. Owens Corning Fiberglass 3. Johns-Manville 4. PPG 5. Knauf 6. Armacell

C. Flexible Ductwork

1. Flexmaster: Type 3 2. Genflex: IHPL (1-1/2” thick insulation) 3. Thermaflex: M-KC (1-1/2” thick insulation)

Page 486: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL DUCTS 233113 - 4

D. Double Wall Spiral Ductwork

1. Semco Incorporated 2. Steelcraft Corp. 3. United Sheet Metal Division, United McGill Corp. 4. Norlock 5. Eastern Sheet Metal

2.02 LOW VELOCITY DUCTWORK A. General: Provide factory-fabricated or shop fabricated duct and fittings. B. Materials:

1. Galvanized sheet steel complying with ANSI/ASTM A527, lockforming quality, with ANSI/ASTM A525, G90 zinc coatings, mill phosphatized.

2. Aluminum sheet complying with ASTM B 209 Alloy 3003, H14 temper with mill finish. Where ductwork is exposed and not designated to be painted, provide one-side bright finish.

C. Gauge: Comply with code requirements for minimum gauge thickness for various sizes. D. Fittings:

1. Construct branches, bends, and elbows with centerline radius of not less than duct 1.0 times the width (diameter), where space conditions will not permit this radius or where indicated on drawings, square elbows with air turns shall be used.

2. Slopes for transitions or other changes in dimension shall be minimum 1:3. 3. Longitudinal seams shall be Pittsburgh Lock or snaplock equal per SMACNA.

Lateral seams shall be slip drive or standing. Slip seams and sheet metal screws not permitted.

2.03 DOUBLE-WALL, SPIRAL ROUND/OVAL, INSULATED A. General: Provide factory fabricated double-wall, spiral round/oval, insulated ductwork

and fittings of dimensions as indicated on the drawings. Material: Galvanized steel complying with ANSI/ASTM A653. Finish shall be galvanized coating. B. Construction:

1. Outer Casing: Round spiral lock seam or flat oval construction. 2. Inner duct: Minimum 0.028 inch perforated galvanized steel with 23% open area

perforations. 3. Insulation: 1 inch thick fiberglass, thermal conductivity of 0.27 Btu/h/sq. ft./F/inch.

C. Fittings: Equal to duct construction.

1. Outer Casing: Round spiral lock seam or flat oval construction.

Page 487: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL DUCTS 233113 - 5

2. Construct branches, bends, and elbows with centerline radius of not less than 1.0 times the duct width (diameter). Where space conditions will not permit this radius or where indicated on the drawings, square elbows with air turns shall be used.

3. Slopes for transitions or other changes in dimension shall not exceed 15 deg, unless noted on the drawings.

D. Joints: All field joints shall be made with a 2” slip-fit, slip coupling or ‘Spiral Mate’ type

clamp. All flanges shall be factory installed. E. All branch connections in exposed areas shall be made with taps mounted on spiral

duct. Taps on rolled duct bodies will not be allowed. 2.04 PLENUMS A. Plenums shall be fabricated of same material as duct connecting to plenum; shall be two

metal gauges heavier than gauge of largest duct connecting to plenum. 2.05 DUCT SEALING – LOW VELOCITY A. All joints in low velocity duct work shall be sealed with Foster 32-14 or DuctMate

ProSeal. Apply and install joint sealer per manufacturer’s recommendations. In general, apply to male end of coupling and/or interior of female fitting. After connection, brush sealant over the assembled joint and screws with a 2” to 3” wide band. Sealant shall be allowed to set for 48 hours before any air pressure is put on system. All tie bars, bolts and rivets shall be sealed with the specified sealant. Sealant as manufactured by 3M No. 800 or United Sheet Metal will be considered equal.

B. Alternate Sealing System:

a. Transverse duct joints may be made with the Ductmate System or an approved equal.

b. The installation of the Ductmate System shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed instruction and installation manuals.

c. The standard Ductmate System joint is the equivalent of a SMACNA "J" connection. The Ductmate-JR System joint is the equivalent of a SMACNA "E" connection. Construction of the duct, such as gauge, reinforcing, etc. shall be as indicated in the addendum to the SMACNA manuals as provided by the manufacturer and as tested by Pittsburgh Testing Laboratory.

C. Duct Sealing Requirements: SMACNA Seal Class A. 2.06 DUCT LINER A. Lining materials shall be Type 'A' Duct Liner, Certain-Teed Toughgard or equivalent, one

and one half (1 1/2) pounds per cubic foot density or equal. B. Unless specifically indicated to not be insulated, all ductwork and accessories shall be

either lined or wrapped. Duct systems not listed or without a type or thickness indicated on the plans shall be insulated with 1-1/2” wrap.

Page 488: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL DUCTS 233113 - 6

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Assemble and install ductwork in accordance with recognized industry practices which

will achieve airtight and quiet systems, capable of performing each indicated service.

1. Install each run with minimum joints. 2. Align ductwork accurately at connections and with internal surfaces smooth. 3. Support ducts rigidly with suitable ties, braces, hangers and anchors of type

which will hold ducts true-to-shape and prevent buckling and vibration. B. Ducts shall be installed following essentially lines indicated on drawings, install offsets,

angles and transitions as may be required to avoid interferences with other work. Maintain full capacity of ducts at offsets, angles and transitions except where drawings indicate use of reducing or increasing transitions.

1. General: Each duct section shall be rigidly supported from structure. Attach

hangers to structure with expansion plugs, concrete inserts, beam clamps or other approved means. Rubber in-shear isolators shall be installed in hangers for all ducts in equipment rooms, to prevent vibration transmission to the structure.

C. Install hangers and supports in accordance with SMACNA Standards general locations:

1. Install hangers close to transverse joints of main ducts and branches, clinch collar branch connections and the first branch elbows after nested splits.

2. Locate hangers of duct penetrating walls or partitions as though the walls will contribute no support to the duct.

3. Install hangers in pairs on exact opposite sides of duct. 4. Maintain hanger spacing intervals less than, equal to, but not greater than the

specified maximums. 5. Install hangers at the midpoint of small and medium size horizontal vaned square

elbows. On wide vaned square elbows, install additional hangers at maximum allowable intervals or less measured along the heel lines of the elbows.

6. Provide a set of hangers at the midpoint of small and medium size horizontal radius elbows. Install one or more supplementary hangers, as necessary, along the inside and outside arcs of large radius elbows of any angle whenever the lengths of these arcs exceed the maximum hanger spacing length for that particular size duct.

7. Provide at least one set of hangers for short duct branches 3 feet or less in length.

8. Provide each duct riser with a minimum of two supports completely spanning the shaft opening at each floor. One pair of supports may be used to support more than one duct riser, provided that the strength of the supports is increased appropriately and proper additional supplementary steel is used at the extra risers.

Page 489: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL DUCTS 233113 - 7

9. Support duct risers, located between floors that are more than 15 feet high, at

each floor and halfway points between floors. The distance between intermediate supports on very high floors should not exceed 12 feet. Intermediate hangers may be supported from an adjacent wall or hung by rods from supports on the floor above.

10. Provide one or more sets of hangers for equipment in duct runs such as heating coils, heat pumps, etc., as recommended by their manufacturers.

11. Hangers shall not be attached to metal roof deck. D. Locate duct hangers approximately:

1. 2 to 24 inches from flexible connections of fans. 2. 2 to 24 inches from the outlets or flexible connects of VAV control units or mixing

boxes. 3. 12 to 36 inches from the main duct to the first hanger of long branch ducts. 4. 2 to 12 inches from the ends of all branch ducts and linear diffuser plenums. 5. 2 to 24 inches from fire damper breakaway joints. 6. 0 inches to half the duct width plus 2 inches from the vertical centerline of the

lower elbow of short vertical offsets made with vaned square elbows. The width refers to the dimension of the elbow in the plane of the turn.

7. 0 inches to half the duct width plus 2 inches from the vertical centerline of the bottom and top elbows of vaned square elbow offsets over 8 feet high.

8. One-eighth of the arc in from the ends of bottom and top radius elbows of vertical offsets longer than 8 feet. Short vertical offsets require hangers at the bottom elbow. Likewise, sloping offsets need at least one set of hangers at their lower radius elbow.

9. 6 to 12 inches from transverse joints of ducts whose lengths are the same as specified hanger intervals.

10. 6 to 12 inches from one side of walls or partitions penetrated by ducts. E. Maximum permitted hanger spacing:

1. Ducts with areas up to 4 square feet may have their hangers spaced up to 8 feet apart.

F. Provide and install locking manual volume dampers in all duct systems as required for

controlling air volumes to trunk ducts, branch ducts, outlets and inlets. Provide and install additional volume dampers as required by Testing and Balancing Contractor for balancing of system.

G. All connections shall be sealed, including but not limited to branch connections, spin-ins,

taps, access doors, access panels and connections to equipment. Openings for rotating shafts shall be sealed with bushings or other devices that seal off air leakage.

H. Duct sizes shown on drawings are net inside dimensions and sheet metal size shall be

increased to allow for duct linings. I. Install as indicated on the drawings all duct mounted equipment as specified in other

sections.

Page 490: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL DUCTS 233113 - 8

J. Install eccentric reducers with tops of both duct sizes flush to maintain maximum ceiling space below ducts.

K. Openings:

1. Provide in ductwork to accommodate access doors, temperature control components and fire dampers.

2. Install access panels for inspection and servicing of all duct mounted equipment including, but not limited to: reheat coils, sound attenuators, motorized dampers, airflow measuring stations, smoke and fire dampers.

3. Provide pitot tube openings for testing of systems, complete with metal cap, with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage.

4. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation materials inside metal collar.

5. For kitchen exhaust hood grease ductwork, provide cleanouts as required by code. In general, for horizontal ducts cleanouts shall be spaced not more than 20 feet apart and be located not more than 10 feet from changes in direction that are greater than 45 degrees. For vertical ducts, provide a cleanout on each floor level. Provide a cleanout at the inlet of sidewall and roof mounted exhaust fans and at inlet and outlet of in-line fans.

L. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and

maintenance activities. M. Connections:

1. Connect duct to equipment with flexible fabric, sheet metal clips, screws and washers.

2. At each point where ducts pass through partitions, provide sleeve with space between duct and sleeve packed with insulation and sealed.

N. Where ducts pass through fire-rated walls, partitions, floors, and ceilings, seal openings

in accordance with Specification Section 23 0500 - Common Work Results for HVAC. 3.02 DUCT LINER APPLICATION A. Apply duct liner with coated or surface designed to be exposed facing the air stream and

adhered with 100% coverage of fire retardant adhesive. When width exceeds 12" or height exceeds 24", additionally secure liner with mechanical fasteners spaced 12" maximum centers. Fasteners shall start within 3" of leading edge of traverse joints. Coat all exposed joints and edges of traverse joints with a fire retardant adhesive.

B. Duct sizes shown on drawings are net inside dimensions and sheet metal size shall be

increased to allow for duct lining. 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Cleaning:

1. Clean ductwork internally, as it is installed, of dust and debris.

Page 491: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL DUCTS 233113 - 9

2. Clean external surfaces of foreign substances which might cause corrosive deterioration of metal or where ductwork is to be painted.

B. Temporary Closure:

1. At ends of ducts which are not connected to equipment or air distribution devices at time of ductwork installation or that are on-site but not yet installed, provide temporary closure of polyethylene film or other covering until time connections are to be completed.

3.04 DUCTWORK APPLICATION SCHEDULE – LOW VELOCITY

AIR SYSTEM MATERIAL

HVAC Supply, Return General Exhaust Transfer

Steel, Galvanized

END OF SECTION 233113

Page 492: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

METAL DUCTS 233113 - 10

Page 493: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 1

SECTION 233300 - AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 230010 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of duct accessories is indicated on drawings and by the requirements of this

section. B. Types of duct accessories required for project include the following:

1. Fire and Smoke Dampers 2. Sound Attenuators 3. Louvers 4. Volume Dampers/Regulators 5. Flexible Ducts 6. Access Doors 7. Control Dampers

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. SMACNA Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of Sheet Metal and Air

Conditioning Contractor's National Association (SMACNA) "Fire Damper and Heat Stop Guide".

B. Industry Standards: Comply with American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and

Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc. (ASHRAE) recommendations pertaining to construction of duct accessories, except as otherwise indicated.

C. UL Compliance: Construct, test, and label fire dampers in accordance with Underwriters

Laboratories (UL) Standard 555 "Fire Dampers and Ceiling Dampers". D. NFPA Compliance: Comply with applicable provisions of ANSI/NFPA 90A "Air

Conditioning and Ventilating Systems", pertaining to installation of duct accessories. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical information for each type of duct

accessory, including dimensions, capacities, materials of construction, installation instructions, interfacing requirements with ductwork, and method of fastening or support where applicable.

B. Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturer's maintenance data including parts lists for

each type of duct accessory; include this data in Maintenance Manual.

Page 494: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products manufactured by one of the

following:

1. Flexible Ductwork a. Semco b. Wiremold c. Thermaflex d. Valuflex

2. Fire Dampers and Smoke Dampers

a. Air Balance, Inc. b. Pottorff c. Ruskin Manufacturing Co. d. Leader Industries e. Greenheck f. Safe-air / Dowco g. Louvers & Dampers h. Anemostat

3. Louvers:

a. American Warming & Ventilating b. Pottorff c. Greenheck d. Ruskin e. Louvers & Dampers f. PennBarry g. Air Balance h. Anemostat

2.02 FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS A. General

1. Refer to 23 31 13 Metal Ducts for Low Velocity and High Velocity ductwork classifications.

2. In general, fire dampers, smoke dampers, and combination fire/smoke dampers are to consist of galvanized steel frame and blade construction, 165 degrees F. release temperature, and 1.5 hour UL 555 rating. Any locations requiring stainless steel construction, 212 degree F release temperature, or 3 hour UL 555 rating are identified on the drawings.

3. Provide all fire, smoke, and combination fire/smoke dampers as Factory Mutual Approvals as Specification Tested Product.

Page 495: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 3

B. Fire Dampers

1. Low Velocity Ductwork: Curtain type or low profile, single blade style dynamic fire dampers shall have a fire rating of 1.5 hours. Damper frame and blades shall be galvanized steel in gauges required by UL listing R-5531. Provide fusible link rated at 165 degrees F; link shall be labeled for use in dynamic systems. Dampers shall be rated for dynamic closure up to 2,000 fpm and 4" wg. a. Curtain type duct mounted fire dampers to be Style B for rectangular

ductwork and Style CR/CO for round and oval ductwork such that damper curtain is located outside of airstream. Closure spring dampers shall be stainless steel and shall be constant force type. Ruskin DIBD2 or equal.

b. Single blade style duct mounted fire dampers to have stainless steel bearings, permanently lubricated sleeve type turning in an extruded hole in the frame. Ruskin DFD-LP or equal.

c. Round fire damper to be Ruskin FDR25 or equal, 20 gage galvanized steel frame/sleeve with single skin 14 gage blades and stainless steel sleeve bearings.

d. Where 3-hour rated walls are indicated, fire damper shall be 3 hour UL555 Rated (Ruskin DIBD23 or equal).

e. Provide all dampers with SP100 or SP200 Switch Package to allow remote indication of damper blade position.

2. Low Velocity Ductwork: Multiple blade dynamic fire dampers shall have a fire rating of 1.5 hours. Damper frame shall be constructed of 16 gage galvanized steel and damper blades shall be single skin 16 gage thickness. Bearings shall be stainless steel, permanently lubricated sleeve type turning in an extruded hole in the frame. Provide fusible link rated at 165 degrees F. Dampers shall be approved for vertical or horizontal mounting and shall be labeled for use in dynamic systems up to 2,000 fpm and 4" w.g. Ruskin DFD35 or equal a. Where 3-hour rated walls are indicated, fire damper shall be 3 hour

UL555 Rated (Ruskin DFD60-3 or equal). b. Provide with SP100 Switch Package to remotely indicate damper blade

position. 3. High Velocity Ductwork: Multiple blade dynamic fire dampers shall have a fire

rating of 1.5 hours. Damper frame shall be constructed of 16 gage galvanized steel and damper blades shall be single piece airfoil shaped with 14 gage equivalent thickness. Bearings shall be stainless steel, permanently lubricated sleeve type turning in an extruded hole in the frame. Provide fusible link rated at 165 degrees F. Dampers shall be approved for vertical or horizontal mounting and shall be labeled for use in dynamic systems up to 4,000 fpm and 4" w.g. Ruskin DFD60 or equal. a. Where 3-hour rated walls are indicated, fire damper shall be 3 hour

UL555 Rated (Ruskin DFD60-3 or equal). b. Provide with SP100 Switch Package to remotely indicate damper blade

position.

Page 496: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 4

2.03 LOUVERS A. Galvanized Louvers

1. Furnish and install galvanized steel fabricated louvers as scheduled on the drawings.

2. Frames and blades shall be constructed of 16 gauge galvanized steel. Blades shall be 45 deg. drainable type. Jambs shall be constructed with integral downspouts for carrying water from the blades to the louver sill. Screens shall be provided on the interior of the louver and shall consist of 1/2" mesh .041" diameter galvanized steel wire mounted in an extruded aluminum frame. Screens shall be removable from the louver for cleaning. Louvers shall have all weld points touched up with a zinc rich paint. Louvers shall be primed for field painting by others.

3. Louvers shall pass 1025 FPM free area velocity with less than .17" wg pressure drop and shall carry less than .01 ounces of water per square foot during a 15 minute period when tested in accordance with AMCA Standard 500. Test criteria shall be based on a 48" square sample. Louvers shall bear the AMCA Certified Ratings Seal for both Air Performance and Water Penetration.

B. Extruded Aluminum Louvers

1. Furnish and install extruded aluminum louvers as scheduled on the drawings. 2. Frames and blades shall be .081" thick 6063-T5 alloy extruded aluminum.

Blades shall be drainable type. Jambs shall be constructed with integral downspouts for carrying water from the blades to the louver sill. Screens shall be provided on the interior of the louver and shall consist of 1/2" mesh .063" diameter aluminum wire mounted in an extruded aluminum frame. Screens shall be removable from the louver for cleaning. Louvers shall have a Kynar color finish in [standard, custom] color as selected by Design Professional.

3. Louvers shall have performance as scheduled and carry less than .01 ounces of water per square foot during a 15 minute period when tested in accordance with AMCA Standard 500. Test criteria shall be based on a 48" square sample. Louvers shall bear the AMCA Certified Ratings Seal for both Air Performance and Water Penetration.

C. Aluminum Storm Louvers

1. Furnish and install extruded aluminum louvers as scheduled on the drawings.

2. Frames shall be .25" thick 6063-T5 alloy extruded aluminum. Louvers shall be built of aluminum construction to meet FEMA 361 guidelines for storm shelters. Screens shall be provided on the interior of the louver and shall consist of 1/2" mesh .063" diameter aluminum wire mounted in an extruded aluminum frame. Screens shall be removable from the louver for cleaning. Louvers shall have a Kynar color finish in color as selected by Design Professional.

Page 497: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 5

3. Louvers shall have performance as scheduled when tested in accordance with

AMCA Standard 500. Test criteria shall be based on a 48" square sample. Louvers shall bear the AMCA Certified Ratings Seal for both Air Performance and Water Penetration.

2.04 MISCELLANEOUS A. Manual Volume Dampers:

1. Rectangular duct width of 48" or smaller and height of 12" or smaller or all round ducts. a. Damper shall be fabricated of same material as the duct, two metal

gauges heavier than duct and hammered 1" all around. b. Provide end bearings with gasket. Models listed are Young

Regulator Co. Equals by Elgin are acceptable i. Round ducts 4" to 8" with 3/8" rod: Model 666-RD. ii. Round ducts greater than 8" and all rectangular ducts with 3/8"

rod: Model 666-FD. iii. All round and rectangular ducts with 1/2" rod: Model 515A.

c. Blades and rods construction: i. Rectangular duct width of 12" or smaller: Damper blade shall be

mounted on two 3/8" pins on the ends of the blade. ii. Rectangular duct width greater than 12": Damper blade shall be

mounted on continuous 1/2" rod. iii. Round duct of 12" diameter or smaller: Damper blade shall be

mounted on two 3/8" pins on the ends of the blade. iv. Round duct diameters larger than 12": Damper blade shall be

mounted on a continuous 1/2" rod. 2. All other rectangular duct that fall outside the criteria above shall be opposed

action multi-blade. a. Damper frames are to be constructed of minimum 13-gauge. b. Damper blade width shall not exceed 9 inches and the blade length

shall not exceed 48 inches. Damper blades shall be of corrugated type construction.

c. Damper shall be constructed of the same material as the duct in which it will be installed.

d. Where damper shafts penetrate the damper housing, it shall be sealed while allowing the free movement of the shaft without breaking the seal.

e. Provide with shaft extension where duct will have exterior insulation applied.

B. Manual Volume Damper Regulators:

1. Accessible areas: Provide locking position regulator with gasket and handle. Below model numbers are based on Young Regulator Co. Equals by Elgin are acceptable. a. Model 403 for a 3/8" damper shaft on ductwork without external

insulation.

Page 498: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 6

b. Model 443B for a 3/8" damper shaft on ductwork with external insulation.

c. Model 404 for a 1/2" damper shaft on ductwork without external insulation.

d. Model 404B for a 1/2" damper shaft on ductwork with external insulation.

2. Inaccessible areas: Provide concealed manual volume damper regulators with BCW casing and wire and rack and pinion assembly. Damper shall be able to be operated when the damper and rack and pinion assembly are up to 50 ft apart. Young Regulator Co. Model 270-275 or equal by Elgin. Provide minimum 6” tag for each damper for identification.

C. Air Turns: Elgen "Air-Tite" or equal shop fabricated. D. Flexible Duct Connection: 30 ounce woven glass fiber, double neoprene coated, fire

retardant, waterproof and air tight, suitable for temperatures to 250 deg. F, UL approved. Ventfabric, Inc. "Ventglass" or equal.

E. Access Panels: Shall be of same material as ducts in which they are installed,

fabricated of two thicknesses of not less than 24 gauge, with 1" thick rigid glass fiber filler. Provide sheet metal frame, air tight gasket and two thumb operated cam lock latches. Latches must be operable without the use of any tools.

2.05 FLEXIBLE DUCT A. Flexible duct shall be factory pre-insulated, consisting of vinyl coated spring steel wire

helix bonded to vinyl coated fiberglass mesh screen, having one (1) inch nominal fiberglass insulation and vinyl impregnated closely woven fiberglass vapor barrier. Basis of Design: Semco, Type A1.

B. Composite assembly shall meet Class I requirements of NFPA-90A and shall be UL

listed for flame spread rating of not more than 25 and smoke developed rating of not more than 50. Assembly shall meet the requirements of UL-181.

C. Where flexible duct is allowed, it shall be connected to metal ducts, terminal units and

diffusers with Panduit, Tylon or equal tool installed nylon clamps. D. Maximum length of flexible duct connections from metal duct to terminal units and grilles,

registers and diffusers shall be not greater than 72". All duct turns greater than 45 deg. shall be rigid elbows.

E. Wherever ductwork is routed exposed, flexible ductwork is not acceptable. All exposed

ductwork to be rigid. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine areas and conditions under which duct accessories will be installed. Do not

proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

Page 499: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 7

3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install duct accessories in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, with

applicable portions of details of construction as shown in SMACNA standards, and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products serve intended function.

B. Install access panels for inspection and servicing of all duct mounted equipment

including, but not limited to: reheat coils, sound attenuators, motorized dampers, airflow measuring stations, fire dampers, smoke dampers, and combination fire/smoke dampers. Unless noted otherwise, access doors to be square and dimensions shall be 2" less than the duct dimension where they are installed, with a maximum size requirement of 24" x 24". Locate access doors (i.e. side or bottom of duct) where they provide the best access to duct equipment/accessory relative to surrounding piping, equipment, structure, etc.

C. Access doors for fire dampers, smoke dampers, and combination fire/smoke dampers

shall be a minimum of 12" x 12". Where maximum duct dimension (height or width) is less than 12", provide a square access door with dimensions 2" less than the duct dimension where door is installed; also, a removable section of ductwork shall be provided at the damper connection to allow for access to the damper. Removable section of ductwork shall be 24" in length and have flanged connections on both ends (or may be an elbow fitting if immediately downstream of damper).

D. Install access doors to open against system air pressure, with latches operable from

either side, except outside only where duct is too small for person to enter. E. Install all fire, smoke, and combination fire/smoke dampers in accordance with

manufacturer’s installation instructions for UL Listing. F. Coordinate with other work, including ductwork, as necessary to interface installation of

duct accessories properly with other work. G. Field Quality Control: Operate installed duct accessories to demonstrate compliance

with requirements. Test for air leakage while system is operating. Repair or replace faulty accessories, as required to obtain proper operation and leakproof performance.

H. Coordinate installation of smoke and combination fire/smoke damper switch package

and indicating lights with Electrical Contractor. Switch package to be provided by HVAC Contractor.

I. Furnish General Contractor with layout and size of wall openings. Coordinate

installation of louver with General Contractor. Make duct connections to louvers as shown on the plans.

J. Install all manual dampers with damper in full open position. END OF SECTION 233300

Page 500: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233300 - 8

Page 501: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HVAC FANS 233416 - 1

SECTION 233416 - HVAC FANS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 230010 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of HVAC fan work is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by requirements

of this section. B. Types of fans required for this project include the following:

1. Sidewall Propeller Fans C. Vibration isolation required for air distribution equipment is specified in other Division-23

sections, and is included as work of this section.

D. Refer to section 23 05 13 Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment for motor requirements furnished with HVAC fans.

E. Refer to Division-26 sections for power work required in conjunction with air distribution

equipment; not work of this section. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. AMCA Compliance: Provide HVAC fans bearing the Air Movement and Control

Association, Inc. (AMCA) Certified Ratings Seal. B. UL Compliance: Provide air distribution equipment electrical components which have

been listed and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories (UL). 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver HVAC fans with factory-installed shipping skids and lifting lugs; pack

components in factory-fabricated protective containers. B. Handle HVAC fans carefully to avoid damage to components, enclosures, and finish. Do

not install damaged components; replace and return damaged components to fan manufacturer.

C. Store HVAC fans in clean dry place and protect from weather and construction traffic.

Page 502: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HVAC FANS 233416 - 2

1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal data shall include physical dimensions, fabrication details, materials, fan

curves, sound ratings, motor size and electrical characteristics and required brake horsepower for specified operating conditions.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Sidewall Propeller Fans

1. Greenheck 2. Carnes 3. PennBarry 4. Loren Cook Co. 5. Twin City Fan and Blower 6. Acme

2.02 SIDEWALL PROPELLER FANS A. Belt driven, axial type sidewall fans shall be provided as follows:

1. Propellers shall be constructed with fabricated steel, fabricated aluminum, or cast aluminum blades and hubs. Propellers shall be securely attached to fan shafts. All propellers shall be statically and dynamically balanced.

2. Motors shall be permanently lubricated, heavy duty type, carefully matched to the fan load and furnished at the specified voltage, phase, and enclosure.

3. Ground and polished steel fan shafts shall be mounted in permanently lubricated, sealed ball bearing pillow blocks. Bearings shall be selected for a minimum (L10) life in excess of 1000,000 hours at maximum cataloged operating speeds. Drives shall be sized for a minimum of 150 percent of driven horsepower. Pulleys shall be of the fully machined cast iron type, keyed and securely attached to wheel and motor shafts. Motor sheaves shall be adjustable for system balancing.

4. Drive frame and panel assemblies shall be galvanized steel or painted steel. Drive frames shall be formed channels and fan panels shall have prepunched mounting holes, formed flanges, and a deep formed inlet venturi. Drive frames and panels shall be bolted construction or welded construction (level 3 fans only).

5. The axial exhaust or supply fans shall bear the AMCA Certified Ratings Seals for both sound and air performance.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTIONS A. Examine areas and conditions under which fans are to be installed. Do not proceed with

work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

Page 503: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HVAC FANS 233416 - 3

3.02 INSTALLATION OF HVAC FANS A. Install fans where indicated, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's installation

instructions, and with recognized industry practices, to ensure that equipment complies with requirements and serves intended purposes.

B. Coordinate with other work, including ductwork and electrical work as necessary to

interface installation of HVAC fans with other work. Furnish layout and size of roof curbs for roof mounted fans and wall openings for wall mounted fans to General Contractor.

C. Install units with vibration isolators or isolation bases, complying with Division-23,

Section 23 0548 - Vibration Controls for HVAC Piping, ductwork and Equipment. D. Alignment: Check alignment of belt driven fans, and, where necessary, realign shafts of

motors and fans within recommended tolerances by manufacturer, and in presence of manufacturer=s service representative

3.03 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A. Ensure HVAC fans are wired properly, with rotation in direction indicated and intended

for proper performance. B. Provide positive electrical equipment and motor grounding. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Upon completion of installation of HVAC fans, and after motor has been energized with

normal power source, test equipment to demonstrate compliance with requirements. Where possible, field correct malfunctioning equipment, then retest to demonstrate compliance. Replace equipment which cannot be satisfactorily corrected.

3.05 BALANCING A. Refer to Division 23, Section 230593 - Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC of fan

systems; not work of this section. 3.06 SPARE PARTS A. General: Furnish to owner, with receipt, 1 spare set of belts for each belt driven

equipment item. END OF SECTION 233416

Page 504: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HVAC FANS 233416 - 4

Page 505: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES 233713 - 1

SECTION 233713 - DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 230010 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary for the installation of

grilles, registers and diffusers as per the schedules on the drawings. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's catalog cuts for each type of device to be used. B. Product Data: For each product indicated, include the following:

1. Data Sheet: Indicate materials of construction, finish, and mounting details; and performance data including throw and drop, static-pressure drop, and noise ratings.

2. Diffuser, Register, and Grille Schedule: Indicate drawing designation, room location, quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers

1. Carnes 2. Titus 3. E.H. Price 4. Metal Aire 5. Krueger 6. Nailor 7. Anemostat

2.02 Diffusers, registers, and grilles shall be of the type and style as scheduled. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Install wall mounted grilles and registers plumb and level and flush to surface. Locations may be altered slightly, as acceptable to the Design Professional, so as to fit masonry portions of the structure. 3.02 In grid panel type ceilings, lay-in metal pan, acoustical, etc., grilles, registers and diffusers shall be located in the center of the panel.

Page 506: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES 233713 - 2

3.03 Coordinate locations of ceiling diffusers and registers with Design Professional's reflected ceiling plan. Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation, notify Design Professional for determination of final location. 3.04 Adjust blow pattern as indicated on plans and as scheduled, prior to balancing. END OF SECTION 233713

Page 507: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FURNACES 235400 - 1

SECTION 235400 - FURNACES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 230010 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of furnace work required by this section is indicated on drawings and schedules,

and by requirements of this section. B. Types of furnaces specified in this section include the following:

1. Gas-fired high efficiency furnaces. C. Refer to Division-26 sections for the following work:

1. Power supply wiring from power source to power connection on furnaces. Include disconnects and required electrical devices, except where specified as furnished, or factory-installed by manufacturer.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements:

1. UL Compliance: Provide furnaces which are designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with UL requirements.

B. Warranty:

1. Provide one year warranty on all parts except compressor and heating elements. 2. Provide five year warranty on compressor and heating elements.

1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's equipment specifications, equipment capacities,

ratings and selection points, fan curves with selection points clearly indicated and installation and start-up instructions.

B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly type shop drawings indicating

dimensions, weight loadings, required clearances and method of assembly of components.

Page 508: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FURNACES 235400 - 2

C. Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer's electrical requirements for power supply wiring

to packaged heating and cooling equipment including control and thermostat wiring. Submit manufacturer's ladder-type wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory installed and portions to be field installed.

1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Handle furnaces and components carefully to prevent damage, breaking, denting and

scoring. Do not install damaged furnace units or components; replace with new. B. Store furnaces and components in clean dry place. Protect from weather, dirt, fumes,

water, construction debris and physical damage. C. Comply with manufacturer's rigging and installation instructions for unloading furnaces

and moving them to final location. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Gas-fired High Efficiency Furnaces

1. Bryant 2. Lennox Industries, Inc. 3. Trane Co.

2.02 GAS-FIRED HIGH EFFICIENCY FURNACES A. Furnish and install gas-fired warm air furnaces for use with natural gas; furnish factory

filter rack. B. Heating capacity shall be as scheduled on the drawings. C. Air delivery shall be as scheduled on the drawing. D. Blower and blower motor: Blower shall be centrifugal type, statically and dynamically

balanced. Motor shall have factory-lubricated bearings, shall be multiple speed, direct-drive.

E. Filters: Furnace shall have throw-away-type filters. F. Casing shall be of 20-gauge steel with baked enamel finish. G. Controls shall include: Electronic ignition and solid state controls for the system, solution

pump, combustion air blower and diverter valve, prewired indoor fan relay with transformer on heating/cooling furnaces; a low-voltage heating/cooling thermostat. (See requirements of Division-23, Section 236200 - Packaged Compressor and Condensing Units.)

Page 509: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FURNACES 235400 - 3

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine areas and conditions under which packaged heating and cooling units are to be

installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer.

3.02 INSTALLATION OF PACKAGED HEATING AND COOLING UNITS A. General: Install furnaces in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions.

Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations indicated, and maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances.

B. Controls: Install devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be

factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Contractor for power wiring.

1. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's

submittal and installation requirements of Division-26 sections. Do not proceed with equipment start-up until wiring installation is acceptable to equipment installer.

C. Ductwork (if applicable): Refer to Section 233113 - Metal Ducts. Connect supply and

return ducts to unit with flexible duct connections. Provide transitions to exactly match unit duct connection size.

D. Refrigerant Piping (if applicable): Refer to Section 232300 - Refrigerant Piping.

Connect liquid and suction piping to unit as indicated. E. Natural Gas Piping (if applicable): Refer to Section 221516 - Facility Natural Gas Piping.

Connect natural gas piping to unit as indicated. F. Drain Piping (if applicable): Connect unit drain to nearest indirect waste connection. G. Start-up furnaces in accordance with manufacturer's start-up instructions. Test controls

and demonstrate compliance with requirements. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment.

3.03 TRAINING OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL A. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of furnace units. 3.04 SPARE PARTS A. General: Furnish to Owner, with receipt, the following spare parts for each furnace unit:

1. One set filters for each unit. END OF SECTION 235400

Page 510: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FURNACES 235400 - 4

Page 511: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FUEL FIRED UNIT HEATERS 235533 - 1

SECTION 235533 - FUEL FIRED UNIT HEATERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 230010 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of fuel-fired unit heater work required by this section is indicated on drawings and

schedules, and by requirements of this section. B. Types of fuel-fired heaters specified in this section include the following:

1. Gas-Fired Propeller Unit Heaters C. Refer to appropriate Division-23 sections for fuel piping and breechings in connection

with fuel-fired heaters; not work of this section. D. Refer to Division-26 sections for the following; not work of the section.

1. Power supply wiring from power source to power connection on fuel-fired unit heaters. Include starters, disconnects, and required electrical devices, except where specified as furnished, or factory-installed, by manufacturer.

E. Provide the following electrical work as work of this section, complying with requirements

of Division-26 sections:

1. Control wiring between field-installed controls, indicating devices, and heater control panels.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards

1. ANSI Compliance: Construct and install gas-fired unit heaters in accordance with ANSI Z83.8 "Gas Unit Heaters".

2. NFPA Compliance: Install fuel gas piping and gas-fired heaters in accordance with NFPA 54 "National Fuel Gas Code".

1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data, including rated capacities

of selected model clearly indicated, weights, furnished specialties and accessories; and installation and start-up instructions.

Page 512: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FUEL FIRED UNIT HEATERS 235533 - 2

B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly-type shop drawings indicating dimensions, weight loadings, required clearances, and methods of assembly of components.

C. Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer's electrical requirements for power supply wiring

for fuel-fired unit heaters. Submit manufacturer's ladder-type wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory-installed and portions to be field-installed.

D. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for each type of fuel-fired

unit heater, control, and accessory; including "trouble-shooting" maintenance guide. Include this data and product data in maintenance manual.

1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handle fuel-fired unit heaters and components carefully to prevent damage, breaking,

denting and scoring. Do not install damaged fuel-fired unit heaters or components; replace with new.

B. Store fuel-fired unit heaters and components in clean dry place. Protect from weather,

dirt, fumes, water, construction debris, and physical damage. C. Comply with Manufacturer's rigging and installation instructions for unloading fuel-fired

unit heaters, and moving them to final location. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Fuel-Fired Propeller Unit Heaters

1. BDP Co. 2. Hastings Industries, Inc. 3. ITT Reznor 4. Lennox Industries, Inc. 5. Modine Manufacturing Co. 6. Sterling 7. Trane Co. 8. Modine

2.02 FUEL-FIRED PROPELLER UNIT HEATERS A. General: Provide fuel-fired propeller unit heaters as indicated, of type and minimum

capacity as scheduled, and as specified herein. B. Construct casing of galvanized steel, with baked enamel finish. Provide integral inserts

for hanger rods. C. Provide 2-way air diffusion louvers mounted on face of unit.

Page 513: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FUEL FIRED UNIT HEATERS 235533 - 3

D. Construct heat exchanger of welded aluminized, or stainless steel. Provide draft diverter or collector box and integral power exhauster as required, construct integral to each heat exchanger section. Provide oval or round flue collar.

E. Construct burner of same material as heat exchanger, and include integral burner

crossover. Design burner to be suitable for natural gas. F. Construct fan of aluminum, direct drive propeller type, and factory-balance. G. Provide motor, totally enclosed sleeve or ball-bearing type, with built-in thermal overload

protection, designed for 115 volts, 60 cycle, single phase. Mount motor on resilient mount and provide heavy-duty fan guard.

H. Provide the following controls, factory-piped and prewired to electrical junction box

mounted on unit:

1. 24 volt automatic gas valve. 2. Safety pilot with 100% shutoff. 3. Pressure regulator with leak limiting device. 4. Manual main and adjustable pilot valves. 5. High Limit switch.

I. Certify units are in conformance with AGA applicable regulations. J. Provide the following accessories, factory-mounted, and prewired to electrical junction

box:

1. Electric spark ignition. 2. Louver fin diffusers to control horizontal spread of discharge air stream.

K. Provide temperature controls consisting of line or low voltage room thermostat with

locking cover and thermostat guard. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine areas and conditions under which fuel-fired heaters are to be installed. Do not

proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer.

3.02 INSTALLATION OF FUEL-FIRED PROPELLER UNIT HEATERS A. General: Install fuel-fired propeller unit heaters as indicated, and in accordance with

manufacturer's published installation instruction. B. Hang units from substrate using threaded rods and building attachments, secure rods to

unit hanger attachments. Adjust hangers so unit is plumb and level.

Page 514: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

FUEL FIRED UNIT HEATERS 235533 - 4

C. Extend gas piping to within 5' from unit, provide drop with manual gas shutoff valve, 1/8"

NPT plugged test connection, tee, and drip pocket. Locate piping drop so as to not interfere with service of unit. Extend gas piping runout, full size of gas train inlet, from tee to gas train connection, provide union with sufficient clearance for unit removal and service.

D. Electrical power wiring is specified in Division 26, not work of this section. Control wiring

is work of this section in compliance with the requirements of Division 26. E. Extend breeching from flue to unit heater, make gas tight connection. Comply with

requirements of Section 235100 - Breechings, Chimneys, and Stacks. F. Extend gas piping to burner units, provide drop with manual gas shutoff valve, tee and

drip pocket. Locate piping drop so as not to interfere with service of inlet. Extend gas piping runout, full size of unit inlet, from tee to gas connection, provide union with sufficient clearance for burner unit removal and service.

3.03 START-UP A. Start up, test, and adjust fuel-fired heaters in accordance with manufacturer's published

start-up instructions. Adjust air diffusion louvers for proper air flow. Verify proper line and manifold gas pressure. Check and calibrate controls, adjust burner for maximum efficiency.

END OF SECTION 235533

Page 515: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PACKAGED COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER UNITS 236200 - 1

SECTION 236200 - PACKAGED COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSOR UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 230010 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this Section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of condensing unit work required by this section is indicated on drawings and

schedules, and by requirements of this section. B. Types of condensing units in this section include the following:

1. Air-cooled condensing units. C. Refer to other Division-23 sections for piping, refrigeration specialties, etc., required

external to condensing units for installation; not work of this section. D. Refer to Division-26 sections for field-installed power wiring required for condensing

units; not work of this section. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements:

1. ARI Compliance: Provide capacity ratings for condensing units in accordance with Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI) Standard 360 "Standard for Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-Conditioning Equipment" and ARI 210 "Standard for Unitary Air-Conditioning Equipment".

2. ASHRAE Compliance: Construct refrigerating system of condensing units in accordance with American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) Standard ANSI/ASHRAE 15, "Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration".

3. UL Compliance: Provide condensing units which are listed by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) and have UL label affixed.

B. Warranty:

1. Provide one year warranty on all parts except compressor. 2. Provide five year warranty on compressor.

1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's equipment specifications, equipment capacities,

ratings and selection points and installation and start-up instructions.

Page 516: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PACKAGED COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER UNITS 236200 - 2

B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly type shop drawings indicating dimensions, weight loadings, required clearances and method of assembly of components.

C. Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer's electrical requirements for power supply

wiring. Submit manufacturer's ladder-type wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory installed and portions to be field installed.

1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Handle condensing units and components carefully to prevent damage, breaking,

denting and scoring. Do not install damaged condensing units or components; replace with new.

B. Store condensing units and components in clean dry place. Protect from weather, dirt,

fumes, water, construction debris and physical damage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Air-cooled Condensing Units

1. Lennox Industries, Inc. (units up to 15 tons) 2. Trane Company 3. Daikin Applied 4. Bryant

2.02 GENERAL A. Provide factory-assembled and tested air-cooled condensing units as indicated,

consisting of compressor, condenser coil, fan, motor, refrigerant reservoir, and operating controls. Provide capacity and electrical characteristics as scheduled.

2.03 UNITS UP TO 5 TONS A. Casing: Provide 18 gauge galvanized steel casing finished with baked enamel. Provide

removable panel for access to controls, and weep holes for drainage. Provide base with mounting holes. Provide brass service valves, fittings, and gage ports on exterior of casing.

B. Compressor: Provide welded hermetic with built-in overloads and vibration isolation.

Provide for compressor motor, thermal and current-sensitive overload device, internal high-pressure protection, high and low pressure cutout switches, start capacitor and relay, 2-pole contactor, crankcase heater, and temperature actuated switch and timer to prevent compressor rapid cycle.

C. Condenser: Construct coil of copper tubes and aluminum fins, provided with liquid

accumulator and liquid subcooler. Provide aluminum propeller fan, direct driven, with permanently lubricated fan motor with thermal overload protection.

Page 517: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PACKAGED COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER UNITS 236200 - 3

D. Provide the following accessories:

1. Low-voltage thermostat to control condensing unit and evaporator fan. Provide 7-day programmable thermostat with individual temperature setpoints for occupied heat and cool and unoccupied heat and cool. Thermostat shall have automatic heat/cool changeover, 3-hour override of unoccupied program and battery backup. Thermostat shall be Honeywell T-7200. a. In the occupied mode, the fan shall run continuously. In the unoccupied

mode the fan shall cycle. b. In the occupied mode the outdoor air damper shall open. In the

unoccupied mode, it shall close. 2. Precharged and insulated suction and liquid tubing of length indicated.

(Contractor option.) 3. Head pressure control to modulate condenser fan motor speed for low ambient

conditions. 4. Low voltage control transformer. 5. Low and high pressure switches 6. Crankcase heater 7. Filter dryer 8. Anti short cycle control

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine areas and conditions under which condensing units are to be installed. Do not

proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Contractor.

3.02 INSTALLATION OF CONDENSING UNITS A. General: Install condensing units in accordance with manufacturer's installation

instructions. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations indicated, and maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances.

B. Support: Install ground mounted units on 4" thick reinforced concrete pad, 4" larger on

each side than condensing unit. Anchor unit to pad using inserts or anchor bolts. C. Electrical: Furnish electrical field-wiring diagrams to Electrical Contractor for power wiring

to condensing units. D. Air-Cooled Condensing Units: Connect refrigerant piping to unit; run piping so as to not

interfere with access to unit.

1. Install furnished field-mounted accessories. 2. Refrigerant piping shall be insulated in accordance with the requirements of

Section 230700 – HVAC Insulation. 3. All control wiring shall be the responsibility of the HVAC Contractor. 4. Install flexible piping connection for units mounted on spring isolators.

Page 518: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PACKAGED COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER UNITS 236200 - 4

E. Start up condensing units, in accordance with manufacturer's start-up instructions. Test

controls and demonstrate compliance with requirements. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment.

3.03 TRAINING OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL A. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of condensing units. END OF SECTION 236200

Page 519: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

AIR TO AIR ENERGY RECOVERY EQUIPMENT 237200 - 1

SECTION 237200 - AIR TO AIR ENERGY RECOVERY EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 230010 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of energy recovery units work required by this section is indicated on drawings

and schedules, and by requirements of this section. B. Refer to Division-26 sections for the following work:

1. Power supply wiring from power source to power connection on energy recovery units. Include disconnects and required electrical devices, except where specified as furnished, or factory-installed by manufacturer.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements:

1. UL Compliance: Provide energy recovery units which are designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with UL requirements.

2. ARI Compliance: Units shall have certified ratings complying with ARI Standard 1060.

1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's equipment specifications, equipment capacities,

ratings and selection points, fan curves with selection points clearly indicated and installation and start-up instructions.

B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's assembly type shop drawings indicating

dimensions, weight loadings, required clearances and method of assembly of components.

C. Wiring Diagrams: Submit manufacturer's electrical requirements for power supply wiring

to heat recovery equipment including control and thermostat wiring. Submit manufacturer's ladder-type wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory installed and portions to be field installed.

1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Handle energy recovery units and components carefully to prevent damage, breaking,

denting and scoring. Do not install damaged energy recovery units or components; replace with new.

Page 520: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

AIR TO AIR ENERGY RECOVERY EQUIPMENT 237200 - 2

B. Store energy recovery units and components in clean dry place. Protect from weather,

dirt, fumes, water, construction debris and physical damage. C. Comply with manufacturer's rigging and installation instructions for unloading energy

recovery units, and moving them to final location. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Energy Recovery Units

1. Venmar 2. Greenheck 3. Semco

2.02 ENERGY RECOVERY UNITS A. General: Packaged, energy recovery ventilation system consisting of supply and exhaust

fans, enthalpy wheel heat exchanger with thermal transfer media, wheel drive system and variable frequency drive, heating/cooling coils, filters, unit casing and access doors, and necessary temperature sensors, gauges, and microprocessor controls.

B. Unit Cabinet:

1. Cabinet shall be constructed of 18 gauge G-90 galvanized steel with 12 gauge galvanized frame. Unit to be internally lined with galvanized steel to create a double wall.

2. Unit shall be provided with inlet and discharge duct collars. 3. Access panels shall be provided for unit controls, fans, and motors, wheel and

motor, coils and filters. 4. Insulation: 1" fiberglass or injected foam insulation within double wall

construction. 5. Outdoor Units: Casing to be weather-resistant, steel with baked-on enamel finish.

C. Energy Recovery Wheel:

1. Media: Uni-directional, fluted construction for laminar air flow. 2. Construction: Corrugated aluminum coated with non-migrating permanently

bonded desiccant. Media shall be non-asbestos, water resistant, bacteriostatic and fire retardant (meeting NFPA 90A flame spread and smoke generation requirements for installation in air duct). Media shall be strengthened with radial reinforcement.

3. Wheel: Heavy gauge steel frame wheel with self-aligning sealed bearings. Wheel shall be installed in a heavy duty removable "cassette" to facilitate access. Nylon wiping seals at periphery of the rotor and along supply and exhaust divider.

4. Purge: Purge section between supply and exhaust to limit contamination to the supply air to .04 percent.

Page 521: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

AIR TO AIR ENERGY RECOVERY EQUIPMENT 237200 - 3

5. Drive: Totally enclosed motor with in-line speed reducer with belt and sheave on

rotor rim. Variable frequency drive shall modulate rotational speed as required for discharge temperature and frost control.

6. Access: Enthalpy wheel shall be removable from the unit through side access doors.

D. Supply and Exhaust: Provide forward-curved, centrifugal, belt-driven fans with adjustable

sheaves and permanently lubricated motor bearings. Fan and motor assemblies shall be isolated from the unit with spring vibration isolation and flexible duct connections.

1. Fan and sheave combinations shall be selected to operate at design conditions

without exceeding variable frequency drive speeds of 100 Hz. Combinations requiring operation above 100 Hz are not acceptable.

2. Fan wheel classification must be capable of maximum rpm achievable based on the motor horsepower provided.

E. Filters: Angle filter racks designed to hold 2" pleated throw-away filters. Provide with full

size access door. Filters to be minimum MERV-8A unless noted otherwise. F. Supply and Exhaust Dampers: Low leak type, metal compressible jamb seals and

extruded vinyl blade edge seals, mechanically locked into the blade edge, on both the outdoor air and exhaust air. Leakage shall not exceed 5 cfm/sf at one-inch wg. All leakage testing and pressure ratings will be based on AMCA Publication 500. Dampers to be motorized. Supply damper to be located at outdoor inlet side of unit. Exhaust damper to be located at exhaust discharge side of unit.

G. Electrical

1. Single point power connection for supply fan, exhaust fan, wheel drive, VFD, and controls. Unit to have control transformer for 24 VAC for controls devices.

2. Disconnect: Unit shall come equipped with a non-fused disconnect with single power point connection.

3. Starters: Provide motor starters (as required) for exhaust and supply fans. Starters mounted within control enclosure.

H. Controls

1. Unit shall be provided with a factory mounted and factory wired microprocessor control.

2. All service connectors shall be quick disconnect type. 3. Unit circuitry shall allow the following operational characteristics:

a. Dry contacts for occupancy (on/off) control from building automation system.

b. Static pressure and outside air temperature sensors for frost detection. c. VFD drive speed control to decrease wheel rotation as required to for

frost control.

Page 522: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

AIR TO AIR ENERGY RECOVERY EQUIPMENT 237200 - 4

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSPECTION

A. Examine areas and conditions under which energy recovery units are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer.

3.02 INSTALLATION OF ENERGY RECOVERY UNITS A. General: Install energy recovery units in accordance with manufacturer's installation

instructions. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations indicated, and maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances.

B. Chilled/Heating Water Piping: Refer to Division 23, Section 23 0500 - HVAC Water

Treatment Connect supply and return piping to unit. Provide flexible pipe connectors. C. Controls: Install devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be

factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Contractor for power wiring.

1. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's

submittal and installation requirements of Division-26 sections. Do not proceed with equipment start-up until wiring installation is acceptable to equipment installer.

D. Ductwork (if applicable): Refer to Division 23, Section 23 3113 – Metal Ducts. Connect

supply and return ducts to unit with flexible duct connections. Provide transitions to exactly match unit duct connection size.

E. Start-up of energy recovery units shall be in accordance with manufacturer's start-up

instructions. Test controls and demonstrate compliance with requirements. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment.

F. Condensate Drain: Extend to nearest floor drain and elbow into drain. Condensate

waste shall be trapped at drain pan, with screwed cleanout plug in low point of trap. 3.03 TRAINING OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL A. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of energy recovery units. 3.04 SPARE PARTS A. General: Furnish to Owner, with receipt, the following spare parts for each energy

recovery unit:

1. One replacement belt for unit. 2. One set of spare supply and exhaust filters.

END OF SECTION 237200

Page 523: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

UNIT HEATERS 238239 - 1

SECTION 238239 - UNIT HEATERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 230010 - HVAC General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide material, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install unit heaters as

required by the drawings and this section. 1.03 UNIT HEATERS A. Unit heaters shall include the following:

1. Hydronic/Steam Unit Heaters 2. Electric Unit Heaters and Cabinet Unit Heaters

1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and/or catalog cuts showing technical data necessary to evaluate

the equipment, to include color charts, dimensions, wiring diagrams, performance data and other descriptive data necessary to describe fully the terminal units.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Electric Unit Heaters and Cabinet Unit Heaters

1. Trane 2. Berko - (Division of Marly) 3. Q-mark - (Division of Marly) 4. Brasch 5. Indeeco

2.02 ELECTRIC UNIT HEATERS A. Units shall have capacities and ratings and shall be of arrangement as scheduled on the

drawings. B. Units shall be furnished complete with coils, enclosures, fans and motors as required to

make complete functioning units. C. Units to be installed in finished areas to be furnished with bonderized, phosphatized,

flow-coated baked-on primer with spray applied baked-on enamels in color as selected by Design Professional from the manufacturer’s standard offering.

Page 524: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

UNIT HEATERS 238239 - 2

D. Motors for unit heaters and cabinet unit heaters shall be totally enclosed, Class 'B'

insulation, with built-in overload protection, and shall be prewired to terminal strip in factory mounted junction box.

E. Filters for cabinet unit heaters shall have 1" thick woven glass replaceable media, and

permanent aluminum frames. F. Units shall have single point, line voltage connection for incoming power for 208, 240 or

480 volt services. G. Provide the following accessories:

1. Thermostat with external adjustable knob. 2. Three position fan selector switch. 3. Pilot light to indicate when heating elements are energized. 4. Disconnect switch.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Install units and make duct and piping connection as indicated on drawings. 3.02 Install shut-off cocks, balancing cocks, air vents, control valves and devices as required

for complete installation. 3.03 Controls: Install devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be

factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Contractor for power wiring.

A. Verify that wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and

installation requirements of Division-26 sections. Do not proceed with equipment start-up until wiring installation is acceptable to equipment installer.

END OF SECTION 238239

Page 525: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 260010 - 1

SECTION 260010 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS Refer to Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements and Division 01 - General Requirements, which all apply to work under this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work shall include furnishing of all systems, equipment and material specified in this

division and as called for on the electrical drawings, to include supervision, operations, methods and labor for the fabrication, installation, start-up and tests for the complete electrical installation.

B. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular

craft involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft. C. All work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest

standards of the craft. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. All work shall be done in accordance with the applicable portion of the following codes and

standards:

1. National Electrical Code 2. National Fire Protection Association 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association 4. Standards of Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers 5. International Building Code 6. Occupational Safety and Health Act 7. Iowa Administrative Code 8. NECA Standards 9. Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA)

B. All Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all codes and standards applicable to their

work and shall notify Design Professional of any discrepancies between the design and applicable code requirements so that any conflicts can be resolved. Where two or more codes or standards are in conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship shall take precedence, but such questions shall be referred to Design Professional for final decision.

1.04 REQUIREMENTS & FEES OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Contractor shall comply with the rules and regulations of the local utility companies. He

shall check with each utility company providing service to this project and determine or verify their requirements regarding incoming services.

Page 526: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 260010 - 2

B. Meters for incoming services shall be selected based on the project requirements. Any questions concerning this shall be referred to Design Professional prior to bidding. Contractor shall provide the appropriate meter and associated materials if not furnished by the utility company.

C. Secure all required permits and pay for all inspections, licenses and fees required in

connection with the electrical work including State of Iowa Electrical Inspections. Contractor shall post all bonds and obtain all licenses required by the State, City, County and Utility.

D. Contractor shall make all arrangements with each utility company and pay all service

charges associated with new service. 1.05 ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS A. The electrical drawings indicate in general the building arrangement only. Contractor shall

examine construction drawings to become familiar with the specific type of building construction, i.e. type of structural system, floors, walls, ceilings, room finishes and elevations.

B. Drawings for the electrical work are in part diagrammatic and are intended to convey the

scope of the work and to indicate in general the location of equipment. C. Contractor shall layout his own work and shall be responsible for determining the exact

locations for equipment and rough-ins and the exact routing of conduits and raceway so as to best fit the layout of the work.

D. Contractor shall take his own field measurements for verifying locations and dimensions;

scaling of the drawings will not be sufficient for laying out the work. E. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items such as couplings, pull or splice

boxes may not be shown, but where such items are required by code or by other sections of the specifications or where they are required for proper installation of the work, such items shall be furnished and installed.

1.06 ACTIVE SERVICES A. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying exact locations of all existing services prior to

beginning work in that area. B. Existing active services, i.e., water, gas, sewer, electric, when encountered, shall be

protected against damage. Do not prevent or disturb operation of active services which are to remain.

C. When active services are encountered which require relocation, Contractor shall make

request to authorities with jurisdiction for determination of procedures. D. Where existing services are to be abandoned, they shall be terminated in conformance

with requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction.

Page 527: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 260010 - 3

1.07 SITE INSPECTION A. Contractor shall inspect the site prior to submitting bid for work to familiarize himself with

the conditions of the site which will affect his work and shall verify points of connection with utilities, routing of outside conduit to include required clearances from any existing structures, trees or other obstacles.

B. Extra payment will not be allowed for changes in the work required because of Contractor's

failure to make this inspection. 1.08 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION A. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate his work with the

schedule of the General Contractor so as to progress the work expeditiously, and to avoid unnecessary delays.

B. Contractor shall fully examine the drawings and specifications for other trades and shall

coordinate the installation of his work with the work of the other contractors. Contractor shall consult and cooperate with the other contractors for determining space requirements and for determining that adequate clearance is allowed with respect to his equipment, other equipment and the building. The Design Professional reserves the right to determine space priority of the contractors in the event of interference between piping, conduit, ducts and equipment of the various contractors.

C. Conflicts between the drawings and the specifications or between the requirements set

forth for the various contractors shall be called to the attention of the Design Professional. If clarification is not asked for prior to the taking of bids, it will be assumed that none is required, and that the Contractor is in agreement with the drawings and specifications as issued. If clarification is required after the contract is awarded, such clarification will be made by the Design Professional and his decision will be final.

D. Special care shall be taken for protection for all equipment. All equipment and material

shall be completely protected from weather elements, painting, plaster, etc., until the project is substantially completed. Damage from rust, paint, scratches, etc., shall be repaired as required to restore equipment to original condition.

E. Protection of all equipment during the painting of the building shall be the responsibility of

the Painting Contractor, but this shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility for checking to assure that adequate protection is being provided. Refer to Division 09 for painting protection.

F. Where the final installation or connection of equipment in the building requires the

contractor to work in areas previously finished by the General Contractor, the Electrical Contractor shall be responsible that such areas are protected and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the course of such work. Electrical Contractor shall arrange with the General Contractor for patching and refinishing of such areas which may be damaged in this respect.

Page 528: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 260010 - 4

1.09 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING A. Contractor shall do all excavating necessary for light pole bases, underground wiring,

conduit and duct banks, and shall backfill trenches and excavations after work has been inspected. Care shall be taken in excavating that walls and footings and adjacent load bearing soils are not disturbed in any way, except where lines must cross under a wall footing. Where a line must pass under a footing, the crossing shall be made by the smallest possible trench to accommodate the conduit. Excavation shall be kept free from water by pumping if necessary.

B. Backfill about the structure shall be placed, when practical, as the work of construction

progresses. Backfilling on or against concrete work shall be done only when directed. Backfilling of trenches shall progress as rapidly as the testing and acceptance of the finished sections of the work will permit. Backfill shall be in accordance with Specification Division 31.

1.10 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. All materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a reputable U.S.A.

manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specified item unless authorized in writing by Design Professional. Where more than one unit is required of the same system, they shall be furnished by the same manufacturer except where specified otherwise.

B. All material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's

recommendations. C. The equipment specifications cannot deal individually with any minute items such as parts,

controls, devices, etc., which may be required to produce the equipment performance and function as specified, or as required to meet the equipment guarantees. Such items when required shall be furnished as part of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for.

1.11 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor shall furnish, to the Design Professional, complete sets of shop drawings and

other submittal data. Contractor shall review and sign shop drawings before submittal. Refer to Division 01 specifications for additional requirements.

B. Shop drawings shall be bound into sets and cover related items for a complete system as

much as practical and shall be identified with symbols or "plan marks" used on drawings. Incomplete, piecemeal or unbound submittals will be rejected.

C. Submittals required by the various sections of the Project Manual include, but are not

necessarily limited to those identified in the submittal schedule below. D. After award of contract, the contractor shall provide a completed submittal schedule

including dates that the submittals will be to the Design Professional for review.

Page 529: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 260010 - 5

E. Submit required information on the following items:

SPEC

SECTION

EQUIPMENT

DETAIL DWGS

PROD DATA

SAMPLES

INSTALL

METHODS

O & M

MANUAL

CERTIFICAT

E OF SYSTEM

DEMON-STRATION

OTHER

(SEE NOTES)

260519 Low-Voltage Power Conductors and Cables

X X

260533 Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems

X X

260923 Lighting Control Systems

X X X X

262416 Panelboards X X X X

262726 Wiring Devices X X

262816 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers

X X X

265000 Lighting X X X X

NOTES:

1. Provide preliminary report; refer to specification section for requirements.

F. Design Professional will review shop drawings solely to assist contractors in correctly

interpreting the plans and specifications. G. Contract requirements cannot be changed by shop drawings which differ from contract

drawings and specifications. 1.12 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Submit manuals in duplicate upon completion of the job. Manuals shall be bound in a

three ring hard-backed binder. Front cover and spine of each binder shall have the following lettering done:

OPERATION

AND MAINTENANCE

MANUAL FOR

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

(PROJECT NAME) (LOCATION)

(DATE)

SUBMITTED BY (NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR)

Page 530: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 260010 - 6

B. Provide a master index at the beginning of manual showing items included. Use plastic tab indexes for sections of manual. Each section shall contain the following information for equipment furnished under this contract:

1. Equipment and system warranties and guarantees. 2. Installation instructions. 3. Operating instructions. 4. Maintenance instructions. 5. Spare parts identification and ordering list. 6. Local service organization, address, contact and phone number. 7. Shop drawings with reviewed stamp of Design Professional and Contractor shall

be included, if applicable, along with the items listed above. C. Items to be included shall be those listed in shop drawing section. 1.13 TESTS AND DEMONSTRATIONS A. All systems shall be tested by Contractor and placed in proper working order prior to

demonstrating systems to Owner. B. Contractor shall test the electrical grounding system resistance in accordance with

Specification Section 260526 – Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems and submit a report to Design Professional stating the results.

C. Prior to acceptance of the electrical installation, the Contractor shall demonstrate to the

Owner, or his designated representatives, all essential features and functions of all systems installed, and shall instruct the Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of such systems. Owner instruction shall be provided for the following systems:

Section

s

Description

Hrs. on

Site

Hrs. off

Site

Presented By

Others Present

Remarks

262416 262816

Electrical Dist. System

4 Contractor

260923 265000

Building Lighting Controls

2 Manufacturer’s Representative

Contractor

REMARKS:

1. 2. 3.

Perform complete system test at time of instruction. Refer to 260923 for training requirements. Any unused hours shall be used at Owner’s discretion during the first year of

occupancy.

D. Contractor shall submit to the Design Professional a certificate signed by the Owner

stating the date, time, and persons instructed and that the instruction has been completed to the Owner's satisfaction. An example of a certificate form is as follows:

Page 531: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 260010 - 7

CERTIFICATE OF SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION

This document is to certify that the contractor has demonstrated the hereafter listed systems to the Owner's representatives in accordance with the Contract documents and that the instruction has been completed to the Owner's satisfaction.

A. Project:

B. System(s):

C. Contractor's representatives giving instruction and demonstration:

Contractor: _____________________________

NAMES

DATE

HOURS

D. Owner's representatives receiving instruction:

Owner: ________________________________

NAMES

DATE

HOURS

E. Acknowledgement of demonstration:

Contractor's Representative: ___________________________

signature ___________________________ date

Owner's Representative: ___________________________

signature ___________________________ date

Page 532: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 260010 - 8

1.14 SUBSTITUTIONS A. To obtain approval to use unspecified equipment, Bidding Contractors (not equipment

supplier, manufacturers, etc.) shall submit written requests to Design Professional at least 10 days prior to bid due date. Requests shall clearly describe the equipment for which approval is being requested. Include all data necessary to demonstrate that equipment's capacities, features and performance are equivalent between specified equipment and equipment for which approval is being requested. If the equipment is acceptable, Design Professional will approve it in an addendum. Design Professional will, under no circumstances, be required to prove that an item proposed for substitution is or is not of equal quality to the specified item.

B. Where substitutions are approved, Contractor assumes all responsibility for physical

dimensions and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of the substitution.

1.15 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. In most cases, equipment specifications are based on a specific manufacturer's type,

style, dimensional data, catalog number, etc. Listed with the base specification, either in the manual or on the plan schedules are acceptable manufacturers approved to bid products of equal quality. These manufacturers are encouraged to submit to Design Professional at least 8 days prior to the bid due date drawings and catalog numbers of products to be bid as equals.

B. Manufacturers, who do not submit prior to bidding, run the risk of having the product

rejected at time of shop drawing submittal. Extra costs associated with replacing the rejected product shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and/or the manufacturer.

1. If Contractor chooses to use a manufacturer listed as an equal, it shall be his

responsibility to assure that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements in 'A' above. Contractor shall assume all responsibility for physical dimensions, operating characteristics, and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of using the alternate manufacturer.

2. Where a model or catalog number is provided, it may not be inclusive of all product

requirements. Refer to additional requirements provided on the plans or in the specifications as required. Similarly, there may be additional requirements included in the model or catalog number that are not specifically stated. These requirements shall also be met.

Page 533: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 260010 - 9

1.16 WARRANTY A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01 for information on warranties and correction of work within

the warranty period.

1. If a warranty or warranty period are not defined in Division 00 or 01, then the start of all warranty periods shall be the date of Substantial Completion and the length of the warranty shall be for one year. a. If construction is phased with distinct and separate Substantial Completion

dates for portions of the building and/or systems, separate warranties shall be provided for each of these phased areas and/or systems.

b. The entire Electrical system, including all sub-systems, shall be guaranteed against defect in materials and installation for the duration of the warranty period. Any malfunctions or defects which occur within the warranty period shall be promptly corrected without cost to the Owner. This guarantee shall not limit or void any manufacturer's express or implied warranty.

B. Refer to other Division 26 sections for systems, equipment, or material requiring extended

warranties beyond one year. C. The date of systems/equipment startup or equipment/material shipment to the site shall

not be considered the notable date with relation to the warranty of that item. All systems, equipment, material, etc., shall have the same start date with respect to the warranty period.

D. Systems, equipment or material put into use to facilitate construction activities (e.g. testing

and balancing, commissioning, temporary conditioning, etc.) prior to the start of the warranty period shall not impact the length of the warranty in any way.

1.17 CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Refer to Divisions 00 and 01. 1.18 COMPLETION A. Systems, at time of completion, shall be complete, efficiently operating, non-hazardous

and ready for normal use by the Owner. B. When all the electrical work is complete Contractor shall thoroughly clean all material and

equipment installed as a part of this contract and leave all equipment and material in new condition.

C. Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all debris, excess material and

equipment left during the progress of this contract at job completion. 1.19 CLEANING A. Prior to assembly of electrical equipment, all loose dirt, scale, oil, and other foreign matter

on internal and exterior surfaces shall be removed by means consistent with good electrical practices.

Page 534: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 260010 - 10

B. All temporary labels, stickers, etc., shall be removed from all fixtures and equipment.

Name plates, ratings, instruction plates, etc., shall not be obscured by paint, insulation, or placement of units.

C. Electrical equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned on the interior and exterior of equipment.

This includes, but is not limited to: removal of wiring trimmings within electrical panels and dirt/debris from activation boxes.

D. All light fixtures shall be wiped clean with all fingerprints and dust removed. 1.20 ACCESS DOORS A. When the Electrical Contractor provides any equipment requiring periodic servicing which

will be concealed by non-accessible architectural construction, the Electrical Contractor shall provide a flush access door. The access door shall be equal to a Karp DSC-211 Universal access door or Nystrom APWB or type for the specific construction involved.

B. Access doors in fire rated construction shall be fire rated and have U.L. label. C. Construction:

1. Door and trim shall be 13 gauge steel, frames shall be 16 gauge steel. 2. Trim shall be of one piece construction. 3. Finish shall be prime coat of rust inhibitive baked grey enamel. 4. Hinges shall be concealed, offset, floating hinge. 5. Locks shall be flush, screwdriver operated with stainless steel cam-and-studs.

1.21 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Refer to Specification Division 1 for specific requirements concerning temporary utilities. 1.22 CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PADS A. Provide equipment housekeeping pads for all floor mounted equipment. Anchor

equipment to concrete equipment pads according to equipment manufacturer’s recommendations.

1. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated or as required to be 4 inches

larger in both directions than supported unit. Pads to be a minimum of 4” in height unless noted otherwise.

2. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of the base.

3. Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor.

4. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer’s setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.

5. Install anchor bolts according to manufacturer’s recommendations and to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment.

Page 535: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 260010 - 11

6. Use 3000-psi compressive strength concrete with #3 rebar 12” O.C. END OF SECTION 260010

Page 536: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 260010 - 12

Page 537: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 1

SECTION 260519 - LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 260010 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall furnish all material, tools, labor, and supervision necessary to install all

wiring systems. B. This section describes the basic materials and methods of installation for general wiring

systems of 600 volts and less. Wiring for a higher voltage rating, if required, shall be as specified in other sections or called for on the drawings.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of

electrical wire, cable, and connectors. B. UL Compliance: Comply with UL standards pertaining to wire, cable, and connectors. C. UL Labels: Provide electrical wires, cables and connectors which have been UL-listed

and labeled. D. NEMA/ICEA Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of NEMA/Insulated Cable

Engineers Association standards pertaining to materials, construction and testing of wire and cable.

E. ANSI/ASTM: Comply with applicable portions of ANSI/ASTM standards pertaining to

construction of wire and cable. F. The materials used for wiring systems shall be the products of a manufacturer regularly

engaged in the manufacturing of the specified material. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each product specified. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 WIRE AND CABLE A. All wire and cable for power, lighting, control, and signal circuits shall have copper

conductors of not less than 98% conductivity and shall be insulated to 600 V. Conductor sizes #12 AWG and smaller shall be solid, conductor sizes #10 AWG and larger shall be stranded.

Page 538: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 2

B. Minimum size conductors shall be #12 AWG for power and lighting. C. Type of wire and cable for various applications shall be as follows:

1. Type THHN/THWN-2, or XHHW-2 (90 deg. C) - use for branch circuits, panel and equipment feeders in dry locations.

2. Type XHHW-2 (90 deg. C) - use for branch circuits, panel and equipment feeders located underground and in wet and dry locations.

3. For all vibration type installations (i.e. motors, etc.), provide stranded type conductors.

2.02 CONDUCTOR COLOR CODING A. Wiring systems shall be color coded. Conductor insulation shall be colored in sizes up

through #8 AWG. Conductors #6 AWG and larger shall be colored or have black insulation and shall be phase color coded with one-half inch band of colored tape at all junctions and terminations. Colors shall be assigned to each conductor as described below and carried throughout all main and branch circuit distribution. When necessary to use tape, use colored tape on black wire. Do not use colored tape on colored wire.

120/208V - Wye

Phase 'A' Conductor Black

Phase 'B' Conductor Red

Phase 'C' Conductor Blue

Neutral Conductor White*

Equipment Grounding Conductor

Green

Isolated Grounding Conductor Green w/Yellow

Stripe

* For branch circuits with non-shared neutral conductors, provide colored tracer to

match associated phase conductor. Tracers shall be Black, Red, Blue, Brown, Orange, or Yellow.

2.03 CONNECTORS A. Twist-on Wire Connectors.

1. Dry Locations. 600V rated, UL 486C listed, Ideal Industries 451/452/454 or equal by 3M or Thomas and Betts. Use for #8 and smaller.

2. Wet locations. 600V rated, UL 485D listed with pre-filled silicone sealant. Ideal industries 61/62/63 series or equal by 3M or Thomas and Betts. Use for #8 and smaller. To be used for all above ground splices in exterior locations and interior wet locations.

Page 539: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 3

3. Underground locations. 600V rated, UL 485D listed for direct burial with pre-filled

silicone sealant. Ideal Industries 60/64/66 series or equal buy 3M or Thomas and Betts. Use for #8 and smaller. To be used for all below ground and in-slab locations.

B. Conductor Taps and Splices.

1. Dry Locations. 600V rated, UL 486A/B listed, insulated mechanical termination. Ilsco ClearTap PCT or equal by Burndy. Use for #6 and larger.

2. Wet and Underground Locations. 600V rated, UL 486D listed, watertight mechanical termination suitable for direct burial in earth. Ilsco SafetySub PDSS or equal by Burndy or 3M. Use for #6 and larger.

3. Insulation piercing taps are not allowed. 4. Split bolt connectors and spices are not allowed.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Wire shall not be installed in the conduit system until the building is enclosed and

masonry work is completed. B. Conduit shall be swabbed free of moisture and debris prior to pulling in wiring. Pull

mouse through conduits prior to pulling conductors. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. All cable for major feeders shall be continuous from origin to termination, unless

otherwise indicated. B. Branch circuit conductor sizes shall be increased to maintain a maximum 3% voltage

drop.

1. 120V, 20A homeruns shall be sized as follows based on one-way circuit length: a. 0-80': #12 AWG b. 81'-140': #10 AWG c. 141'- 210': #8 AWG d. 211' and over: #6 AWG

C. Conductors for emergency power systems shall be kept in entirely independent of all

other wiring and equipment. Emergency system wiring shall not occupy the same raceway, wireway or junction box,

D. Splices shall be made only in accessible junction boxes or handholes. E. All power feeder cable shall be pulled with the use of approved pulling compound or

powder. Compound must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. F. If conductor insulation is damaged during installation, replace entire conductor.

Page 540: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 4

G. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable or rope which cannot damage raceway. H. Install exposed cable, parallel and perpendicular to surfaces or exposed structural

members and follow surface contours, where possible. I. Keep branch circuit conductor splices to a minimum. J. The continuity of circuit conductors shall not be dependent on service connections such

as lamp holders, receptacles, etc., where the removal of such devices would interrupt the continuity.

K. Provide separate green equipment ground conductor throughout entire electrical system. L. Isolated ground conductors shall be kept isolated from the equipment grounding system

from the outlet back to where the system is derived. M. All branch circuits shall have dedicated neutrals. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prior to energizing system, test cable and wire for continuity of circuitry, and for short

circuits. Correct malfunctions when detected. B. After wire terminations are complete, energize circuitry and demonstrate functioning in

accordance with requirements. END OF SECTION 260519

Page 541: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 1

SECTION 260526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements,

Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 260010 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Extent of grounding work is indicated by drawings and shall comply with NEC. B. Applications of grounding work in this section include the following:

1. Underground metal piping. 2. Underground metal water piping. 3. Underground metal structures. 4. Metal building frames. 5. Grounding electrodes. 6. Grounding rods. 7. Enclosures. 8. Equipment.

C. Requirements of this section apply to electrical grounding work specified elsewhere in

these specifications. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC requirements as applicable to materials and

installation of electrical grounding systems, associated equipment and wiring. Provide grounding products which are UL-listed and labeled.

B. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of UL Standards Nos. 467 and 869

pertaining to electrical grounding and bonding. C. IEEE Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of IEEE Standard 142 and 241

pertaining to electrical grounding.

Page 542: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GROUNDING SYSTEMS A. Materials and Components

1. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide electrical grounding systems indicated; with assembly of materials, including, but not limited to, cables/wires, connectors, terminals (solderless lugs), grounding rods/electrodes and plate electrodes, bonding jumper braid, surge arresters, and additional accessories needed for complete installation. Where more than one type unit meets indicated requirements, selection is Installer's option. Where materials or components are not indicated, provide products complying with NEC, UL, IEEE, and established industry standards for applications indicated.

2. All components shall be listed under ANSI/UL 467 – “Grounding and bonding Equipment”.

3. Raceways: Provide raceways, and electrical boxes and fittings complying with Division 26, Section 260533 – Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems.

4. Conductors: Unless otherwise indicated, provide electrical grounding conductors for grounding connections matching power supply wiring materials and sized according to NEC.

B. Connectors

1. Lugs: Grounding and bonding conductors shall terminate in two-hole, long barrel irreversible compression lugs, Burndy YGA series or equal by Blackburn, Ilsco, or Anderson.

2. Exothermic welds: Graphite mold designed for the specific connection type required. Weld metal used for grounding connections shall contain copper oxide, aluminum and not less than 3% tin as the wetting agent. Exothermic weld products by Erico, Harger or approved equal.

3. Ground clamps for pipes: Bronze with pad for 2-hole lug, Burndy GAR-TC series or equal by Blackburn, Ilsco, or Anderson.

C. Ground bars: Ground bars shall be 4” wide, ¼” thick solid copper with insulating bushings

and 7/16” holes. Hole spacing to accommodate ¾”, 1” and 1-3/4” lugs. Ground bars shall be a minimum of 12” long, refer to plans for specific length.

D. Grounding Rods

1. Ground Rods: a. Copper clad steel, 3/4" dia. x 10' for service entrance. b. Copper clad steel, 5/8” dia x 8’ for other applications.

Page 543: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 3

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL GROUNDING A. General: Install electrical grounding systems where shown, in accordance with applicable

portions of NEC, with NECA's "Standard of Installation", and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products comply with requirements and serve intended functions.

B. Coordinate with other electrical work as necessary to interface installation of electrical

grounding system with other work. C. Install bonding jumpers with ground clamps on water meter piping to electrically bypass

water meters. D. Install clamp-on connectors only on thoroughly cleaned metal contact surfaces, to ensure

electrical conductivity and circuit integrity. E. When making ground and ground bonding connections, apply a corrosion inhibitor to all

contact surfaces. Use corrosion inhibitor appropriate for protecting a connection between the metals used.

F. Bury ground rods vertically with rod top a minimum of 2 feet below grade, or with rod top

terminated in a gravel filled ground well. If extensive rock formation is encountered, inform the Design Professional and relocate ground rods, or provide supplemental ground rods as directed by the Design Professional.

G. A No. 6 AWG minimum stranded copper wire shall be furnished and exothermically welded

to all of the ground rods. H. Protect ground conductors from physical and environmental damage. Wherever possible,

and where indicated, grounding electrode and bonding conductors shall be enclosed in a non-metallic raceway. Where ground conductors are subject to physical damage, install in galvanized rigid steel conduit with grounding bushings on each end. Locate exposed conductors which must extend from a concrete surface as close as possible to a corner. Where conductors are required to be exposed, as in the connection to the main ground bus, support ground conductors by corrosion resistant metallic hardware at 4-foot intervals or less.

I. Exothermic Welding

1. Clean and dry the surface to be welded. Wire brush or file the point of contact to a clean bare metal surface.

2. Use welding cartridges and molds for the type of weld recommended by the manufacturer and perform welding in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Worn or damaged molds not to be used.

3. Test all welds by striking with a 2 pound steel hammer. Replace any defective welds.

Page 544: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 4

4. Where exothermic welds are made to a galvanized surface, remove the galvanizing using a grinding wheel to expose a clean surface. After welding, touch up the steel surface with zinc rich primer.

J. Provide separate green ground conductor throughout entire electrical system sized as

required by the NEC. K. Conduit Grounding

1. Bond all metallic conduit systems together to provide a continuous electrical ground path. Bond metallic conduits to other conduit components using insulated ground bushings when required. Connect ground bushings to the grounding system using conductors sized in compliance with NEC.

2. Provide ground conductors in non-metallic conduits in accordance with the NEC. L. All portions of the metal building structure that are not electrically continuous shall be

bonded to the service entrance grounding electrode system. M. Isolated Grounding (IG) conductors shall be green colored insulation with continuous

yellow stripe. On feeders with isolated ground, identify grounding conductor where visible to normal inspection, with alternating bands of green and yellow tape, with at least three bands of green and two bands of yellow.

N. Isolated Grounding Receptacle Circuits: Install an insulated equipment grounding

conductor connected to the receptacle grounding terminal. Isolate conductor from raceway and from panelboard grounding terminals. Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the applicable derived system or service, unless otherwise indicated.

O. Bond natural gas piping to the grounding system in accordance with the NEC and

International Fuel Gas Code with a #6 AWG conductor to the main ground bar. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Upon completion of installation of electrical grounding system, test ground resistance with

earth test megger. Results shall be submitted to the Design Professional on a report form similar to that which follows:

Page 545: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 5

EARTH RESISTANCE FIELD REPORT PROJECT:_____________________________________________________________________ JOB NUMBER: _________________ PAGE _________ OWNER:_______________________________________________________________________ DATE OF TEST: ______________________________ CONDITIONS: _____________________ TEST LOCATION: _______________________________________________________________ TEST METHODS: _______________________________________________________________ TEST INSTRUMENT: ____________________________________________________________ SOIL RESISTIVITY/TYPE: _________________________________________________________ COMMENTS (If applicable): TESTING RESULTS: Earth Resistance Testing: Resistance Description of systems tested to earth Test No. A) B) C) D) E) COMPLETED BY: ___________________________ COPY TO: ________________________ COMPANY: ________________________________

Page 546: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 6

B. Where tests show resistance to ground is over 3 ohms, take appropriate action to reduce resistance to 3 ohms or less by driving additional ground rods or by chemically treating soil encircling ground rod.

1. Retest to demonstrate compliance.

END OF SECTION 260526

Page 547: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

PART 1 - Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 1

SECTION 260529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 260010 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide materials, labor and supervision as necessary to provide hangers and supports

for conduit, fixtures and equipment. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of

electrical supporting devices. B. ANSI/NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI/NEMA Std.

Pub. No. FB 1, "Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies". C. NECA Compliance: Comply with National Electrical Contractors Association's "Standard

of Installation" pertaining to anchors, fasteners, hangers, supports, and equipment mounting.

D. UL Compliance: Provide electrical components which are UL-listed and labeled. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURED SUPPORTING DEVICES A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide channel systems of

one of the following:

1. B-Line Systems, Inc. 2. Thomas & Betts, Superstrut 3. Unistrut Div.; Tyco International 4. Globestrut

B. General: Provide supporting devices; complying with manufacturer's standard materials,

design and construction in accordance with published product information, and as required for a complete installation; and as herein specified. Where more than one type of device meets indicated requirements, selection is Installer's option.

C. Conduit Cable Supports: Provide cable supports with insulating wedging plug for

non-armored type electrical cables in risers; construct for rigid metal conduit; type wire as indicated; construct body of malleable iron casting with hot dip galvanized finish.

Page 548: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

PART 1 - Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 2

D. U-Channel Strut Systems: Provide U-channel strut system for supporting electrical equipment, 16-guage hot dip galvanized steel, of types and sizes indicated; construct with 9/16" dia. holes, 8" o.c. on top surface, with standard green finish, and with the following fittings which mate and match with U-channel:

1. Fixture hangers. 2. Channel hangers. 3. End caps. 4. Beam clamps. 5. Wiring stud. 6. Thinwall conduit clamps. 7. Rigid conduit clamps. 8. Conduit hangers. 9. U-bolts

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF SUPPORTING DEVICES A. Install hangers, anchors, sleeves and seals as indicated, in accordance with

manufacturer's written instructions and with recognized industry practices to ensure supporting devices comply with requirements.

B. Coordinate with other electrical work, including raceway and wiring work, as necessary

to interface installation of supporting devices with other work. C. Conduit hangers and support devices shall be approved type for the method of

supporting required. Size supports as necessary per manufacturer’s recommendations for the weight being supported. All hangers and supports shall have galvanized finish or other approved corrosion resistance finish. In general, hangers and supports shall be as follows:

1. Where single or multiple run of conduit is routed on surface of structure; use

conduit clamps mounted on U-channel strut so as to maintain not less than 1" clearance between conduit and structure.

2. Where single run of conduit is suspended from overhead; use split ring conduit clamp suspended by 3/8" steel drop rod.

3. Where multiple parallel runs of conduit are suspended from overhead; use split ring conduit clamps uniformly spaced and supported on trapeze hangers fabricated of U-channel strut, suspended by not less than two steel drop rods.

4. Where circuit voltage is above 600 volts, conduit clamps shall be provided with insulating bushings of dielectric strength as required.

5. Where conduit is buried in concrete floor topping; anchor conduit to structural floor with one-hole jiffy clamps.

6. Maximum hanger and support spacing shall be in accordance with NEC. D. Hangers and supports shall be anchored to structure as follows:

1. Hangers and supports anchored to poured concrete, use malleable iron or steel concrete inserts attached to concrete forms.

Page 549: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

PART 1 - Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 3

2. Hangers or supports anchored to precast concrete, use self-drilling expansion shields. Expansion shields may be used where concrete inserts have been missed or additional support is required in poured concrete.

3. Hanger or supports anchored to structural steel, use beam clamps and/or steel channels as required by structural system.

4. Hangers or supports anchored to metal deck, use spring clips or approved welding pins. Maximum permissible load on each hanger shall not exceed 50 pounds.

5. Use toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners in hollow masonry, plaster, or gypsum board partitions and walls.

6. Use sheet metal screws in sheet metal studs and wood screws in wood construction.

E. The following is not permitted:

1. Attaching supports and hangers to piping, ductwork, mechanical equipment, or conduit.

2. Use of powder-actuated anchors. 3. Drilling of structural steel members.

F. Fixtures on plastered or acoustical ceilings shall not be supported directly on ceiling tile.

Provide metal bar hangers or U-channel strut attached to ceiling supports. G. Where disconnect switches and panels cannot be mounted on wall, provide support

racks fabricated of structural steel or U-channel strut. H. Where disconnects or equipment is designated as NEMA 4X, provide stainless steel

support and hardware. I. Provide concrete bases and pads for transformers, switchgear, free standing panels,

generators, outdoor lighting poles and other equipment requiring bases, except where drawings indicate that such bases and pads are to be furnished by the General Contractor. Pads shall be 3.5” tall and extend 4” beyond footprint of equipment. Furnish all equipment anchor bolts and installation for their proper and accurate location. All concrete work and reinforcing shall comply with General Specifications.

END OF SECTION 260529

Page 550: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

PART 1 - Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 4

Page 551: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 1

SECTION 260533 - RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 260010 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall furnish all materials, tools labor and supervision necessary to fabricate

and install complete conduit systems. B. Conduit systems shall be provided for all wiring, except where the drawings or other

sections of the specifications indicate that certain wiring may be installed in cable trays, surface raceway, underfloor raceway, wireways and/or auxiliary gutters.

C. Types of raceways in this section include the following:

1. Rigid metal conduit. 2. Intermediate metal conduit. 3. Electrical metallic tubing. 4. Flexible metal conduit. 5. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit. 6. Rigid non-metallic conduit. 7. MC cable. 8. Surface metal raceways.

D. Provide factory painted red conduit for fire alarm system. E. Contractor shall furnish all material, tools, labor and supervision necessary to install

electrical boxes and fittings as required by drawings and specifications. F. Types of electrical boxes and fittings in this section include the following:

1. Outlet boxes. 2. Junction boxes. 3. Pull boxes. 4. Wireways 5. Activation boxes. 6. Handholes

G. Telecommunications Raceway Requirements:

1. The term “telecommunications” includes all low voltage technology systems including voice and data, access control, video surveillance, intrusion detection, audio video, induction loop, paging, intercom, nurse call, school bell and/or clock systems. The term does not include fire alarm system, which is addressed separately in the plans and specifications.

Page 552: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 2

2. Contractor shall provide and install telecommunications boxes and conduits, including wall sleeves unless otherwise noted.

3. Below grade building entrance conduits within the building footprint shall be schedule 40 electrical PVC unless otherwise noted. Long sweep ninety degree elbows for under building footprint conduits shall be fiberglass sweeps with PVC schedule 40 conduit connectors built into the ends of the sweeps. Sweeps of 4” diameter shall be 36” minimum radius.

4. Below grade conduits for low voltage system cabling are not acceptable unless specifically directed. Below grade entrance conduits and floor boxes in slab on grade are exceptions to this rule.

5. Underground conduits outside the building footprint shall be continuous orange HDPE (high density polyethylene) with 1250 pound braided mule tape used as pull string unless otherwise noted. Round pull string or other rope is not acceptable for pulling due to risk of raceway damage. HDPE manufacturer approved water proof couplers shall be used for conduit type transition. HDPE to HDPE connection shall be hot fusion splice.

6. HDPE shall be minimum SDR 17 wall thickness for 2” diameter and smaller. The wall thickness shall be minimum SDR 11 for sizes larger than 2” diameter.

7. All below grade conduits shall be plugged at each end during construction to keep water, mud, rodents, etc., out.

8. All below grade entrance conduits shall be plugged on each end with removable mechanical plugs to keep water from entering the building for the life of the building. These plugs shall be installed inside the building above slab, and also at the first hand-hole outside the building (or where the conduits terminate underground). These plugs shall also seal around the utility entrance cables, including in and around all sub-ducts for a complete water tight seal. These mechanical plugs shall be as found on www.innerduct.com or engineer approved equivalent. Coordinate with the utility to determine size of cables for the plug inserts required. This work shall be completed before the Owner occupies the building.

9. All below grade exterior conduits shall have a tracer wire with adequate slack loop at each end for owner to conveniently connect and trace. All tracer wires shall protrude from closed hand holes so tracing may be accomplished without lifting the hand hole lid.

10. Interior building, above grade conduits and sleeves shall be EMT unless otherwise noted. PVC is never acceptable above grade.

11. All interior conduits shall have bushings installed during conduit installation. Completed individual installations shall have bushings installed same business day.

12. All interior conduits shall have pull strings, except sleeves which are less than 4’ long. EMT conduits shall receive standard round cable pull string (multi-strand plastic twine type).

13. Minimum interior conduit size for all information jacks (voice data cabling) shall be 1” unless otherwise noted.

14. Minimum interior conduit size for audiovisual shall be 1" unless otherwise noted. Junction (pull) boxes shall be added at a maximum of 100' of raceway distance, and also for a maximum of 180 degrees of bend radius.

15. Minimum interior conduit size for video surveillance, intrusion detection, paging, intercom, nurse call, school bells and/or clock systems shall be 3/4" unless otherwise noted.

Page 553: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 3

16. Access control system conduit sizes at the door location shall be per the access control detail found on the drawings. The conduit from the door location to the access control head end which contains all conductors needed for all access control functions at that door (may be individual conductors but is often one large composite cable) shall be minimum 3/4".

17. Boxes for all low voltage systems in stud walls shall be metallic 5”x5”x2.875” with single gang mud ring unless otherwise noted.

18. Boxes in masonry walls shall be minimum 3.5" deep. single gang, unless otherwise noted.

19. Wiremold surface raceway for all low voltage systems shall be minimum V2400 unless noted otherwise.

20. Wiremold surface boxes for all low voltage shall be minimum 2.5” deep single gang, unless otherwise noted.

21. Conduits inside walls which feed the low voltage side of dual compartment Wiremold shall be minimum 1.25”

22. Contractor shall provide and install hand holes for cable pulling in buried raceway at a maximum interval of 500’.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA standards pertaining

to raceways. B. UL Compliance and Labeling: Comply with provisions of UL safety standards pertaining

to electrical raceway systems; and provide products and components which have been UL-listed and labeled.

C. NEC Compliance: Comply with requirements as applicable to construction and

installation of raceway systems. D. The materials used in the fabrication of the raceway system shall be products of a

manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacturing of the specified material. E. NEC compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of

electrical wiring boxes and fittings. F. UL Compliance: Provide electrical boxes and fittings which have been UL-listed and

labeled. G. ANSI/NEMA Standards Compliance: Comply with ANSI C 134.1 (NEMA Standards Pub

No. OS 1) as applicable to sheet-steel outlet boxes, covers and box supports. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Raceway Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data including specifications, installation

instructions and general recommendations, for each type of raceway listed below. Include data substantiating that materials comply with requirements for the following:

1. Raceways and Fittings 2. MC Cable 3. Surface Metal Raceway

Page 554: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 4

B. Activation Box Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data including specifications,

installation instructions and general recommendations for each type of activation box required. Include data substantiating that units comply with requirements.

C. In-Ground Handhole Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data including specifications,

installation instructions and general recommendations for each type of handhole required. Include data substantiating that units comply with requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 RACEWAYS A. General: Provide metal conduit, tubing and fittings of types, grades, sizes and weights

(wall thicknesses) for each service indicated. Where types and grades are not indicated, provide proper selection determined by Installer to fulfill wiring requirements, and comply with applicable portions of NEC for raceways. Conduit shall be used where concealed in permanent wall construction or in ceiling plenums. Surface raceway shall be used where exposed in finished regularly occupied areas.

B. Rigid Conduit: Full weight, threaded, rigid steel conduit, galvanized inside and out by

hot dip or electro galvanized process. Additional protection by electrostatically applied baked coating. Thread protective caps and couplings. Use for all feeders larger than 2 1/2" in size.

C. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): May be used as approved by code where rigid

conduit is specified, except shall not be used for conduit buried in earth fill. D. Electrical Metallic Tubing: Thin wall, electrically welded cold rolled steel conduit,

galvanized inside and out by electro galvanized process. Baked clear elastic enamel coating in and out. Use for installations in stud walls, masonry walls, above suspended ceilings and where exposed.

E. Flexible Metal Conduit: Formed of one continuous length of spirally wound electro

galvanized steel strip. Use for final connections to all motor operated equipment such as unit heaters, fans, air handling units, pumps, generators, generator enclosures and connections to dry type transformer, connections from junction boxes to lighting fixtures in accessible ceiling, and for wiring within casework and millwork. 6’ maximum length.

F. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit: Formed of one continuous length of spirally wound

steel strip, with water and oil tight neoprene jacket. Use for final connection to equipment listed in paragraph "E" above when located in wet areas.

G. PVC Conduit: Conduit shall be Carlon PV-Duit, Type 40, 90 deg.C. Conduit shall be

composed of Polyvinyl Chloride and shall conform to NEMA Standards. Conduit, fittings and cement shall be produced by the same manufacturer. May be used where installed in earth fill or in poured concrete walls, columns, floors, or under concrete slab.

Page 555: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 5

H. Type MC Cable: Type MC cable meets or exceeds all applicable ASTM Specifications,

UL Standard for Safety 1569, UL Standard for Safety 1581, UL Standard for Safety 83, Federal Specification A-A-59544 and requirements of the National Electrical Code (NFPA 70).

1. Type MC cable is constructed with copper conductors that are soft annealed

copper, insulated with heat and moisture resistant lead-free polyvinyl chloride (PVC) over which a nylon (polyamide) or UL listed equivalent jacket is applied (Type THHN and THWN). The assembly is wrapped with polypropylene tape and covered with interlocking aluminum armor.

2. Cable shall be UL listed type MC, suitable for operation at 600 volts in all installations as specified by the National Electrical Code.

3. MC cable shall contain a copper equipment ground conductor equal in size with the branch circuit conductors, with green insulation.

4. Use for branch circuit wiring only in office areas above ceilings and concealed in stud and drywall partitions. MC cable is not to be used at any exposed locations, mechanical rooms, shop spaces, or in highbay spaces.

5. Type MC cable is prohibited for feeders or branch circuits over 30 amps. I. Surface Metal Raceways: Provide surface metal raceways of sizes and channels

indicated on plans and constructed of steel or aluminum with covers. Finish with manufacturer's standard baked-on enamel paint or exposed metal as scheduled on drawings. Use where exposed in finished regularly occupied areas.

1. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, the following

manufacturers are acceptable: a. Wiremold (basis of design) b. Hubbell

2.02 CONDUIT FITTINGS A. Rigid Conduit Fittings:

1. Fittings shall be standard threaded couplings, locknuts, bushings, and elbows. Material shall be malleable iron, steel or aluminum alloy. Iron or steel fittings shall be zinc or cadmium plated. Aluminum fittings shall not contain more than 0.4 percent copper. Aluminum fittings shall be used with aluminum conduit only.

2. Locknuts shall be of the bonding type with sharp edges for digging into the metal wall of an enclosure.

3. Bushings shall be of the metallic insulating type and consist of an insulating insert molded or locked into the metallic body of the fitting. Bushings made entirely of metal or nonmetallic material are not permitted.

4. Sealing fittings shall be of the threaded cast iron type. Sealing fittings used to prevent passage of water vapor shall be of the continuous drain type.

5. Set screw fittings are not allowed. C. Metallic Tubing Fittings: Compression type galvanized or zinc coated malleable iron or

steel, water and concrete tight. Die-cast fittings are not allowed.

Page 556: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 6

B. Flexible Metal Conduit Fittings: External squeeze or set screw type galvanized or zinc coated malleable iron or steel with nylon insulated throats. Internal screw type fittings are not allowed.

C. Liquidtight Flexible Conduit Fittings: Galvanized malleable iron or steel, with watertight

gaskets, "O" ring and retainer, and nylon insulated throats. D. Condulet Fittings: Exposed conduit fittings shall be condulet type for all sharp turns,

tees, etc. E. Surface Metal Raceway Fittings: Provide types that match and mate to raceways

provided. F. Provide insulated bushings for all conduits terminations. 2.03 WALL OUTLET BOXES A. General: Boxes shall be Raco, Steel City, Appleton or equal, catalog numbers based on

Raco, unless otherwise indicated. In general, the type of boxes shall be as follows:

1. In Stud Walls: For single outlet use 4" square by 2-1/8" deep box. Boxes to be provided with raised covers of depth as required for thickness of wall materials.

2. In Masonry and Poured Concrete Walls: Use 3-3/4" high by 2-1/2" and/or 3-1/2" deep masonry boxes #691 through #694 and/or #695 through #699.

3. Surface Mounted Wall Outlets for conduit: Use 4" square by 1-1/2" deep box #192 with raised cover.

4. Surface Mounted Wall Outlets for surface metal raceway: Use single gang boxes 1-1/2" deep Wiremold #V57xx series.

5. Suspended Ceiling: Use octagon boxes, depth as required for application, securely fastened to structure.

6. Poured Concrete Ceiling Slabs: Use octagon concrete rings with back plates. 7. Outlets Installed Outdoors or in Wet Locations: Use Bell Product 53XX Series

outlet box. 2.04 PULL BOXES, AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Construction, sizes and installation of pull boxes and junction boxes shall comply with

NEC, Article 314. B. Pull and junction boxes not specifically described in NEC, Article 314, shall be fabricated

of heavy gauge galvanized steel with screw or hinged covers, and equipped with corrosion resistant screws and hardware.

C. Pull and junction boxes for installation in poured concrete floors shall be flush type, cast

iron, with watertight gasketed covers. Boxes for installation in floors with tile or carpet floor covering shall have recessed covers to accommodate the floor covering.

D. Pull boxes and junction boxes for outdoor installation shall be raintight. E. Pull boxes, and junction boxes designated '4X' shall be NEMA 4X water tight and

corrosion resistant.

Page 557: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 7

2.05 METAL WIREWAYS A. Construction, sizes and installation metal wireways shall comply with NEC, Article 376. B. General: Provide electrical raceways of types, grades, sizes and weights (wall

thicknesses), number of channels, for each type of gutter indicated. Provide complete assembly of raceway including, but not necessarily limited to, couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold down straps, end caps, and other components and accessories as needed for complete system. Where types and grades are not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to fulfill wiring requirements, and comply with applicable provisions of NEC for electrical raceways.

C. Wireways shall be constructed as a complete assembly of raceway including, but not

necessarily limited to, couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold down straps, end caps, and other components and accessories as needed for complete system. Gutters shall have hinged covers. Where types and grades are not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to fulfill wiring requirements.

D. Wireways shall have hinged covers unless noted otherwise. E. Wireways for outdoor installation shall be raintight. 2.06 IN-GROUND HANDHOLES A. UL or ETL Listed, polymer concrete construction, open bottom stackable. Quazite PG

style or equal.

1. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, the following manufacturers are acceptable: a. Quazite b. HiLine c. Armorcast d. New Basis

B. All stainless steel hardware with minimum two fasteners per lid. C. Extra heavy duty covers with non-skid surface, tier 22, 22,500 lb. vertical and 800 lbs/sq.

ft. lateral design loads, unless noted otherwise. D. Minimum size to be 11”x18”, unless noted otherwise. Larger handholes may be required

at select locations.

Page 558: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 8

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF RACEWAY A. In general, all horizontal runs of branch circuit conduit shall be installed in ceiling

plenum. Raceway for convenience outlets, wall mounted fixtures and other wall outlets shall be routed overhead and dropped through wall to the outlet. Branch circuit raceway shall not be installed in or below concrete floor slabs except where conditions will not permit the raceway to be installed overhead. Conduit shall be used where concealed in permanent wall construction or in ceiling plenums. Surface raceway shall be used where exposed in finished regularly occupied areas where walls are existing.

B. Feeder conduits to panelboards, motor control centers and other major loads may be

installed in fill below concrete slabs on grade. C. Conduits that are run in fill below concrete slabs on grade shall be installed so as not to

interfere with welded wire mesh (wwm), vapor barrier, or concrete placement. D. Generally, all conduit shall be concealed, except in crawl spaces, tunnels, shafts,

mechanical equipment rooms, and at connection to surface panels and free standing equipment, and as otherwise noted.

E. Exposed conduit and conduit concealed in ceiling space shall be routed in lines parallel

to building construction. F. All conduit runs above suspended acoustical ceilings shall be routed so as not to

interfere with tile panel removals with 4'0" to 6'0" flexible conduit drops from an independent junction box, accessible from below the ceiling, to ceiling mounted equipment.

G. Certain conduits are permitted to be embedded in structural concrete work, when

permitted and coordinated with the Structural Engineer. Contractor shall cooperate with other contractors of their respective trades to affect the following:

1. All reinforcing steel shall be securely anchored in place before installing conduit. 2. No steel reinforcing shall be displaced from plan dimensions without approval of

the Design Professional. 3. Conduit and fittings shall not displace concrete in columns in excess of 4% of

total cross-section area of column without approval of Design Professional. 4. Conduit shall not be placed closer than three (3) diameters on center. 5. Maximum size of embedded conduit or pipe shall not exceed 1/3 thickness of

structural slab, 2/3 thickness of topping slab. H. Minimum size conduit shall be 1/2" trade size except all home runs to panels shall be

minimum 3/4". Minimum size surface raceway shall be V500. Where specified size is not called for on drawings or in the specifications, conduit shall be sized per NEC.

I. Utilize approved thread lubricant for rigid steel and aluminum conduits to ensure

equipment grounding paths.

Page 559: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 9

J. Utilize approved thread sealant for all underground and wet locations threaded conduit joints.

K. Install the conduit system mechanically and electrically continuous from outlet to outlet

and to all cabinets, junction or pull boxes. Conduit shall enter and be secured to all cabinets and boxes in such a manner that all parts of the system will have electrical continuity.

L. All conduit penetrations to the exterior of the building including the service entrance,

telecommunications, site feeds, grounding electrode and spare conduits shall be sealed at one or both ends against the intrusion of water and gasses. The seal shall be identified for use with the cable insulation installed. All seals shall be removable.

M. Installation of PVC conduit shall comply with the NEC with regard to grounding and

expansion fittings. N. PVC conduit shall not be installed above grade unless noted otherwise. O. Support conduit raceway systems in accordance with requirements as set forth in the

National Electric Code. P. All connections to NEMA 3R enclosures shall maintain the enclosure listing regardless of

the equipment location. Q. Provide liguidtight flexible metal conduit for the last 3’ of feeder/circuit for all vibration

type equipment (i.e. motors, transformers, etc). 3.02 INSTALLATION OF BOXES AND FITTINGS A. Install electrical boxes and fittings where indicated, complying with manufacturer's

written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC and NECA's "Standard of Installation", and in compliance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products fulfill requirements.

B. Coordinate installation of electrical boxes and fittings with wire/cable and raceway

installation work. 3.03 OUTLET BOX INSTALLATION A. Outlet boxes shall be installed for all fixtures, switches, receptacles and other devices. B. Approximate locations of outlets are shown on the plans, but each outlet location as

shown shall be checked by Contractor before installing the outlet box. C. Wall boxes installed flush in common wall shall not be back-to-back or through-wall type.

Boxes located on opposite sides of a common wall that are closely connected by conduit shall have the conduit openings plugged with duct seal.

D. Install boxes and conduit bodies in those locations to ensure ready accessibility of

electrical wiring.

Page 560: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 - 10

E. Outlet boxes shall be installed plumb and square with wall face and with front of box or cover located within 1/8" of face of finish wall. Boxes in masonry shall be set with bottom or top of the box tight to the masonry unit.

3.04 PULL BOX, JUNCTION BOX & WIREWAY INSTALLATION A. Install pull boxes, junction boxes and auxiliary wiring gutters where indicated on

drawings and where required to facilitate installation of the wiring. B. For concealed conduit, install boxes flush with ceiling or wall, with covers accessible and

easily removable. Where flush boxes are installed in finish ceilings or walls, provide cover which shall exceed the box face dimensions by a sufficient amount to allow no gap between box and finished material.

C. Boxes shall not be located in finished, occupied rooms, without prior approval of Design

Professional. 3.05 IN-GROUND HANDHOLE INSTALLATION A. Install all handholes flush with surrounding grade. Adjust handholes as required for

finished grade. B. Do not install handholes at low grade points. Install at locations to allow drainage away

from box. C. Provide 1” clean compacted fill beneath handholes for drainage. Clean fill shall extend

8” beyond the sides of the handhole enclosure, and a minimum of 12” deep. END OF SECTION 26 0533

Page 561: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 1

SECTION 260553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 260010 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall provide identification for wiring systems and equipment as called for in

this section. B. Types of electrical identification specified in this section include the following:

1. Conduit color banding. 2. Buried cable warnings. 3. Cable conductor identification. 4. Operational instructions and warnings. 5. Danger signs. 6. Equipment/system identification signs.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of UL safety standards pertaining to

electrical marking and labeling identification systems. B. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to installation of identifying labels

and markers for wiring and equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard products of

categories and types required for each application. Where more than single type is specified for an application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single selection for each application.

B. Color-Coded Conduit System

1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard colored conduit for EMT installations as noted below. For rigid aluminum, rigid steel, and IMC conduit, use colored electrical tape to band conduits within 6" of termination at each switchboard, panelboard, distribution board, pull box and junction box. Where conduit is exposed and painted to match adjacent surfaces, band with colored electrical tape.

2. Colors: a. Normal Power: gray/silver (uncolored)

Page 562: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 2

b. Division 27 systems: purple** c. Division 28 systems excluding fire alarm: purple**

* Factory colored conduit required for EMT conduit ** Field applied electrical tape banding at conduit terminations required.

Factory colored conduit optional for EMT conduit.

3. For exposed conduits in finished spaces, refer to architectural for paint to match room finish.

4. For branch circuits, mark panel name and circuit numbers on all junction/pull boxes.

C. Underground-Type Plastic Line Marker

1. General: Manufacturer's standard permanent, bright colored, continuous-printed plastic tape; not less than 6" wide x 4 mils thick intended for underground service. Provide tape with printing which most accurately indicates type of service of buried cable/conduit.

D. Cable/Conductor Identification Bands

1. General: Provide manufacturer's standard vinyl-cloth self-adhesive cable/conductor markers of wrap-around type; either pre-numbered plastic-coated type or write-on type with clear plastic self-adhesive cover flap; numbered to show circuit identification.

E. Self-Adhesive Tape for Receptacle Circuit Identification

1. General: Provide clear self-adhesive or pressure-sensitive, pre-printed, flexible vinyl tape for panel name and circuit number.

F. Engraved Plastic-Laminate Signs

1. General: Provide engraving stock melamine plastic laminate, in sizes and thickness indicated, engraved with engraver's standard letter style of sizes and wording indicated, black and white core (letter color) except as otherwise indicated, punched for mechanical fastening except where adhesive mounting is necessary because of substrate. a. Thickness: 1/16", for units up to 20 sq. in. or 8" lengths; 1/8" for larger

units. b. Fasteners: Self-tapping stainless steel screws, except contact-type

permanent adhesive where screws cannot or should not penetrate substrate.

Page 563: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 3

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION A. General Installation Requirements

1. Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require finish, install identification after completion of painting.

B. Conduit Identification

1. Conduit above accessible ceiling spaces shall be identified per 2.01 B. 2. Where electrical conduit is exposed in spaces with exposed mechanical piping

which is identified by a color-coded method, apply color-coded identification on electrical conduit in a manner similar to piping identification.

3. Identify junction and pullboxes of systems with stencil lettering for panel and circuit numbers or system type.

C. Underground Cable/Conduit Identification

1. General: During back-filling/top/soiling of each exterior underground electrical, signal or communication cable or conduit, install continuous underground-type plastic line marker, located directly over buried line at 6" to 8" below finished grade. Where multiple small lines are buried in a common trench and do not exceed an overall width of 16", install a single line marker.

D. Cable/Conductor Identification

1. General: Apply cable/conductor identification on each cable and conductor in each box/enclosure/cabinet where wires of more than one circuit or communication/signal system are present, except where another form of identification (such as color-coded conductors) is provided. Match identification with marking system used in panelboards, shop drawings, contract documents and similar previously established identification for project electrical work.

E. Operational Identification and Warnings

1. General: Wherever reasonably required to ensure safe and efficient operation and maintenance of electrical systems, and electrically connected mechanical systems and general systems and equipment, including prevention of misuse of electrical facilities by unauthorized personnel, install self-adhesive plastic signs or similar equivalent identification, instruction or warnings on switches, outlets and other controls, devices and covers of electrical enclosures. Where detailed instructions or explanations are needed, provide plasticized tags with clearly written messages adequate for intended purposes.

Page 564: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 4

F. Equipment/System Identification

1. General: Install engraved plastic-laminate sign on each major unit of electrical equipment in building; including central or master unit of each electrical system, unless unit is specified with its own self-explanatory identification. Except as otherwise indicated, provide single line of text, 1/2" high lettering on 1-1/2" high sign (2" high where 2 lines are required), white lettering in black field. Provide text matching terminology and numbering of the contract documents and shop drawings. Provide signs for each unit of the following categories of electrical work. a. Panelboards, electrical cabinets and enclosures. b. Access panel/doors to electrical facilities. c. Major electrical switchgear. d. Motor control centers, disconnects & starters. e. Power transfer equipment. f. Transformers. g. Inverters. h. Generators.

2. Install signs at locations indicated or, where not otherwise indicated, at location for best convenience of viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. Secure to substrate with fasteners, except use adhesive where fasteners should not or cannot penetrate the substrate.

3. Provide labeling of Enclosed Circuit Breakers, Switchboards, Panelboards and Disconnects per NEC Articles 110, 700 and 702 for multiple services and essential electrical system.

4. All receptacles and light fixtures shall be labeled with panel and circuit number. Final location of label shall be field coordinated. If labeling is to be on outside of cover, Contractor shall use clear dyno-tape with black lettering that matches other tags.

5. All panelboards shall be labeled with panel ID, conduit size, feeder wire size, origin and size of overcurrent protection device serving panelboard and phase schedule. Format shall be as follows: “Panel XX, 1.25”C, 4#3, 1#8, Fed from Dist. Bd. XX by 100A/3P Phase A: Black, Phase B: Red, Phase C: Blue”

6. All new switchboards and panelboards shall be labeled (5/32” or larger) with the following: “Caution – This equipment has a minimum short circuit design requirement of ___KA. All devices installed must have a rating equal or higher than the design requirement.”

7. All safety switches shall have a permanent label attached to inside of cover describing the fuse size, type, current limiting ability and devices controlled.

END OF SECTION 260553

Page 565: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEMS 260923 - 1

SECTION 260923 - LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 260010 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide materials, equipment, labor and supervision necessary for a complete

operational lighting control system as required by the drawings and this section. B. This section applies to all work under this division. This shall include, but not necessarily

be limited to, the following:

1. Furnish, install, and terminate all system equipment and cabling as applicable and per drawings.

2. Furnish and install any cabinets, racks and cable management as required and as indicated.

3. Furnish any other material required to form a complete and operational system. 4. Provide As-Built drawings per Division 0 and/or Division 1 specification. 5. Provide Owner training and testing documentation. 6. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the

particular craft involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft. 7. All work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the

highest standards of the craft. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of

electrical wiring devices. B. UL Compliance and Labeling: Provide electrical wiring devices which have been

UL-listed and labeled. C. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA standards for general- and specific-purpose

wiring devices. D. Energy Code Compliance: Comply with IECC-2012. E. All Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all codes and standards applicable to

their work. No extra compensation will be allowed for corrections or changes in the work required due to failure to comply with the applicable codes and standards. Where two or more codes or standards are in conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship shall take precedence, but such questions shall be referred to Design Professional for final decision.

Page 566: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEMS 260923 - 2

1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's product data literature for each lighting control component

required. For occupancy sensors and related components, submit Manufacturer’s device layout indicating recommended device placement, product data and project specific wiring diagrams. Submittals shall include the Sequence of Operation for each area of lighting control.

1.05 WARRANTY A. The control system designated on the drawings and plans and herein specified shall be

guaranteed to be free from original defects in both material and workmanship for a period of five (5) years. This warranty shall become effective starting the date of project substantial completion.

1.06 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. System Architecture:

1. The lighting control system shall be a non-networked, distributed lighting control system. The system shall have no central monitoring, control or time functions. Each individual room or area shall have a standalone control system that is not dependent on a network for any reason including programming.

2. All system adjustments for time delays, high-level trim, low-level trim, fade times, blink warnings, photo sensor sensitivity, daylight setpoints, receptacle control time delays, vacancy mode, occupancy mode, etc. shall be programmable and adjustable without the use of a ladder.

B. Lighting control system for manual and automatic control of interior lighting systems.

1. Space Control – Provide occupancy/vacancy control with manual occupant input as noted on the lighting control sequence schedule.

2. Daylit Areas – All luminaries in the daylit zone shall be controlled separately from luminaires outside of daylit zones. Luminaires in the primary daylit zones shall be controlled separately from luminaires in secondary daylit zones.

3. Daytime setpoints for total ambient illumination (combined daylight and electric light) level that initiate dimming shall be programmed to be not less than 125% of the nighttime maintained designed illumination levels.

4. Provide smooth and continuous daylight dimming for areas marked on drawings. Daylighting control system will be designed to turn off electric lighting when daylight is at or above required lighting levels, only if system functions to turn fixtures back on at dimmed level, rather than turning full-on prior to dimming.

Page 567: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEMS 260923 - 3

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide lighting control systems

of one of the following:

1. WattStopper Digital Lighting Management – DLM 2. Hubbell Control Solutions – NX 3. Cooper Greengate 4. Acuity Controls – nLight 5. Lutron – Vive 6. Crestron – Green Light

2.02 SINGLE / DUAL RELAY WALL SWITCH OCCUPANCY SENSORS (STAND-ALONE) A. Dual Technology: Manual-ON, Automatic-OFF dual technology (passive infrared and

ultrasonic) wall switch occupancy sensor. Furnish the model which suits the electrical system parameters, and accommodates the square-foot coverage and wattage requirement for each area (and type of lighting) controlled. 120/277VAC rated.

2.03 WALL OR CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR SYSTEM A. Description: Wall or ceiling mounted passive infrared (PIR), ultrasonic or dual

technology digital (passive infrared and ultrasonic) occupancy sensor as indicated on the drawings. Furnish the system which accommodates the square-foot coverage requirements for each area controlled, utilizing room controllers, occupancy sensors and accessories which suit the lighting and electrical system parameters.

B. The manufacturer shall review electrical drawings and adjust sensor types and

placement as required for proper covers based on the specific characteristics of the proposed sensor.

2.04 WALL SWITCHES AND DIMMERS A. Description: Low voltage momentary pushbutton switches in 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 button

configurations compatible with wall plates with decorator opening. Wall switches shall include the following features:

1. Engraving where indicated on the drawings. 2. LED indicator lights indicating status

B. Switches and dimmers shall be able to function as noted below:

1. Load and Scene button function may be reconfigured for individual buttons. 2. Individual button function may be configured to Toggle, On only or Off only. 3. Individual scenes may be locked to prevent unauthorized change.

Page 568: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEMS 260923 - 4

2.05 ROOM CONTROLLERS A. Room Controllers shall be provided to match the room lighting load and control

requirements. The control units will include the following features:

1. Dual voltage (120/277 VAC, 60 Hz) B. On/Off Room Controllers shall include:

1. One or two relay configuration 2. Relay controller listed for connection to receptacles, for occupancy-based control

of plug loads within the space. 1. One relay configuration only, rated at 20A, 120VAC. 2. Automatic-ON/OFF configuration

C. On/Off/Dimming Room Controllers shall include:

1. One, or more relay configurations 2. One 0-10 volt analog output per relay for control of compatible ballasts and LED

drivers. 3. The following dimming attributes may be changed or selected via programming:

3. Establish preset level for each load from 0-100% 4. Set high and low trim for each load

4. Relay controller listed for connection to receptacles, for occupancy-based control of plug loads within the space. a. One relay configuration only, rated at 20A, 120VAC. 5. Automatic-ON/OFF configuration

D. Photosensors work with room controllers to provide automatic switching or dimming

daylight harvesting capabilities for any load type connected to a room controller. Closed loop photosensors measure the ambient light in the space and control a single lighting zone. Open loop photosensors measure incoming daylight in the space, and are capable of controlling up to three lighting zones.

2.06 LIGHTING CONTROL RELAY PANELS A. Provide lighting control panels in the locations and capacities as indicated on the plans

and schedules. Each panel shall be of modular construction and consist of the following components:

1. Enclosure/Tub shall be NEMA 1, or as indicated on the plans. 2. Cover shall be configured for surface or flush wall mounting of the panel as

indicated on the plans. The panel cover shall have a hinged and lockable door with restricted access to line voltage section of the panel.

Page 569: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEMS 260923 - 5

3. Interior assembly shall be supplied as a factory assembled component

specifically designed and listed for field installation. The interior construction shall provide total isolation of high voltage (Class 1) wiring from low voltage (Class 2) wiring within the assembled panel. The interior assembly shall include intelligence boards, power supply, and individually replaceable latching type relays. The panel interiors shall include the following features: a. Single-pole latching relays with modular plug-in design. Relays shall

provide the following ratings and features:

1) Electrical:

a) 30 amp ballast at 277V b) 20 amp tungsten at 120V c) 1.5 HP motor at 120V

4. The clock shall have a backlight display, user keypad and shall provide 8 channels of time or astronomical control. Preprogrammed lighting control scenarios shall include: scheduled on/off, manual on/scheduled off, manual on/automatic switch sweep off, astronomic or photocell on/off and astronomic or photocell control with scheduled on/off. Time clock shall provide up to 42 holidays, automatic daylight savings adjustment, astronomic coordinates by major cities, and help screens. Program memory shall be non-volatile and clock shall retain time keeping during power outages for at least 48 hours.

5. Occupancy sensor and time control shall be integrated to allow occupancy sensor control after hours with hold on of lighting during occupancy scheduled time. During occupied time, control scenarios shall be selectable for time schedule of lighting on or occupancy sensor detection of lighting on initially and then hold on of lighting during occupied hours. Control shall provide selectable occupancy sensor blink warning prior to shut off and adjustable occupancy sensor time delay from the time clock keypad.

6. After-hour interior lighting shut off control shall provide a full duration override time of 1 to 240 minutes with a warning blink five minutes prior to shutting the lighting off. An impending shut off will be cancelled and the override period re-initialized through the operation of any assigned switch input.

7. After-hour interior lighting shut off control may be by line voltage power interrupt control to automatic control switches. The lighting control relay panel shall provide a warning blink signal to automatic control switches, thus allowing a five-minute delay prior to shutting off lighting. The lighting shut off event may be cancelled by pressing the automatic control switch push button. The lighting control panel time clock shall provide periodic lighting sweep signals to shut off automatic control switches.

B. Power supply shall be a multi-voltage transformer assembly with rated power to supply

all electronics, occupancy sensors, switches, pilot lights, and photocells as necessary to meet the project requirements.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF WIRING DEVICES A. Install components as indicated on the drawings and as called for below.

Page 570: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEMS 260923 - 6

B. Low-voltage lighting control cables shall not share raceway or cable tray with telecommunications wiring. All cable shall be neatly routed and tie-wrapped to structural components. Excess wire shall be neatly coiled and secured to structure. Provide a 6' coil of cable at each ceiling mounted device for ease of relocation if conflicts arise. Under no circumstances shall cable be supported by piping, conduit, ductwork, ceiling tile or ceiling support wires. Cable shall be neatly routed in line with building lines.

C. Where installed above accessible ceiling, all components shall be located in easily

accessible areas. Any controller located in an area above a non-removable ceiling tile or where obstructed by piping or duct work shall be relocated. All locations shall be recorded on as-built drawings.

D. Low voltage lighting control cable shall not use the same conduit sleeves as fire alarm or

telecommunications cable. Provide dedicated sleeves. Where installed within non-accessible permanent construction or in exposed areas, provide continuous raceway to accessible location.

E. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to determine the ceiling type for each space and

provide accessories as required for installation of devices in ceiling. F. Proper judgment must be exercised in executing the installation so as to ensure the best

possible installation in the available space and to overcome local difficulties due to space limitations or interference of structural components.

G. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to arrange a pre-installation meeting with the

manufacturer’s factory authorized representative, at the Owner’s facility, to verify placement of sensors and installation criteria.

H. Install the work of this Section in accordance with manufacturer’s printed instructions

unless otherwise indicated. I. Calibrate all sensor time delays and sensitivity to provide proper detection of occupants

and energy savings.

1. Adjust time delay so that controlled area remains lighted for 15 minutes after occupant leaves area or as indicated in the Sequence of Operations.

2. Adjust lighting system to provide maximum lighting levels as indicated on the drawings.

J. Provide 120V circuits as required for lighting control components. 3.02 COMMISSIONING A. Upon completion of the lighting control(s) installation, the lighting control system (all

sensors and control equipment) shall be completely commissioned by the manufacturer’s factory authorized technician who will verify all adjustments and sensor placement to ensure a trouble-free occupancy-based lighting control system. The electrical contractor shall modify sensor locations and wiring as directed by the factory technician as required to achieve required functionality.

Page 571: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEMS 260923 - 7

B. Upon completion of the lighting control system fine tuning the factory authorized technician shall provide the proper training to the Owner’s personnel in the adjustment and maintenance of the sensors.

C. Re-commissioning. After 90 days from Owner occupancy, review system performance

with the Owner and recalibrate all sensor time delays and sensitivities to meet the Owner's requirements. Provide a detailed report of re-commissioning activity.

D. Provide written or computer-generated documentation on the commissioning of the

system including room by room description. Report to include:

1. Sensor parameters, time delays, sensitivities, and daylighting setpoints. 2. Sequence of operation, (e.g. manual ON, Auto OFF. etc.) 3. Load Parameters (e.g. blink warning, etc.)

3.03 TRAINING A. Provide one (1) two-hour training sessions for the Owner. The first training session is to

be at the time of initial system startup. The training is to include, but not limited to the following:

1. Detailed review of the system architecture, individual components, and wiring

requirements. 2. System programming method included examples and demonstrations. These

are to include adjustments for time delays, high-level trim, low-level trim, fade times, blink warnings, receptacle control time delays, vacancy mode, occupancy mode, etc.

3. Occupancy sensitivity adjustments for both PIR and ultrasonic setting, adjustments for an automatic learning mode and the ability to disconnect, and selection between PIR and Ultrasonic modes for duel technology devices.

4. System troubleshooting including types of component failures, associated system failure and repair/replacement and reprogramming procedures.

END OF SECTION 260923

Page 572: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEMS 260923 - 8

Page 573: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PANELBOARDS 262416 - 1

SECTION 262416 - PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 260010 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, tools, labor and supervision necessary

to install lighting panelboards and distribution panelboards as specified in this section and as called for on the drawings.

B. Types of panelboards and enclosures in this section include the following:

1. Lighting and appliance panelboards. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable UL safety standards pertaining to panelboards

and accessories, and enclosures; provide units which have been UL-listed and labeled. B. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to installation of panelboards,

cabinets and cutout boxes. C. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA Stds. Pub. No. 250, "Enclosures for Electrical

Equipment (1000 volt maximum)", Pub. No. 1, "Panelboards", and installation portion of Pub. No. PB 1.1, "Instructions for Safe Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less".

1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data including specifications, installation

instructions and general recommendations, for each type of panelboard required. Include data substantiating that units comply with requirements.

B. Shop Drawings: Submit dimensioned drawings of panelboards and enclosures showing

accurately scaled layouts of enclosures and required individual panelboard devices, including but not necessarily limited to, circuit breakers, fusible switches, fuses, ground-fault circuit interrupters and accessories.

Page 574: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PANELBOARDS 262416 - 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the

following:

1. Schneider Electric/Square D 2. ABB/GE Industrial Solutions 3. Eaton 4. Siemens

2.02 PANELBOARDS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide panelboards, enclosures and

components, of types, sizes, and ratings indicated, which comply with manufacturer's standard materials, design and construction in accordance with published product information; equip with number of unit panelboard devices as required for complete installation.

1. All Multi-Section Panels: Same dimensions. 2. Provide two keys for each panel. 3. Provide copper ground bar. 4. All panels shall have a designed short circuit rating label.

B. Lighting and Appliance Panelboards:

1. Panelboard bus structure and main lugs or main breakers shall have current ratings as shown on the panelboard schedule. Such ratings shall be established by heat rise tests, conducted in accordance with UL Standard 67. Bussing shall be distributed phase sequence type.

2. The bus assembly shall be enclosed in a steel cabinet. Wiring gutter space shall be in accordance with UL Standard 67 for panelboards. The rigidity and gauge of steel to comply with UL Standard 50 cabinets. Provisions for additional circuit breakers shall be such that field addition to connectors or mounting hardware will not be required to add circuit breakers to the panelboards.

3. If ground-fault interrupting breakers (GFI), switched neutral or other special types of breakers require additional pole spaces, size of panel shall be increased accordingly to give the scheduled numbers of poles for spare breakers and blank spaces.

4. Fronts shall include doors and have flush, stainless steel, cylinder tumbler-type locks with catches and spring-loaded door pulls. The flush lock shall not protrude beyond the front of the door. All panelboard locks shall be keyed alike. Fronts shall have adjustable indicating trim ring clamps which shall be completely concealed steel hinges. Fronts shall not be removable with door in the locked position. A circuitry directory frame and card with a clear plastic covering shall be provided on the inside of the door.

5. Terminals for feeder conductors to the panelboard mains and neutral shall be UL listed as suitable for conductor specified.

Page 575: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PANELBOARDS 262416 - 3

6. Each panelboard, as a complete unit, shall have a short circuit current rating equal to or greater than the integrated equipment rating shown on the panelboard schedule. Series connected interrupting ratings are not acceptable. This short circuit current rating shall be established by testing with the overcurrent devices mounted on the panelboard. The short circuit tests on the overcurrent devices and on the panelboard structure shall be made simultaneously by connecting the fault to each overcurrent device with the panelboard connected to its rated voltage source. Method of testing shall be per Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 67. The source shall be capable of applying the specified panelboard short circuit current or greater. Testing of panelboard overcurrent devices for short circuit rating only while individually mounted is not acceptable. Also, testing of the bus structure by applying a fixed fault to the bus structure alone is not acceptable. Panelboards shall be marked with their maximum short circuit current rating at the supply voltage and shall be UL listed.

7. Bus Bar: Copper. 2.03 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide circuit breakers and ancillary

components, of types, sizes, ratings and electrical characteristics indicated, which comply with manufacturer's standard design, materials, components, and construction in accordance with published product information, and as required for a complete installation.

B. Circuit Breakers - Branch Circuit Panelboards:

1. Branch circuit breakers up to 150 amperes shall be Square D Type QOB or equal. Breakers shall be bolt-on type toggle action with quick-make, quick-break mechanism. Trip indication shall be clearly shown by the breaker handle taking a position between on and off when the breaker is tripped. All multi-pole breakers shall be single-operated handle, internal common trip. Breakers having handle ties but not factory labeled "common trip" will be rejected. UL Class A ground fault circuit protection shall be provided on 120V AC branch circuits as specified on the plans or panelboard schedule. This protection shall be an integral part of the branch circuit breaker which also provides overload and short circuit protection for branch circuit wiring. Single pole 15 and 20 ampere circuit breakers shall be UL listed as "Switching Breakers" at 120V AC and carry the SWD marking. Tandem or "piggyback" breakers providing two circuits from one pole space are prohibited.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF PANELBOARDS A. General: Install panelboards and enclosures where indicated, in accordance with

manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC and NECA's "Standard of Installation", and in compliance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products fulfill requirements.

Page 576: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

PANELBOARDS 262416 - 4

B. Securely anchor panelboards to structure and make feeder and branch circuit connections as indicated in specifications and on the drawings.

C. Each panelboard directory shall be typewritten to identify the load fed by each circuit.

Spare breakers and circuits to be left blank with circuit breaker in off position. END OF SECTION 262416

Page 577: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 1

SECTION 262726 - WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 260010 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide materials, equipment, labor and supervision necessary to install wiring devices

as required by the drawings and this section. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of

electrical wiring devices. B. UL Compliance and Labeling: Provide electrical wiring devices which have been

UL-listed and labeled. C. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA standards for general- and specific-purpose

wiring devices. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's name and product data literature for each type of wiring device

required. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES A. All switches and receptacles shall be "specification grade", side and back wired, except

where higher grade is called for on the plans. Acceptable manufacturers are as follows, with catalog numbers based on Hubbell, Inc.:

1. Hubbell, Inc. 2. Pass & Seymour 3. Leviton

B. Color of switches, receptacles and coverplates shall be determined at the time of shop

drawing review. C. Wall switches shall be as follows:

1. Single pole toggle light switch - 20 amp, 120-277 volt, #1221 series. 2. Double pole toggle light switch - 20 amp, 120-277 volt, #1222 series. 3. Three-way toggle light switch - 20 amp, 120-277 volt #1223 series.

Page 578: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 2

4. Four-way toggle light switch - 20 amp, 120-277 volt, #1224 series. 5. Double-pole double-throw center off light switch - 20 amp, 277 volt, #1386 series. 6. Momentary contact switch - 15 amp, 120-277 volt, #1556 series. 7. All switches serving emergency circuits shall be as specified in 2.01 above,

except shall have "red" handles. D. Receptacles shall be as follows:

1. Duplex receptacles - 2 pole, 3 wire grounding type, back and side wired, 20 amp, 125 volt, NEMA 5-20R (unless noted otherwise on drawings). Face material shall be thermoplastic. Acceptable manufacturer's catalog numbers: P&S 5362, Hubbell 5352, Leviton 5352. Wherever a duplex receptacle is shown outdoors, provide Hubbell 5362_WR or equivalent.

2. Receptacles for power and special purpose outlets shall have characteristics and NEMA configurations as per electrical symbols listed on drawings.

3. Ground fault interrupting receptacles (GFI) shall be duplex with test and reset buttons, equal to Hubbell GF5352 series.

4. Surge suppression outlets indicated as TVSS on drawings shall be equal to Hubbell 5352-IS.

5. Tamper resistant type duplex receptacles where required shall be 20 amp, 125 volt, NEMA 5-20R equal to Hubbell BR 20 series with the following additional requirements: a. Shall permit current to flow only while a standard plug is in the proper

position in the receptacle. b. Screws exposed while the wall plates are in place shall be the

tamperproof type. c. Shall be installed where indicated on plans.

2.02 WALL BOX DIMMERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1. Lutron Electronics Co., Inc. 2. Hubbell 3. Lithonia

B. 0-10v Dimmers: Provide single-pole, three way or multi-location, semi-conductor

modular type 0-10 Volt dimmers for LED fixtures with 60 hertz, wattage and voltage as indicated, and with electromagnetic filters to reduce noise and interference to minimum. Construct with continuously adjustable trim potentiometer for adjustment of low end dimming.

1. Lutron Nova T linear slide

2.03 WIRING DEVICE ACCESSORIES A. Cover Plates:

1. Smooth High-Impact Thermo plastic, Hubbell NP Series or equal. 2. Provide plates for all switches, receptacles, TV outlets, other outlets and blank

plates for unused outlets. 3. Plates for surface outlets shall be of the raised cover type utilizing 4" square

boxes.

Page 579: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 3

4. Outlets Installed Outdoors or in Wet Locations: a. Weather Proof Flip Cover ("WP"): Weatherproof device covers shall

consist of cast metal cover plate and cap over each opening. The cap shall be permanently attached to the cover plate by a spring hinged flap. The weatherproof integrity shall not be affected when heavy duty specification or hospital grade attachment plug caps are inserted. Cover plates on outlet boxes mounted flush in the wall shall be gasketed to the wall in a watertight manner. 1) Horizontally mounted devices shall have cover plate aligned for

same mounting, equal to Hubbell CWP series. 2) Vertically mounted devices shall have cover plate aligned for

same mounting, equal to Hubbell WP series. b. Weather Proof Cord and Plug Cover ("WPD"): Intermatic WP1020

outdoor outlet covers. Covers to be made of clear, UV stabilized polycarbonate, hinged at the top with a securing tab at the bottom. Gaskets shall be provided to mount between outlet boxes and cover/base assemblies.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF WIRING DEVICES A. Install wiring devices as indicated on the drawings and as called for below. B. In masonry walls, switches and receptacle heights shall be adjusted as required so

outlets are at nearest mortar joint to specified height. C. Where light switches are located adjacent to doors, they shall be installed on "knob" side

of door, unless indicated otherwise. D. Switched duplex receptacles shall be wired so that only the top receptacle is switched;

the remaining receptacle shall be unswitched. E. All GFI type receptacles shall be installed where GFI notation is shown on plans. No

downstream protection of receptacles will be allowed from load side of other GFI type receptacles.

F. Prior to roughing-in outlet boxes, Contractor shall verify from general construction

drawings, door swings, type of wall finishes and locations for counters and work benches.

G. Receptacles shall be installed with ground terminal up. END OF SECTION 262726

Page 580: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 4

Page 581: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 1

SECTION 262816 – ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 - Procurement and Contracting Requirements, Division 01 -

General Requirements and Section 260010 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. In general, disconnect switches and circuit breakers are indicated on the drawings, and it

shall be the Electrical Contractor's responsibility to furnish and install all disconnect switches for equipment and motors furnished by him, and for equipment and motors furnished by others.

B. Contractor shall furnish all equipment, materials, tools, labor and supervision necessary to

install equipment as specified in this section and as called for on the drawings. All components necessary for a complete installation including, but not limited to fuses, fuse clips, channel strut support, lugs, etc. are to be included by the contractor.

C. Types of switches and circuit breakers in this section include the following:

1. Fusible and non-fusible disconnect switches. 2. Motor rated toggle disconnect switches 3. Plug fuse disconnect switches 4. Fuses

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of

electrical motor and circuit disconnect switches. B. UL Compliance and Labeling: Provide motor and circuit disconnect switches which have

been UL-listed and labeled. C. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA Stds. Pub. No. KS 1. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data including specifications, installation instructions

and general recommendations, for each type of motor and circuit disconnect switch required.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FUSIBLE AND NON-FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Manufacturers:

Page 582: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 2

1. Schneider Electric/Square D 2. ABB/GE Industrial Solutions 3. Eaton 4. Siemens 5. Mersen

B. Fusible Switch: NEMA KS 1, Heavy Duty, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate specified

fuses, lockable handle with capability to accept two padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position.

C. Non-fusible Switch: NEMA KS 1, Heavy Duty, lockable handle with capability to accept two

padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. D. Accessories:

1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground conductors.

2. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded, and bonded; and labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors. Provide for all 4-wire feeds.

3. Auxiliary Contact Kit: Auxiliary set of contacts arranged to open before switch blades open. Provide for all switches on the load side of a VFD and elevator disconnects.

E. Disconnects installed indoors shall have NEMA 1 enclosures, disconnects installed outdoors

or in wet locations shall have raintight NEMA 3R enclosures. Disconnects specifically identified by '4X' shall have a stainless steel NEMA 4X enclosure.

F. Disconnects used for service entrance equipment shall be labeled for such use. G. Disconnects that are part of a photovoltaic system shall be listed for such use. H. Disconnect switches for elevators served from the emergency power system shall be

furnished with a 50kA surge protective device. I. All disconnects shall be of the fuse type, except where drawings indicate non-fuse type

(NF). 2.02 MOTOR RATED TOGGLE DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Manufacturers:

1. Schneider Electric/Square D (Basis of Design) 2. ABB/GE Industrial Solutions 3. Eaton 4. Siemens 5. Hubbell 6. Pass & Seymour

B. Description: Motor rated non-fused switch for ON-OFF control of single or three-phase

motors and equipment where overload protection is not required. Square D class 2510,

Page 583: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 3

type K or equal.

1. Compact construction. 2. NEMA 1 enclosure or as noted with handle guard provision able to be locked in the

open position. 3. Two or three pole configurations, 600V rated.

2.03 PLUG FUSE DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Manufacturers:

1. Bussmann B. Description: Box cover switch and fuse holder for Fustat plug fuses.

1. Bussmann type SSY, handy box mounted. 2. 120V, single pole, 15A rated 3. Plug fused sized for individual motor.

2.04 FUSES A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide fuses of types, sizes, ratings, and average

time/current and peak let-through current characteristics indicated, which comply with manufacturer's standard design, materials, and construction in accordance with published product information, and with industry standards and configurations.

B. Main Service Feeders and Branch Circuits: For switch rating over 600 amperes: Hi-Cap,

Type KRP-C with interrupting rating of 200,000 amperes RMS. For switch rating 600 amperes or less: Low peak current limiting fuses, Type LPN(S)-R, with interrupting rating of 200,000 amperes RMS.

C. Motors Above One-half (1/2) Horsepower: For fuse rating 600 amperes or less, dual

element time delay, Type FRN(S)-R, with interrupting rating of 200,000 amperes RMS. Size fuses per Article 430 of the National Electric Code.

D. Motors One-half (1/2) Horsepower or Less: Single phase 150 volts or less, Fustat fuses for

motor running protection sizes. Single phase or three phase over 150 volts, Fustron fuses for motor running protection, with interrupting rating of 100,000 RMS. Size fuses per Article 430 of the National Electric Code.

E. Fuses for all feeders, branch circuits, motors and other equipment shall be selected in types

and ratings in accordance with NEC to provide a coordinated system of overcurrent protection, thus in case of a fault or harmful overload, only the fuses nearest the fault or overload will open.

F. Provide one spare set of three (3) of each size and type of fuse used on project.

Page 584: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 4

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Install motor and circuit disconnect switches where indicated, complying with manufacturer's

written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC, NEMA, and NECA's "Standard of Installation", and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products fulfill requirements.

B. Install disconnect switches as follows:

1. Heavy Duty Switches. All applications including motors, feeders, service entrance, and equipment.

2. Motor Rated Toggle Disconnect Switch. May be used for motors and equipment 30 Amps or less where fuse protection is not required. Applications include heat pumps, pumps and fans, where not downstream of a VFD,

3. Plug Fuse Disconnect Switch. May be used for 120 Volt motors, 1/2hp or less including furnaces, circulation pumps, and exhaust fans.

4. Enclosed Circuit Breakers: Where specifically indicated. C. Install disconnect switches used with motor-driven appliances, and motors and controllers

within sight of controller position unless otherwise indicated. D. Install fuses in switches protecting equipment rated in accordance with nameplate maximum

overcurrent protection noted on the equipment. E. Where a disconnect switch is installed downstream of a VFD, the disconnect switch shall be

provided with make-before-break auxiliary contacts with control wires to the VFD to signal the VFD.

F. Maintain all clearances required the by the National Electrical Code. G. Where NEMA 3R equipment is specified for use in interior locations, installation shall

maintain the weatherproof listing of the equipment. END OF SECTION 262815

Page 585: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

LIGHTING 265000 - 1

SECTION 265000 - LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED WORK A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 260010 - Electrical General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide lighting fixtures, accessories, labor and supervision necessary to install

complete lighting system as required by the drawings and this section. B. Types of lighting fixtures in this section include the following:

1. Solid State (LED) 2. Exit Signs 3. Emergency

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to installation and construction in

building lighting fixtures. B. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA standard

publications pertaining to lighting equipment. C. Listings: Provide lighting fixtures which have been listed and labeled. Listing or labeling

shall be by UL, ETL Intertek or other nationally recognized agency. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on interior building lighting fixtures. B. Shop Drawings: Submit fixture shop drawings in booklet form with separate sheet for

each fixture, assembled in luminaire "type" alphabetical order, with proposed fixture and accessories clearly indicated on each sheet. Shop drawing booklet shall include lamp and ballast data sheets.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers shall be as listed in the light fixture schedule on the drawings.

Page 586: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

LIGHTING 265000 - 2

B. Basis of Design Product: The design for each luminaire is based on the product named

and described in the light fixture schedule on the drawings. Provide either the named product or a comparable product by one of the equivalent manufacturers listed. Equivalent manufacturers shall match the basis of design product in both form and function. The Architect and Engineer have the final acceptance of equivalent products. Where equivalent products are not determined to match the basis of design, the basis of design product shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. Upon request, equivalent manufacturers shall submit lighting calculations and ies files to prove performance of product and samples for table top viewing.

2.02 SOLID STATE LIGHTING / LIGHT EMITTING DIODE (LED) LUMINAIRES (Greater than

20W) A. General:

1. Luminaire manufacturer shall have a minimum of five (5) years’ experience in the manufacture and design of LED products and systems.

2. All LED sources used in the LED luminaire shall be of proven quality from established and reputable LED manufacturers. Acceptable LED lamp manufacturers unless otherwise noted are: a. Cree, Inc. b. Philips Lighting c. Nichia Corporation d. Norlux e. Opto Technology, Inc. f. Osram Optronic Semiconductors g. Samsung

B. LED Warranty

1. Luminaire manufacturer provide a five (5) year written warranty. C. Replacement and Spares:

1. Manufacturer shall provide written guarantee of the following:

a. Manufacturer shall be able to provide compatible replacement parts that are designed to fit into original luminaire for ten (10) years.

b. Replacement LED array/module shall be within 3 MacAdam color ellipse, within 10% of lumen output, 7% of correlated color temperature (CCT) and equivalent distribution of original array/module.

c. Replacement LED array/module shall utilize equal to or less than amount of wattage of original array/module.

D. Products and Components – Performance:

1. All LED components shall be mercury-free and lead-free. 2. LEDs shall comply with ANSI/NEMA/ANSLG C78.377-2008 – Specifications for

the Chromaticity of Solid State Lighting Products. Color shall remain stable throughout the life of the light source.

Page 587: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

LIGHTING 265000 - 3

3. LEDs shall comply with IESNA LM-80 – Standards for Lumen Maintenance of LED Lighting Products.

4. LEDs shall have a minimum rated source life of 50,000 hours under normal operating conditions or as noted on the lighting fixture schedule. LED “rated source life” is defined as the time when a minimum of 70% of initial lumen output remains, as defined by IESNA LM-70.

5. Luminaire assembly shall include a method of dissipating heat so as to not degrade life of source, electronic equipment, or lenses. LED luminaire housing shall be designed to transfer heat from the LED board to the outside environment. Luminaire housing shall have no negative impact on life of components. Upon request, manufacturer shall provide junction temperature limitations and test reports of installed LED in fixture.

6. Method of dissipating heat shall be passive, active cooling systems are not allowed.

7. High power LED luminaires shall be thermally protected using one or more of the following thermal management techniques: metal core board, gap pad, and/or internal monitoring firmware.

8. LEDs shall be adequately protected from moisture or dust in interior applications. 9. For wet and damp use, LED-based luminaires itself shall be sealed, rated, and

tested for appropriate environmental conditions, not accomplished by using an additional housing or enclosure. Such protection shall have no negative impact on rated life of source or components, or if so, such reductions shall be explicitly brought to the attention of the designer.

10. All hardwired connections to LED luminaires shall be reverse polarity protected and provide high voltage protection in the event connections are reversed or shorted during the installation process.

11. Manufacturer shall provide Luminaire Efficacy (lm/W), total luminous flux (lumens), luminous intensity (candelas) chromaticity coordinates, CCT and CRI. Optical performance, polar diagrams, and relevant luminance and illuminance photometric data. Provide data in IES file format in accordance with IES LM-79-2008, based on test results from an independent Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory. Provide information upon special request.

E. LED drivers shall meet the following requirements:

1. Drivers shall have a minimum efficiency of 85%. 2. Minimum/Maximum Ambient Temperature: -20˚C/55˚C interior locations, -

40˚C/55˚C exterior locations, 3. Input Voltage: 120 to 277 (±10%) V or as scheduled. 4. Power Supplies: Class I or II output. 5. Dimming Type: 0-10V control with current source driver, current sinking drivers

are not allowed. 6. Surge Protection for exterior fixtures: The system must survive 250 repetitive

strikes of “C Low” (C Low: 6kV/1.2 x 50 μs, 10kA/8 x 20 μs) waveforms at 1-minute intervals with less than 10% degradation in clamping voltage. “C Low” waveforms are as defined in IEEE/ASNI C62.41.2-2002, Scenario 1 Location Category C.

7. Power Factor (PF): ≥ 0.90. 8. Total Harmonic Distortion (THD): ≤ 20%. 9. Comply with FCC Title 47 CFR Part 18 Non-consumer RFI/EMI Standards. 10. Drivers shall be reduction of hazardous substances (ROHS)-compliant.

Page 588: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

LIGHTING 265000 - 4

11. Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF): 100,000 hours based on 90% survival. 2.03 EXIT SIGNS A. Housing to be per light fixture schedule (thermoplastic, edge lit or cast aluminum) for

wall, end or ceiling mounting. Illumination to be by long life, low watt LED lamps. Battery, where specified, to be maintenance free, sealed nickel-cadmium type and shall operate sign for 90 minutes after loss of power.

2.04 EMERGENCY FIXTURES A. Housing and lamping per light fixture schedule. Self contained complying with UL 924.

Battery to be premium grade, lead-acid or nickel cadmium, maintenance free battery and shall operate sign for 90 minutes after loss of power.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF INTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES A. Install interior lighting fixtures at locations and heights as indicated, in accordance with

fixture manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of the National Electric Code (NEC), NEMA standards, and with recognized industry practices to ensure that lighting fixtures fulfill requirements.

B. All low-voltage luminaires using remote drivers or power supplies shall be installed as follows:

1. Installation shall be in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions including

distance limitations. 2. Remote drivers and power supplies shall be located in accessible locations and

clearly noted on as-built plans. Where plywood is used for power supply mounting, plywood shall be UL Listed fire resistant.

3. Unless specifically noted "Class 2", all low-voltage wiring between remote drivers or power supplies and luminaires shall be considered Class 1 and installed in accordance with NEC Article 725. Wiring shall be 600V rated and installed in conduit.

4. All remote drivers and power supplies not specifically labeled "Class 2" on the power supply housing shall be installed in a ventilated metal enclosure. Where the power supply includes cooling fan or convection cooling, ventilation openings in enclosure shall be provided to not impede power supply cooling.

C. Coordinate with other electrical work as appropriate to properly interface installation of

interior lighting fixtures with other work. D. Coordinate fixture location with reflected ceiling plan. E. Recessed fixtures in removable ceilings shall be connected to the branch circuit with

flexible conduit and branch circuit wire from an accessible junction box. Where fluorescent fixture housings are connected together, use 90 deg.C wire for branch circuit feed through fixture channels.

Page 589: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

LIGHTING 265000 - 5

F. All fixtures shall be grounded. All lamp sockets shall be wired so that the outer shell is connected to the neutral grounded conductor.

G. Fixtures recessed in furred ceiling shall be installed so that they can be removed from

below the ceiling. H. For all dimmed light fixtures, “burn in” or “season” lamps prior to dimming as

recommended by the lamp manufacturer. I. Luminaires located in suspended ceilings shall be connected with a maximum 6 foot

length of flexible metal conduit and building wire. J. Housing, trim, and lens frame shall be true, straight and parallel to each adjacent fixtures

and features. K. Contractor shall include all materials and labor necessary for the final aiming and

adjusting of adjustable light fixtures. Adjustment of light fixtures may be required to occur after sunset at a time designated by the Engineer.

L. Round fixtures or fixtures smaller than the ceiling grid shall have at least two (2) 3/4 inch

(19 mm) metal channels spanning, and secured to, the ceiling tees for centering and aligning the fixture.

M. Suspended Linear or Pendant mounted fixtures shall be independently supported from

the building structure by wires, straps or rods. N. Fixture whips shall be in accordance with section 26 05 33 Raceway and Boxes for

Electrical Systems. END OF SECTION 265000

Page 590: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

LIGHTING 265000 - 6

Page 591: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 270010 - 1

SECTION 270010 - TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Refer to Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements and Division

01 - General Requirements, which all apply to work under this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section applies to all work under the telecommunications contract. This shall include,

but not necessarily be limited to, the following:

1. Pre-Register Project with structured cabling plant manufacturer if applicable. 2. Furnish and install a complete voice and data-wiring infrastructure. 3. Furnish, install, and terminate all UTP cable and fiber as applicable and per

drawings. 4. Furnish and install all wall plates, jacks, patch panels, and patch cords as required

and as indicated. 5. Furnish and install any cabinets, racks and ladder rack as required and as

indicated. 6. Furnish any other material required to form a complete system. 7. Perform permanent link testing (100% of links) and certification of all components. 8. Furnish test results of all cabling to the owner on disk and paper format, listed by

each closet, then by workstation ID. 9. Provide Owner As-builts in the form of one electronic copy and two hard copies of

a labeled map of the building(s) showing the structured cabling plant. 10. Adhere and comply with all requirements of the Contractor Agreement for the

structured cabling plant manufacturer to be used. 11. Provide Owner training and testing documentation.

B. The work shall include all materials, equipment and labor required for complete and

properly functioning telecommunications systems. C. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular

craft involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft. D. All work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest

standards of the craft. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. All work shall be done in accordance with the applicable portion of the following codes and

standards:

1. National Electrical Code 2. Local Electrical Code 3. National Fire Protection Association 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association 5. Standards of Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers

Page 592: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 270010 - 2

6. Applicable Building Codes 7. Occupational Safety and Health Act 8. Iowa Administrative Codes 9. ANSI TIA-526-7 Measurement of Optical Power Loss of Installed Single-Mode

Fiber Cable Plant 10. ANSI TIA-526-14-C Optical Power Loss Measurements of Installed Multimode

Fiber Cable Plant 11. ANSI TIA-568-D.1 Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard

Part 1: General Requirements 12. ANSI TIA-568-C.2 Balanced Twisted-Pair Telecommunications Cabling and

Components Standards 13. ANSI TIA-568-C.3 Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard 14. ANSI TIA-568-C.4 Broadband Coaxial Cabling and Components Standard 15. ANSI TIA-569-D Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces 16. ANSI TIA-570-C Residential Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard 17. ANSI TIA-598-D Optical Fiber Cable Color Coding 18. ANSI TIA-606-B Administration Standard for Commercial Telecommunications

Infrastructure 19. ANSI TIA-607-B Commercial Building Grounding (Earthing) and Bonding

Requirements for Telecommunications 20. ANSI TIA-758-B Customer-owned Outside Plant Telecommunications

Infrastructure Standard 21. National Fire Protection Agency (NFPA - 70), National Electrical Code (NEC)

B. All Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all codes and standards applicable to their

work. No extra compensation will be allowed for corrections or changes in the work required due to failure to comply with the applicable codes and standards. Where two or more codes or standards are in conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship shall take precedence, but such questions shall be referred to Design Professional for final decision.

1.04 REQUIREMENTS & FEES OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Contractor shall comply with the rules and regulations of the local serving utility companies

and shall check with each utility company providing service to this project and determine or verify their requirements regarding incoming services.

B. Secure and pay for all permits, licenses, fees and inspections. 1.05 DRAWINGS A. Drawings for the work are in part diagrammatic, and are intended to convey the scope of

the work and to indicate in general the location of equipment. B. Contractor shall layout his own work and shall be responsible for determining the exact

quantities and locations for equipment. C. Contractor shall take own field measurements for verifying locations and dimensions;

scaling of the drawings will not be sufficient for laying out the work.

Page 593: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 270010 - 3

D. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items for a complete installation are

not shown, but where such items are required by code (or referenced standards) where they are required for proper installation and operation of the work, such items shall be furnished and installed.

1.06 ACTIVE SERVICES A. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying exact locations of all existing services prior to

beginning work in that area. B. When active services are encountered which require relocation, Contractor shall make

request to authorities with jurisdiction for determination of procedures. C. Where existing services are to be abandoned, they shall be terminated in conformance

with requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction. 1.07 SITE INSPECTION A. Contractor shall inspect the site prior to submitting bid for work to become familiar with the

conditions of the site which will affect the work and shall verify points of connection with utilities and/or existing system wiring.

B. Extra payment will not be allowed for changes in the work required because of Contractor's

failure to make this inspection. 1.08 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION A. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate work with the schedule

of General Contractor so as to progress the work expeditiously, and to avoid unnecessary delays.

B. Contractor shall fully examine the drawings and specifications for other trades and shall

coordinate the installation of his work with the work of the other contractors. Contractor shall consult and cooperate with the other contractors for determining space requirements and for determining that adequate clearance is allowed with respect to his equipment, other equipment and the building. The Design Professional reserves the right to determine space priority of the contractors in the event of interference between piping, conduit, ducts and equipment of the various contractors.

C. Drawings and specifications are intended to be complimentary. Any work shown in either

of them, whether in the other or not, shall be executed according to the true intent and meaning thereof, the same as if set forth in all. Conflicts between the drawings and the specifications, or between the requirements set forth for the various contractors, shall be called to the attention of the Design Professional. If clarification is not asked for prior to the taking of bids, it will be assumed that none is required and that Contractor is in agreement with the drawings and specifications as issued. If clarification is required after the contract is awarded, such clarification will be made by Design Professional and his/her decision will be final.

Page 594: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 270010 - 4

D. Special care shall be taken for protection for all equipment. All equipment and material

shall be completely protected from weather elements, painting, plaster, etc., until the project is substantially completed. Damage from rust, paint, scratches, etc., shall be repaired as required to restore equipment to original condition.

E. Protection of all equipment during the painting of the building shall be the responsibility of

the Painting Contractor, but this shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility for checking to assure that adequate protection is being provided.

F. Where the final installation or connection of equipment in the building requires Contractor

to work in areas previously finished by Owner, the Contractor shall be responsible that such areas are protected and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the course of such work. Contractor shall be responsible for patching and refinishing of such areas which may be damaged in this respect.

G. Where two or more specified items/systems in the specifications and/or the drawings are

in conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship and the most financially expensive products shall take precedence. Such questions shall be referred to the Design Professional for final decision.

1.09 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. All materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a reputable manufacturer

regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specified item unless authorized in writing by Design Professional. Where more than one unit is required of the same items, they shall be furnished by the same manufacturer except where specified otherwise.

B. All material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's

recommendations. C. The equipment specifications cannot deal individually with any minute items such as parts,

controls, devices, etc., which may be required to produce the equipment performance and function as specified, or as required to meet the equipment guarantees. Such items when required shall be furnished as part of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for.

1.10 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor shall furnish, to the Design Professional, complete sets of submittals.

Contractor shall review and sign submittals before submitting. Contractor shall provide submittals via electronic process (.PDF format) unless otherwise instructed. Refer to Division 01 specifications for additional requirements.

B. Submittals shall be bound into sets per specification section (not division). The content of

the submittal shall cover related items for a complete system as much as practical and items shall be identified with symbols or "plan marks" used on drawings whenever possible. Incomplete, piecemeal or unbound submittals will be rejected.

Page 595: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 270010 - 5

C. Each submittal shall include a cover sheet providing the Approved Contractors company

name, address, phone number and contact person (person to contact if there are questions about the submittal). The cover sheet shall also have adequate white space for the design professional review stamp as well as up-stream contractor stamps. The company providing the submittal shall be the same as that which meets the APPROVED CONTRACTOR requirements paragraph found later in this specification section (submittals without this identifying contractor information on the cover page will be rejected to ensure the Approved Contractor process is being followed).

D. Design Professional will review submittals solely to assist contractors in correctly

interpreting the plans and specifications. E. Contract requirements cannot be changed by submittals. Contract documents remain in

force even if equipment is submitted which differs from contract drawings and specifications and that submittal is stamped as reviewed (or any other stamp verbiage).

F. Submittals required by the various sections of the Project Manual include, but are not

necessarily limited to those identified in the submittal schedule below. G. After award of contract, the contractor shall provide a completed submittal schedule

including dates that the submittals will be to the Design Professional for review. H. Submit required information on all items in the project for the following systems (see table).

Submittals shall be sorted and separately identified per specification section listed below.

SPEC SECTIO

N

EQUIPMENT DETAIL

DWGS

PROD

DATA

SAMPLES

INSTALL METHOD

S

O & M MANUA

L

CERTIFICATE OF SYSTEM DEMON-

STRATION

OTHER (SEE

NOTES)

270010 Contractor Certifications

X Note 1

270010 Manufacturer Certification

X Note 2

270010 UTP No-Paint Notification

X Note 7

271000 Grounding Equipment X X

271000 Grounding Cabling X X

271000 Grounding Hardware X X

271100 UTP Cabling/Equipment

X X X Note 6

271100 Fiber Cabling/Equipment

X X X Note 6

271100 IDC/Lightning Blocks X X X Note 6

271100 Data Racks/Cabinets X X X Note 6

271100 Cable Management X X X Note 6

271100 Data Switch X X X Note 6

Page 596: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 270010 - 6

SPEC SECTIO

N

EQUIPMENT DETAIL

DWGS

PROD

DATA

SAMPLES

INSTALL METHOD

S

O & M MANUA

L

CERTIFICATE OF SYSTEM DEMON-

STRATION

OTHER (SEE

NOTES)

271100 UPS/Power Equipment X X X Note 6

271100 As-Builts at Closeout Note 3

271200 Tester, UTP/Fiber X X Note 4

271200 Test Report at Closeout X Note 5

Notes:

1. Division 27 Contractor shall submit copies of the Contractor Certifications under section 270010 (BICSI or IBEW/NECA Certifications) showing compliance with the specification. See Approved Contractors paragraph for details.

2. Division 27 Contractor shall submit Manufacturer Certification under section 270010. See Approved Contractors paragraph in this section for details, and further requirements listed in Cabling and Equipment specification section.

3. Division 27 Contractor shall submit As-Builts as specified in Cabling and Equipment section.

4. Division 27 Contractor shall submit product information on UTP Tester and Fiber Tester. See testers specified in Testing and Documentation section.

5. Division 27 Contractor shall submit Test Report as specified in Testing and Documentation section.

6. Grounding and Bonding or Cabling and Equipment section submittals will not be opened or reviewed by the Design Professional until the Division 270010 Contractor Certifications (see Note 1) and Division 27 Manufacturer Certifications (see Note 2) have been received and found to be acceptable by the Design Professional.

7. Division 27 Contractor shall submit the "Do Not Paint The UTP" written notification (addressed to the General Contractor) for review by the Design Professional. This written notification is specified in the Telecommunications Cabling and Equipment section. The submittal process may be used as the vehicle to inform the General Contractor of the "Do Not Paint The UTP" requirement (and the mandatory corrections required if this were to happen, outlined in the Telecommunications Cabling and Equipment section) if the General Contractor acknowledges receipt of the written notification.

Page 597: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 270010 - 7

1.11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be submitted to the Design Professional in

duplicate upon completion of the job. Refer to Division 01 specifications for additional information.

B. Submit manuals shall be bound in a three ring hard-backed binder. Front cover and spine

of each binder shall have the following lettering done:

OPERATION AND

MAINTENANCE MANUAL

FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS

(PROJECT NAME)

(LOCATION) (DATE)

SUBMITTED BY

(NAME, ADDRESS AND PHONE NUMBER OF CONTRACTOR) C. Provide a master index at the beginning of manual showing items included. Each section

shall contain the following information for equipment furnished under this contract:

1. Equipment and system warranties and guarantees. 2. Installation instructions. 3. Operating instructions. 4. Maintenance instructions. 5. Spare parts identification and ordering list. 6. Local service organization, address, contact and phone number. 7. Submittals with reviewed stamp of Design Professional and Contractor shall be

included, if applicable, along with the items listed above. 1.12 TESTS AND DEMONSTRATIONS A. All systems shall be tested by Contractor and placed in proper working order prior to

demonstrating systems to Owner. 1.13 TRAINING AND DEMONSTRATIONS A. Prior to acceptance of the telecommunications installation, the Contractor shall provide to

Owner, or his designated representatives, all comprehensive training on essential features and functions of all systems installed, and shall instruct Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of such systems.

1. Provide adequate notice to Owner as to when instruction will be conducted so

appropriate personnel can be present. 2. Prepare the instruction format for a minimum of four Owner Representatives.

Page 598: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 270010 - 8

B. Equipment training:

1. Manufacturer's representatives shall provide instruction on each major piece of equipment. Contractor shall provide instruction on all other equipment.

2. Training sessions shall use the printed installation, operation and maintenance instruction materials included in the O&M manuals and emphasize preventative maintenance and safe operating procedures.

3. Training shall be performed by qualified factory trained technicians. 4. Contractor shall attend all sessions performed by the manufacturer's

representative and shall add to each session any special information relating to the details of installation of the equipment as it might impact the operation and maintenance.

5. Equipment training shall occur as soon as possible after start up of the equipment and shall include hands-on operation. Training shall be provided for equipment listed in the table below.

C. System training:

1. Training sessions shall include hands-on demonstrations of system wide start-up, operation in all possible modes, shut-down and emergency procedures.

D. The following are minimum requirements for Owner instruction:

Section Description Hrs. on Site

Presented By Others Present

Remarks

271000 Grounding and Bonding 0.5 Contractor

271100 Cabling and Equipment 2 Contractor

274000 Audiovisual System 4 Contractor

274500 Sound Masking System 1 Contractor

275000 Intercom System 4 Contractor

276000 School Clock System 4 Contractor

277000 Nurse Call System 4 Contractor

278000 Phone System 4 Contractor

E. Each Contractor shall submit a certificate (in the project closeout submittals), signed by

Owner stating the date, time and persons instructed and that the instruction has been completed to Owner's satisfaction. An example of a certificate form is as follows:

Page 599: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 270010 - 9

CERTIFICATE OF SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION

This document is to certify that the contractor has demonstrated the hereafter listed systems to Owner's representatives in accordance with the Contract documents and that the instruction has been completed to the Owner's satisfaction.

A. Project:

B. System(s):

C. Contractor's representatives giving instruction and demonstration:

Contractor: _____________________________

NAMES DATE HOURS

D. Owner's representatives receiving instruction:

Owner:

NAMES DATE HOURS

E. Acknowledgement of demonstration:

Contractor's Representative: signature date

Owner's Representative: signature date

Page 600: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 270010 - 10

1.14 PERMITS, FEES, ETC. A. Secure all required permits and pay for all inspections required in connection with the

telecommunication systems work. Contractor shall post all bonds and obtain all licenses required by the State, City, County, and Federal Agencies.

1.15 SUBSTITUTIONS A. To obtain approval to use unspecified equipment, Bidding Contractors (not equipment

supplier, manufacturers, etc.) shall submit written requests to Design Professional at least 10 days prior to bid due date. Requests shall clearly describe the equipment for which approval is being requested. Include all data necessary to demonstrate that equipment's capacities, features and performance are equivalent to include a cost comparison between specified equipment and equipment for which approval is being requested. If the equipment is acceptable, Design Professional will approve it in an addenda. The Design Professional will, under no circumstances, be required to prove that an item proposed for substitution is or is not of equal quality to the specified item.

B. Where substitutions are approved, Contractor assumes all responsibility for physical

dimensions and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of the substitution.

1.16 APPROVED CONTRACTORS A. MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATION: Contractor shall be a manufacturer certified

installer for the structured cabling plant. A copy of the current annual manufacturer certification shall be provided with 27 0010 submittals. Contractor is responsible for workmanship and installation practices in accordance with the manufacturer requirements and shall be authorized to provide an extended Manufacturer's Product Warranty with his installation. The specific warranty program that is acceptable for each solution is listed with the connectivity solution in specification section 27 1100 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS CABLING AND EQUIPMENT. Contractors shall provide proof upon request that they have maintained the Manufacturers Certification in good standing for at least six months prior to the overall project bid. Temporary or short term certifications (less than the standard 12 month annual certification described above) or case-by-case certifications are not acceptable.

B. CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION: Contractor shall meet one of the following two

paragraphs and provide appropriate documentation in the 27 0010 submittals:

1. Contractor shall have BICSI Registered Installers and Technicians on staff and assign them to this project. The project shall be staffed at all times by Installers and Technicians who, in the role of lead craft-persons, will be able to provide leadership and technical resources for the remaining craft-persons on the project. A minimum of 30 percent of personnel shall be BICSI registered telecommunications installers. Of that number 15 percent shall be registered at the Technician Level, at least 40 percent shall be registered at the Installer Level 2, and the balance shall be registered at the Installer Level 1. Contractor shall provide BICSI certifications showing employee name, level, and expiration date. BICSI certificate for the highest level attained shall be submitted.

Page 601: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 270010 - 11

2. Contractor shall have employees on staff and assigned to the project that are currently indentured in or have successfully completed the IBEW/NECA three-year Telecommunications Installer/Technician registered apprenticeship program. Contractor shall maintain a ratio of 1 Technician to 1 indentured Apprentice. Contractor shall provide documentation verifying the indentured status of Apprentices, and the Department of Labor Certificates of Completion for the Installer/Technicians.

C. Contractor pulling the telecommunications cabling (if different from the prime

Telecommunications Contractor) shall meet all the same BICSI or IBEW/NECA requirements, and requirements of this specification, as the prime Telecommunications Contractor.

D. Contractor shall be located within 125 miles of the construction site to establish a potential

two hour response time for ongoing customer needs after construction completion. 1.17 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. In most cases, equipment specifications are based on a specific manufacturer's type,

style, dimensional data, catalog number, etc. Listed with the base specification, either in the manual or on the drawing schedules, are acceptable manufacturers approved to bid products of equal quality. These manufacturers are encouraged to submit to Design Professional at least 8 days prior to the bid due date drawings and catalog numbers of products to be bid as equals.

B. Manufacturers, who do not submit prior to bidding, run the risk of having the product

rejected at time of shop drawing submittal. Extra costs associated with replacing the rejected product shall be the responsibility of Contractor and/or the manufacturer.

C. If Contractor chooses to use a manufacturer listed as an equal, it shall be his responsibility

to assure that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements in 'A' above. Contractor shall assume all responsibility for physical dimensions, operating characteristics, and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of using the alternate manufacturer.

D. Where a model or catalog number is provided, it may not be inclusive of all product

requirements. Refer to additional requirements provided on the plans or in the specifications as required. Similarly, there may be additional requirements included in the model or catalog number that are not specifically stated. These requirements shall also be met.

1.18 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractor shall be a company specializing in telecommunication cable and/or

accessories with a minimum of five years documented experience in installation of cable and/or accessories similar to those specified below.

Page 602: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 270010 - 12

1.19 WARRANTY AND SERVICES A. The entire telecommunications system including all sub-systems shall be guaranteed

against defect in materials and installation for a minimum of one year. Any malfunctions which occur within the guarantee period shall be promptly corrected without cost to Owner. This guarantee shall not limit or void any manufacturer's express or implied warranties.

B. A Manufacturer Product Warranty shall be provided which warrants functionality of all

components used in the system for 20 years from the date of registration. The Manufacturers Product Warranty shall warrant the installed horizontal and/or backbone copper, and both the horizontal and the backbone optical fiber portions of the cabling system.

C. Continuing Maintenance: The contractor shall furnish an hourly rate with the proposal

submittal, which shall be valid for a period of one year from the date of acceptance. This rate will be used when cabling support is required to affect moves, adds, and changes to the system (MACs). MACs performed by an approved Contractor shall be added to the warranty.

D. Final Acceptance & System Certification: Completion of the installation, in-progress and

final inspections, receipt of the test and as-built documentation, and successful performance of the cabling system for a two week period will constitute acceptance of the system. Upon successful completion of the installation and subsequent inspection, the end user shall be provided with a numbered certificate registering the installation.

1.20 CHANGES IN THE WORK A. A Contract Change Order is a written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor,

issued after the execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. The Contract Sum and the Contract Time may be changed only by Contract Change Order.

B. Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes in the Work within the

general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, with the Contract Sum and the Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. All such changes in the Work shall be authorized by Contract Change Order and shall be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents.

C. The cost or credit to Owner resulting from a change in the Work shall be determined by

mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantial data to permit evaluation. Change Orders shall be submitted with each item listed individually with a material cost and labor unit extension. Overhead and profit, as mutually agreed upon between Owner and Contractor shall be added to material and labor cost figures.

D. It shall be the responsibility of Contractor before proceeding with any change to satisfy

himself that the change has been properly authorized on behalf of Owner.

Page 603: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 270010 - 13

1.21 GROUNDING AND BONDING OF SYSTEMS A. All low voltage systems shall be subject to the Telecommunications Grounding and

Bonding specification section 27 1000. For those systems which may require a specialized sub-contractor, the sub-contractor providing and installing systems shall also be responsible for grounding and bonding per this specification.

1.22 COMPLETION A. Systems, at time of completion, shall be complete, efficiently operating, non-hazardous

and ready for normal use by Owner. B. When all the work is complete Contractor shall thoroughly clean all material and

equipment installed as a part of this contract and leave all equipment and material in new condition.

C. Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all debris, excess material and

equipment left during the progress of this contract at job completion. END OF SECTION 270010

Page 604: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS 270010 - 14

Page 605: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING AND BONDING 271000 - 1

SECTION 271000 - TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING AND BONDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 270010 – Telecommunications General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work included under this specification consists of furnishing all labor, equipment,

materials, and supplies and performing all operations necessary to complete the installation of this grounding and bonding system in compliance with the applicable standards, specifications and drawings. Contractor will provide and install all of the required material to form a complete and operational system whether specifically addressed in the technical specifications or not.

B. All division 27 low voltage systems shall adhere to these grounding and bonding

requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal data for equipment, cabling, and hardware shall consist of catalog cuts

showing technical data necessary to evaluate the materials with specific item designated by arrow or by being highlighted.

1.04 WORK BY OTHERS A. The Intersystem Grounding Busbar located outside the main electrical service

equipment will be installed as part of the main electrical gear and connected back to the various building grounding sources (ground rods, water pipe, building steel, etc.).

1.05 FIRESTOPPING A. Contractor shall be responsible for fire stopping all conduit sleeves (internally only) and

cable tray where required to maintain integrity of fire and/or smoke walls. The Contractor shall review architectural drawings to determine which walls have a fire and/or smoke rating. Any rating other than “non-rated” shall constitute a wall that requires fire stopping in all penetrations/openings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GROUNDING EQUIPMENT A. Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbar (TMGB): Panduit part number

GB4B0624TPI-1. B. Telecommunications Grounding Busbar (TGB): Panduit part number GB2B0312TPI-1.

Page 606: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING AND BONDING 271000 - 2

C. Telecommunications Grounding and Bonding Conductor Label Kit: Panduit part number LTYK.

D. Data Rack Grounding Busbar, 19”: Panduit part number RGRB19U. E. Server Cabinet Grounding Busbar, Cagenut Mounting, 19”: Panduit part number

RGRB19CN. F. Electrostatic Discharge Port Kit: Panduit part number RGESD2-1. 2.02 GROUNDING CABLING A. Cable used for Intersystem Grounding Busbar to Telecommunications Main Grounding

Busbar (TMGB) shall be non-jacketed AWG #3/0 bare copper stranded grounding cable. B. Cable used for Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbar (TMGB) to

Telecommunications Grounding Busbar (TGB) shall be non-jacketed AWG #3/0 bare copper stranded grounding cable.

C. Cable used for Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbar (TMGB) or

Telecommunications Grounding Busbar (TGB) to data racks/server cabinets inside the telecom room shall be AWG #6 copper stranded cable, green jacketed or bare copper.

D. Cable used for Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbar (TMGB) or

Telecommunications Grounding Busbar (TGB) to any wall mounted low voltage system in the telecom room that requires grounding shall be AWG #6 copper stranded cable, green or bare copper.

E. Cable used for Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbar (TMGB) or

Telecommunications Grounding Busbar (TGB) to the telecom room ladder rack system shall be AWG #6 copper stranded cable, green or bare copper.

F. Cable used for Cable Tray and/or Wire Basket grounding outside the telecom room shall

be #6 AWG stranded bare copper cable. 2.03 GROUNDING HARDWARE A. Two Hole Lug, Code Conductor, Long Barrel with Window, AWG #3/0 3/8” with 1”

spacing. Panduit part number LCC3/0-38DW-X. B. Two Hole Lug, Code Conductor, Long Barrel with Window, AWG #6 with 5/8” spacing.

Panduit part number LCC6-14AW-L. C. Paint Piercing Grounding Washer Kit with Antioxidant: Panduit parts. D. Bonding Screws, #12-24: Panduit part number RGTBSG-C.

Page 607: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING AND BONDING 271000 - 3

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 STAR TOPOLOGY A. The telecom grounding and bonding system shall be provided and installed in a star

topology. Each building shall receive one Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbar (TMGB) in the designated telecom room or utility demarcation area (see below for location), and one Telecommunications Grounding Busbar (TGB) in each additional telecom room or identified specialty location (see below for locations). All TGB’s shall receive a dedicated grounding connection back to the TMGB. The TMGB shall receive a dedicated grounding connection back to the building Intersystem Grounding Busbar (see Work By Others). The building Intersystem Grounding Busbar is usually just outside the main electrical service gear (interior to the building, visible on the wall.

3.02 INTERSYSTEM GROUNDING BUSBAR LOCATION: A. 123 3.03 TELECOMMUNICATIONS MAIN GROUNDING BUSBAR (TMGB) LOCATION: A. 123 B. If in a telecom room, the TMGB shall be mounted on a wall toward the rear of the room,

preferably out of the way of other equipment and walk ways. C. If in a telecom room, the TMGB shall be mounted at an elevation approximately 6”-12”

below the ladder rack in the room to allow easy access for grounding cables from the ladder rack, and to keep it up and out of the way for better technician safety.

3.04 TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM LADDER RACK A. All telecom room ladder rack shall be bonded together and to the telecommunications

grounding busbar in that room. B. Bonding shall be accomplished per the following:

1. Use the #6 AWG green cable listed in the cable paragraph. 2. Use the #6 AWG two hole lugs listed in the hardware paragraph. 3. Use the bonding stud and bonding nuts listed in the hardware paragraph to

secure the lug to the ladder rack. 4. Drill holes in ladder rack to accommodate the two hole lugs and bonding studs

with bonding nuts. 5. Install bonding conductors in a neat and orderly fashion so as not to droop or

hang away from the material it is bonding. 6. Use the #6 AWG two hole lugs to bond to the busbar.

3.05 TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM RACKS AND CABINETS A. All telecom room racks and cabinets shall be individually bonded to the copper busbar in

that room (the TMGB or TGB) using a dedicated cable installation.

Page 608: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING AND BONDING 271000 - 4

B. Grounding the rack or cabinet to the copper busbar shall be accomplished per the

following:

1. Use the #6 AWG green cable listed in the cable paragraph. 2. Use the #6 AWG two hole lugs listed in the hardware paragraph to connect to the

telecom room grounding busbar. 3. Use the #6 AWG two hole lugs listed in the hardware paragraph to connect to the

rack or cabinet grounding busbar. 4. Use the paint piercing washers listed in the hardware paragraph. 5. Install bonding conductors in a neat and orderly fashion so as not to droop or

hang away from the material it is bonding. 6. Use the #6 AWG two hole lugs to bond to the busbar.

3.06 TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLE TRAY AND/OR WIRE BASKET A. All installations of cable tray and/or wire basket runs shall be bonded to the nearest

copper busbar in a telecom room (the TGB or TMGB) using a AWG #6 stranded bare copper grounding conductor. The break point shall be at the same boundary as the UTP boundary between telecom rooms. Do not bond the cable tray or wire basket together across these boundaries as this could cause a grounding loop.

B. Bonding cable tray and/or wire basket shall be accomplished per the following:

1. The bare copper bonding conductor shall be one continuous run from the telecom room grounding busbar to the end of the cable tray and/or wire basket longest run. Remember to not bond across the boundaries (see above).

2. Additional branches of cable tray and/or wire basket that branch off the initial “longest run” shall have their own installation of continuous bare copper bonding conductor from the main run to the end. This run shall be mechanically and permanently bonded to the “longest run” using permanent crimp on Panduit lugs and the proper Panduit hydraulic tool for the job. The end result of this is like a tree with a main trunk and branches off that main trunk (the branches connect at the main trunk and do not need to individually run to the telecom room).

3. Each individual piece or stick of cable tray and/or wire basket shall be mechanically bonded to the bare copper grounding conductor. a) For cable tray, use a mechanical bonding lug with paint piercing washer

and bolt with nylock nut through body of cable tray. The bare copper bonding cable shall slide into the “C” opening of the lug and be tightened using the lug stud.

b) For wire basket, use a mechanical screw type compression lug. END OF SECTION 271000

Page 609: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND EQUIPMENT 271100 - 1

SECTION 271100 - TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 270010 – Telecommunications General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work included under this specification consists of furnishing all labor, equipment,

materials, and supplies and performing all operations necessary to complete the installation of this structured cabling system in compliance with the specifications and drawings. Contractor will provide and install all of the required material to form a complete system whether specifically addressed in the technical specifications or not.

1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer and Contractor Certifications are required submittals in the division 27

General Provisions specifications section. The Manufacturer Certification is based on the material information listed below in the Acceptable Manufacturers paragraph.

B. Submittal data for cabling and components shall consist of catalog cuts showing

technical data necessary to evaluate the materials. 1.04 WORK BY OTHERS A. In general, the following is provided or is of note:

1. Architect will specify each dedicated telecom room fully lined on all walls from floor to 8' AFF (+96") with 0.75" fire retardant 3/4" AC plywood (A side visible after installation), painted with three coats of fire retardant bright white paint. Each sheet of plywood shall have one fire rating stamp masked off such that after painting this stamp is visible to the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). The Division 27 Contractor shall review the architectural drawings and be prepared to mount ladder rack and other equipment to masonry, gypsum, or other wall types if the plywood was omitted from the architectural design.

2. Electrical Contractor will provide field device back boxes and conduit paths for use by the Telecom or other division 27 Contractor.

3. The project painter may not be aware that ANY paint overspray (or direct application) of paint of any type (latex, oil based and ALL other paint types) to the UTP (unshielded twisted pair, generally called data cabling) voids the manufacturer's warranty and violates this specification. Paint may not be chemically or physically removed in any way once applied to the data cabling. Any cabling with paint overspray shall be fully replaced (no splicing therefore the entire run).

Page 610: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND EQUIPMENT 271100 - 2

1.05 FIRESTOPPING A. Contractor shall be responsible for fire stopping all conduit sleeves (internally only) and

cable tray where required to maintain integrity of fire and/or smoke walls. The Contractor shall review architectural drawings to determine which walls have a fire and/or smoke rating. Any rating other than “non-rated” shall constitute a wall that requires fire stopping in all penetrations/openings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 COPPER UTP CABLE AND CONNECTIVITY PRODUCTS A. Cabling and connectivity products (devices, cover plates, patch panels, insulation

displacement connectors, etc.) must be part of a matched solution, provided by manufacturers that have been tested together and provide a fully certified end to end system.

B. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1. Belden Cat6a UTP connectivity (angled, modular patch panels) w/ Belden 10GXS Series Cat6a cable with 25 year Belden IBDN Component Warranty and Application Assurance Program provided by a Belden Certified System Vendor (CSV).

2. CommScope Systimax Cat6a UTP connectivity (angled, modular patch panels) w/ CommScope Systimax X10D Cat6a cable, with Systimax 20 year product and performance warranty.

3. Leviton Cat6a Atlas X1 UTP connectivity (angled, modular patch panels) w/ Berk-Tek XTP Cat6a cable with BLT limited lifetime warranty provided by Leviton Preferred Network Installers (PNI).

4. Ortronics TracJack Cat6a UTP connectivity (angled, modular patch panels) w/ Superior Essex 10 Gain Cat6a cable, with the 25 year "nCompass" system warranty provided by an Ortronics CIP (Certified Installer Plus).

5. Panduit Mini-Com Cat6a UTP connectivity (angled, modular patch panels) w/ General GS10000 Cat6a cable with PanGenPlus 25 year system warranty provided by a Panduit Certified Installer.

6. Belden Cat6 UTP connectivity (angled, modular patch panels) w/ Belden 4800 Series Cat6 cable with 25 year Belden IBDN Component Warranty and Application Assurance Program provided by a Belden Certified System Vendor (CSV).

7. CommScope Systimax Cat6 UTP connectivity (angled, modular patch panels) w/ CommScope Systimax GigaSPEED XL Cat6 cable, with Systimax 20 year product and performance warranty.

8. Leviton Cat6 Atlas X1 UTP connectivity (angled, modular patch panels) w/ Berk-Tek LANmark 2000 CAT6 cable with BLT limited lifetime warranty provided by Leviton Preferred Network Installers (PNI).

9. Ortronics TracJack Cat6 UTP connectivity (angled, modular patch panels) w/ Superior Essex Next Gain Cat6 cable, with the 25 year "nCompass" system warranty provided by an Ortronics CIP (Certified Installer Plus).

Page 611: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND EQUIPMENT 271100 - 3

10. Panduit Mini-Com Cat6 UTP connectivity (angled, modular patch panels) w/

General GS6500P Cat6 cable with PanGenPlus 25 year system warranty provided by a Panduit Certified Installer.

11. Belden Cat6 UTP connectivity (angled, modular patch panels) w/ Belden 3600 Series Cat6 cable with 25 year Belden IBDN Component Warranty and Application Assurance Program provided by a Belden Certified System Vendor (CSV).

12. CommScope Uniprise Cat6 UTP connectivity (angled, modular patch panels) w/ CommScope Uniprise UltraMedia 7504 series Cat6 cable, with Uniprise 20 year product and performance warranty.

13. Leviton Cat6 Extreme UTP connectivity (angled, modular patch panels) w/ Berk-Tek LANmark 1000 Cat6 cable with BLT limited lifetime warranty provided by Leviton Preferred Network Installers (PNI).

14. Ortronics TracJack Cat6 UTP connectivity (angled, modular patch panels) w/ Superior Essex Data Gain Cat6 cable, with the 25 year "nCompass" system warranty provided by an Ortronics CIP (Certified Installer Plus).

15. Panduit Mini-Com Cat6 UTP connectivity (angled, modular patch panels) w/ General GS6000E Cat6 cable with PanGenPlus 25 year system warranty provided by a Panduit Certified Installer.

16. Belden Cat6 UTP connectivity (angled, modular patch panels) w/ Belden 2400 Series Cat6 cable with 25 year Belden IBDN Component Warranty and Application Assurance Program provided by a Belden Certified System Vendor (CSV).

17. CommScope Uniprise Cat6 UTP connectivity (angled, modular patch panels) w/ CommScope Uniprise Media 6 (6504 series) Cat6 cable, with Uniprise 20 year product and performance warranty.

18. Leviton Cat6 Extreme UTP connectivity (angled, modular patch panels) w/ Berk-Tek LANmark-6 Cat6 cable with BLT limited lifetime warranty provided by Leviton Preferred Network Installers (PNI).

19. Ortronics TracJack Cat6 UTP connectivity (angled, modular patch panels) w/ Superior Essex Series 77 Cat6 cable, with the 25 year "nCompass" system warranty provided by an Ortronics CIP (Certified Installer Plus).

20. Panduit Mini-Com Cat6 UTP connectivity (angled, modular patch panels) w/ General GS6 Cat6 cable with PanGenPlus 20 year system warranty provided by a Panduit Certified Installer.

C. Cable Jacket Rating:

1. Plenum 2. Non-Plenum

Note: If the above selection is not edited down to only one cable jacket type, the Contractor shall provide plenum rated cabling.

D. Additional Cabling and Connectivity Requirements:

1. Furnish and install cable between telecommunications room and field device locations as noted on the drawings.

2. Each field jack shall have a dedicated cable. 3. Provide cable terminations at telecommunications room.

Page 612: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND EQUIPMENT 271100 - 4

4. Provide terminations at all field locations with an 8 pin, 8 conductor (RJ45 type) modular jack and flush wall plate per drawings.

5. Terminate using T568B wiring schematic unless noted otherwise. 6. Provide thermoplastic stainless steel wall faceplates from the same connectivity

manufacturer per location requirements for all field devices. Faceplate shall match electrical receptacle faceplates (if stainless steel, then match with stainless steel, if thermoplastic, then match with same color thermoplastic). Verify color/material before submittal time with Design Professional and include faceplate color/material choice in submittals.

7. Removable snap on colored icons shall be used to distinguish jacks meant for voice service and data service. For thermoplastic faceplate projects, all jacks shall be the same color as the thermoplastic faceplate unless specifically instructed otherwise (ask Design Professional about jack color for stainless steel faceplate projects – all jacks shall be the same color [only one color] unless specifically instructed otherwise by the Design Professional). Provide at least 100 extra snap-on voice icons and at least 100 extra snap-on data icons to Owner. Contractor shall ask the Owner what two colors they want for voice and data icons respectively.

8. Configure faceplates as required for individual field locations per drawings. 9. Blanks shall be installed in all empty jack locations. 10. Provide terminations onto insulation displacement connectors for high pair count

copper cables. 11. All patch panels shall be high density 48 port in 2RU (One EIA rack unit (1RU) =

1.75”). No standard density (24 port in 2RU) patch panels allowed). 12. If multiple floors are being fed from one telecom room, the Contractor shall

provide patch panels for each floor (do not continue from one floor to another on the same patch panel). Each floors patch panels shall be separated in the rack such that each floor may be expanded by 20% by putting the new patch panels in the original line up).

2.02 CABLE TELEVISION (CATV) CABLING AND AMPLIFICATION A. Provide and install CATV trunk and distribution cables, taps and/or splitters, amplifiers (if

needed) and field devices as noted on plans. B. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1. CommScope 2275V (or General Cable equivalent), RG6 Plenum. 2. CommScope 5730 (or General Cable equivalent), RG6 Non-Plenum. 3. CommScope 2227V (or General Cable equivalent), RG6 Quad Shield Plenum. 4. CommScope 5781 (or General Cable equivalent), RG6 Quad Shield Non-

Plenum. 5. CommScope 2285K (or General Cable equivalent), RG11 Plenum.

C. Additional Requirements:

1. Provide and install Ideal or Thomas and Betts longitudinal compression style F connectors at all field locations.

2. Provide and install Ideal or Thomas and Betts longitudinal compression style F connectors at the source end of the coaxial cabling (telecom room or distributed tap locations).

Page 613: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND EQUIPMENT 271100 - 5

3. Provide and install Blonder Tongue active amplifier(s) as needed to keep signal level within mandated range (see below).

4. CATV signal strength at each television/tuner location shall be +10dB, plus or minus 3dB.

5. All CATV drops over 150’ in length shall be Series 11 coaxial cable. 2.03 TELECOM ROOM EQUIPMENT A. Please see table below for hardware selection:

HARDWARE PART #

Data Rack, Two Post. Mount to floor using minimum 3/8” bolt/lag/hardware.

CPI 55053-703

Four Post QuadraRack server frame. All of These Part Numbers Constitute One Complete Four Post Rack. 12639-001 is 12-24 hardware; 16341-719 is base dust cover; 16342-702 is rack line up spacer used for multiple rack installation only; 16350-719 is vented HD rack shelf;

CPI 15053-703, Qty 1 CPI 12639-001, Qty 2 CPI 16341-719, Qty 1 CPI 16342-702, Qty 1 CPI 16350-719, Qty 2

Vertical Cable Management CPI Evolution g2 Double Sided, black (front and back solid doors with fingers front and back): CPI Evolution g3 Combination, black (front solid door and side fingers, rear open with fold down arms):

CPI Evolution DS g2 6", 35521-703 CPI Evolution DS g2 8", 35522-703 CPI Evolution DS g2 10", 35523-703 CPI Evolution DS g2 12", 35524-703 CPI Evolution DS g2 15", 35525-703 CPI Evolution DS g3 6", 35571-703 CPI Evolution DS g3 8", 35572-703 CPI Evolution DS g3 10", 35573-703 CPI Evolution DS g3 12", 35574-703 CPI Evolution DS g3 15", 35575-703

Horizontal Cable Management, 19" Rack Mounted. CPI Evolution, black. Provide "n+1" for patch panel, and also "n+1" for project furnished data switches. If no project furnished data switches, provide three (3) extra for Owner use.

CPI Evolution 1RU, 35441-701 CPI Evolution 2RU, 35441-701 CPI Evolution 3RU, 35441-701 CPI Evolution 4RU, 35441-701

Page 614: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND EQUIPMENT 271100 - 6

Horizontal Cable Management, Ladder Rack. Use minimum #12 AWG x 1” screw for mounting. Toggle bolts, minimum 1/4” x 20, are also acceptable for hollow wall application if desired. Drywall screws shall not be used. Bond grounded ladder rack system to telecom room grounding bus bar with #6AWG green jacketed copper cable and two hole compression lugs.

12” is part # CPI 11275-712 18” is part # CPI 11275-718 24” is part # CPI 11275-724

B. The table above is design basis information. Once the Contractor has selected a

product line to bid from 2.01, COPPER UTP CABLE AND CONNECTIVITY PRODUCTS, paragraph B, and if the connectivity manufacturer listed in that selection also manufacturers their own hardware equal to the CPI products listed, then the Contractor may use those products in place of the CPI products listed. If what is allowed in this paragraph is pursued, the Contractor assumes full liability for submitting and installing products which fully meet the criteria established by the CPI product, and also understands that if the engineer does not agree that the product meets the CPI design basis, the product line will revert back to mandatory installation of the CPI products listed, with any possible cost differences being fully the Contractors responsibility (including replacing installed hardware if this determination is made post-installation). Lastly, to be eligible to pursue this, the connectivity manufacturer shall offer an equivalent for each CPI part listed, and they all shall be used (no mixing manufacturers).

C. Cooper B-Line products are also an acceptable alternative to the CPI items in the table

above. The Contractor assumes full liability for submitting and installing products which fully meet the criteria established by the CPI product, and also understands that if the engineer does not agree that the product meets the CPI design basis, the product line will revert back to mandatory installation of the CPI products listed, with any possible cost differences being fully the Contractors responsibility (including replacing installed hardware if this determination is made post-installation).

D. Please see the table below for power equipment selection:

POWER EQUIPMENT PART #

Power Distribution Unit, 19" rack mounted. Provides eight 15A receptacles on front, eight 15A receptacles on back, and has a 12' cord with NEMA 5-15P plug which requires a NEMA 5-15R receptacle. Network connection capable.

Tripp Lite PDUMH15NET

Power Distribution Unit, 19" rack mounted. Provides eight 20A receptacles on front, eight 20A receptacles on back, and has a 12' cord with NEMA 5-20P plug which requires a NEMA 5-20R receptacle. Network connection capable.

Tripp Lite PDUMH20NET

Page 615: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND EQUIPMENT 271100 - 7

Surge Suppression Power Strip, 19” rack mounted. Provides two 15A receptacles on front, ten 15A receptacles on back, and has a 15' cord with NEMA 5-15P plug which requires a NEMA 5-15R wall receptacle.

Tripp Lite ISOBAR12ULTRA

Surge Suppression Power Strip, 19” rack mounted. Provides two 15A receptacles on front, ten 20A receptacles on back, and has a 15' cord with NEMA 5-20P plug which requires a NEMA 5-20R wall receptacle.

Tripp Lite IBAR12-20ULTRA

2.04 WIRE BASKET HORIZONTAL CABLE MANAGEMENT A. Wire basket shall be provided and installed (generally outside of telecom rooms only) as

shown on the plans. B. Acceptable Manufacturers are:

1. Chatsworth Products (CPI), OnTrac Wire Mesh Cable Tray 2. Wire Basket Tray (WBT) Shaped Wire Basket Tray 3. Cooper B-Line, Flextray Cable Management 4. Legrand Cablofil, Wire Mesh Cable Tray 5. MonoSystems, Mono-Mesh Wire Basket Cable Tray

C. Additional Wire Basket Requirements:

1. All wire basket and hardware shall be galvanized (no other coatings) applied after product fabrication. This is to ensure a product that is made of an electrically conductive material for grounding purposes.

2. Whenever possible the Contractor shall continue the basket around corners and changes in elevation by applying the factory instructions for cutting and bending the material rather than stopping the material, forcing the cable to jump from one installation to the other.

3. The Contractor shall only cut the material with manufacturer approved cutters which leave a square edge, rather than bolt cutters which leave a sharp edge that can damage cables and severely injure installers or the Owner in the future.

4. Wire basket is shown in part diagrammatically on the plans. Conduit sleeves are shown passing through walls often with a stub symbol on each end (so the Electrical Contractor knows what to install) looking like they are 3’ or 4’ long, but in the field that sleeve will often not be any longer than the wall is thick (which is acceptable as long as it has bushings). The Contractor shall install the wire basket to the intended target shown on the plans (the destination of the cable that is, possibly the area below a floor box, wall sleeves, or other longer conduit pathway, etc.). The maximum air gap between wire basket and the cable destination horizontally shall be one foot (12”). The maximum air gap between wire basket and the cable destination vertically shall be two feet (24”).

Page 616: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND EQUIPMENT 271100 - 8

2.05 LIGHTNING PROTECTION A. Lightning protection shall be provided for all cabling that does not remain fully inside the

building envelope. B. Acceptable Manufacturers are:

1. Circa Telecom USA 2. Porta Systems

C. Additional Lightning Protection Requirements:

1. All cabling 25 pair or larger shall use an enclosed Building Entrance Terminal. This terminal shall be sized to accommodate all incoming cable pairs (full of 5 pin modules). Module selection shall be determined by the application chart found in manufacturer literature.

2. For applications smaller than 25 pair, the proper manufacturer recommended solution is acceptable (enclosed or not).

2.06 MULTIMODE FIBER AND CONNECTIVITY PRODUCTS A. Cabling and connectivity products (devices, coverplates, termination panels, connectors,

etc.) must be part of a matched solution, provided by manufacturers that have been tested together and provide a fully certified and guaranteed end to end system.

B. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1. The acceptable fiber solution shall be Corning Cable Systems hardware with Corning brand optical fiber cable (not someone else using Corning’s glass).

C. Additional Fiber and Connectivity Requirements:

1. The minimum grade of acceptable multimode fiber shall be 50um OM3. 2. Provide and install buffer tube fan out kits for all OSP multimode fiber. 3. Provide and install LC connectors for all multimode fiber. 4. Installation method shall be mechanical connection (Uni-Cam).

2.07 SINGLEMODE FIBER AND CONNECTIVITY PRODUCTS A. Cabling and connectivity products (devices, coverplates, splice/termination panels,

connectors, etc.) must be part of a matched solution, provided by manufacturers that have been tested together and provide a fully certified and guaranteed end to end system.

B. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1. The acceptable fiber solution shall be Corning Cable Systems hardware with Corning Brand Optical Fiber Cable (not someone else using Corning’s glass).

Page 617: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND EQUIPMENT 271100 - 9

C. Additional Fiber and Connectivity Requirements:

1. The minimum grade of acceptable single mode fiber shall be OS2. 2. Provide and install buffer tube fan out kits for all OSP fiber. 3. Provide and install LC connectors for all singlemode fiber. 4. Installation method shall be mechanical connection (Uni-Cam).

2.08 DATA SWITCH A. The Data Switch(es) shall be provided and installed by Contractor (or his sub) per the

drawings. Contractor (or his sub) shall provide warranty and service option information to Owner. The Data Switch shall have at least one year parts and labor warranty.

B. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1. Cisco 2. Hewlett Packard

C. Additional Data Switch Requirements:

1. 10/100/1000 MHz Ethernet, 24 port minimum, POE (power over Ethernet). 2. Individual port management. 3. Capable of backplane cascading. 4. Multiple switches in the same telecom room shall be cascaded together using

GBIC’s, not by using standard data ports. 5. One additional RJ-45 copper GBIC connection point shall be available for router

access. 6. One 62.5 um multimode fiber (LC connectors) long distance GBIC installed for

remote building interconnect. 2.09 FIRE ALARM PANEL CONNECTIONS A. Two fire alarm panel information drops shall be furnished and installed by Contractor for

each fire alarm head end panel. These drops shall be provided when required, whether they are pictorially shown on the plans or not.

B. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1. UTP cabling shall be the same as the Contractor will be installing per paragraph 2.01.B of this specification.

2. RJ31X connector shall be Elk Products, Inc. 3. RJ31X Connector may also be Engineer approved equal.

C. Additional RJ31X Requirements:

1. One RJ31X connector shall be used for each central office line; do not use the additional terminals inside the unit for a second line.

2. Contractor shall make necessary connections at demarcation location to insert RJ31X units into the lines between the demarcation (central office lines) and the lines to the premise wiring / phone system.

Page 618: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND EQUIPMENT 271100 - 10

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 UTP NO-PAINT WRITTEN NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENT A. Many painters do not know that paint overspray of any quantity on voice/data UTP

cabling (called UTP from here on) voids the manufacturer's extended warranty required by the specification. The Telecom Contractor shall notify the General Contractor in writing that the UTP cannot be painted (not even the slightest bit of overspray) and inform him or her that mechanical or chemical removal of paint is not allowed but rather full replacement of any cable that has received any amount of paint or paint overspray shall be fully replaced (no splicing allowed). This notification shall occur at least 30 days prior to any UTP being installed in the facility or brought on-site for storage.

3.02 INSTALLATION AND LABELING A. Install telecommunication systems cables and auxiliary materials as indicated in

accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, and recognized industry practices.

1. In general, all interior cables are installed in conduit. 2. In general, all interior cables are installed in the wall spaces, not in conduit. 3. D rings are allowed in telecommunications room as needed. 4. Contractor shall use hook and loop type fasteners on all UTP

telecommunications cable. Tie wraps may be temporarily used loosely for dressing UTP cables during installation if they are removed before final inspection. Any tie wrap found in place around UTP cable tight enough that a 0.5” wooden dowel cannot be inserted into the bundle at the tie wrap location shall therefore obligate the Contractor to replace those potentially damaged UTP cables at the Design Professionals discretion, whether they pass electronic testing or not.

5. Tie wraps may be used carefully on OSP and armored cabling at light tension levels which do not result in any visible cable jacket deformation.

6. If unarmored fiber is specified without innerduct for any reason, tie wraps are forbidden on that cabling.

7. Any and all tie wraps used in the project shall be trimmed flush at the locking device using a fully flush cutter tool for safety. Any tie wrap found with a sharp point shall be removed by the Contractor and replaced without additional compensation.

B. Identify all fiber, copper, and coaxial cables that terminate in the telecommunication

room as to field location.

1. Provide manufacturer’s standard vinyl-cloth self-adhesive cable/conductor markers of wrap-around type; either pre-numbered plastic coated type, or write-on type with clear plastic self-adhesive cover flap; numbered to show cable identification. Install within 6" of cable end.

Page 619: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND EQUIPMENT 271100 - 11

2. Contractor shall not distinguish between UTP that is initially intended for voice or

data use. The structured cabling plant is designed to be flexible and shall be numbered sequentially throughout the building. Room numbers shall not be used in the numbering scheme. For buildings with multiple Telecom Rooms (and/or per floor), an alphanumeric identifier shall identify the telecom room, followed by the sequentially numbered jack. For example, a jack labeled 2A-97 would terminate in the “A” Telecom Room on the second floor, and be connected to jack #97 on the patch panels.

3. All field device labeling shall match the telecom room labeling for the corresponding cable.

4. Jacks shall be numbered sequentially on the patch panel field, beginning at the top left, working across the row to the right, then down to the next row, etc. This will require Contractor to plan the installation and terminate sequentially on both ends through the building rather than terminate randomly which results in confusion for Owner.

5. When transitioning from one floor to another on a multi-floor installation served out of one telecom room (or a multi-floor section of a larger building), the patch panel at the end of the installation for a particular floor shall have at least 12 open jacks/slots for future growth on that floor. Also, a new patch panel shall always be started for each new floor. This means if a particular floor has 25 jacks (using 24 port patch panels), the Contractor shall leave the second patch panel with 23 openings and start a fresh patch panel for the next floor.

C. After completion, all cables shall be thoroughly tested in accordance with the division 27

Testing and Documentation section.

1. Contractor shall provide all instruments for testing the cables. 2. Contractor shall demonstrate in the presence of Owner's representative that the

telecommunications system is complete and operational. 3. Contractor shall complete and submit the Certificate of System Demonstration.

D. After completion, comprehensive As-Builts will be created and posted in each Telecom

Room within 3 days.

1. Two hard copies shall be created for each Telecom Room detailing the entire structured cabling plant and labeling scheme after installation. One hard copy shall consist of (at a minimum) the Telecom plans marked with permanent ink to show the labeling used at each field location, and a table or spreadsheet (for example, an 8 ½” x 11” printed Excel file) that lists all the patch panel jacks in a column sequentially, followed by a cross reference column identifying the room name/number that the corresponding jack is in. This is the only part of the labeling process in which room name/numbers are acceptable. The second hard copy shall be identical to the first one. One copy shall be posted in each corresponding Telecom Room, and the other copy shall be submitted to the Design Professional for review according to the submittal process identified in the shop drawing paragraph of Specification Section 270010. This second copy will then be forwarded to Owner.

END OF SECTION 271100

Page 620: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING AND EQUIPMENT 271100 - 12

Page 621: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS TESTING AND DOCUMENTATION 271200 - 1

SECTION 271200 - TELECOMMUNICATIONS TESTING AND DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Refer to Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements and

Division 01 - General Requirements, which all apply to work under this section. 1.02 PURPOSE A. The purpose of the testing is to ensure proper installation of the telecommunications

cabling system. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product data under provisions of Division 1. B. Submit product data for the following:

1. Hand-held testing equipment manufacturer, model, last calibration date/calibration due date and software version.

2. Injector equipment manufacturer, model, and software version. 1.04 REFERENCES A. The following Performance Standards shall be followed. Unless otherwise stated, where

Performance Standards conflict with manufacturer's recommendations, the more restrictive shall be applied:

1. TIA-526-7 Measurement of Optical Power Loss of Installed Single-Mode Fiber

Cable Plant 2. TIA-526-14 Optical Power Loss Measurements of Installed Multimode Fiber

Cable Plant 3. TIA-568-C.0 Generic Telecommunications Cabling For Customer Premises 4. TIA-568-C.1 Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard 5. TIA-568-C.2 Balanced Twisted-Pair Telecommunications Cabling and

Components Standards 6. TIA-568-C.3 Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard 7. TIA-568-C.4 Broadband Coaxial Cabling and Components Standard

1.05 TEST EQUIPMENT A. Test Equipment: JDSU Certififer40G, Fluke DSX-5000, Fluke DTX-1800 or TIA &

Connectivity Manufacturer approved Level IV (or better) Certifier. B. The software version for the testers shall be the latest version available. C. The tester must have been calibrated within the last 12 months with calibration date

noted on all test results.

Page 622: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS TESTING AND DOCUMENTATION 271200 - 2

1.06 LINK DEFINITION FOR THE PROJECT A. A link consists of up to 90 meters (295 feet) of horizontal cabling, a connection at each

end, up to 2 meters of test equipment lead from the main unit of the hand-held tester to the local connection, and up to 2 meters of test equipment lead from the remote unit to the remote connection. A total length of up to 94 meters (308 feet).

B. The connection to the equipment at each end of the link is not included in the link

definition. 1.07 CHANNEL DEFINITION FOR THE PROJECT A. A channel consists of up to 90 meters (295 feet) of horizontal cabling, a connection at

each end, up to 7 meters for the cross-connect and equipment cable, and up to 3 meters for the work area equipment cable. A total length of up to 100 meters (328 feet).

B. The connection to equipment at each end of the channel is not included in the channel

definition. PART 2 - COPPER CABLING ACCEPTANCE TESTING 2.01 ACCEPTANCE TESTS A. The following field acceptance tests shall be performed for twisted - pair cabling:

1. Wire Map (continuity). 2. Length. 3. Attenuation. 4. NEXT. 5. ACR-F 6. Delay and delay skew. 7. Return loss. 8. Power sum crosstalk (PSNEXT and PSACR-F).

2.02 TEST EQUIPMENT SET-UP AND TEST PARAMETERS A. Autotest: Use the Autotests to perform the required tests. Customize the Autotest as

necessary to satisfy testing requirements and parameters. B. Cable Type: Select the cable type being tested. Cable Type may vary. Always change

the NVP for the type of cable being tested. C. Frequency Range: The frequency range for category 6 tests shall be 1 MHz to 250

MHz. D. Cable Pairs: Test all cable pairs. Select all pairs for TEST and all pairs for Pass/Fail

criteria for Autotest. E. Length Units: Cable length test results shall be in feet.

Page 623: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS TESTING AND DOCUMENTATION 271200 - 3

F. Date Style. The date style shall show month, day, and year. Date shall be the date the

test is conducted. G. Language: The language shall be English. 2.03 TEST PROCEDURE A. Testing shall be performed with the tester at the distribution frame and the remote unit at

the Work Area Outlet. B. A Channel OR Permanent Link certification test will be performed as outlined in the

specific job description. C. Test leads and test hardware have limited life-cycles. Inspect and replace the test leads

as necessary. D. Use only test leads specified by the test equipment manufacturer. E. Strictly follow the test equipment manufacturer's instructions for equipment setup,

initialization, and calibration. PART 3 - MULTIMODE FIBER TESTING 3.01 ACCEPTABLE TESTS A. The following field acceptance tests shall be performed for multimode fiber:

1. End to end attenuation & length testing at 850 nm and 1300 nm for backbone links.

2. End to end attenuation & length testing at 850 nm and 1300 nm for horizontal links.

3. Optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR) testing. 3.02 TEST PARAMETERS A. The following test parameters shall be adhered to:

1. The transmit test port & test jumpers must be inspected and (if required) cleaned prior to testing. An image of the endfaces with endface condition pass/fail result must be included with the test report. Endface pass/fail conditions are outlined in TIA-568-C Annex E.

2. Fiber under test endfaces must be inspected and cleaned. An image with pass/fail criteria for endface condition must be included in the test results per TIA-568-C Annex E.

3. Test jumpers must be of the same fiber core size and connector type as the cable system (e.g., 50/125 um jumpers for a 50/125 um system).

4. As required in TIA-526-14, The testers must be referenced prior to testing by the one jumper method for Links and the three jumper method for channels. The reference method preferred must be noted in the job specifications prior to testing.

Page 624: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS TESTING AND DOCUMENTATION 271200 - 4

5. The power meter and the light source must be set to the same wavelength. 6. The power meter must be calibrated and traceable to the National Institute for

Standards and Technologies (NIST). 7. The light source or OTDR must operate within the range of 850+30 nm or

1300+20nm for multimode testing in accordance with ANSI/TIA/EIA-526-14. 8. All system connectors, adapters, and jumpers must be properly cleaned before

measurements are taken. PART 4 - SINGLEMODE FIBER TESTING 4.01 ACCEPTANCE TESTS A. The following field acceptance tests shall be performed for single mode fiber:

1. End to end attenuation and length testing at 1310 nm and 1550 nm. 2. Optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR) testing.

4.02 TEST PARAMETERS A. The following tests parameters shall be adhered to:

1. The transmit test port & test jumpers must be inspected and (if required) cleaned prior to testing. An image of the endfaces with endface condition pass/fail result must be included with the test report. Endface pass/fail conditions are outlined in TIA-568-C Annex E.

2. Fiber under test endfaces must be inspected and cleaned. An image with pass/fail criteria for endface condition must be included in the test results per TIA-568-C Annex E.

3. Test jumpers must be of the same fiber core size and connector type as the cable system (e.g., singlemode jumpers for a singlemode system).

4. As required in TIA-526-7, The testers must be referenced prior to testing by the one jumper method. The reference method preferred must be noted in the job specifications prior to testing.

5. The power meter and the light source must be set to the same wavelength. 6. The power meter must be calibrated and traceable to the National Institute for

Standards and Technologies (NIST). 7. The light source or OTDR must operate within the range of 1310+10 nm or

1550+20nm for singlemode testing in accordance with ANSI/TIA/EIA-526-7. 8. All system connectors, adapters, and jumpers must be properly cleaned before

measurements are taken. PART 5 - MPO/MTP MULTIMODE FIBER TESTING 5.01 ACCEPTANCE TESTS A. The following field acceptance tests shall be performed for MPO/MTP Multimode fiber:

1. End to end attenuation testing at 850 nm & fiber map.

Page 625: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS TESTING AND DOCUMENTATION 271200 - 5

5.02 TEST PARAMETERS A. The following tests parameters shall be adhered to:

1. The transmit test port & test jumpers must be inspected and cleaned prior to testing. An image of the endfaces with endface condition pass/fail result must be included with the test report. Endface pass/fail conditions are outlined in TIA-568-C Annex E.

2. Fiber under test endfaces must be inspected and cleaned. An image with pass/fail criteria for endface condition must be included in the test results per TIA-568-C Annex E.

3. The tester must be referenced per the polarity type (Method A, B, C, or proprietary) of the system under test prior to testing.

4. The power meter and the light source must be set to the same wavelength. 5. The power meter must be calibrated and traceable to the National Institute for

Standards and Technologies (NIST). 6. The light source must operate within the range of 850+30 nm for multimode

testing in accordance with ANSI/TIA/EIA-526-14. PART 6 - TESTING DOCUMENTATION 6.01 DOCUMENTATION A. The Test Documentation requirements are the minimum requirements. Other details of

presentation and recording methods will be discussed with Owner and Design Professional. Gain approval from Owner and Design Professional of the test documentation format and content prior to full-scale testing. Coordinate with Owner and Design Professional to get representative sample of the documentation format and content for review.

B. Provide Owner with a printed copy of ONLY the summary report of all tests, the

electronic file of the test results for each test on CD or USB, and the electronic copy of the summary report on CD or USB. Do not print out each report.

6.02 TEST REPORT A. The following header fields on each test report shall contain the appropriate information.

These are minimum requirements.

1. Circuit ID 2. Test Result 3. Owner 4. Test Equipment Serial Number 5. Software Version 6. Calibration Date 7. Date 8. Cable Type 9. NVP 10. Building 11. Closet

Page 626: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

TELECOMMUNICATIONS TESTING AND DOCUMENTATION 271200 - 6

B. The information in each user definable header field on each test report shall contain the

information as follows.

1. Circuit ID: Indicate the outlet location number and jack number under test 2. Owner: Indicate the owner of the test equipment 3. Date: Indicate the date of the test 4. Cable Type: Indicate the cable type being tested 5. NVP: Indicate the field measured NVP 6. Building: Indicate the building where the cable is being tested 7. Closet: Indicate the closet identifier where the cable is terminated

C. The minimum test result information on each report shall include the data for the tests

identified in the Acceptance Tests paragraph of each applicable testing part. D. Contractor shall provide the test data in a complete and consistent format. Printed test

results shall be printed from a laser printer. E. The contractor shall verify that a report for each jack in the Project is contained in the file

list. F. Two weeks (14 days) prior to scheduled telecommunications systems start-up date

Design Professional shall receive from Contractor complete printed cable performance test results via the submittal process (see 27 0010). Start-up shall not commence unless test results are submitted.

6.03 ELECTRONIC COPY A. The electronic copy of the test results shall be on CD or USB. B. The electronic copy shall be labeled. The label shall read:

Project Name building name (BLDG. No. x) "Copper/Fiber Test Results"

“CD No." X of X date (month and year)

C. The files shall not be altered from the original test equipment output. END OF SECTION 271200

Page 627: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEM 274000 - 1

SECTION 274000 - AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEM

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 270010 – Telecommunications General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work included under this specification consists of the Audiovisual Contractor

furnishing all labor, equipment, materials, and supplies and performing all operations necessary to complete the installation of this audiovisual system in compliance with the specifications and drawings. The Audiovisual Contractor shall provide and install all of the required material to form a complete system whether specifically addressed in the technical specifications or not.

B. It is not acceptable for any portion of this scope of work (whether cable or material

acquisition, or any labor to install said cable or materials) to be performed by the Electrical Contractor or any other contractor other than the acceptable bidder selected from the requirements in paragraph 1.06 ACCEPTABLE AUDIOVISUAL CONTRACTORS below who have demonstrated the necessary technical and professional capabilities for the work required.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittal data for audiovisual cabling and components shall consist of catalog product sheets showing technical data necessary to evaluate the materials and also one line diagrams showing the intended signal flow throughout.

1.04 EQUIPMENT OBSOLESCENSE AND MANUFACTURER REPLACEMENTS A. Electronic equipment of all types (audiovisual included) is a fast paced industry with ever

changing technology. Products are often specified by manufacturer and model number but can become obsolete during extended construction timeframes. The Audiovisual Contractor shall be responsible for providing either the equipment specified or the manufacturer approved replacement for the specified item (despite potential price increases or decreases). Submittals for replacement items shall be submitted through channels as soon as possible after the item is discovered. The Audiovisual Contractor shall plan accordingly as cost adding change orders for equipment obsolescence items will not be approved.

1.05 WORK BY OTHERS A. Unless noted otherwise, the building’s Electrical Contractor will provide field device

backboxes, and conduit paths for use by Contractor. In general, the following is provided:

1. Electrical Contractor will make 120VAC connections for the motorized screen and switch (if applicable).

Page 628: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEM 274000 - 2

2. General Contractor will mount the screen housing (if recessed in ceiling). 1.06 FIRESTOPPING A. Contractor shall be responsible for firestopping all conduit sleeves and cable tray where

required to maintain integrity of fire walls. Contractor shall see architectural drawings for walls that require fire rating.

1.07 ACCEPTABLE AUDIOVISUAL CONTRACTORS A. The Contractor shall meet the minimum requirements identified herein. B. The Contractor's firm shall be an authorized sales and service center for all listed

components, or for approved comparable product offerings in the specification. C. The Contractor's Audiovisual Technicians assigned to the systems shall be fully trained,

qualified, and certified by the respective original equipment manufacturers on the engineering, installation, operation, and testing of these systems.

D. The Contractor's Audiovisual Technicians assigned to the systems shall be fully trained,

certified, and carry valid and current industry certifications regarding the engineering. At least one (1) CTS shall be assigned to implement and complete the installation and configuration of the system.

E. The Contractor shall provide formal written evidence of current industry and

manufacturer certifications for the installers dedicated to this project as part of their submittal.

F. The Contractor looking for a bid from the contractors listed above shall contact them as

soon as possible to ensure they are aware of the project and have adequate time to prepare a bid. Two weeks should be considered a minimum.

G. The contractor shall be one of the following:

1. Communications Engineering Company (CEC), Hiawatha, Iowa (319) 294-9000, contact Cecil Anderson

2. Conference Technologies, Inc. (CTI), Hiawatha Iowa (319) 363-8144, Contact Nathan Reasner

3. DB Acoustics, Marion Iowa (319) 373-1425, contact Jim Gnagy 4. ECS Technologies Inc., Davenport Iowa (563) 322-1525, contact Nate Lawrence 5. Tri-City Electric (TCE), Davenport Iowa (563) 322-7181, contact Ryan Palmer 6. Communication Innovators (CI), Pleasant Hill Iowa (515) 645-7237, contact Chris

Barr PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MOTORIZED PROJECTION SCREENS A. Motorized screens shall be provided with all applicable accessories as a system.

Page 629: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEM 274000 - 3

B. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1. Draper C. Additional Motorized Screen Requirements:

1. Access/Series V tab-tensioned with quiet motor and built in low voltage controller.

2. Screen surface shall be matte white. 3. Three button low voltage control switch. 4. The screen shall have a 12” black drop unless noted otherwise in schedule.

2.02 MANUAL PROJECTION SCREENS A. Manual screens shall be provided with all applicable accessories as a system. B. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1. Draper 2. DA-LITE

C. Additional Manual Screen Requirements:

1. Draper Basis of Design: Access Series M with auto return, 137” diagonal, 16:10 format, matte white screen, 4’ operating pole, and 3’ of additional black drop.

2.03 TELEVISIONS/MONITORS A. Televisions/monitors shall be provided per plans and specifications. B. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1. Sharp Aquos Quattron LED 2. Or Sony Equivalent 3. Or JVC Equivalent

C. Additional Television Requirements:

1. High definition television tuner 2. Composite video and left/right audio RCA inputs, and component video inputs

required 3. DB15HD video w/ 3.5mm audio, and HDMI inputs required to perform as a

computer monitor 4. Provide with Chief Manufacturing Ultra Thin Wall Mount unless specified

otherwise

Page 630: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEM 274000 - 4

2.04 PROJECTORS A. Projectors shall be provided per plans and specifications. B. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1. Sharp 2. Mitsubishi 3. Sanyo

C. Additional Projector Requirements:

1. DLP Technology 2. Min. 3500 Lumens 3. Two VGA and One Composite Video Inputs. 4. Appropriate lens for screen size and distance. 5. Speaker with 3.5mm audio input unless specific application has separate sound

reinforcement systems for image associated audio. 2.05 CABLING FOR AUDIO AND VIDEO A. All cabling for audio and video devices shall be furnished and installed by the

Audiovisual System Contractor as required for a complete and operational system. Special cable assemblies shall be furnished and installed as specified on the plans, but all bulk cabling (speaker wire, field terminated "back of rack" cabling, shielded microphone cable, etc.) shall be furnished as listed below.

B. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1. For pre-assembled cable assemblies or specialty cabling items, furnish as specified on plans.

2. For all bulk cabling, furnish Belden cabling. C. Additional Cabling Requirements:

1. Use plenum rated cabling when required for HVAC system in the space, or when directly specified.

Page 631: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEM 274000 - 5

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install audiovisual systems cables, equipment, and auxiliary materials as indicated in

accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, and recognized industry practices.

1. Hook and loop type fasteners are preferred on all audiovisual cable. Tie wraps are acceptable if the Contractor uses them in a way that does not damage the cable (do not over-tighten), plus uses flush cut dikes (side cutters) to trim all tie wrap tails off flush with the connector body. Regular dikes or other cutters are not acceptable and pose a danger to all who may come in contact with the improperly trimmed tie wraps. Failure to follow this safety requirement (or the proper installation requirement regarding damage to cables) shall result in the Contractor removing all tie wraps and replacing them with hook and loop type fasteners. The Contractor shall be responsible for replacing any cable that does not perform properly and/or is damaged due to improper use of tie wraps.

2. Contractor shall use provided raceways or Contractor install J-hooks for all cabling. No fastening cabling to conduits, piping, equipment, or anything other than Contractor installed J-hooks.

B. Identify all audiovisual cables as to field location.

1. Provide manufacturer’s standard vinyl-cloth self-adhesive cable/conductor markers of wrap-around type; either pre-numbered plastic coated type, or write-on type with clear plastic self-adhesive cover flap; numbered to show cable identification. Install within 6" of cable end.

C. After completion, all cables shall be thoroughly tested.

1. Contractor shall provide all instruments for testing the cables. 2. Contractor shall demonstrate in the presence of Owner's representative that the

audiovisual system is complete and operational. 3. Contractor shall complete and submit the Certificate of System Demonstration.

D. After completion, comprehensive As-Builts will be created and provided to Owner within

3 days.

1. Two hard copies shall be provided to Owner detailing the entire audiovisual system after installation. Each field position shall be labeled and cross referenced to the appropriate head end position for ease of troubleshooting.

3.02 COMMISSIONING A. The Contractor shall coordinate a date/time with the Engineer after the system is fully

operational, but before final payment, for the Contractor to provide a full system demonstration. This shall include all aspects of system operation that the user might encounter.

END OF SECTION 274000

Page 632: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEM 274000 - 6

Page 633: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS 280010 - 1

SECTION 28 00 10 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Refer to Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty Requirements and

Division 01 - General Requirements, which all apply to work under this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work shall include all materials, equipment and labor required for complete and

properly functioning systems. B. All elements of the construction shall be performed by workmen skilled in the particular

craft involved, and regularly employed in that particular craft. C. All work shall be performed in a neat, workmanlike manner in keeping with the highest

standards of the craft. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. All work shall be done in accordance with the applicable portion of the following codes

and standards:

1. National Electrical Code 2. Local Electrical Code 3. National Fire Protection Association 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association 5. Standards of Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers 6. All Applicable Building Codes 7. Occupational Safety and Health Act 8. Iowa Administrative Codes

B. All Contractors shall familiarize themselves with all codes and standards applicable to

their work. No extra compensation will be allowed for corrections or changes in the work required due to failure to comply with the applicable codes and standards. Where two or more codes or standards are in conflict, that requiring the highest order of workmanship shall take precedence, but such questions shall be referred to Design Professional for final decision.

1.04 REQUIREMENTS & FEES OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Contractor shall comply with the rules and regulations of the local serving utility

companies and shall check with each utility company providing service to this project and determine or verify their requirements regarding incoming services.

B. Secure and pay for all permits, licenses, fees and inspections.

Page 634: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS 280010 - 2

1.05 DRAWINGS A. Drawings are in part diagrammatic and are intended to convey the scope of the work

and to indicate in general the location of equipment. B. Contractor shall layout his own work and shall be responsible for determining the exact

quantities and locations for equipment. C. Contractor shall take own field measurements for verifying locations and dimensions;

scaling of the drawings will not be sufficient for laying out the work. D. Because of the scale of the drawings, certain basic items for a complete installation are

not shown, but where such items are required by code or where they are required for proper installation and operation of the work, such items shall be furnished and installed.

1.06 SITE INSPECTION A. Contractor shall inspect the site prior to submitting bid for work to become familiar with

the conditions of the site which will affect the work and shall verify points of connection with utilities and/or existing system wiring.

B. Extra payment will not be allowed for changes in the work required because of

Contractor's failure to make this inspection. 1.07 COORDINATION AND COOPERATION A. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to schedule and coordinate work with the

schedule of the General Contractor so as to progress the work expeditiously, and to avoid unnecessary delays.

B. Contractor shall fully examine the drawings and specifications for other trades and shall

coordinate the installation of his work with the work of the other contractors. Contractor shall consult and cooperate with the other contractors for determining space requirements and for determining that adequate clearance is allowed with respect to his equipment, other equipment and the building. The Design Professional reserves the right to determine space priority of the contractors in the event of interference between piping, conduit, ducts and equipment of the various contractors.

C. Conflicts between the drawings and the specifications, or between the requirements set

forth for the various divisions shall be called to the attention of the Design Professional. If clarification is not asked for prior to the taking of bids, it will be assumed that none is required and that the Contractor is in agreement with the drawings and specifications as issued. If clarification is required after the contract is awarded, such clarification will be made by the Design Professional and the decision will be final.

D. Special care shall be taken for protection for all equipment. All equipment and material

shall be completely protected from weather elements, painting, plaster, etc., until the project is substantially completed. Damage from rust, paint, scratches, etc., shall be repaired as required to restore equipment to original condition.

Page 635: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS 280010 - 3

E. Protection of all equipment during the painting of the building shall be the responsibility of the Painting Contractor, but this shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for checking to assure that adequate protection is being provided.

F. Where the final installation or connection of equipment in the building requires the

Contractor to work in areas previously finished by the Owner, the Contractor shall be responsible that such areas are protected and are not marred, soiled or otherwise damaged during the course of such work. Contractor shall be responsible for patching and refinishing of such areas which may be damaged in this respect.

1.08 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. All materials and equipment shall be the standard product of a reputable manufacturer

regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specified item unless authorized in writing by Design Professional. Where more than one unit is required of the same items, they shall be furnished by the same manufacturer except where specified otherwise.

B. All material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's

recommendations. C. The equipment specifications cannot deal individually with any minute items such as

parts, controls, devices, etc., which may be required to produce the equipment performance and function as specified, or as required to meet the equipment guarantees. Such items when required shall be furnished as part of the equipment, whether or not specifically called for.

1.09 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Refer to 017823 specifications for operation and maintenance manuals instructions. 1.10 TESTS AND DEMONSTRATIONS A. All systems shall be tested by the Contractor and placed in proper working order prior to

demonstrating systems to Owner. The system shall be demonstrated in full detail in front of the Owner’s representative.

B. The Contractor shall demonstrate each door to be locked or unlocked during the time of

the inspection in relation to the programming schedule. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner to change the system clock temporarily to demonstrate the opposite state for those doors that change lock state over a 24 hour period.

C. The Contractor shall demonstrate that each door that has a request to exit function is

shunting the alarm when a person leaves the safe area therefore demonstrating the request to exit device is working.

D. The Contractor shall demonstrate that each door unlocks the electrified lock (if

applicable) at the presentation of a valid proximity card. A temporary system clock change may be required for this. Coordinate with the Owner.

E. The Contractor shall demonstrate that each door with door contacts alarms in the

system when a forced entry situation is encountered. Taping over latches or using

Page 636: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS 280010 - 4

magnets on contacts may be required to simulate this situation. F. The following Certificate of Demonstration shall be filled out and provided to the UI

Construction Manager for this project.

Page 637: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS 280010 - 5

CERTIFICATE OF SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION

This document is to certify that the contractor has demonstrated the hereafter listed systems to the Owner's representatives in accordance with the Contract documents and that the instruction

DOOR ID

OWNER REPRESENTATIVES PRESENT

DATE HOURS CONTRACTOR INITIALS

OWNER INITIALS

Acknowledgement of demonstration:

Contractor providing demonstration: signature date

Owner's Representative: signature date

Page 638: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS 280010 - 6

1.11 PERMITS, FEES, ETC. A. Secure all required permits and pay for all inspections required in connection with the

telecommunication systems work. Contractor shall post all bonds and obtain all licenses required by the State, City, County, and Federal Agencies.

1.12 SUBSTITUTIONS A. To obtain approval to use unspecified equipment, Bidding Contractors (not equipment

supplier, manufacturers, etc.) shall submit written requests to the Design Professional at least 10 days prior to bid due date. Requests shall clearly describe the equipment for which approval is being requested. Include all data necessary to demonstrate that equipment's capacities, features and performance are equivalent to include a cost comparison between specified equipment and equipment for which approval is being requested. If the equipment is acceptable, the Design Professional will approve it in an addendum. The Design Professional will, under no circumstances, be required to prove that an item proposed for substitution is or is not of equal quality to the specified item.

B. Where substitutions are approved, Contractor assumes all responsibility for physical

dimensions and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of the substitution.

1.13 APPROVED CONTRACTORS A. The Contractor shall be a manufacturer certified installer and service provider for the

product submitted and installed. The Contractor is responsible for workmanship and installation practices in accordance with the manufacturer requirements and must be authorized to provide a Manufacturer's Product Warranty with his installation.

1.14 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. In most cases, equipment specifications are based on a specific manufacturer's type,

style, dimensional data, catalog number, etc. Listed with the base specification, either in the manual or on the plan schedules, are acceptable manufacturers approved to bid products of equal quality. These manufacturers are encouraged to submit to the Design Professional at least 8 days prior to the bid due date drawings and catalog numbers of products to be bid as equals.

B. Manufacturers who do not submit prior to bidding, run the risk of having the product

rejected at time of shop drawing submittal. Extra costs associated with replacing the rejected product shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and/or the manufacturer.

C. If the Contractor chooses to use a manufacturer listed as an equal, it shall be his

responsibility to assure that the manufacturer has complied with the requirements in 'A' above. Contractor shall assume all responsibility for physical dimensions, operating characteristics, and all other resulting changes. This responsibility extends to cover all extra work necessitated by other trades as a result of using the alternate manufacturer.

Page 639: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS 280010 - 7

D. Where a model or catalog number is provided, it may not be inclusive of all product

requirements. Refer to additional requirements provided on the plans or in the specifications as required. Similarly, there may be additional requirements included in the model or catalog number that are not specifically stated. These requirements shall also be met.

1.15 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Contractor shall be a company specializing in telecommunication cable and/or

accessories with a minimum of five years documented experience in installation of cable and/or accessories similar to those specified below.

1.16 CHANGES IN THE WORK A. A Contract Change Order is a written order to the Contractor signed by the Owner and

Contractor, issued after the execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. The Contract Sum and the Contract Time may be changed only by Contract Change Order.

B. The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes in the Work within the

general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, with the Contract Sum and the Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. All such changes in the Work shall be authorized by Contract Change Order and shall be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents.

C. The cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a change in the Work shall be determined

by mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantial data to permit evaluation. A Change Order in excess of $300.00 shall be submitted with each item listed individually with a material cost and labor unit extension. Overhead and profit, as mutually agreed upon between Owner and Contractor shall be added to material and labor cost figures.

D. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor before proceeding with any change to

satisfy himself that the change has been properly authorized on behalf of the Owner. 1.17 COMPLETION A. Systems, at time of completion, shall be complete, efficiently operating, non-hazardous

and ready for normal use by the Owner. B. When all the work is complete the Contractor shall thoroughly clean all material and

equipment installed as a part of this contract and leave all equipment and material in new condition.

C. The Contractor shall clean up and remove from the site all debris, excess material and

equipment left during the progress of this contract at job completion. END OF SECTION 280010

Page 640: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY GENERAL PROVISIONS 280010 - 8

Page 641: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 285000 - 1

SECTION 285000 - ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 280010 – Electronic Safety and Security General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work included under this specification consists of furnishing all labor, equipment,

materials, and supplies and performing all operations necessary to complete the installation of this access control in compliance with the specifications and drawings. Contractor will provide and install all of the required material to form a complete system.

1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittal data for access control cabling and components shall consist of catalog cuts

showing technical data necessary to evaluate the materials. 1.04 WORK BY OTHERS A. Unless noted otherwise, the building’s Electrical Contractor will provide field device

backboxes as needed, and conduit paths for use by Access Control Contractor. In general, the following is provided:

1. Available space on Telecom Room plywood wall to surface mount head end

equipment as required with telecommunications room ground bus bar available for grounding.

1.05 FIRESTOPPING A. Contractor shall be responsible for firestopping all conduit sleeves and cable tray where

required to maintain integrity of fire and/or smoke walls. Contractor shall see architectural drawings for walls that require fire rating.

1.06 ACCEPTABLE ACCESS CONTROL CONTRACTORS A. The following contractors are pre-approved to bid this job:

1. Access Control Contractor shall be a manufacturer authorized Dealer, verifiable by the manufacturer’s representative. The Access Control Contractor shall also provide documentation upon request proving that he or she was an established manufacturer authorized dealer in good standing for a minimum of six continuous months before the project bid date. Bidding the project without certifications and attempting to acquire certifications after the bid is not acceptable.

2. Contractor shall be located within 125 miles of the construction site to establish a potential two hour response time for ongoing customer needs after construction completion.

Page 642: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 285000 - 2

PART 2 - PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCESS CONTROL CABLING AND COMPONENTS A. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1. S2 Netbox Extreme 2. AMAG 3. Millenium

B. Additional Access Control Requirements:

1. Access control cabling shall be home-run to the main system hardware, no splicing.

2. Any door identified on the plans that has any of the system components {door contacts (sometimes called position switches) of all types, card readers, request to exit devices, electrified door hardware of all types} shall be considered an access control system door.

3. Any door that is considered an access control system door shall have door contacts that can ensure the door is in the closed position and that the door is latched unless specifically noted otherwise. This is accomplished with two individual contacts, one for the door slab and one for the door hardware latch position. Each of these contacts shall have a dedicated alarm point in the system. If an electric strike is being provided with a latch bolt monitoring contact internal to the strike, a door slab contact shall still be provided to monitor the position of the slab. It shall be the Access Control Contractors responsibility to: 1) verify that a suitable (workable for his or her needs) latch bolt monitoring contact is being specified in the door hardware, or point out that what is specified is not compatible with the access control product being provided or the system requirements placed upon the Contractor. 2) provide and install a door slab contact which, when these two are used together, accomplish the requirements of knowing that the door slab is physically closed and the door hardware is engaged therefore ensuring a secured doorway (see other item about each contact needing to alarm independently).

4. The Access Control Contractor shall provide and install all cabling necessary for a complete and operational system taking into account all access control system devices called out on the plans (door contacts of all types, card readers, request to exit devices either internal to door hardware or surface mounted, and electrified door hardware of all types).

5. The Access Control Contractor shall provide and install all devices not specifically identified on the plans which are required for a complete and operational system for all access control system doors.

6. The Access Control Contractor shall provide and install one client software package on an Owner provided computer.

7. The Access Control Contractor shall furnish 250 proximity cards.

Page 643: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 285000 - 3

8. ADA door operation: Doors that are part of the access control system and also

have ADA electric openers shall be subject to the following hardware/software requirements. The Access Control Contractor shall provide and install the necessary physical equipment and/or programming or other soft services necessary to meet these requirements. The card reader shall be located in close proximity to the ADA button (whether on the building wall or on a bollard or equivalent). During times when the system is scheduled to have the door of interest unlocked, pressing the ADA button (no card presentation required) shall physically open the door (and retract the latch as necessary). The access control system shall only unlock door trims during the unlocked door schedule (the latch shall remain engaged so the door cannot be opened by the wind or by people without using the door hardware). The Access Control Contractor shall coordinate with door hardware provided. During times when the system is scheduled to have the door of interest locked, pressing the ADA button without a valid card presentation shall not activate any electric door hardware or electric opening devices (which might damage or destroy that equipment when trying to open against a locked door). During times when the system is scheduled to have the door of interest locked, pressing the ADA button after a valid card presentation shall activate any electric door hardware necessary to unlatch the door and activate the electric opening device(s). The valid card presentation shall only allow activation of these electrical systems for a limited amount of time after the card presentation. At no time shall a valid card presentation automatically activate the electric door opening device. Pressing the ADA button to have the door electrically open shall always be required, subject to the requirements listed above.

9. The Access Control head end (all cabinets if multiple) shall be furnished and installed with a minimum 7ah of battery backup serving no more than 8 doors each (i.e. if one panel serves 16 doors, then two 7ah batteries are required minimum). A battery backed power supply of the same manufacturer as the access control system shall be used if available, otherwise Altronix is an acceptable manufacturer to use.

PART 3 - PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install systems cables and auxiliary materials as indicated in accordance with access

control manufacturer's written instructions, and recognized industry practices.

1. Contractor shall use hook and loop type fasteners on all security cable. Tie wraps shall not be used.

B. Identify all cables as to field location.

1. Provide manufacturer’s standard vinyl-cloth self-adhesive cable/conductor markers of wrap-around type; either pre-numbered plastic coated type, or write-on type with clear plastic self-adhesive cover flap; numbered to show cable identification. Install within 6" of cable end.

Page 644: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM 285000 - 4

C. After completion, all cables shall be thoroughly tested.

1. Contractor shall provide all instruments for testing the cables. 2. Contractor shall demonstrate in the presence of Owner's representative that the

access control is complete and operational. 3. Contractor shall complete and submit the Certificate of System Demonstration.

D. After completion, comprehensive As-Builts will be created and provided to Owner within

14 days.

1. Two hard copies shall be provided to Owner detailing the entire access control after installation. Each field position shall be labeled and cross referenced to the appropriate head end position for ease of troubleshooting.

3.02 COMMISSIONING A. The Contractor shall coordinate a date/time with the Engineer after the system is fully

operational, but before final payment, for the Contractor to provide a full system demonstration. This shall include all aspects of system operation that the user might encounter.

END OF SECTION 285000

Page 645: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

VIDEO SURVEILLANCE 286000 - 1

SECTION 286000 - VIDEO SURVEILLANCE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The requirements of Division 00 – Procurement, Contracting and Warranty

Requirements, Division 01 - General Requirements and Section 280010 – Electronic Safety and Security General Provisions are applicable to work required of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work included under this specification consists of furnishing all labor, equipment,

materials, and supplies and performing all operations necessary to complete the installation of this surveillance system in compliance with the specifications and drawings. Contractor will provide and install all of the required material to form a complete system whether specifically addressed in the technical specifications or not.

1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals for all Manufacturer and Contractor certifications (noted below) shall be

submitted first. B. Submittal data for surveillance cabling and components shall consist of catalog cuts

showing technical data necessary to evaluate the materials. 1.04 WORK BY OTHERS A. Unless noted otherwise, the building’s Electrical Contractor will provide field device

backboxes as needed, and conduit paths for use by surveillance Video Surveillance Contractor. In general, the following is provided:

1. Grounded 19” data rack in Telecom Room by Telecom Contractor to mount head

end equipment to. 2. Available space on Telecom Room wall for power supply.

1.05 FIRESTOPPING A. Contractor shall be responsible for firestopping all conduit sleeves and cable tray where

required to maintain integrity of fire and/or smoke walls. Contractor shall see architectural drawings for walls that require fire rating.

1.06 ACCEPTABLE VIDEO SURVEILLANCE CONTRACTORS A. The following contractors are pre-approved to bid this job:

1. Hawkeye Communications 97 N Center Point Rd Hiawatha, IA 52233 Contact is Mike Freeman

Page 646: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

VIDEO SURVEILLANCE 286000 - 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE CABLING AND COMPONENTS A. Acceptable Manufacturers:

1. Provide per Security Schedule B. Additional Video Surveillance Requirements:

1. All power and video cables shall be home-run, no splicing. 2. Provide 1 (one) exacqVision VMS license for each camera in Contract. 3. Cameras shall connect via VLAN to the existing VMS server, located across the

street in City Hall/Police Station. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install surveillance systems cables and auxiliary materials as indicated in accordance

with manufacturer's written instructions, and recognized industry practices.

1. Contractor shall use hook and loop type fasteners on all security cable. Tie wraps shall not be used.

B. Identify all cables as to field location.

1. Provide manufacturer’s standard vinyl-cloth self-adhesive cable/conductor markers of wrap-around type; either pre-numbered plastic coated type, or write-on type with clear plastic self-adhesive cover flap; numbered to show cable identification. Install within 6" of cable end.

C. After completion, all cables shall be thoroughly tested.

1. Contractor shall provide all instruments for testing the cables. 2. Contractor shall demonstrate in the presence of Owner's representative that the

surveillance system is complete and operational. 3. Contractor shall complete and submit the Certificate of System Demonstration.

D. After completion, comprehensive As-Builts will be created and provided to Owner within

14 days.

1. Two hard copies shall be provided to Owner detailing the entire security system after installation. Each field position shall be labeled and cross referenced to the appropriate head end position for ease of troubleshooting.

Page 647: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

VIDEO SURVEILLANCE 286000 - 3

3.02 COMMISSIONING A. The Contractor shall coordinate a date/time with the Engineer after the system is fully

operational, but before final payment, for the Contractor to provide a full system demonstration. This shall include all aspects of system operation that the user might encounter.

END OF SECTION 286000

Page 648: City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building · 2020. 3. 27. · City of Hiawatha Public Safety Training and Support Building Architect Project No.: 19042 90% Construction

Public Safety Training and Support Building SLA 19042

VIDEO SURVEILLANCE 286000 - 4